Rejoice as the Sun Shines on Restorations
Linda L. Linn
Revised edition of June, 2022
Preview
Esther Beckett is in for the surprise of her life. She thinks she still desires to get married, but she might be embarking on the biggest adventure she can imagine if she decides she can trust these men. But who are these men and what are their intentions?
Come and spend some more time in Pine City so you can find out. You will also meet an older couple who are still very much in love, and have a deep yearning to see the restoration of lives and
to leave a legacy. Renew acquaintances with some of the people in the Grace ‘n’ Faith Church who were in Book One of the Sunshine Series.
This is an inspirational romance novel and it’s the sequel to “Everywhere There’s a Sunrise, Let’s Tell the Good News!” The prologue of this story occurred before Book One. The rest takes place concurrently, or after the events in Book One.
If you haven’t read “Everywhere There’s a Sunrise, Let’s Tell the Good News!” yet, it would probably be most helpful for you to read it before your read this novel, “Rejoice as the Sun Shines on Restorations,” because it refers to many of the characters and happenings in that story. Each is available to buy from thebookpatch.com. Or get each of them as ebooks or PDF files, free of charge from free-ebooks.net, at the same time and then read them in the right order.
Introduction
This is a work of fiction, except for the Bible Scriptures, which are God's Word and are therefore true. No person in this novel exists in real life except for God the Father, God the Son, (also known as Jesus, the Messiah), and God the Holy Spirit. All the characters, places and events in this novel are fictitious. Any resemblance to actual persons, living or dead, or to actual events is purely coincidental. Many things in the story, and especially the miracles and gifts of the Holy Spirit can really happen.
This novel is meant for adults, not children, although with parental guidance, it has parts children might learn from or enjoy.
Scriptures are shown by italics, and are this author's paraphrase of the King James Version of the Holy Bible. I chose the King James Version because it has no copyright. Basically, what I do is to change words like "thee" and "ye" to "you", "thy" to "your", take the "eth," etc. off words, and sometimes use synonyms, to make it sound like more modern English. You can do the same thing as you read the suggested old hymns in a hymnal.
The author encourages you to look up these scriptures in your preferred Bible translation and read them there also. The Psalms, hymns and spiritual songs chosen for this novel really do have meaningful words and teachings. I encourage you to look up each hymn and spiritual song in a hymnal or songbook. If you don’t have a hymnal or a songbook, try looking up the title of the song on a web to find the lyrics.
There is a list of the characters in this story in the addendum at the end of this novel. It might help you to keep track of who is who as you go along. If you decide to print the novel from a PDF file, you can use a regular bookmark to keep track of where you stop. If you are reading it off the computer screen, just write down the page number where you stop reading. If you are using an ebook viewer, for an ebook, it should have an electronic bookmark.
All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or utilized in any form by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any information storage and retrieval system, without permission.
Readers, please be aware that Internet Web sites offered as citations and/or sources for further information may have been changed or disappeared between the time this was written and the time it is read.
About the Author
The author, Linda L. Linn, has lived in Colorado all her life. She has believed in, and loved Jesus since she was a young child. When not doing housework, cooking or baking, she likes to play the piano, write stories, sew, and read. She also enjoys travel and photography.
Before she retired, she enjoyed teaching first, second, and third graders in the public school system for 27 years. She and her husband, Richard, have traveled to see much of God’s beautiful creation in the western United States. They are presently living in Montrose, Colorado. She hopes you enjoy this novel,
Dedication
This novel is dedicated with gratitude to
the one and only Almighty God
for his love, the plan of salvation,
and for the way he restores the people he created
if they will believe in, and accept Jesus as their Savior.
Prologue
Early November
Early Saturday morning, Ruth and Esther Beckett were riding in the back of the family van, both looking out the same windows but for different reasons.
Ruth stated, “I can hardly wait to get around the last corner and see our first view of the beautiful valley and the Yardley Dude Ranch where we get to spend the weekend.”
Esther exclaimed, “I want to see the Mendoza's van so I’ll know if those two handsome boys will be here this weekend!”
“Which one will you have a crush on this time?” asked Ruth.
“That depends on how much Felix teases me and whether Nathan will be less shy this time,” Esther explained.
Ruth smiled and nodded, “Oh, there it is! It’s just as pretty as it always is no matter what season we come here.”
“I agree. I’ve never been able to choose a favorite season. Oh, I see it! Their van is here and the boys will probably be here too!” stated Esther excitedly.
Jason smiled as he sat in the middle seat of the van listening to his sisters. Since his age was half way between the two of them, he had heard lots of interesting conversations.
Their parents William and Anna heard all of this one also as they sat in the front seat. William took his eyes off the road for a second to smile at his dear wife who nodded and smiled back. In a short time they had reached their reserved cabin and they all got out to stretch and take their suitcases inside.
It was only about a twenty minute drive from their home in Pine City, but it was on a winding road that took them up one side of a long mesa and then part way down the other side into the lower end of the dude ranch. It brought them to a completely different world than the one in the city. The ranch buildings were at the upper end of the valley and there were acres and acres of pastures.
Anna asked, “What would you like to do first, Esther, since we’re celebrating your graduation from high school.”
“Go horseback riding of course!” she declared. “But let’s go greet Oscar and Vera Yardley and any of their guests in the big house first.” So they walked over there.
Just then, Oscar opened the door and said, “Welcome! Come in and join all of us for some hot herbal tea and visit with everyone.”
They went inside and William said, “Hi, everyone. It’s good to see all of you again.”
They all had a nice visit and then Anna invited, “We’re going for a horseback ride. Would any of you like to join us?”
All of them decided to go riding and they met at the pasture to choose the horses they wished to ride. Each person enjoyed getting reacquainted with his or her favorite mount by walking up to it and talking while rubbing its forehead or stroking its neck. Then the halter was put on, lead rope attached, and the horse was led to the tack room where it was tied and brushed, the hooves were cleaned and the saddle and bridle were put on easily. Everyone had a nice ride in the cool, fresh, morning air. Then they all groomed the horses again, took them back to the pasture, and then cleaned the tack. Horseback riding on this dude ranch was more than just the ride!
Later in the day, the young people hiked up the hillside to see Lavender Falls. Since it was autumn, it had less water and didn’t make a loud roar, but it was still spectacular! Most of the wild flowers were already finished blooming.
Felix asked, “Esther, how would you like a refreshing shower?”
She replied, “No, thank you.” Then she walked away with a frown, thinking that he was still just a big tease.
After lunch they went rowing on Wild Mint Lake in some flat-bottomed boats. Esther ended up in a boat with Nathan. He was polite and helpful, but had very little to say. It was a nice, peaceful time though. She could hear Felix teasing Ruth who laughed it off and wasn’t bothered by it. Jason had stayed on the shore and helped them all when they returned.
The next morning they played croquet on the big lawn by the guest house. Then in the afternoon, all of the young people took one more horseback ride and they all rode different horses than yesterday. Since the ranch was at the upper end of the valley, it bordered on public land. The dude ranch owners had gotten permission for them and their guests to go horseback riding on that land. The horses were all trained to cooperate with the rider on its back as the gate was opened and closed. But they decided to not go there today. Instead they stayed in the valley, and were close to one of the hillsides made by the mesas that flanked the pretty valley of the dude ranch.
About half way through the ride something spooked the horse Esther was riding and it ran away with her. She gave a little gasp and then remembered what Vera had told her to do if that ever happened. She turned the horse so it would go uphill and then urged it to go even faster. After a short time it got tired out, so it stopped easily when she said “Whoa” and pulled on the reins.
Meanwhile Nathan and Felix had both quickly followed Esther to see if they could help her get the horse stopped. When they reached her, she had already stopped the horse and was stroking it’s neck, talking soothingly to quiet it down and get it ready to walk back to the ranch.
Nathan asked her, “Are you all right?”
Esther smiled and nodded. “Yes, thank you both for coming to help me.”
They both said she was welcome and all of them rode slowly back to the ranch.
Later that afternoon when all of them were getting ready to go home, they said their usual, “See you next time!” None of them realized that their times to visit the dude ranch would not coincide in the future.
Chapter 1
Philippians 4:13, I can do all things through Jesus who gives me strength.
About nine years later in Pine City
The first Monday in January, Esther Beckett arrived early at her new small group. It appeared to have several other singles along with various couples. Two exceptionally good looking young men were in attendance, and she thought they were probably single, since no women were sitting next to them. She immediately decided to use her newly honed observational skills and things she had learned last year to find out as much as she could about them during small group times. Since she still desired to be married, she was patiently praying that if it would be God's will, he would bring just the right man into her life to be her husband. Maybe it would be one of those two.
Esther looked their way from time to time and a faded memory came into her mind. She thought, “I know both of them from someplace in the past, but I can’t remember where or when.” She kept racking her brain and almost missed the opening comments. She had brought a notebook to write down the names of all the people who would be in this small group for the coming calendar year. So she opened it and was ready to write, and to introduce herself when the time came.
“Welcome everyone! We’ll begin with introductions. Please tell us your first and last names, where you work, and how long you have been living in Pine City,” the facilitator instructed. Then he started the introductions with himself. “I’m Jeff Spencer. I work for Evans Construction Company, and have lived in Pine City for 11 years. Next is my wonderful wife.”
She smiled, “Hi, I’m Karen Spencer, and I work at Subs are Great. I have also lived here for 11 years.”
He motioned for one of the two young men to be next, and Esther was careful to write down all the information for him and the one next to him.
“Hi, I’m Felix Lucero. I work at Valley Truck Farm, and have been living in Pine City since October.”
“Hello, I’m Nathan Mendoza. I work at the Yardley Dude Ranch in Mercy Valley, and have lived in Pine City since September.”
At this point, Esther put her pen down and completely forgot to listen or write down the rest of the names. Memories came flooding back and she had to school her features to keep from blushing and look down at her notebook to avoid staring at both of them. She did manage to introduce herself when it was her turn. “Hello, I'm Esther Beckett and I work with my brother, Jason in a Beckett CPA office. I’ve lived in Pine City all my life.”
She forced herself to sing the beautiful Psalms, hymns and spiritual songs and to at least look like she was listening to the teaching time, but she couldn’t have told you what it was about later because she was so preoccupied. It would have helped her a lot if she had listened and concentrated on the words to the first song based on Psalm 23. Its title was “Surely Goodness and Mercy.” During the conversational prayer time, she prayed silently for God to guide her and help her to only do his will where these two men were concerned.
Esther had mixed emotions about the refreshment and fellowship time that was next. In some ways she wanted to bolt like a scared horse and go home as fast as she could. But she knew that would not solve her problem. She had to stay and she hoped she’d be able to talk coherently and listen carefully to find out more about those men.
After visiting with a few of the other members of the group, Esther found herself facing both of them at once, and almost could have laughed, because they both looked as nervous as she felt. She found her voice and said, “Welcome to Pine City, Felix and Nathan. I hope you’ll enjoy living here. I can’t think of nicer places to work than each of you chose.”
Felix replied, “Thank you for the welcome. Nathan moved here first and talked me into coming to try it out for a while at least.”
Nathan said, “Esther, it’s good to see you again. It’s been so many years. Would you and Ruth be able to go with the two of us to the Healthy Eating Restaurant so that we could all get caught up on what has happened in our lives since we saw each other so many years ago?”
“Well,” she hesitated. “I’ll ask Ruth and give you a call, if you’d like to give me your phone number,” answered Esther.
“Good, here’s my card” he said. “I’ll be home all evening, but we need to be leaving now.” Felix followed him outside after they thanked the group hosts.
“What’s your rush, Nathan? We could have stayed and talked a little longer. There are so many things to find out.” But Felix hushed when he saw the look on his friend’s face.
When they were seated in the car, Nathan answered, “I was just afraid that we might scare her away, and we’ve only just found her!”
“I understand. She’s even more beautiful than she was as a teen when we first met her. I think she might be a little taller and her shiny black hair is shorter, but very attractively cut and styled. And of course she has developed into a very shapely woman!” Felix stated.
“You’re right on every point. I sure hope Ruth will agree to go with us to dinner, because I know Esther would never go with us alone. Do you think we did the right thing by leaving our good jobs and moving here when we found out where she lived?” Nathan asked.
“Sure. How else will we ever find out what we want to know without being here?” he replied.
“You make it sound clandestine,” Nathan worried.
Felix snorted. “You know what I mean. But I guess it might look that way to her. I have no idea how this might turn out!”
When Esther got home that evening to the apartment she and her sister shared, she blurted out, “Guess who was in my new small group tonight, Ruth.”
“I have no idea, but it sounds momentous,” she replied.
Esther stated, “It is! Ruth, do you remember that dream I told you about a couple nights ago?”
“You mean the one about the horse that got spooked at the dude ranch and ran away with you, but you got it to turn and go up the hillside while you urged it to go even faster so you could tire it out and get it to stop?” asked Ruth.
“Yes. I didn’t tell you at the time about those two boys who chased after me on their horses and tried to rescue me, because I didn’t remember it right then,” said Esther a little breathlessly.
Ruth questioned, “Are you going to say that they were both in your small group tonight?”
Esther looked a little ashamed and admitted, “Yes, and I felt just like that horse I was riding must have felt, because when refreshment time came, I really wanted to bolt and go straight home. But I made myself stay and talk to them.”
“Did they remember you?” asked Ruth.
“They did. They remembered you also, and asked if you and I would go with them to the Healthy Eating Restaurant so we could all get caught up on what has happened in our lives since we last saw each other. Then he gave me a card with his phone number on it so I could ask you and call him with your answer.” Esther also explained how all the memories had come back to her after the men had introduced themselves at the beginning of the meeting.
Ruth inquired, “Do you desire to go with them to dinner?”
“In a way I do, and in another way I don’t. But I’ll go, if you’ll go with me. It’s been so many years since we’ve seen them, and I know nothing about them except that they were in the small group, and what I remember from the times we spent with them at the dude ranch. Maybe they’ve been in church, but I didn’t notice them.
I guess I’ll have to admit that I’m a little bit leery and mistrustful about them at this point. I wonder if that dream was a warning, or just a coincidence, or maybe too much pizza for supper that night,” she finished and shrugged.
“Relax, Esther. Let’s pray. God, we know that you’re in control and we can trust you to keep us safe even if they turn out to be con artists, or crooks. Should we at least give them a chance to prove themselves by going with them to dinner?”
Esther added, “Father, please calm my nerves and help us make the right decision. You know I only want to do your will so please guide us.”
They waited in silence for a while and then felt they should accept the invitation, so Esther called Nathan.
After the phone call, Nathan yelled. “Felix! Esther called and said they’d go with us! We have a double date for this Friday at 5:30 PM.”
“Wow! She really looked like she wanted to run away like that horse did with her at the ranch. I doubted that she’d agree to go with us, but it sounds like we’re going to get our chance after all,” Felix commented as he came into the room drying his hands on a hand towel.
“I agree about her looking like she wanted to run, and I admit that I don’t blame her, because I felt the same way. How are we going to do this?” asked Nathan.
“You mean, what’s our plan of attack?” teased Felix.
“No! How can you tease at a time like this? I thought you had reformed,” scolded Nathan.
“I’m sorry. I think she brings that out in me and therefore I don’t stand a chance with her,” he apologized.
“Forgiven, and don’t be so hard on yourself. Remember what we agreed to do in this project, and don’t lose your good sense of humor in the process. Now let’s decide on some good ways to find out what we need to learn in this venture,” said Nathan.
“The first thing I plan to do is apologize for all the teasing I did when we were all at the dude ranch, and tell her that I am really trying to change. Last year when I read the definition of ‘tease’ in the dictionary, I learned that teasing is annoying and vexes people, so I really do want to change. But I already know that it will be tremendously hard because it’s so fun,” said Felix.
“Change is always hard. It’ll be hard for me to stop being so shy and instead be willing to share my feelings if it’s ever appropriate. We’re a fine pair, aren’t we? I don’t think I stand a chance with her, and you just admitted the same thing, so what are we doing here in Pine City?” asked Nathan throwing up his hands for emphasis.
Felix replied, “Well, at least we’re being honest with ourselves and each other. So let’s think through our double date. It’s less than a week away. Do we get to pick them up or are we meeting them at the restaurant?”
“Esther would rather meet us there. I think we have a long way to go to build up her confidence in either of us enough to let us pick them up or to go alone with us. As I remember, Ruth mentioned a couple times at the ranch that she had no desire to get married. Maybe we can find out if she meant it. If so, maybe Ruth would agree to continue the double date idea until we have won their trust. I have no idea how Esther feels about marriage.”
“I don’t either, and I doubt it’s something we can just come right out and ask. But I am glad Ruth will join us with Esther. Do you think we need to get reservations?” asked Felix.
“Yes. I’m glad you thought about that. I’ll call them right now. After that I think it would be a good idea to pray for more guidance,” he said.
On Tuesday when he arrived to work at the dude ranch, Nathan said to his bosses, Oscar and Vera Yardley, “Esther was there, and she’s even more beautiful than I remembered her being. Thank you so much for helping me to find her and for the advice to talk to Don Ross the pastor of the Church you attend! After we told him about our plan, he agreed to arrange for us to be in the same small group as she is. I was about ready to give up after so many years of looking.”
“You’re welcome. She was the younger of the two Beckett sisters wasn’t she?” asked Vera.
“Yes, she’s the same age as Felix and I are, so she’s now 27 years old. Ruth is probably about four years older, and Jason said he was in the middle. I don’t remember her parents very well because we were always outside having fun as a group. I remember rowing on the lake or skating in the winter, fishing in the stream, and especially riding horses. I enjoy the memories of our times together here. Well, I better get to work. What’s the plan for today?” he asked.
Oscar answered, “After you help Vera with the yard cleanup, I want to show you how to smooth out the riding arena.”
“Okay, Vera, just explain to me what you wish to have done out there and I’ll get it done. There’s no need for you to go outside in the cold this morning. That’s what you hired me for,” said Nathan.
After Nathan went out to work in the yard, Vera mentioned to her husband, “He seems like a very nice young man, so grown up compared to when he was coming with his family and that friend who was such a tease. But I have a feeling he’s still just as shy as always. If he hadn’t been looking for a certain special girl, I don’t think he would have had the nerve to come here and ask us anything,”
Oscar agreed and asked, “Have you had any other ideas about the topic we’ve been discussing the past few months?”
“Yes I have,” Vera answered. “Since we have no heirs because our two children died when they were young, we have a longing to make this ranch into more than just a dude ranch so it could be useful in God’s Kingdom now and after we die. Our mistake is that we never get past the longing because every time we say something, we squelch it by saying, ‘we’re too old now to even try.’ Who says we’re too old to try? Only us! How would it work if we both write down every idea we can think of that could turn this place into something God could use. Then we can go through each list together after we ask God to show us the best idea.”
“I think you’re absolutely right. Let’s do that and abolish the statement, ‘we’re too old to even try.’ We don’t have to do this on our own. God will help us and he will show us other people who can help us make a good plan work. We can work on our lists today and talk about them after supper cleanup tonight,” Oscar recommended. “I’ll go get ready to go outside and show Nathan the rest of the day’s work plan.”
“It’s a good thing you have good warm work clothes and coats since it’s so cold today!” Vera mentioned, and he nodded.
In Pine City that same Tuesday, Esther went to Ruth's office building to join her sister, Ruth, and friend, Maria Gomez, for lunch. As usual they went up and down the stairway for some exercise before eating since it was too cold outside to go for a walk.
Ruth began, “I already told Maria about the double date coming up on Friday, so let’s start with prayer as we eat. Father in heaven, thank you for this food. Please bless it to our bodies. The three of us good friends are here to agree in prayer that you’ll protect us and do your will in this unbelievable situation.”
“Yes, thank you that you are here with us and you already know what you desire to have happen. Give us the right words to say and help us act the way you want us to act,” continued Esther.
Maria added, “Please give both of them peace and help them continue to remember that you are in control. Give them the right questions to ask so they can find out what they need to know about those two men.”
After a few more minutes of praying, Ruth closed the prayer time and began to tell Maria about the dude ranch. “While we were still in public school, our family used to go to the Yardley Dude Ranch for a weekend almost every month. It’s in the prettiest valley you can imagine. There’s a stream running along one side of the valley, and a smaller stream coming down the hillside to join it. On it’s way down the hillside, the smaller stream goes through a little area with rocks, some ferns and a spectacular waterfall. I don’t recall its name right now.”
Esther added, “Oh yes, it was one of my favorite places and it it's called Lavender Falls. The rocks are a light purple color until the water makes them wet. Then they become darker, but are still lavender. Vera planted some lavender, you know the flower they use to make perfume, and some other light purple flowers around the area, so the whole area is especially pretty and fragrant when those are in bloom. The ranch is huge with acres and acres of pastures. There are also trails for riding horses in the valley and on the hillsides on both sides of the valley. Horseback riding was my favorite activity, but they also have a small lake for rowboats in the spring, summer, and fall. It freezes smooth in the winter and is great for ice skating.”
“It sounds idyllic! I’d like to be able to see it sometime,” said Maria. “Is it a place that requires reservations?”
Esther looked over at Ruth who nodded so she said, “We were going to keep this as a surprise and tell you later, but sometimes it’s better to be able to anticipate something for a while instead. Our family has reservations to go to the ranch the last weekend in April. Jason has other plans, so we have room for another guest and we chose you. You’ll share a room with Ruth, and my best friend, Sunny, will share a room with me.”
“Wow!” Maria exclaimed. “I’ll definitely look forward to going there with you and your parents. Thank you ever so much!”
“You’re welcome. Now let’s get back to the first topic,” suggested Ruth. “We have a list of questions to ask them if we get to that point. Who knows? The date might not last very long.”
“Or maybe it’ll be mostly going down memory lane telling and reminiscing about all the fun we had together at the ranch,” said Esther. “Just telling you a little about the ranch has brought many memories back to me. The only one I don’t like is that neither our family nor Nathan’s nor his friend, Felix, were believers at the time. We could have had a much deeper friendship if the Lord had been at the center of it all. Plus, maybe Felix wouldn’t have been such a tease, or maybe I would have been more able to be patient with him and forgive him. He was nice, other than the teasing, which was annoying. I had crushes on both of them at one time or another. Nathan was so shy, I couldn’t tell what he was thinking.”
Maria commented, “They both sound interesting. I think it was a good idea for you to meet them at the restaurant. That way you can leave when you want to, and they won’t know where you live.”
“Right, we won’t need a rescue like you did,” Esther interjected, and Maria laughed and blushed. “We’ll need to find out if they are believers. Being in small group doesn’t prove anything.”
“Yes, and you need to know what their intentions are, and if you can trust them,” added Maria.
Ever practical Ruth mentioned, “I agree with you both, but I see that our time is up already, since Esther needs to drive back over to Jason’s office building so she can get back to work on time.”
Maria inserted, “I'll keep praying for you both. Could we get together on Saturday, so you can tell me how it went? Please come over to my apartment at 10:30, so you can tell me all about it and then we can eat lunch.”
They both nodded as Esther waved and went out the door.
At the ranch Oscar and Vera added to their lists, off and on through the day as many thoughts and ideas came to their minds after asking themselves good questions without the thought of being too old negating and thwarting their creativity. When they got together to share, each one had a substantial list.
Oscar proposed, “Let’s pray before we show our lists. Father in heaven, thank you for the brains you’ve given us and ideas we have written without being hindered by negative thinking.”
Vera continued, “Yes, it was fun to work toward a positive goal of ways this ranch could be used for your work and your glory.”
Oscar finished, “Now we ask that you will guide our discussion and point us to the best idea to reach our goal. We pray in Jesus precious name. Amen.”
Vera asked, “Shall we exchange lists and read them first?”
“I like that idea,” he answered handing his list to her and taking hers to read. While they read silently, if someone had been watching they would have seen smiles, nods, and thoughtful expressions on each face. When they finished and looked up, each one had a finger on an idea written on their spouse’s list, and a big smile. They erupted into laughter after being shown the idea each one was pointing to, and then they got up and danced all the way around the room together.
Oscar stated, “I haven’t had so much fun in a long time! Thank you, Lord, for showing us the best idea in such a fun way. That was the only similar idea both of us had written down among the others, and it is the very best one too.”
Vera picked up both lists and read the identical idea out loud from each list, “Turn this ranch into homes for girls in Caring Foster Homes with families who will love and care for them while they teach them the Good News and guide them to the Savior. Then he can save, heal, restore and rehabilitate their lives. The horses on the ranch will be an added blessing for the girls.” The wording was almost the same on both lists.
“Now we can start to develop plans to put this good idea into action. Would you like to write ideas about that topic tomorrow during the day and we can read and discuss them in the evening?” Oscar inquired of his beloved wife.
She nodded and then took his hand to lead him to the living room couch where they could cuddle and visit for a while.
The next evening they reviewed their lists of plans and typed out the best ones on a word processor and then printed several copies. An appointment was made with the lead pastor of the Grace ‘n’ Faith Church for Thursday so they could discuss, pray with, and get his counsel on this project.
Wednesday evening in Pine City after praying separately and brainstorming ideas for their date on Friday, Nathan and Felix sat at the table to discuss the ones they thought might work.
“Would it be good for us to start off with memories of the fun times we had together at the dude ranch?” asked Felix. “Then I can apologize for teasing too much.”
Nathan answered, “Those are both good ideas and will get the evening off to a good start. Then it might be a good time to give our testimonies and hear theirs. I assume that since Esther was in the small group, she’s a believer. Possibly Ruth is in a different small group. But it’s never safe to assume anything, so we need to find out. If Esther isn’t a believer, then we would NOT be able to go any further in a relationship. All we could do is pray for her.”
“You’re right. The Bible is very clear about not being united with someone who doesn’t share our faith in Jesus the Savior. So we need to find out that information very early,” agreed Felix.
“I think then I’ll need to admit why we never followed up with our friendship after high school. I’ll be terribly embarrassed to tell her that I was so shy I could never ask her for her last name and find out where she lived. It certainly wasn’t lack of interest,” Nathan commented, shaking his head at himself.
“I understand, because my pride got in the way of apologizing and therefore I couldn’t ask her those same questions, either. We were both a couple of failures! If only we could turn the clock back all those years and do it over! We’ll find out on Friday evening if we’re any better now than we were back then,” Felix lamented.
“Oops! We’re both going the wrong way on a road that’s supposed to stay positive. Let’s say together what we agreed to do in this project,” suggested Nathan.
They said it in unison, “We will help each other to be the best we can be, and give Esther the chance to choose the man she thinks would be the better husband for her.”
“It is a big goal, but we can do it with God’s help.” stated Nathan. “After she chooses one of us, the other man will cheer them on, and then start looking for the best woman God has for his wife. It’s extremely important for us to stay unified in this project and to remain friends after it’s over.”
Felix smiled and nodded. “Yes, we’ve been friends since first grade and we definitely desire to stay friends for the rest of our lives! In addition, I guess we need to understand and accept the possibility of her rejecting both of us for whatever reason she might have.”
“Correct, she could already be engaged or may have decided to never marry, or who knows what other reasons there might be,” Nathan agreed and looked somewhat dejected.
Felix added, “She might decide she doesn’t like either of us, but we’ll never know unless we try, and we have decided to try hard!”
Nathan concurred, “Yes, so let’s pray. Jesus, thank you for being here with us as we’ve been discussing our plans and our agreements. Please keep us focused and help us to do your will in this situation.”
“I agree, Lord,” said Felix, “Thank you for the ideas to use at the beginning of our upcoming date. Please guide everything we do and say through the whole date. We pray in Jesus name. Amen.” Felix stood up, put his hand on Nathan’s shoulder, gave it a gentle squeeze, and then left the room to get ready for bed, since tomorrow was a workday.
During breakfast Thursday morning, Ruth asked, “Esther, would you like for me to give you a summary of the teaching time at my Wednesday evening small group? It’s probably similar to what was taught in your group on Monday since the small groups all try to stay on the same page.”
“Thank you, Ruth,” replied Esther. “I would like that. I’ll take notes on what you say so I can have it in my notebook.”
So Ruth began, “As is often the case, after singing several songs, the teaching time goes along so well with them and the scripture verses they usually list with the title in the hymnal. The first song we sang was ‘Surely Goodness and Mercy,’ based on Psalm 23, especially the last verse, Surely goodness and mercy shall follow me all the days of my life, and I will dwell in the house of the LORD forever.” Esther smiled.
Ruth went on, “Then we sang ‘Anywhere with Jesus.’ The verse for it was 1 Peter 2:21b, which says, as I personalize it, Jesus suffered for us, leaving us an example, that we should follow his steps. Even if we might have to suffer by following Jesus, we’ll be better off following him than going the way of the world.”
She continued, “The third song was ‘Where he Leads I’ll follow.’ The verses were Mark 1:17,18. Jesus said (to Peter and Andrew) ‘Come after me and I will make you become fishers of men.’ And immediately they left their nets and followed him.”
Esther inserted, “They had no idea how hard it was going to be for them for the rest of their lives, but they didn’t even question Jesus. They just followed him.”
Ruth replied, “I agree and I don’t think I could have done that without asking questions and getting more information. The last song was ‘Peace, Perfect Peace’ with the verse in John 14:27, which you already know by heart.
Esther responded, “Yes, and I know it would have helped me a lot to listen to the teaching time instead of reliving all those memories and being so upset about those two men being in the same group I’m in. I’m glad we decided to be in separate groups this year so you could catch me up on what I missed by being so distracted. I especially like that song and the verse I now quote in John 14:27 where Jesus says, Peace I leave with you, my peace I give you, it is not a peace like the world gives. Let not your heart be troubled, neither let it be afraid.”
Ruth responded, “I agree. Verse four in the song is exceptionally good for your situation, because it states, God is always on the throne even when our future isn’t known. The main emphasis of the teaching was to be ready for any changes the new year might bring to us. We need to pray and follow the Lord’s guidance every day.”
“Yes, I’ll try to remember to do it every day,” Esther replied.
“Good, I will too,” stated Ruth. “The rest of the meeting was the usual explanation of how small groups operate and the importance of keeping praises and prayer times confidential, and only using names of the people who are in the group.”
Esther smiled and said, “Thank you again, Ruth. Now I feel caught up with the rest of my group, and it’s a good feeling.”
Just before leaving the office on Thursday, Maria ran up the stairs to ask Ruth what she and Esther would like to have for lunch on Saturday so she could buy it while she did her normal shopping on the way home today. She enjoyed shopping for those supplies along with the rest of her food and looked forward to having both of her friends come to tell her about their date and then eat lunch together.
As she was putting her groceries away, her calico cat was rubbing up against her legs and was generally getting in the way. Maria stopped what she was doing and picked her up. She immediately started purring as Maria stroked her soft fur.
“I think you need more attention than I was giving you. Are you hungry? I’ll get you some supper just as soon as I’m finished here. I’m so happy God gave me a good job with a Christian boss, this nice compact apartment, a loving cat to greet me when I get home, and good friends coming to visit on Saturday. Thank you Jesus for all the blessings! Please help Esther and Ruth as they go on their date Friday. Keep them safe and guide them about what to say and do. May your will be done in all things.”
Maria put the cat down, washed her hands, finished putting everything away, and then fed her pet before getting her own supper.
Before leaving work on the ranch Thursday evening, Nathan asked for permission to come an hour early the next day. “That way I could leave an hour early so Felix and I can get ready to go meet Esther and Ruth at the Healthy Eating Restaurant at 5:30 PM. I’m definitely nervous about the evening, so would you two pray for us, that we’ll do and say only what Jesus would want us to in this situation?”
Oscar answered, “Yes, of course, for both questions. You’ve told us how important this is to you and Felix and that you both only want to do God’s will for everyone concerned. So relax and trust God to do what he does best, as I paraphrase Romans 8:28. God will work out everything for good because we love God and have been called according to his purpose.”
Vera added, “You’ll probably be pleasantly surprised at the ways he works things out. We would be interested to hear about your date if you’d like to tell us on your next workday afterward.”
“I’ll be sure to tell you all about it even if it doesn’t go the way I’d like it to go. Have a good evening. I’ll see you tomorrow,” Nathan responded.
When he got to the apartment he shared with Felix in Pine City, Nathan asked, “Did your boss agree to let you come in and leave an hour early tomorrow?”
“Yes, he was very nice about it. That’s something I really like about this city and especially the rural areas around it. The people are usually friendly and willing to help,” answered Felix.
It was Friday evening before Esther was ready for it to be, and she didn’t know where the week had gone. She dressed carefully and she and Ruth were out the door and on their way to the restaurant.
“What if they don’t show up? Felix might think it would be a good joke on us,” commented Esther.
“No problem, we’ll just go ahead in and eat a quiet, relaxed dinner on our own and enjoy it,” Ruth responded.
Esther laughed and it relieved her stress. Shortly thereafter, they parked and saw their dates waiting near the door, so they went to join them with smiles to hide their nervousness.
Felix greeted them. “Welcome Ruth and Esther. Let’s go inside where we can hear when they call our reservation.”
Small talk passed the few minutes as they waited. “Mendoza, party of four,” the hostess called. They followed her to a comfortable looking booth. The men sat on one side and the ladies on the other side. The hostess left menus for them to look at and said she’d be back shortly with water for them, and to take their orders. The four of them got busy and studied the menus so they'd be ready to order when she returned. After their orders were taken all of them took a sip of water at the same time as if it had been choreographed. They all laughed about it, and it helped to break the ice.
Nathan found his voice and complimented the ladies, “Ruth and Esther, you both look lovely this evening. It’s so good to be able to see you again. Thank you for agreeing to have dinner with us this evening. I’ve been thinking back on our fun times together at the Yardley Dude Ranch. The memories are mostly good ones.”
Esther responded, “Thank you for the compliments. Both of you look very nice also. We have many good memories of our times together at the dude ranch too. I especially enjoyed horseback riding in their beautiful valley.”
“Even when that horse ran away with you?” asked Felix.
She laughed and answered, “Yes, I liked it even then. I appreciated the way both of you were concerned enough to come and help me. Vera had taught me what to do if the horse I was riding ever ran away with me, so I tried it and it worked. She said to get the horse headed uphill and then urge it to go even faster, which would tire it out so it would be willing to stop when you said ‘whoa’ and pulled back on the reins. It was an exhilarating ride! Vera had also told me to take the horse back to the place where it had spooked, and get it used to that area so it wouldn’t happen again. Do you remember, we found a scarf caught in a bush and it was fluttering in the breeze?”
Felix nodded. “Yes, you dismounted, retrieved the scarf and put it in your pocket. Then you remounted and we went sedately back to the ranch where we all had to walk the horses around the ring several times to cool them down and do extra grooming on the horses because they had gotten overheated.”
“Ruth didn’t run her horse, so she didn’t have as much to do,” remembered Nathan.
“That’s because I was there when Vera told Esther what to do with a run away horse, so I just waited for all of you to return,” explained Ruth.
Nathan commented, “Oh, I understand now. Horseback riding was also my favorite thing to do at the dude ranch. Along with it, I enjoyed rowing on the lake in those flat-bottomed boats. The lake was great for ice skating in the winter.”
Esther remarked, “Yes it was. We enjoyed doing those things also. On our next trip to the dude ranch, Vera told me they had trained that horse to not be afraid of fluttering scarves or anything else. I don’t think it ever ran away again.”
Ruth shared, “One of my favorite memories is looking forward to our weekends at the ranch, driving there, and coming around the last corner where the whole valley just opened up in all of it’s beauty. I’ve never found a more delightful or excellent place to spend a weekend.” Everyone nodded agreement.
Their salads arrived at their table just then and Nathan asked, “Is it all right with you if I pray before we eat?” They both nodded, so he continued, “Father, thank you for this time we get to have together to renew our acquaintance and restore friendships, and for all the food we’ll be eating. Please bless it to our bodies, and our bodies to your service. I pray in Jesus name. Amen.” The others added “amen” and started eating. There was a comfortable silence for a few moments.
Ruth remarked, “This salad is delicious. I even like it without dressing because it’s so fresh. What memory do you have about your times at the dude ranch, Felix?”
He realized this would be a good place for his apology, so he said, “This memory isn’t a good one. I remember doing too much teasing most of the time, and I do apologize for doing that. Please forgive me. I’m really trying to stop teasing, but I know it will be hard for me to change.”
Both of the ladies smiled, thanked him for the apology, and told him that of course he was forgiven.
Nathan said, “The one memory I would change if I could, is that while we were having so much fun at the ranch, Felix and I were not believers, so we didn’t give God the honor he deserved. About five and a half years ago my family and Felix went to hear an evangelist at a big stadium in a bigger city near here. He explained the gospel in such a clear way, that we all finally understood what Jesus had done for us and our need to believe in him. So we all went forward and accepted Jesus as our Savior, and we’ve been learning how to serve him ever since in a good church and small groups.”
Ruth and Esther looked at each other in pleased surprise and Esther asked, “What was the name of the city, and what month was it?” After he told her, she continued, “My family and I were there at the same time. He was only there the one day, and I praise and thank the Lord that the same thing happened for our family, except for Jason, who wasn’t with us. But we kept praying for him and he finally became a believer near the end of April last year, and Jesus healed him.”
“Wow! This is really amazing and wonderful. It was a glorious coincidence that we four became believers on the same day at the same place even though we didn’t know about it until right now,” said Nathan. “Plus we’re overjoyed to hear about Jason also coming to the Lord and being healed of his bipolar disorder.”
They all nodded and would have had a rousing praise time if they had been in an appropriate place for it. Instead, they quietly praised God for his goodness. The waiter came and removed empty salad dishes and another one brought their orders, so they were again comfortably silent as they started eating and thinking about what they had just learned about each other.
Nathan broke the silence. “I have another memory I regret. I’m sorry I wasn’t able to keep in contact with you after high school when our times at the ranch no longer coincided. It was my own fault, because I was so shy that I was never able to ask for your last name or where you lived. I’m so glad I finally thought about asking the Yardleys if they remembered your family and knew where I could find you. They very graciously told me and I am extremely thankful.”
“Don’t worry about it, Nathan,” Ruth responded, “Many teenagers are shy. The Yardleys are nice people and are part of our good memories.” Then Ruth asked, thinking that maybe Nathan needed a rescue from his embarrassment. “What did you both do after high school?”
Felix answered, “We both went to the university in our city. I got my degree in farming and agriculture. My minor was coaching sports. Nathan got his degree in counseling children and teens, and his minor was horse care and training. We’ve been working in those fields since graduation. What have the two of you and Jason been doing?”
“Your fields of study sound very interesting. The three of us got our degrees in accounting by attending the university here in Pine City while we lived at home to help save money. So we’re all busy helping people with their bookkeeping,” answered Esther. Plus we’ve been learning a lot at Grace ‘n’ Faith Church and in small groups about how to live the way Jesus desires for us to live.”
Nathan felt much better after his admission, and what Ruth had said helped even more. He commented, “It’s unusual for all of the siblings to major in the same thing, but it sounds like it has worked well for you three. I agree with you, Esther, the right church and good small groups are immensely helpful. I moved here in September and went to church with Oscar on Saturdays and to his small group also on the night it met during the week. He and Vera have to go separately, so one of them can always be at the dude ranch, so she goes to church on Sundays and to a small group on a different night of the week than Oscar.”
Felix explained, “Before we moved here we had been attending a church and small group in the city where we lived. When I moved here in October, I joined Oscar and Nathan. In December, we began attending Church #4 with Vera and in January, we were put into the same small group that you are in now, Esther.”
“I think this church is amazing,” Nathan commented, “the way it uses one building for 12 different church services on the weekend, each with it’s own pastor who also has a job to support his family, but they all work together and stay on the same page.”
Felix agreed, “Then they grew so fast last year that another building and school were built to make room for continued growth. It has another 12 churches with their own services. I don’t know anything about the schools, but I’d like to find out sometime.
Esther suggested, “You might want to ask Julie Blake about the church school. She’s in our church and teaches there, or you could ask at the church office. I think they have a booklet about the school.”
“Thank you for the information, Esther,” responded Felix.
Ruth remarked, “I’ve heard some people say that a church like ours couldn’t happen because it would be impossible to get so many people to cooperate and work together. But it isn’t impossible with God. Grace ‘n’ Faith Church is proof of that.”
The rest nodded emphatically and since they were finished eating now and Nathan asked, “Would you like to have some dessert?”
“Only if it’s something very light. Ruth, would you order for me while I go to the ladies’ room? Please excuse me,” said Esther.
Nathan grabbed this opportunity to question Ruth, “Do you know whether or not Esther has decided to remain single?”
“She’s still praying for God’s leading, but has told him of her desire to be married if he would bring the right man into her life,” Ruth responded.
“Thank you, and how about you?” he asked next.
“I prefer to remain single,” she answered, wondering where this line of questioning was going to lead.
Nathan continued, “I didn’t mean to be intrusive with those questions, but I needed to know the answers so I can ask the next question. Would you be willing to continue going with us as a foursome so Esther would be more comfortable?”
“First, you need to tell me what you’re planning. What is your goal?” Ruth inquired. Felix quickly explained their joint project to Ruth and she nodded. “I’ll agree to accompany the three of you so you can let her choose, but only if you tell her what your plan and goal is. I know she would not like to be in the dark about it.”
Nathan looked to Felix for his agreement and said, “All right, we’ll explain it all to her. Thank you very much, Ruth, for telling us the information and for agreeing to go with us. Would you please pray for all of us as we undertake this plan of action?”
“Of course I will,” she replied. “Here comes the waiter. Let’s order and eat dessert before you explain it to her.” They nodded.
Esther returned to the table and soon their desserts were delivered. Small talk was enjoyable as they ate, and as soon as coffee or soft drinks were refilled, Nathan began, “Esther, Felix and I talked to Ruth while you were gone, and she agreed that she’d join us in a plan we’ll explain to you. We hope you’ll agree to try this, and we’ll understand if you need some time to think it over. So please listen, and know that we only want the best for you and our intentions are completely honorable.”
Esther looked completely confused, but she nodded. Therefore Nathan explained to her about the joint project he and Felix had. They even recited in unison to her about their agreement. “I know this might seem sudden to you, but we’ve been looking for you for years. We finally found you, and today we were all pleasantly surprised to learn that we’re all believers. Now we would like to know if you will give us a chance to let you choose. If you decide that neither of us would be best for you, please be honest and tell us,” Nathan said.
Esther swallowed and responded, “I feel highly honored that both of you would make a plan like this and work together to help each other, leaving the choosing to me. Thank you for telling me about your plan so I could know what to expect. I have to admit to being so surprised and uncertain that I am hesitant to answer right now. Could I take a day to pray and think about this and also talk to my parents and Pastor Don to get their input?”
“Certainly, and we apologize for any upset this might cause for you,” answered Felix. “I guess we didn’t envision how you might feel about our plan.”
“Thank you, and I forgive you. There’s no way to know ahead of time how others might respond to something we plan,” Esther replied. “Thank you both for the trip down memory lane and the delicious dinner and dessert. I’ll call tomorrow evening.”
Ruth added, “Yes, thank you both. She has a lot to consider and contemplate, so I think we should leave now.”
Nathan responded, “You’re both very welcome, and we thank you for coming and being willing to listen to and reflect on our plan. We’ll be home tomorrow evening.”
Everyone said goodbye and the ladies left.
Felix and Nathan watched them go and wondered how it would all turn out for them and for her.
“Maybe we didn’t do a very good job of thinking through this whole project. I never imagined it might cause Esther distress, but she did look really tense at the end,” mentioned, Nathan.
Felix responded, “Well I guess we’re destined to live and learn the hard way about everything, even though our intentions are good. I hope she will give us a chance to prove ourselves.”
“Same here! Let’s go pay the bill and go home so we can pray some more about the whole plan,” suggested Nathan.
“Where are we going?” Esther asked when she realized they weren’t headed to their apartment.
“I thought it would be best to go straight to Dad and Mom. We can ponder and study this better with them, than trying to figure it out on our own,” replied Ruth.
At least it wasn’t late, so they didn’t have to get their dad, William, and mom, Anna, out of bed. When Ruth and Esther finished telling them this unbelievable story, they all took turns praying about it in the way it would be done in a small group, just like a conversation including God.
Then William clarified, “Did you say they both left their other city and jobs, moved here and got new jobs to carry out this plan after they found out where Esther lived?”
“Yes, Dad, that’s what they told me while Esther was in the ladies’ room. Then they asked me if I’d be willing to accompany them on all the dates so Esther would feel more comfortable,” Ruth answered.
“And you said ‘Yes.’ Thank you for being willing to do that for me, Ruth. I know I’d be worried about going with them alone. I’ll be uneasy even with you there, but you’ll make it tolerable. I’ve never been so astonished and confused and disoriented in my life. What do you think I should do, Dad and Mom?”
Anna asked, “Do you still desire to be married?”
“Yes, Mom, I do, but only if I can be sure it’s what God wants for me and he gives me the right man,” replied Esther.
“How will you know which man is the right man?” Anna asked her daughter next.
“I already read the book you gave me in high school another time when Maria and I were discussing this topic last summer. It has a lot of good traits to look for and guidelines for me to use as I get to know a man,” she answered.
Ruth commented, “I overheard Fiona Anderson talking to a single young lady in my new small group this week. Fiona was saying that after she came home from taking care of her elderly great aunt, she basically had a list of things to look for and tests for Matt to pass before she would agree to marry him, if he asked her. He passed all of them with flying colors, and they are now very happily married and are expecting their first child.”
“I’d like to talk with her and get some more ideas of things to look for. I’ll call her sometime soon and see if I can visit with her and write down her ideas in my notebook.” Esther remarked.
William inquired, “What are some ways you can find out about those traits in a man?”
Esther smiled when she realized what her parents were trying to get her to acknowledge. “I can observe them in small group and on every date we go on with Ruth as my support. The part I like the least about this plan, is that I must choose between them and I don’t want to be the one who would hurt either one of them. It makes it so much harder, knowing they both love me.”
“I’m glad you feel that way,” Anna declared. “Some women enjoy leading a man on and then dumping him. I’m glad we raised two ladies who are sensitive to others’ feelings.”
Ruth smiled her thanks to her mom and stressed to Esther, “Remember what they said in unison about helping each other be the best they can be so you could choose the one who would be the better husband for you. They’ve already accepted the fact that only one of them can be chosen and are giving you that privilege without fighting over you. They told me they’re committed to staying friends all the way through this and then cheering on the one you choose.”
“Wow, that is a good thing for me to remember as I observe them. Actually, this is an amazing opportunity. I’ll get to see and compare both of them at once on each date and at the small group,” Esther observed.
William agreed, “Exactly correct, and you’re a mature lady who is a Christian, so Jesus will help you all the way.”
“That’s right,” said Anna. “I remember you telling me you had a crush on both of them while we were at the dude ranch.”
“Yes, I did. But not on both of them at the same time,” Esther laughed. “Each one was truly appealing in different ways. Nathan was quiet and shy, and I didn’t really know what he was thinking. He said he regretted being so shy that he couldn’t even ask me my last name. Felix was a big tease and I did not enjoy that as a teen. He apologized tonight and Ruth and I both forgave him. He said he’s really trying to change,” explained Esther.
William inserted, “Both of those traits could be hard to live with if they are carried to excess. So there is the first thing in each of them you need to look for and evaluate. But it sounds like you’ll need to give each one some time to make the change.”
“Thank you, Dad. I’ll be sure to do that,” Esther responded.
Ruth remarked, “Both of them were exceptionally polite and seemed sincere about their belief in Jesus, and in their desire to make this joint project work. They were even sorry if their plan caused upset for Esther.”
Esther nodded and added, “At first we were concerned that they might be con artists or crooks, but since they both admitted to their faults and asked for forgiveness, I don’t think they are.”
“Therefore, what’s your final verdict in this case?” William inquired.
Esther answered, “I think Nathan and Felix deserve a chance to do their joint project, and I need to be a conscientious, fair judge. How do you feel, Ruth? Do you really want to be involved in this plan of theirs? I know I could not do it without your help!”
Ruth replied, “You are my dear little sister and I desire to see you happy. I’ll do whatever I can do to keep you safe in this endeavor. I don’t want you to get hurt in any way. Maybe we’ll even be able to enjoy these dates. I can’t imagine two men wanting to take a self proclaimed thirty-one-year-old spinster and her younger sister on dates. They must be certain of their love for you, Esther, and that is a real compliment to you.”
“I hadn’t thought about it that way, but you’re right like you usually are, my wonderful big sister. Thank you for your willingness to help in this situation. Thank you, Dad and Mom, for listening and guiding us to an answer to this dilemma.” she said.
“You’re welcome!” they said. Then Ruth and Esther went home to the apartment they shared and had a peaceful night of sleep.
Saturday morning Maria awoke looking forward to a visit with her friends and also wondering what they’d tell her about their date the evening before. She glanced at the clock and gave a little gasp. Apparently she had slept in and only had an hour to get ready for her guests. She jumped out of bed and scurried around straightening things up after a quick breakfast. At least she had planned their lunch the night before and had it ready to put in the slow cooker, which she did and started it so it would be ready by noon. She was ready with time to spare, and they arrived on time.
“Welcome, Ruth and Esther. Both of you look rested and well. Please come sit in these comfortable chairs and tell me all about your date last night,” Maria invited.
Esther declared, “You are not going to believe this story. In fact I’m still unsure after living it.” She and Ruth took turns telling Maria about everything that had happened at the restaurant and then at their parent’s home.”
“You’re completely right,” stated Maria. I would have a very hard time believing this story except that I know for sure that you both always tell the truth. It reminds me a little bit of the way your brother told me about his love and desire to marry me, when he had me come to his office that day last spring. Only this is double for you, Esther. TWO men basically declared their love and intentions, and now you have to date them together and choose the one you think is better to be your husband! No wonder you’re overwhelmed! But, it could be a great adventure for you.”
Ruth agreed, “I’ve never heard of this kind of thing happening before in my lifetime, but it does have the possibility of being a great adventure.”
“I can’t imagine dating two men at the same time! Esther, you’re much braver than I could ever be!” exclaimed Maria.
Esther stated, “I’ve decided that it might not be so bad. Ruth will be with me every time as my support, and I’ll be very busy observing both men so I can make the right choice. But we are also going to get Pastor Don’s counsel on the matter this afternoon.”
Maria inserted, “It’s really a good idea to talk to Pastor Don. He has helped me so many times!”
Esther said, “I’m glad. So let’s pray about it right now and then we can eat lunch and talk about other things. I think I’m about saturated with this topic for now.”
After they had taken turns praying about the unique situation, Maria thanked the Lord for the food, and they enjoyed regular visiting about other topics while they ate the lunch she had prepared and they helped with the cleanup.
After lunch Ruth and Esther stopped at the Ross house for a 1:30 PM appointment they had made before going to see Maria, to talk to Pastor Don about the situation. They greeted his wife and children and then went into his office where they told him the state of affairs.
Pastor Don responded, “I agree with you. This is decidedly unusual. Nathan and Felix came here together to discuss their plan with me and I’ll tell you the same thing I told them. ‘The most important thing you should do is pray to ask God if this could be his will for you.’ I won’t tell you the rest of the conversation so as to not betray their confidentiality. Let’s pray about it together now and trust God to give you his answer.”
When they finished, Esther again felt she should give Felix and Nathan a chance to do their project and ask God to help her be a fair judge to choose one or maybe neither of them to be her future husband. She’d also continue to ask for God to make his will clear to her about singleness or marriage.
Then Ruth and Esther went home to do some of the weekend housework that was waiting for them.
Later, that Saturday evening, Esther called Nathan’s phone number and was happy she didn’t get his voice mail. “Hello, Nathan, this is Esther. If Felix is there also, would you turn on your phone’s speaker so he can hear this at the same time?”
“Hello, Esther. Yes, Felix is here and is listening to hear what you’re going to say. Thank you for calling.” answered Nathan.
“Nathan and Felix, I’ve talked to my parents and my pastor, and we’ve prayed about your plan. We feel it would be a good idea to have Ruth join us on the dates and I’ll do my best to get to know you both and then choose the one I think would be the better husband for me. The hardest part for me, will be the choosing. I don’t desire to be the one who will hurt the man who isn’t chosen. And, if for some reason I don’t choose either of you, it would be even harder. So in advance I wish to apologize for however it turns out,” Esther finished, took a deep breath and tried to relax. It had been harder to tell them her answer than she had imagined it would be.
Both men said something like, “Thank you, Esther, for agreeing to give us a chance to carry out our plan.”
Then Felix stated, “Don’t worry about the choosing. We already know that only one can be chosen and maybe neither.”
Nathan added, “Yes, relax, Esther, and know that we’ll be praying for Jesus to lead all of us every step of the way. Maybe you’ll even be able to enjoy our times together.”
“That sounds like a good idea. Thank you both for reassuring me. If I remember to not focus on having to choose, I’m sure I will enjoy our times together. I’ll let you go now, and see you at the small group Monday evening,” Esther responded.
“Very good,” said Felix.
“Have a nice evening,” Nathan added.
Felix hung up the phone and the men had a little praise session ending with more prayers for guidance and wisdom to proceed.
Sunday all of them were in church and Esther could see them sitting on either side of Vera near the front of the church. She forced herself to not look their way or be distracted by them. Her self- discipline paid off and she was able to worship and listen carefully to the teaching time, taking notes on the most important parts so she could review them later.
Then just before the end of the service, since Maria was sitting next to her, Esther whispered an explanation to her about where the men were sitting so she could get a look at them, before the people started moving around.
“They’re both very handsome,” Maria whispered to Esther.
Esther nodded and then kicked herself for blushing. She was acting like a teenager. It had been years since she had been on a date, except for the one with Tony last summer, and nothing had come of that one either. Sometimes she wondered if she’d ever get married. Then she repented and asked God to forgive her for not being able to leave the whole question of being single or married in God’s more capable hands.
On Monday Nathan arrived early at the ranch to tell the Yardleys about the date he and Felix had with Esther and Ruth. They were just as amazed as the others had been, when they had listened to the ladies describe the date.
Oscar asked, “Did both of you really quit your jobs and move here just to be able to date Esther and let her choose the one she likes better?”
“I know it sounds crazy, but this is very important to us. The last time we were all here together, Felix and I told each other that we’d like to marry Esther when we graduated from the university, but that we knew only one of us could actually do it.” Then he recited for them the agreement he and Felix had made.
“Felix has helped me as we’ve been looking for her for all these years since graduating from the university, and we’ve been comparing her with all the other girls we’ve met in between. Not one of them measures up to her. She’s not only beautiful, she’s also intelligent, talented, sensitive, articulate and gracious. Most wonderful and most important of all is: we found out on the date that she also shares our faith in Jesus,” Nathan explained.
Vera responded, “Wonderful, thank you for explaining. We understand, and we’ll certainly pray for God to bless your venture and for only his will to be done for all of you.”
“We’ll truly be grateful for your prayers and God’s help. Now it’s time for me to get to work. What are your plans for today?” After listening carefully to Oscar’s answer, Nathan left the kitchen and went outside to work.
Oscar asked Vera, “Do you think we should mention any of our ideas to him?”
She replied, “I don’t think so yet. I’d rather get to know him better, since it has been so many years. I wish to see if his life matches what he told us about being a Christian now.”
“I agree. He’s been working here since the first week in September, and I can see that he’s a good worker who learns quickly and likes to please us,” concurred Oscar.
“Let’s keep the rest of this discussion until after supper so he doesn’t walk in here and catch us talking about him. I’ll look forward to talking more about our ideas then too,” suggested Vera.
“Good, I’m getting excited about those!” he exclaimed.
At lunchtime in Pine City on Monday, Maria resisted the urge to ask Ruth more about the two men and the date they had on Friday. She would share more if she so desired. Instead, they discussed things they had liked about the service at church yesterday.
Ruth said, “We sang some of my favorite songs that go so well with a new year just getting started. The scripture verse, Psalm 90:12 says, teach us to number our days, so we may apply our hearts unto wisdom, has been one of my favorite verses for a long time. That verse and the song ‘Another Year is Dawning’ were a good lead in for the teaching time. I like all the verses in that song because they’re an excellent prayer to use more than just once a year. In fact, I pray through it once a week on Monday mornings before coming to work.”
“I think I’ll try your idea starting tomorrow and then each Monday. I remember the song was about waiting, leaning, and trusting, and about God’s faithfulness and grace, plus some things I can’t remember,” stated Maria.
“Right, and the song ‘God of the Ages’ is also a good one. So is the Bible verse that goes with it, Psalm 91:2, I will say of the LORD, He is my refuge and my fortress, my God; in him I will trust. I like the way the song talks about the past, present, and future and how God plans and shapes everything that concerns people. The authors of both of those songs really did a good job when they wrote the lyrics. I wish I could write good song lyrics,” Ruth added.
“Have you ever tried?” Maria questioned.
She replied, “No, but maybe someday I will try. I know there are rhyming dictionaries that would be a big help. It might be a fun activity to do especially on the weekends when I have more time, but only after all these double dates are over.”
Chapter 2
Joshua 1:9, … Be strong and of good courage, do not be afraid …
or dismayed, for the Lord your God is with you wherever you go.
At the ranch Oscar commented after supper cleanup, “Well, Nathan’s gone now, after a profitable day of work. He works as hard as I used to be able to work. I miss those days. Anyway, I'm glad we hired him because he’s getting the ranch back into shape. I didn’t realize how rundown it was getting. It’ll make the next few months of reservations for the dude ranch go better.”
“I agree, and if we tell all of those who come that we won’t be making any more reservations, we’ll be able to go ahead with our new plans. This has been a very good dude ranch, run first by your parents and then by us, but we’ve longed to make it into something more, something better than just a place for people to come for weekends and vacations. I’m excited about being able to leave a legacy for others now that we have such a good idea and we realized we aren’t too old to make it happen, because we have Jesus to help us,” declared Vera.
“You’re right, Honey.” Oscar reached over and held her hand. “We spent too many years thinking we had no ideas and were too old to make the ranch into something more useful in God’s Kingdom. Now we know better. It was good to be able to talk to the pastor of Grace ‘n’ Faith Church #1 in Pine City on Thursday evening last week. His recommendations for how to implement our idea will be extremely helpful.”
“Yes, and I'm glad we were able to convince my brother and sister-in-law to consider doing the same thing with their truck farm. They still call it a truck farm, but it has really grown into a big business and it needs many families working there instead of just one, like when my parents started it, and my brother and I helped them. Now since my brother is older than we are, I hope they don’t wait too long to get started,” she stated.
“Absolutely, because there also needs to be a place for foster boys since we’ve decided to have only girls here,” he agreed. “Plus he was correct in all the differences he mentioned there would need to be in his farm and this ranch. I’m sure we’ll both be able to do things in the best way for each place.”
“Yes! Just imagine this beautiful ranch and all the cabins filled with families from our church with four foster girls each in a Caring Foster Home. We can add more bedrooms and bathrooms to the smaller cabins so they’ll have enough room. Here at this ranch they can be taught about Jesus, and then rehabilitated and restored to joyful, useful lives by Jesus as their Savior instead of continuing in the abusive situations in which they lived,” she visualized.
“I certainly can imagine it, the way you described it. Plus, we can have four foster girls of our own, since we’ll get to continue living in the lower level of the big house after we have it remodeled to include another Caring Foster Home upstairs. I really like the name you suggested the other day, Mercy Valley Ranch. It truly fits with our idea, and besides, this is one of the valleys with the headwaters for the Mercy River, even though here they’re just called Mercy Streams. When they all join together and travel farther down the valley, they add a lot of water to the Mercy River.”
“Right, is there a song about Mercy Streams?” asked Vera.
Oscar replied, “Somewhere in the song, ‘Come Thou Fount’ are the words ‘streams of mercy’. I’m going to look in the big concordance and see if there are any Bible verses about it either way. … Well, I found lots of verses about mercy and lots about streams, but not together. Oh well, it doesn't really matter.”
“You’re right. I just like the sound of it,” Vera declared.
When she got home on Monday from her small group meeting in Pine City, Esther informed Ruth, “I was much more able to pay attention and focus on the songs and the teaching time. I even thanked God during praise time that I had found out about two friends becoming believers. Later I prayed aloud, during conversational prayer time asking God to help me in witnessing to my co-workers. I was especially grateful for the handout that had all the names and phone numbers of the people in the group.”
“I’m glad to hear that. I know you like to have those facts with your notebook,” Ruth said.
“Right, and maybe later I’ll learn where they work and how long they’ve lived in Pine City, if I ever need that information. I already know most of the people from church anyway. Oh, I forgot to tell you last week, my best friend of many years, Sunny Sanchez, is also in this group,” added Esther.
“Well, that’s nice for you. What else happened?” asked Ruth.
She replied, “During refreshment and fellowship time, I again visited with others in the group so I could let the men come talk to me if they wanted to. I didn’t want to have people start talking about us. That will probably happen soon enough. I was surprised when neither of them came to talk to me. Perhaps they didn’t want ‘talk’ to start either. So I decided that was a good thing and enjoyed the rest of the evening.”
“It sounds like you handled the evening well,” Ruth observed.
Just then her cell phone rang and Esther was startled. Then she laughed and said, “I guess I had better get used to that,” as she picked it up, turned the speaker on and said, “Hello, this is Esther speaking.”
“Hello, Esther, this is Felix. We wanted to call and let you know that we were not ignoring you at the meeting. We just didn’t want to get people talking about us, if you know what I mean.”
“Yes, I know what you mean and I’m thankful for your thoughtfulness. It was a good meeting. The teaching time was especially good for this time of the year. I was glad to be reminded to not just make a bunch of New Years’ resolutions and then forget about them. It’ll be much more useful to follow the advice in the teaching time to pray and ask God what things he wants me to do or change,” Esther responded.
“Hi, Esther, this is Nathan and this is like a conference call. I agree with what you just mentioned. I really like the way these small groups are organized. The music is always great, and I like to hear the praises, teaching, and prayer time. Ruth, are you in on this conference call? It’s too bad you aren’t in this small group.”
Ruth answered, “Yes, I’m here. My small group on Wednesday will be very much like the one you all attended. I just get a preview tonight by listening to you.”
By now, they had heard both voices enough to tell who was who, so they recognized that Felix was speaking next. “We’d like to invite you both to go with us on a fun activity next Saturday afternoon. We found out there’s an ice skating rink in this fine city and wonder if you’d like to go with us.”
“That does sound like fun,” replied Esther.
And Ruth responded, “Yes, it does. What time should we be ready?”
Nathan answered, “Would 2 PM be a good time for us to pick you up?” They both answered that it would, so he continued, “They rent skates there, or if you have your own, you can bring them. There’s a nice area inside with places to sit, rest, and visit when we get tired.”
“All right, we’ll be ready at 2 PM on Saturday,” said Esther, and then she told them the address and about the intercom.
“Good, we’ll be looking forward to it,” Felix responded and they all said goodbye.
Ruth stated, “Well that explained nicely why they didn’t go over and speak to you at the small group. It sounds like they are really trying to do their best.”
“How am I ever going to keep track of the good and bad qualities of each of them and figure out how to choose one of them for my husband. Should I write down everything I can remember in a notebook after every date or time I talk with them? It seems like an insurmountable, impossible assignment,” Esther worried.
Ruth replied, “Relax. Pray and trust Jesus to lead you by his Spirit who lives in you. Keeping a journal might help, especially here at the beginning of the relationships. Looking back at your entries from time to time could bring some things into focus. Mostly just be your own sweet, loving, gracious self and that’ll help them get to know you better also.”
“You’re right again. Thank you for your good counsel. If the three of us younger people are trying too hard to make a good impression it’ll be stressful and phony,” Esther admitted. “I’ll look forward to having fun on Saturday instead. It’s been a long time since either of us have been ice skating.”
“Yes it has. We can hope our ankles won’t tire out too soon. Sometimes I feel like I’m getting old,” Ruth admitted.
“You don’t seem old in my opinion. But it makes me think about another issue about me. Neither of the men knows about the cancer I had about five years ago. The operation I had was able to remove all of the cancer and it hasn’t returned, but I’ll never be able to have a baby. I guess I need to share that information with them on our next date so they can change their plans if they don’t want a woman who isn’t all there. It seems like an awkward topic to bring up to two men,” said Esther.
Ruth agreed, “It is hard, but you could say it like you did just now except you can leave out the part about not being all there. You are still very much HERE, and I’m tremendously thankful to have my little sister here.”
Esther responded, “Thank you, Ruth. I’m thankful to still be here also and I’m very grateful for a wonderful big sister.”
After turning the phone off, Felix looked at Nathan and they both smiled. “It appears that we’ve already won enough of their confidence that they will let us pick them up.”
Nathan agreed. “Yes, Ruth asked what time to be ready, and Esther even gave us their address and told us how to use the intercom to let them know when we arrive. Thank you Father, for the progress we’re making. Help us to continue to do the right things that’ll win more of their confidence.”
“Yes! Please help us make our times together be enjoyable and give Esther all the information she’ll need in order to make the choice that will be best for her and be your will,” prayed Felix.
Then Nathan mentioned, “I was just remembering our conversation with Pastor Don in December. After we told him how important this project is to us, he asked a lot of questions about our beliefs and emphasized for us to NOT tarnish Ruth or Esther's reputation because those women are very virtuous ladies.”
“And you replied, ‘Absolutely, Sir!’ and I nodded emphatically.” remembered Felix, “After just one date with them I can see how correct he is. I’m thankful he gave us the idea to approach our times together as a double date and keep out of the limelight.”
Nathan continued, “Absolutely, and it was a good idea to tell the facilitators of our small group, Jeff and Karen Spencer, even before the first meeting about our plans so they could pray with us and know we are honorable, respectable men trying to do God’s will in this situation.”
“Yes it was an excellent idea. They’re nice people,” Felix replied. “They didn’t laugh or put us down in any way, and we had a nice time praying together with them before we left their house.”
Nathan responded, “Indeed, our prayers are being answered.”
Ruth went to her own small group meeting on Wednesday evening feeling a little relieved that this week was more relaxed than last week had been when they were both stressed out about the upcoming date. Going ice skating would probably be more fun than so much eating and talking had been.
Her meeting was very good. They sang another song about the new year called “Great God, We Sing That Mighty Hand.” Ruth hadn’t heard it before and the words didn’t make much sense to her as they sang it all the way through. So she decided to look it up again in her hymnal when she got home. The teaching time was just as good as Esther had said it had been on Monday.
Friday evening at the ranch Oscar mentioned, “This valley is even pretty in the winter. We haven't had as much snow this winter except on the mountains. They are extra spectacular with the new white snow on them. I enjoy seeing the different kinds of clouds in the sky above them also.”
“So do I,” Vera agreed. “This house and all the visitor cabins were built with good views of the mountains and the valley. When I need a rest, I enjoy sitting and just savoring our outstanding view. I’m truly glad these houses were built so each dining room has a picture window looking at the mountains,”
Oscar continued, “Yes, and look, the horses are running in the pasture. My parents planned this ranch so well so that the horses never have to be cooped up in a corral, but are always free to walk, run, or graze in one pasture or another. They have plenty of grass to eat most of the year. And when the grass is grazed down, we have plenty of hay we’ve harvested from whichever pastures the horses aren’t in during the spring, summer, and fall, since we rotate them from one pasture to another. All we have to do is scatter the hay around in different places in whatever field they’re in, so their manure is also scattered and helps to fertilize the ground for the next season. Of course we still have to run the drag in the early spring to break it up and spread it around more. Plus we have to test the soil, off and on and add some other fertilizers as needed.”
Vera added, “Yes, and the way the stream goes into and out of Wild Mint Lake keeps the sediments moving up from the bottom and they get spread out on the pastures to help fertilize the hay when we irrigate. It also helps keep the lake clean with the water flowing in and out of it. I’m looking forward to spring already. We have so many wildflowers. When I have more time after our idea and plans are in place, I’d like to get a wildflower book and learn the names of all the wildflowers I can find.”
Oscar responded, “What a good idea that is! I’ll bet some of the girls would enjoy looking and learning with you. It would be a good way for them to learn about the Creator and his creation. Let’s order a wildflower book so it can arrive soon. That way we won’t forget. It’s also fun to watch the animals we have around here. Since we have no dogs to scare them off, we have a lot of wildlife. Just today, I saw several deer grazing in the pasture. Later a coyote ran across the road up by the outside riding ring just before I came in for supper.”
Vera replied, “How terrific! I need to get outside more in the winter. Do you remember last spring when we got to see three red fox cubs playing outside their den near Lavender Falls? They were so cute! We had our binoculars with us and could see them so clearly. One of them was sitting watching something in the grass while one of the ferns blowing in the breeze tickled the top of his head. Pretty soon he pounced on whatever he was watching, but it got away. I’m glad we put up our sign and the rope across the trail to keep people from getting too close until they were able to leave the den with their parents.”
“Yes, and we’ll do it again this coming spring and every year, so the fox pair will know they have a safe place to raise their cubs. I’ll look forward to hiking with our girls, taking binoculars to share so they can see how cute the fox cubs are. And later we can show them the beautiful falls. I like the way the water jumps over the first ledge into a little pool and then cascades over rocks for a little way before leaping into the bottom pool. The lavender colored rocks add so much to the beauty of the area. I like the way the water makes them shine and be a darker lavender. The dry rocks are just as pretty in their own way. Our creator did an amazing job on all his creation,” stated Oscar.
In Pine City Esther was nervous again just before the gentlemen came to pick them up at 2 PM, Saturday, but she hid it well. Soon they were at the ice skating rink, putting on their skates, as they talked.
Felix admitted, “It’s been years since I’ve done any ice skating, so I don’t know how well I’ll do. I hope I don’t knock down any other skaters, especially you three.”
Ruth laughed. “Maybe we four should stay far away from each other and all the other skaters until we get our skills back. It’s been a long time for us also and I’m hoping I’ll remember how.”
The others chuckled and agreed as they all tentatively started out on the ice. Nobody fell down, but they all looked almost like first time skaters and they wondered why they had thought this would be fun. Even so, the balance and skill did return to them after a little while, and they started having fun.
Soon they were ready to have a time of rest in the inside sitting area. Nathan remarked, “It was fun out there after I remembered how to do it again, but I do seem to get tired more easily than when we were in high school.”
Esther said, “I agree with you, and it brings to my mind a delicate topic both of you gentlemen need to know about me, because it might be a reason you’d desire to change your plan.” She proceeded to tell them what she had said to Ruth Monday evening, leaving out the part about not being all there.
Felix almost blurted out a tease of some kind, but stopped himself just in time and said instead, “Thank you for telling us. It won’t be a problem for me.”
Nathan responded, “I thank you also, and I’m glad to hear that you’re well now. It won’t be a problem for me either.”
Esther blushed and looked down for a moment before replying, “Thank you both for your gracious acceptance.”
Ruth rescued them all by suggesting, “If we’ve rested enough, shall we go outside and skate some more?”
They skated until they got tired again and decided to take off their skates and watch the others for a time. When they got chilly from being outside they went inside to sit in a quiet corner and visit some more.
Later Felix asked, “Would anyone care for a hot drink from the refreshment stand over there?”
Esther answered for Ruth and herself. “Yes. Ruth and I both like hot apple cider or juice, if they have any. If not, whatever you choose will be fine, as long as it has no alcohol in it.”
As Felix was going, Nathan remarked, “We understand and agree, because we’re teetotalers ourselves.”
“I’m glad to hear that, because it was always a worry on any of the first or second dates with someone. Not that I’ve dated so many people, and I usually only went with someone in my small group,” Esther explained.
Felix returned with steaming cinnamon apple juice and handed the cups around. He was greeted with murmurs of thank you and enjoyment.
Then Nathan said, “Here’s something you should know about us so you won’t have to worry. Felix and I have both prayed a lot about our project and we feel we are in the Lord’s will about it. We wanted to be completely sure of that before we ever told you about it. We even asked him to take away our love and our desire to try to find you if it wasn’t his will for us to try this plan. Instead our love and longing increased.
Felix explained, “We went to see the pastor of Grace ‘n’ Faith church #4, Don Ross, in December about our project so we could get any advice he might have for us. We gave him all the details like we did for you last Friday.”
Nathan continued, “He told us this did sound like a very unusual plan, and that the most important thing we should do is pray to ask God if this could be his will for you and us.”
Felix said, “We assured him that we had prayed before we started trying to find you. God had pointed us to a few verses that helped to show us his will in this situation. For example, Proverbs 18:22, Whoever finds a wife finds a good thing, and obtains favor of the LORD, and Proverbs 12:4, a virtuous woman is a crown to her husband.”
Nathan continued, “So we prayed for God to give one of us the desire of our heart. Psalm 145:19a says, God will fulfill the desire of those who fear him.”
Next Felix described the way Isaac’s bride was chosen. “It’s a fascinating story in Genesis chapter 24, ending with this part of verse 67. Isaac brought Rebekah into his mothers Sarah’s tent, and took Rebekah and she became his wife, and he loved her… Whichever man you choose, will love you as much as Isaac loved Rebekah. In fact he will love you as Christ loved the church, like it says in Ephesians 5:25.”
Nathan said, “I asked God to show me the way to find out where you live, and the memory of Oscar and Vera Yardley was my next thought. I wondered why it had never occurred to me beforehand. I definitely thanked God for that thought.”
Felix went on, “We had both talked and prayed with our pastor at home, separately and together. He told us that if our motives and intentions were pure and honorable then it should be all right to go ahead with our plan if we could find you.
Then Nathan stated, “So, here we are, and here you are! We are all beginning a big adventure. …”
Esther was visibly impressed by what they had shared, and even Ruth had moist eyes.
“Thank you so much for sharing that with us,” Esther responded. “Your humility and sincerity are easy to see, and I definitely don’t have to worry about your desires to do God’s will. So, I’m looking forward to this adventure. I want both of you to know that I pray daily for my future husband and for God’s guidance in my life so I’ll choose the one HE wants for me.”
During the Sunday church service, Maria sat with her former college roommate, Julie Blake, who was also her best friend. Before the service started, Maria asked, “Would you and your husband, Ted, still like to meet at the mall where we can walk for exercise and visit for about 45 minutes?”
“Yes, it’s the best place for a walk during this cold weather and I need a stretch after sitting in church. I’m glad Pine City has an inside shopping mall and I always look forward to hearing about your week and telling you about mine,” Julie responded.
Then the three of them looked up at the big display board at the front of the sanctuary to see what songs were being sung today and the scripture verses that went with them. Today they’d be singing “Come Let Us Worship and Bow Down,” Psalm 95:6; “What a Wonderful Savior,” John 4:42; “Be Thou My Vision,” Philippians 3:7; and “Be Strong and Take Courage,” 1 Chronicles 28:20. Julie noticed that the second song was a good one to sing if there were unbelievers in the service. She thought somebody might have brought visitors and have given the pastor a note to alert him that he needed to include a teaching about the gospel. He had told Ted and her about this idea when they first moved to Pine City.
Pastor Don Ross led the singing with the accompaniment of music prepared especially for all the Grace ‘n’ Faith Churches by volunteer musicians and singers from the churches who meet weekly on Thursday evenings after practicing on their own during the week. They practice together and the music is recorded and transferred to SD cards that the pastors insert in the church's stereo system or the small group facilitators insert into small stereo boom boxes they bring to the meetings. It always sounds beautiful with all the people singing together.
Julie especially enjoys singing beside her husband because she gets to hear his very low, mellow voice in the music and next to her as well, since he’s one of the volunteers who sings bass. He enjoys it for different reasons. He is truly thankful that he gets to serve the Lord and the church this way, and he has always enjoyed singing and music.
After they sang the last song, Pastor Don began the teaching time. “Today we’ll continue on the same theme as last week since this is the beginning of a new year. Last week we talked about how important it is to use our time wisely, and to trust in God’s grace. We were reminded that God is in control and he plans and shapes believers’ lives.
“Our first song today was totally based on Psalm 95:6, 7a. Come, let us worship and bow down. Let us kneel before the LORD our God our maker. For he is our God, and we are the people of his pasture, and the sheep of his hand. Praising God is a wonderful way to begin every day of every year. You can do this by choosing a Psalm out of the Bible or a hymn or spiritual song out of the hymnal. Read and think about the words. You can also buy SD cards at the church office and have the music to sing along with, in your homes. The SD cards are very inexpensive.
“Our second song today reminded us of our wonderful Savior. Part of John 4:42 states, Jesus really is the savior of the world. In this case the world means the people living on earth. Just last month at Christmas time, we celebrated the coming of Jesus to earth as a baby who grew up to teach about the Kingdom of God, heal many people, and show them how much he loved them. Remember the angel told Joseph to name the baby, Jesus, for he shall save his people from their sins, as it says in Matthew 1:21.
“You might ask why people need to be saved from their sins, which is a very good question. One very good answer is that people’s sins separate them from a holy God who never sins. Sins keep people from being able to go to heaven when they die. This holy God created the first people, Adam and Eve, so he could have fellowship with them, but they listened to the devil’s lie and sinned. This broke their fellowship with God and brought on them and the whole human race the penalty of eternal separation from God after they die. But because God loved them so much, he made a way for them to be forgiven through the blood shed by an animal he killed to make clothing for them. All through the Old Testament, animals were sacrificed to be a picture of the final perfect sacrifice. Listen to Hebrews 7: 27a. Special priests were to offer up sacrifice, first for (their) own sins, and then for the sins of the people.
“What was the final perfect sacrifice? It was Jesus, the perfect Son of God who never sinned even once. He willingly came to this earth leaving his glorious position in heaven so he could pay the price for all the sins of all the people from the beginning to the end of time. Listen as I continue reading in Hebrews 9:12. Not by the blood of goats and calves, but by his own blood … (Jesus) obtained eternal redemption for us.
“How did he do this? He willingly let them crucify him on a cross. Just before he died, he asked God to forgive them. After he died, they buried him, but on the third day, he rose from the grave and lives forever, proving that God accepted his perfect sacrifice, and that animal sacrifices were no longer needed.
“What does all this mean for people? It means that people can be saved. How? First you need to admit that you have sinned, then confess your sins to God and ask him to forgive you. Plus you need to believe in Jesus. Find Acts 16: 30,31 and follow along with me. (A man) asked, ‘Sirs, what must I do to be saved?’ (Paul) answered, ‘Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ and you shall be saved.’ Believe means to trust in Jesus and rely on what he accomplished and to accept him as your Savior. If you’d like to do that today, I’ll help you pray right now.
“Everybody, please bow your heads. If you’d like to have Jesus be your Savior silently repeat after me. God, my creator, I admit that I am a sinner. … I confess these sins to you. … Name silently, the ones you think of right now. … Please forgive me. … Thank you that Jesus was the perfect sacrifice. … He paid for my sins by dying on the cross and rising from the dead. … I believe in you, Jesus, and ask you to be my Savior. … Thank you, Jesus.
“My friends, if you prayed that prayer with me, you are now new believers and members of God’s family. You’ll spend the rest of this earthly life in fellowship with him and his family, and continue it in heaven after you die. When this service is over, please tell someone here about it. Then please come up here and tell me, so I can rejoice with you and give you a booklet that explains what you did and what steps to take next.”
Julie decided to watch and see who might go up to the pastor after the service, so she and Ted could go welcome them into God’s family and rejoice with them. She wanted them to feel the same friendliness and acceptance this church had shown to them when they had moved from another state to Pine City in March of the year before.
Pastor Don continued the teaching time by saying, “Our third song today should be very helpful to people in our congregation who are contemplating new goals or directions for their lives. It would be helpful to pray verse three as a way to remind you how important it is to remember to keep the Lord in first place as you continue with your goals after you have received guidance from him about whether these goals are his will for you.”
As she was taking notes on the sermon, Esther quickly wrote the song title, “Be Thou My Vision” and put verse three next to it. Then she reminded herself to continue to pray for guidance. She was so pleased with what Nathan and Felix had told her on their skating date. She smiled and relaxed as she continued to listen to the teaching time and take notes.
If she had happened to glance in their direction, she would have seen them nudge each other and smile, obviously glad they had been able to share their thoughts with her before this sermon.
Next, Pastor Don said, “Please find 1 Chronicles 28:20 and read it aloud with me. David said to Solomon his son, ‘Be strong and of good courage, and do it. Fear not nor be dismayed, for the LORD my God will be with you. He will not fail you nor forsake you. You will finish all the work for the service of the house of the LORD.’ Then Solomon went ahead with the building of the temple, knowing it was God’s will and that God would help him. It was a gigantic project, but with the help of the LORD he did it. The words to our last song should be a great encouragement to any of you who are planning something that looks to you like an enormous undertaking.”
Vera wrote that reference and the song title in her notebook and smiled, knowing that what her pastor had said was very true.
The pastor closed the service and a young couple went to talk to him and receive the little booklet he had offered. He was elated and told them how happy he was for them. The booklet he gave them had a little card inside. It said, "Please fill me out and bring me back to church and give me to the pastor next week if you would like a visit from the pastor or would like to join a group especially for new believers." It had a place for their names, address, and phone number. New believer groups would be started soon to teach these people how to live the Christian life, and most of them would continue as regular small groups.
When the couple had finished talking to Pastor Don, Ted and Julie went to greet them, and helped them to feel welcome.
As people got up and started to move around after the church service, Vera said goodbye to Nathan and Felix and went to talk to Betty and Walt Evans. “I’d like to invite you to dinner this evening. We’d like to have time to visit, and we have a project we desire to tell you about. Since you’re a contractor, Walt, we want to give you the ‘right of first refusal.’ If this project isn’t one you’d want to do, we’ll try to find someone else.”
Walt responded, “Thank you Vera. Dinner and visiting sound delightful and of course I’m always interested in new projects.”
Betty asked, “What can I bring, and what time do you want us to be there? We do know the way to get to your wonderful dude ranch. I enjoy the ride any time of year.”
Vera answered, “Come as soon as you can, after 5 PM so we can have plenty of time to visit and eat before we share our new ideas. Would you please bring a heart healthy dessert and your recipe for it? We heard that Walt’s doctor recommended that he stay on a healthy diet even though Jesus totally healed Walt from a massive heart attack a few months ago. It would probably be a good idea for all people to eat in a more healthy manner.”
“I agree. We both feel much better on this healthier diet. If you’d like, I can bring a copy of what the dietitian suggested. It was hard to get used to this kind of cooking at first, but it was good for my brain to have to do different things,” said Betty.
“Yes, please bring that copy and maybe we can discuss it while Walt and Oscar go over the details of our project,” Vera replied.
“Okay, we’ll see you shortly after 5 this evening,” said Walt.
Esther went directly to see Fiona Anderson after church, since she had made arrangements with her earlier in the week.
“Welcome, Esther, it’s good to have you come for a visit. Would you like a quick tour of our home, which I think you know was finished and furnished as a wedding gift to us from Walt and Betty Evans?” Fiona asked.
“Yes, please. I’d enjoy that a lot. This is a fabulous present” Esther responded.
As they walked through the house Fiona explained each room, the furnishings, and reasons they had done certain things.
“I really like this sewing room and all the storage you had built into it,” said Esther. “I wish we had an extra room in our apartment just for sewing so I could leave projects out instead of having to put everything away each time I do any sewing.”
“Yes, it’s a wonderful help, and as you can see, there’s a door right into the nursery so I can be close to our baby, when he or she arrives, and still be able to sew,” Fiona mentioned.
Esther inquired, “You mean your doctor hasn’t told you?”
Fiona laughed. “Matt and I think it’s more fun to wonder and it adds to the anticipation, so we won’t let the doctor tell us.”
Esther joined in the laughter. “I understand what you mean. Your nursery looks like it as almost ready for your first baby. How many more months do you have?”
“I think about three. Look, we put a door from the nursery into our bathroom so we can pass through quickly from our bedroom. “Let’s go through here and you can see the beautiful cherry wood furniture we got for this room,” suggested Fiona.
“This is lovely. I think cherry is one of my favorite woods. I really like the bed without head and footboards. It must be much easier to make the bed without them in the way,” observed Esther.
Fiona replied, “It sure is! We agreed to not have them in any of the bedrooms, and now I don’t have to skin my knuckles trying to put on the sheets and blankets.”
As they went back into the open concept kitchen, dining, living, exercise area, Esther exclaimed, “I truly like the way your kitchen is arranged, and the dining and living room areas really match! Your bookshelves very effectively hide the exercise equipment.”
Fiona responded, “Thank you. Matt started building this house with me in mind even though we didn’t know how long I’d be gone or if we’d continue dating when I returned after taking care of my Great Aunt Cara. It was two long years for both of us.
We did continue dating, and Matt and I worked together to add and change things in his house plans just before Walt and his two work crews arrived to continue and finish the house. Since none of the inside walls had been put in place we were able to make a lot of beneficial changes. The book shelves and sewing room storage places were all custom built and can be moved if and when we’d like. We were really given a wonderful gift!”
“I’m so glad for you,” Esther declared. “This is great!”
Fiona quickly showed her their office, and then the two other bedrooms that were being used to give two couples preparing to be missionaries a place to live while they studied at the church school of evangelism.
“Now we better talk about the important topic you came here to discuss,” remarked Fiona as she took Esther back into the office so they could sit in the comfortable chairs while they talked. “After you called me, I got busy on the word processor and made a list of all the things I could think of that would be a help to you as you are evaluating those two men so you can choose the one who’d be better for you. I have never heard of a situation like you explained to me on the phone, but with God leading all of you, it should be an interesting and unusual adventure.”
Esther responded, “I agree, and I’m so thankful that they told me they’ve prayed about it and have assurance that it is God’s will for them to do this project.” She took the pages Fiona handed to her and read through them. “This is a wonderful summary of the book I had read, and some new ideas also that’ll be immensely helpful to me. It’s great to have it all right here together, because it’ll be much easier to check things off as we go. Thank you very much, Fiona, for all your extra effort.”
“You’re very welcome. Now we have enough time to pray together before you have to leave,” added Fiona. When they finished praying, Esther felt even better about the adventure she was beginning.
Walt and Betty Evans arrived at the Yardley Dude Ranch just a few minutes after 5 PM that same Sunday evening. Betty stated, “Oscar, Vera, this is the loveliest valley and the view of those mountains all covered with snow is spectacular. I think I’d be tempted to sit and look out that window all day instead of working!”
Vera replied, “You’re right! It is a temptation, but I’ve told myself I can only sit and look if I need a rest or if my work for the day is finished. Let’s sit here at the table while we visit for a while. Dinner’s almost ready in the slow cooker. I’ll put your delicious looking dessert in the refrigerator and be right back.”
She brought a book with her when she returned, and put it down in front of Betty. “This is a book about the mountains in that range. This picture was taken from an area with almost the same view as we have here. All the mountains with names are labeled in this picture. But it amazes me how many mountains don’t have names!”
“Oh, this is wonderful. I always like to know the names of mountains, streams, trees, and other things in God’s amazing creation. They mean more to me that way,” explained Betty. “Have you learned the names of the mountains?”
Vera smiled. “I admit that I have. So you can tell that I did sit right here with this book every time I needed a rest, and matched the picture with the mountains so I could memorize all their names. They also mean more to me when I know their names, or if I want to point out a particular mountain to Oscar who has also memorized them.”
He added, “It has enhanced our enjoyment of them.”
Walt commented, “I understand what you mean. Knowing the names of things the other person is talking about makes for much better communication. Betty has learned the names of all the tools and processes in my construction business and when I tell her about what I’m doing she comprehends more easily.”
Betty said, “Walt has done the same thing with all the things I use and do in homemaking. It’s such a good feeling to be understood when we’re talking, and not have to keep explaining the same thing over and over again. Walt is a very good listener!”
Oscar said, “Vera and I also work toward listening well. I’m getting hungry. Shall we continue visiting while we eat?”
They enjoyed the tasty meal, delicious dessert and more conversation. All hands helped with clearing the table, putting away leftovers, and cleaning up the dishes. Then they went to sit in the living room since it was too dark to see the mountains now.
Oscar mentioned, “I certainly did enjoy our visiting time. Now Vera and I would like to explain our idea to you and ask you to pray about whether God would want you to be our contractor to help put this plan into motion.”
He and Vera took turns telling Walt and Betty about their plan to turn the dude ranch into a cluster of Caring Foster Homes for abused girls. Then they handed them a copy of their ideas to have the smaller cabins remodeled with extra bedrooms and bathrooms added as needed. A one car garage and storage area would also be added to every cabin, since families would live in them all through the year. The big house would need to be remodeled to accommodate two Caring Foster Homes, one upstairs and one downstairs, plus an extra garage and storage area for the upstairs home. The upstairs home would need a kitchen, dining room, and laundry room added to it.
Oscar explained, “Vera and I would continue living in the downstairs area and would like rooms for us to also have four foster girls in our care. Perhaps now would be a good time for us to give you a tour of both areas so you can better understand what we’re describing.” So they all went on the grand tour.
Walt declared, “It really did help to see both areas. We can grasp much better what you mean now. Could Betty and I go into your living room and pray about this project right now?”
“Of course. Oscar and I will go make all of us some herbal tea and meet you at the dining room table when you’re ready. Do you like peppermint?” They nodded, so that was settled.
Pretty soon they all gathered at the table and enjoyed their first sips of the delightful tea.
Betty declared, “This tea is really good. I’ll add it to my list.”
Walt smiled as he expressed, “Yes, it is good. Betty and I prayed and we feel that God would like to have my company with both of its crews to do all these remodel projects so you can transform your dude ranch into a ministry of telling the Good News to those girls and helping to restore them to joyful, useful lives.”
Betty added, “We’re excited for you and we’ll be praying for you. It is a huge undertaking, but you can handle it with God’s help and guidance and his servants to help you.”
Walt continued, “I’d like to come out here next Saturday and spend as much time as I need to, taking pictures and looking at the cabins so I can start making floor plans. Then I can give you a bid on how much time and money it might take,” explained Walt. “Feel free to get other bids also if you want to compare.”
Vera responded, “Wonderful! Thank you both for coming out here today and bringing dessert. Betty, if you have time, come with Walt on Saturday. Plan to eat lunch with us that day. We can go over any questions I have about the healthy diet suggestions. If you’ll also bring your recipes, I can scan the ones I think we’ll like into my computer and get copies of them that way. We’ll use some of your recipes for lunch.”
“I like your idea, Vera. I’d love to come spend some more time with you, and I hope it’ll be a clear day so we can enjoy the mountains together,” Betty replied.
Walt added, “Thank you for the delicious dinner, the visiting time, and for considering us as a contractor possibility. We’ll look forward to coming here on Saturday. Is 9 AM a good time for us to arrive?” Oscar nodded and goodbyes were said.
In Pine City Tuesday evening after supper cleanup, Esther was again sitting at the table with the printouts Fiona had given her and her journal. Ruth sat across the table from her, studying her sister’s intense expression. After a short time, she asked, “Is something bothering you, Esther? I didn’t want to interrupt you, but I need to know.”
“Oh, hi. No, I’m fine. I was just concentrating and writing down some observations in my journal. Listen to this. I already know that both of them are believers, they desire to do God’s will, they are committed to this project, they treat us as gentlemen should treat ladies, they care about how I feel, they aren’t being pushy, but will allow me whatever time I need to get to know them well enough to choose wisely, and they’re trying to make our double dates fun even for my dear sister,” she replied.
Ruth commented, “Therefore you already have several things checked off the list you received from Fiona on Sunday.”
“Yes, and that’s good. The frustration you saw on my face is because they are both doing everything right so far, and if this keeps on, it’ll be hard for me to choose between them. I already know your answer to this frustration,” Esther acknowledged. “So I will be patient and get to know them better. Eventually God will show me which one is the better husband for me.”
Ruth nodded and expressed, “I’m proud of you, Esther. You worked through all of that on your own and you don’t seem frustrated now. It has only been a couple weeks and two dates, and already you’ve learned a lot about those two men. What are some other things on your lists?”
Esther read aloud, “How do they win or lose, how do they treat my family, what are his listening skills, does he ask for and value my opinion, does he criticize others or me, does he ignore, put down, disagree or argue, tease or make fun of me or others as a general rule? How does he treat others and talk about them when they aren’t present. What are his views about premarital sex? Watch out if he ever uses what you’ve said against you later. Find out what movies he likes or what he watches on TV or the internet. That’s only about half of them.”
Ruth agreed. “I was just going to say that it’s a very long list. We know you can’t expect perfection, but those are essential things to find out before you can make a wise choice.”
“You’re right. Here’s the rest of the list. Be sure to discuss all issues that are important to you and to him, or to them in this case. I notice the list singled it down to one person, but I have to know about both of them. It’s not safe to assume that church and small groups will continue to be important to them, so we need to discuss that topic along with how much money to give to the Lord’s work and where to give it. Finances are a point of possible disagreement, so budgets and spending need to be discussed. What place does God have in their lives and what does God want them to do in the future? How does it mesh with God’s plan for me? Are we in unity on all the important issues?” finished Esther.
“Wow!” exclaimed Ruth. “I’m glad it’s you and not me who is looking for the best man to be a husband. This will truly be an adventure for you, made even harder because you have to evaluate two men at once. But I think you can handle the task because, you can do all things with the help of Jesus who gives you the strength, as I paraphrased Philippians 4:13.”
“Yes, thank you, Jesus, for being my strength and my master who is in control of my life. I’m glad I can trust you,” she prayed.
Ruth continued, “I agree and ask you, Jesus, for peace and joy as we continue together in this adventure.”
“Amen! I think I’ll go through the list and highlight the items that are the most important to me or would be the hardest for me to live with if they are negative things. I also think it would be a good idea if the men and I would write what our thoughts are on the most important issues and let each other read them. A book I read said we need to find out if we aren’t going to be compatible before we go very much further in the dating process. The men made it sound easy, but there’s nothing easy about a lifelong decision!” Esther emphasized.
“Those are good ideas,” Ruth agreed. Just then the phone rang, and Ruth looked at the caller ID. “It’s for you, dear sister.”
“Hello, Nathan and Felix. This is Esther speaking.”
Felix said, “Hi, Esther, is Ruth there listening also?”
“Yes, I’m right here,” she replied, smiling at Esther who almost laughed out loud about how funny it was to be talking with several people on the same call.
Nathan stated, “I’m here also, so we’re all accounted for. We have an idea for another fun date this coming Saturday. We heard about a butterfly pavilion that’s open even in the winter, in a city not very far from here.”
Felix continued, “It would be a nice warm place to spend the morning enjoying some of God’s amazing creation in the middle of winter. Afterward, we could go to a restaurant we know of that serves many choices of food, buffet style. It would take most of the day, if we leave here right after breakfast, let’s say, 8:30. We would get you back home in time for you to fix your own supper.”
Esther replied, “It sounds like a wonderful day to me and I can see Ruth smiling, so she thinks so too. That butterfly pavilion is a place I’ve been desiring to go to for a long time. You guys come up with good ideas. We’ll be looking forward to it and be ready to go with you at 8:30 this coming Saturday morning.”
Goodbyes all around, and the connection closed. Then Esther and Ruth laughed about the strange phone conversation until the tears ran down their cheeks. It helped to relieve the stress of their earlier discussion.
Then Esther said, “I plan to take three copies of the issues so we can add or subtract issues at the restaurant. I’ll suggest that we write at home what I’ll call our individual thesis or dissertation on important issues and bring them to our next date. Then I’ll suggest that we go to the shopping mall since there are places to sit in conversation groupings. If I make two copies of mine, and they make one apiece, we can read them at the same time and then discuss them.”
“What am I going to read?” asked Ruth, ready to laugh again.
“You can bring an inspirational romance novel I could loan to you.” Ruth cracked up again and Esther joined in.
Ruth observed, “This is kind of fun, you’ll have to admit.”
“Yes it is! This is the biggest adventure I’ve ever been on in my life, so I’m determined to enjoy it all I can,” agreed Esther.
After Wednesday supper cleanup, Pastor Don and Anita Ross were conversing in the living room while they watched their two children playing quietly. Timmy’s five, and Mary’s four.
“I liked the way you shortened the teaching time to include a salvation message. You still made your other points very well, and I was thrilled to see a young couple go up for a booklet at the end of the service,” Anita commented.
“So was I! We’ll need to see how many new believers we have and think about starting a small group for them to learn how to live their new lives. As I was talking, it was fun to watch certain people in the congregation nod in agreement or start writing quickly in their notebooks so they could remember something I said. The two new young men looked especially pleased about something I had said. I enjoy being a pastor,” Don finished.
Timmy came up right then to show his parents something he had made out of interlocking blocks. “Look, I even put a hinge in here so the door could open and close.”
“Timmy makes good things,” said Mary.
“So do you, Mary. Show what you made,” he instructed.
Anita praised them. “Both of them are very good. We enjoy seeing the things you can build with the sets we bought for you.”
“Yes, and I can see that your idea to combine the two sets was a good idea, Mary, because you can build bigger and different things than you could have with just separate sets,” added Don.
“Thank you, Daddy. We have fun sharing,” stated Mary.
“Do you think we’ll get to play with the twins this Saturday? I miss having them come here on Saturday mornings,” said Timmy.
“I do too. Hope and Joy are fun to play with,” Mary added.
“Now that we’re in kindergarten, they don’t come here on Tuesdays and Thursdays anymore,” Timmy noted.
Don answered, “We understand. Things really changed a lot when you and the twins started going to school. We’ll give their parents a call and see what their plans are. Maybe we can work out something.”
Both children thanked him and went back to play again.
“We were right about needing to make a time for them to play with the twins,” Anita remarked. “Mary has mentioned them several times during the last couple of weeks. Even Timmy misses them. Would you like me to go call Sherry right now while you rest and watch the children?”
“That’s a good idea. Then the children won’t be able to hear the conversation in case they can’t come this weekend,” said Don.
In a few minutes she was back with a smile. “They’ll all look forward to coming over here this coming Saturday morning at the usual 9 AM time like they did for last year’s small group.”
When they informed the children, they were delighted! Timmy said, “Thank you, Mama, for calling them.” She nodded, smiled and gave both of them hugs.
Sherry Foster put the phone back in its holder and she and Roy went back into the living room where Joy and Hope were putting a puzzle together.
“Guess what, girls,” said Roy.
Hope asked, “What, Daddy?” Then she and Joy ran over to him with anticipation.
“You have to guess,” Roy instructed.
“We’re going out somewhere to have ice cream cones for dessert tonight,” guessed Hope.
“No, it’s even better than that,” Sherry declared.
“I think I know,” stated Joy, jumping up and down. “We get to go play with Timmy and Mary soon.”
“Correct. Mrs. Ross just called and invited us over there this coming Saturday morning at 9 AM. Since this is Wednesday it’s just two more school days, and the next day will be Saturday. You children can play while we grownups visit,” agreed Roy.
“Hurrah! You’re right, this is so much better than ice cream!” exclaimed Hope. “I’ve missed getting to play with Timmy and Mary now that we’re going to kindergarten.”
“For sure! I miss going to their day care two times a week. We had fun playing with all the rest of the children too,” Joy added.
The identical five-year-old twin girls joined hands, leaned back, and swung each other around in a circle. Then they gave each parent a hug and thanks for the nice surprise before going to work on the puzzle again.
Sherry commented, “Anita thought Mary would be the one missing the other three, but they all miss each other.”
Roy agreed, “Yes, it has been a big change for all four of the children. I’m glad Joy and Hope got to spend that time with the day care children. Your idea for the last eight months of last year was great. By sewing or doing housework for Anita two mornings a week, the twins could be there in her day care and learn how to get along with a larger group of children before going to the church school’s kindergarten.”
“Thank you, Roy. Your extra help here at home those days was much appreciated also. The girls were able to learn a lot of Bible stories and songs by being there those two mornings each week. They’ve told me about a few of the ones that are the same as they’ve heard at school the last couple weeks. I’m sure it has helped them with the transition. Being able to watch them as I volunteer in each of their classrooms twice a week has been immensely helpful to me. I can see how some of the things they learned at Anita’s day care did help them when they started kindergarten. Jesus has really blessed us, especially with his mercy and salvation. Thank you, Jesus!” Sherry finished.
On Friday evening Ruth and Esther arrived early to have supper with their parents and Jason, but he wasn’t there yet, so Anna had time to ask, “How’s it going, Esther?”
“It’s going well because I have Ruth to keep me headed in the right direction when I start worrying and getting frustrated.” She told about going to see Fiona, studying the lists, and wondering how she was ever going to keep everything straight. “But I am looking forward to our date tomorrow.”
“So am I,” inserted Ruth. “We’re going to the Butterfly Pavilion. It’s a place Esther and I both have been wanting to see. Then we’ll eat at a buffet restaurant. I’m afraid I’ll gain weight on these dates, though. I better start getting more exercise.”
Esther agreed, then asked, “I’d like to know what you think about this idea.” Then she told them what she planned to do at the restaurant after they finished eating. “Then I’ll suggest that our next date be at the inside shopping mall where we can sit, read, and discuss those important issues. There might be no need to continue these dates if they or I feel we wouldn’t be compatible.”
William responded, “It’s a good idea, Esther, and if you mention that last statement in a gentle way they’ll probably agree.”
“How should I say it?” she asked. There was silence while the three others thought about her question.
Finally Anna suggested, “What if you thank them graciously for the fun dates and good food so far? Then say you’re worried about the amount of money they’re having to spend on double dates. Say you’ve read a book that suggests discussing important issues early on in the dating process, so the couples can find out if they’d be compatible. Then tell them your idea and ask what they think. How does that sound, William?” she asked.
William smiled at his beloved wife and said, “It sounds really gentle and caring just like you always are, my dear. I’m a very privileged man to have such a wonderful wife!”
Esther exclaimed, “This is the kind of marriage I desire to have! One just like my parents have.”
“This kind of marriage doesn't just happen,” William explained to her. “It takes both people agreeing to work at it. When we were first married, we both had a lot of adjusting to do. But we agreed to listen to, and discuss with each other until we reached an agreeable solution for both people.”
Anna nodded her head and added, “It was even better after we became believers because we could pray and get help from our wonderful Savior and the Holy Spirit, who lives inside us.
“Thank you both for explaining. Back to my question, I like your idea, Mom. I’ll write it and the other explanation down right now so I’ll remember them,” Esther responded.
Jason arrived as soon as Esther finished writing and the four of them informed him about the happenings in his sisters’ lives.
“Wow! I’m glad my life isn’t as exciting as yours is. But I hope you will find the best man to be your husband since you still want to get married, Esther. After my fiasco last spring and summer, I think I’m probably better off staying single so I don’t end up frustrating a woman and making her miserable. I learned a lot through that situation and I’m sorry I upset Maria in the process.”
Ruth responded, “Don t worry about Maria. She’s doing fine, and has gone back to her original decision to remain single. I’m glad she’s working in my office building; she has become a good friend.”
“It’s good to hear that. She is so special. I’m also very thankful that God used her to help get my attention and turn me away from my wrong thinking about good works being the way to go to heaven when I die. Now I know Jesus is the only way!” Jason exclaimed.
“We’re grateful too!” Anna exclaimed. They had a nice time of praising and thanking God again. Then she said, “I’m getting hungry. Girls, shall we go put dinner on the table?”
Chapter 3
Luke 14:28, Which of you, intending to build a tower does not first sit down and count the cost,
to see if he has sufficient to finish it?
Early Saturday morning after a quick breakfast, Walt and Betty Evans were scurrying around to get all the things together they’d need to take with them to the Yardley Dude Ranch. Betty gathered all her recipes and put them in her purse. Then she got his warm coat and boots, and the camera with extra batteries ready for Walt to use there, while he went into his office and put everything he thought he might need into a briefcase.
He remarked, “If I had done all this last night, we wouldn’t have to hurry so much right now.”
“I know, but don’t be hard on yourself. We were pretty busy last night doing other things. We’ll make it. It only takes about 20 minutes to drive up to the ranch from here,” Betty responded.
Later as they were on the way, Walt mentioned, “When I first heard their idea on Sunday evening, I wondered why anybody would choose to change a good paying dude ranch into a home for abused girls. But as I listened to their explanation it kind of reminded me of what we wanted to do for the child we were never able to have. It’s a way for them to do something useful for others and leave a legacy.”
Betty replied, “Yes, and I remember how good it felt to be able to finish and furnish Matt’s house as a wedding present, since he is like a son to us. He and Fiona were so grateful and like it so much. Just seeing their enjoyment, made it really worthwhile for us. It’s like a gift that keeps on giving to them and to us as well. It says somewhere, it is more blessed to give than to receive. I’ll look it up in the concordance when I get home.” (She did that, and found it in Acts 20:35)
They arrived at the dude ranch right on time and were welcomed in as if they were paying guests.
“Come right into the dining room first so we can have a nice hot cup of cherry tea with honey and let you see the morning light on those beautiful mountains,” invited Vera.
“Oh wow! It’s so spectacular, I’m going to take a picture of it,” Betty stated as she went to get the camera and her coat.
“Come right over here on this side and I’ll open the window so you won’t even have to go outside,” suggested Oscar. “We removed the screen from this side so we could see better. Vera’s our photographer and uses this window pretty often.”
“Thank you. This will be a wonderful memory of our day here.” Betty quickly took several pictures including some telephoto shots.
Walt observed, “I can understand why you’d need very good self discipline to leave this view and go get your work done instead of sitting here to enjoy it.”
Oscar replied, “This view is a wonderful blessing and it’s a very nice reward to be able to sit here and savor it when the work is finished or if we need a rest in the middle of a hard job.”
“I’m sure it is!” exclaimed Walt. “This tea is delicious and the view is marvelous.” Later he said, “Now, if you’ll point me to one of the small cabins I’ll go look at it and make some measurements, draw a floor plan of the way it is right now, and write some notes.”
Oscar offered, “If you like, I’ll come with you to hold the tape measure and answer any questions you might have.”
“Thank you for your good idea. It’ll be a great help,” Walt responded as he went to get his coat and the camera. “I notice that there’s no snow out there so I won’t need my boots. There was snow at our house this morning.”
Oscar replied, “We have an interesting phenomenon here in Mercy Valley. It has its own microclimate, and it usually doesn’t get as much rain or sow as elsewhere.””
“It’s a good thing you can irrigate then!” exclaimed Walt.
The men left, so Vera and Betty got busy with questions and recipes. Vera only had a few questions about the healthy diet, which Betty answered easily. There were quite a few recipes to read through, and she had some questions about them. As she read, she made two piles of the cards. The biggest pile was the one with recipes Vera thought they’d like.
“Now let’s go scan these so I can make copies of them. After that, we can choose the ones we’ll use to make lunch,” said Vera as she led the way into the office.
When they were finished, they went back to the dining room table and Vera inquired, “Which of these are Walt’s favorites?”
After looking through them Betty answered, “These three make one of his favorite meals. Do you have these ingredients today?”
She handed them to Vera who read through them and replied, “Yes, when I went shopping on Wednesday, I had fun getting healthy type food ingredients, so we’re all set,” explained Vera. Then she looked at her watch and added, “Now that we finished that job, we’ve earned fifteen minutes to rest and enjoy of the view while we visit.”
“I like this way to work and be rewarded,” declared Betty.
Later, lunch was ready, and the men had returned. Walt and Betty were given the best seats to see the view as they ate.
“This is one of my favorite meals. I can see that the two of you have had a busy morning,” Walt complimented.
“Thank you. It was so helpful for me to have a good instructor to help me as I tried out these new recipes. Plus she gave me tips for the other new recipes. I’ll bet it wasn’t as easy for her to start cooking this way,” commented Vera.
“No, but she was up to the challenge. She has always been a very good cook and she made the transition easy and delicious for both of us,” stated Walt smiling at his dear wife.
After lunch Oscar and Walt went back outside to make measurements for the other garage and storage room for the upstairs home in the big house.
Betty and Vera washed dishes and cleaned up the kitchen. Then they sat in the living room admiring the valley and the hillside.
Betty commented, “I like the pinyon pine trees on the uphill side of Mercy Stream. Their needles are such a brilliant green. It’s nice to have evergreen trees especially in the winter when the deciduous trees have lost their leaves.”
Vera responded, “Yes, and it’s fun to try and get some of their edible nuts before the birds and squirrels have eaten them all. The juniper trees are pretty also even though their needles are just bluish green. They often grow in the same areas where the pinyon pine trees grow. The birds like to eat their greenish colored berries. I especially like to see the cedar waxwing birds eat those berries as they come through here on their migration back to the south in the fall. The brown and gray feathers on their backs and wings go well with the yellow on their breasts. The crests on their heads don't stand up very often, but they look good even when they’re lying flat. I keep my binoculars handy so I can see them.”
When the men came inside, they went upstairs for more photos, measurements and planning. It took more time and planning up there, in order to include a kitchen, dining, and laundry area for that home, since the upstairs was mostly bedrooms and bathrooms. They had been used for couples or families who didn’t want a cabin, but would rather eat whatever Vera would be cooking. One of the many bathrooms could be renovated to be the laundry area. The bedroom that went with it could be used as part of the kitchen. A large bedroom and its bathroom would have space and plumbing for the rest of the kitchen, plus an area for the dining room with a view of the mountains. The sitting room upstairs would do nicely for a living room.
Walt drew a quick sketch of the floor plan as it was, so he could figure the best way to convert it into a foster home. “Do you wish to have this be a split plan with the master bedroom on one end and the girls bedrooms on the other, or do you think it would be better to have all of them in one area, like they’ll be in the cabins?” asked Walt.
“Let me ask Vera what she thinks. We need to decide some other things for our downstairs home, and we’ll ask Betty for her ideas on this question also,” answered Oscar.
So they discussed it for a while in the living room. They decided that it would be best to have all the bedrooms in one area, the same way they’d be in all the cabins.
Then they toured the downstairs again and made decisions as needed for that area. Walt took more photos, drew another quick floor plan for the downstairs area, and wrote many things in his notebook. It worked well to have all four of them looking at and discussing this area together. They came up with a lot of ideas that would make it a comfortable home for Oscar, Vera, and four foster girls.
Walt stated, “This has been a very productive and enjoyable day. With all this information, I should be able to draw preliminary floor plans and give you a good idea about how much it’ll cost and how long it’ll take to do this remodeling and build all the additions. I might as well warn you right now, it will cost a lot, because you need to add rooms and bathrooms to four cabins, plus garages and storage areas for all the cabins and for the upstairs home, and so much remodeling to do upstairs. In addition to all of that of course, you’ll have to get and pay for a building permit.”
Oscar replied, “Thank you for your honesty. We aren’t surprised, because we did a little research before we asked you to come out here. We have the money to pay for it, and it’ll be money well spent. This dude ranch has been very profitable for many years and we’ve saved and invested as much as we could for just as many years, and have gotten a good return.”
Vera exclaimed, “We’re so excited about our plans for this ranch! Thank you, Walt and Betty, for coming here today to make an estimate for us. We enjoyed visiting with you also.”
“You’re very welcome,” Betty replied. “Thank you both for being such gracious hosts. We’d love to have you come to our home sometime soon so we could give you our bid, but just seeing all the interruptions your paying guests make in your daily life here, we understand that you wouldn’t be able to both come at the same time. Therefore, as soon as Walt’s ready to show you the plans and the estimate, we’ll invite ourselves to come here again.” She smiled in a kidding sort of way.
The rest laughed at her self-invitation and then Vera said, “Of course! You may come visit us any time. You don’t even have to wait until the estimate’s finished.”
In Pine City, Esther and Ruth were up just as early on Saturday morning as if they were going to work, so they could be ready to go at 8:30. Both of them were looking forward to this excursion. They dressed in casual pant suits and put on comfortable walking shoes after finishing breakfast, and were ready with five minutes to spare. The men arrived and they got into the back of Nathan’s car this time. For their last date, Felix drove. These were the strangest double dates Ruth and Esther had ever been on in their lives, but it seemed that this was the only way it would work.
The drive to the butterfly pavilion was mostly silent because it appeared that Nathan liked quiet concentration for his driving responsibility. Felix already knew this and the ladies followed his lead. It was actually a relaxing way to travel this time, because conversing from back to front seats would be rather awkward.
After parking, they walked in a side-by-side line of four, across the parking lot to get to the entrance. Once inside with their tickets paid for, Nathan commented, “I know this must seem rather unwieldy for you ladies since this isn’t really a double date, with two couples. But in order for Esther to have equal time with each of us, we thought we could switch partners about half way through. Will that be all right with the two of you?”
Esther answered for both of them, “Certainly. I never thought through the logistics of this kind of dating, so we’ll do what you two think is best.”
Felix offered his arm to Esther and said, “Shall we?” He squelched a tease that came to his mind and tried to think of something else to say.
Nathan and Ruth followed, more like a brother and sister would. Pretty soon the awkwardness wore off and everyone enjoyed the plants, flowers, and especially the butterflies! Sometimes one would even come and land on a person, especially if the person was wearing something as colorful as a flower.
Esther remarked, “The flowers in here are just as beautiful as the butterflies. Look at all the hibiscus flowers growing in the area over there.” They walked over to see them better.
Felix replied, “Yes, I see red ones, an orange one, which is a double, and some pink ones, to mention a few.”
Ruth agreed, “They’re all so beautiful. This pink and orange one is a perfect specimen.”
Looking down at the base of that plant Esther mentioned, “I like the big heart-shaped leaves growing here with the pink anthurium flowers, which are also in the shape of hearts. It would make a perfect valentine plant. Oh! A zebra butterfly just landed on a glossy leaf.”
“Wow!” stated Nathan, “The glossy leaf makes a perfect background for this butterfly.”
Felix saw another one and pointed, “There’s a butterfly with its wings closed and it looks like it has a big eye on the lower portion of its wing.”
Ruth added, “I think the eye would scare away most predators.”
Nathan continued, “I agree, and on the leaves next to that one, are three of another kind of butterfly with their wings closed also.”
Esther concurred, “Yes, and I really like the dark gray upper wings with white wavy lines on them, and the orange lower wings with the broad black stripe and black spots.”
Felix added, “I can see on the body of one of them, the upper wing stripes continue onto its body.”
Next they saw two pretty pink flowers and a small blue butterfly landed on one of them to drink nectar.
Then Ruth remarked, “I like these leaves with the peach and yellow splotches in the middle.”
“I like them also,” added Esther with a giggle. “They look like a bunch of kindergarten children had fun painting them.” The others laughed.
Felix stated, “The ones over there must have been designed by a geometry class then.” More laughter followed.
Next they saw some pretty yellow flowers and Nathan remarked, “They need some hummingbirds in here to get the nectar out of this kind of flower.”
Ruth responded, “That’s true, this flower would be perfect for hummingbirds.”
Just then a hawk moth flew to one of the flowers and hovered there like a hummingbird would. Its long proboscis or mouth tube came out and went deeply into the elongated flower. The four young people were delighted as they watched.
Later, about half way through the pavilion, Esther exclaimed, “I’m amazed at all the variety, color, and beauty of God’s wonderful creation! How could anyone really look at all God has made and then give evolution the credit instead?”
“I agree,” stated Felix. “I actually used to accept what we were taught in the public school, but after I became a believer and read the first chapters of the book of Genesis, I changed my mind. The things I studied about agriculture at the university also helped me worship the Almighty Creator instead of believing what evolutionists say.”
Nathan added, “Yes, just look at the intricacies of this flower for instance, or that black butterfly with red-orange bursts of color on his wings that are rimmed with white. They were obviously designed by an all wise designer who knew how to make everything work the very first time and then reproduce themselves in order to do it over and over. Otherwise they would have become extinct immediately.”
“I’m glad we all agree it could NOT have happened just by chance!” Ruth declared. “The display we saw about the life cycle of a butterfly was another good proof of creation.”
Nathan moved to take the place of Felix beside Esther and they continued their tour. She asked him, “Which flower color do you enjoy the most?”
“Definitely red, because I’ve been thinking how nice any of these red flowers would look with your shiny black hair,” he answered warmly.
“Thank you, Nathan. That was a nice compliment,” Esther responded, refusing to let herself blush. Instead she looked at him and smiled.
In his mind he thought, “There are more compliments for you, Esther, and as soon as I find appropriate places and times, I’ll say them to you. I won’t be silent any longer, instead I’ll tell you how much I admire you.” Then out loud he asked, “What’s your favorite flower color?”
Esther answered, “I think that sometimes it depends on how I’m feeling. Yellow is for sunny days. On cloudy days I appreciate flamboyant red to cheer me up, but mostly I like all of the colors, shapes, sizes and smells, because there’s so much variety. When I go grocery shopping I always stop and look at the floral section first and it helps the rest of the shopping go better. But I never buy any flowers or flowering plants, because I don’t like to take care of them after I get home. I just enjoy them in the store.”
He responded, “Thank you for telling me. I enjoy learning things about you because you are a very interesting person. … Oh, look at that pretty yellow tiger swallowtail butterfly! It’s one of my favorite kinds.”
Soon Ruth mentioned, “I don’t know the name of this pink tropical flower, but it’s very pretty.”
Esther looked and said, “I like it too. The gray butterfly near it has a quiet beauty with scalloped wings and wavy lines that continue the pattern. And it has black and orange spots circled with white and then more wavy lines.”
Felix mentioned, “He looked pretty drab to me until you described him in detail.”
Nathan added, “I’ve always liked to listen to the way you express yourself so eloquently, Esther.”
“Thank you, Nathan.” She smiled and he nodded. Then they all continued looking. Later he suggested, “Let’s see how many of these butterflies, listed with their photographs in this pamphlet, we can find as we continue on our way.”
“I’d enjoy doing that,” she replied. Felix and Ruth also agreed and both “couples” were able to find most of the ones pictured in the pamphlet.
Afterward Felix inquired, “Esther, is there something here in the gift shop you would enjoy as a souvenir from this very interesting place? It’ll be from Nathan and me.”
“Oh, my! Is there enough time for me to look around for a while before I make a final decision?” she asked.
“Sure, take your time,” answered Nathan. “One thing I like about the restaurant where we’re going, is that no reservations are needed. We’ll look around too, while you’re deciding.”
Esther prayed silently as she looked at everything. “Please, Jesus, help me find just the right thing that doesn’t cost too much.” She was vacillating between a book with many beautiful photographs and interesting information about the butterflies and flowers or a poster with fewer photographs and less information. The book cost a little more, but she knew she’d like it better, so she chose it and showed Felix and Nathan.
“Perfect!” they said, and went to pay for it.
When they handed it to her she said, “Thank you Felix and Nathan. I’ll really treasure and enjoy this book a lot. The time inside the pavilion was wonderful, and this book will help me take the memories with me and enjoy them again and again.” Each one told her in his own way that she was welcome. It gave them much pleasure to buy something for her.
They walked again in a horizontal line on the way back to the car with Esther between the two men. Once when Esther tripped on a stone that should not have been there, both men reached to steady her and keep her from falling. She blushed and thanked them. The men opened the back car doors for the ladies and made sure they were seated before closing the doors. It was very nice to be treated like ladies by the gentlemen.
The restaurant was next, and they all enjoyed choosing their favorite foods from the buffet. The ladies chose mostly salads, vegetables and skinless chicken or, unbreaded, baked fish. That way they were even able to go back for seconds and dessert without eating too many calories. Both men were big eaters and Esther took mental notes on their favorite foods. This was another good way to get to know them better.
“I like this restaurant,” Esther remarked. “The food is fresh and tastily prepared. It’s nice to be able to look at, and choose my favorite things without having to study a menu.”
Nathan replied, “I agree. They have it nicely laid out and the food is easy to reach with the tongs or spoons. Let’s all go back for seconds and then desserts.” He emphasized the ‘s’ on desserts.
As they were eating their seconds, Felix told a funny story about the experiences of some make-believe animals. They went out to eat at an expensive, high society restaurant. Ruth and Esther had to quit eating or else choke on their food while trying to laugh quietly.
Nathan joined the laughter and said at the end, “That was a fun story, Felix. I enjoy your good sense of humor.”
Esther added, “You did an excellent job of telling the story. I could almost imagine myself there watching their antics.”
Felix smiled and inclined his head humbly to accept their compliments. It felt good to be able to make people laugh without teasing and being a nuisance.
Next, the men got three or four small helpings of different kinds of desserts and Felix commented at the table, “Now I know how you ladies keep such nice figures. You ate mostly vegetables and small helpings of lean meat at lunch, and got only very small helpings of two different kinds of desserts. I commend you.”
Ruth responded, “Thank you, Felix. Both of you men have physically active jobs that require more calories than Esther and I need with our sit down jobs. So you get to eat more than we do. It was all delicious.”
Esther agreed and used this opportunity to say, “Yes, I enjoyed the food and the conversation immensely. Thank you, Nathan and Felix, for the fun dates and good food we’ve had on these dates. But I am worried about the amount of money you both are having to spend on these double dates.”
Both of them assured her that it was not a problem for them.
Esther thanked them and continued, “A book I read suggests discussing important issues early on in the dating process, so the couples can find out if they’d be compatible before they get too emotionally involved to be able to think straight. That part would only work for me in this situation, since you both have already told me of your feelings for me. But I do believe it would be helpful for me. So I think it might be a good idea if you men and I would write what our thoughts are on the most important issues and let each other read them. What do you think?”
Nathan responded, “I think it’s a brilliant idea, and I agree with the book. We’ll do anything we can, to help you in your decision making, won’t we, Felix.”
“Of course!” he answered and squelched another tease.
“Thank you both for understanding. I brought with me three copies of some issues. Please read through them and we can discuss whether to add more issues or subtract any of these,” explained Esther handing a list to each of them.
Each man added an issue and Esther deleted one of the others that was really just a duplicate of another one.
Esther said, “I suggest that at home we write what I’ll call our individual thesis or dissertation on each of these important issues and bring them to our next date. For that date, you two can figure out something fun and active, we could do outside or some other place for a while and then we could go into the shopping mall since there are places in the mall to sit in conversation groupings. If I make two copies of mine, and you make one apiece, we can all read them at the same time and then discuss them. I might need more time to read, since I’ll be reading two dissertations.”
Felix questioned, “Do you think you’ll have yours written up by next Saturday?”
“Yes, I think so. Will you and Nathan be ready by then?” Esther inquired.
Nathan and Felix nodded, but Ruth remarked, “It sounds like a homework assignment to me, so I’m glad I don’t have to join in this part of the next date!” Everyone laughed and it helped to lighten up this serious discussion before the drive back to Pine City.
Jeff and Karen Spencer were visiting with Ted and Julie at the Blake’s apartment after enjoying a nice meal together on Sunday evening. “How’s your small group going, Ted?” Jeff asked.
“Very well, because you and Karen did such a good job of training Julie and me how to be facilitators at the end of last year. We told our members that this is our first year as facilitators and they’re really patient and helpful if we forget something,” Ted responded.
Julie added, “The people stay and mingle after refreshments, and we’re all getting to know each other pretty well. It’s good for us to be making new friends, but I’ll have to admit that I miss our Saturday small group from last year. It’ll always have a special place in my memories because it was the first small group we had ever been in. We learned so much and made many good friends.”
Karen mentioned, “It was a very special group, and we treasure our memories also. Our new group is off to a good start too. This year all the small groups are smaller since the new church building opened this month and all the congregations are smaller because many people volunteered to go be in the new churches so all of us can keep growing like we did last year.”
Jeff continued, “It’s a good plan. It’ll just take us a little while to get used to the smaller sizes. Once the small groups start with their two by two ministries again, I think God will begin to add more people to his church like he does in his time and way.”
“You’re right, Honey,” agreed Karen, and then she asked, “I know we have year round schools in Pine City, so how’s your new class of third graders, Julie?”
“They’re precious, and I already love them. I think it must be a little bit like a mother with a new baby. I worried about being able to love them as much as the class the year before, but I learned that love doesn’t divide or subtract. Instead, it multiplies. I have delightful memories of my last class and the other two classes from the public school. Each year another class will be added to that, and my love will multiply to reach all of them,” explained Julie.
Karen responded, “I'm sure you must be right. Neither of us have ever been mothers, and I haven't been a school teacher, but I know it worked that way for me with the small groups of children I used to teach in Sunday school. Is your class smaller this year because of the new school they just opened?”
Julie answered, “Yes, I only have 16 compared to 25 last year. I’m sure you remember Roy and Sherry telling us about Cory. He’s the boy who wasn’t able to walk because his legs had been paralyzed since birth. But God miraculously healed him through their two by two ministry last summer. Cory and his best friend are in my class this year. They are a blessing. I was a little worried that they might be too interested in visiting instead of learning, but they’re both so well behaved that they’re good examples for the rest of my class.”
“I’m glad for you!” exclaimed Karen. “They’re being a help to you instead of a hindrance.”
“Yes, it’s delightful.” Julie continued, “There are also a couple girls from his class the year before, so four of my students haven’t had the benefit of the other three years in the church school. The other 12 students are helping them to learn some of the things they haven’t learned yet. I’m still amazed at the way God worked everything out so I could get a job teaching in the Grace ‘n’ Faith Church School, just a few weeks after we moved to Pine City. I am extremely thankful.”
Jeff remarked, “Yes, God is good and his ways are amazing.”
Thursday evening Esther finally finished her dissertation about all the issues on the list. “You’re right, Ruth, it was just like a homework assignment. I’ve read and reread and proofread and made corrections and changes until I’m tired of it. But here are three copies, one for each of the men and one for me.”
“Good job, Esther, now you’re ready for our date on Saturday. How do you feel about a cold hike up to the top of that hill south of town? As for me, I’m hoping it’ll snow so much that it’ll be too slick to go.”
“Those are my feelings exactly, Ruth. You and I used to go outside with Dad every time it snowed, and do something we really enjoyed, but anymore I’d rather stay inside where it’s warm.”
Friday evening at supper, Julie described, “We had a fun sharing time with my koala puppet, Kippy, today. Then during the prayer time, Cory expressed his praise and thanks to Jesus for healing his legs so he can run now. He said he was thinking about the song ‘Why Complain’ where it mentions that so many cannot run, and he was glad he no longer was in that group of people. He’s a very deep thinker. I really enjoy having him in my class this year.”
Ted responded, “I’m glad for you, my dear Jewel, and I feel happy that I get to hear about your class and the things they do and say. Thank you again, Jesus, for giving that teaching job to Julie last year. You’ve provided so well for both of us.”
“Yes, I thank you again also, and for my wonderful husband and his job and the way he listens to, and understands me.” Then she asked, “How is your job going, my treasure?”
“It’s going well and it’s a good job, but sometimes I feel like I’d like to do more with my life than just fix damaged vehicles. When I was going to the trade school, I studied doing that, plus being a handyman who can fix many of the problems people might have in their homes. It has been wonderful to be able to use that knowledge in our homes. Let’s pray about whether God might have a change in jobs for me in the future.”
So Julie prayed right then. “Father in heaven, you’ve supplied our needs so well for us in our lives together and in our searches for your will. Please guide again in this situation so we won’t miss the next step in our adventure with you.”
Ted continued, “I’m thankful for the job you gave me here and I’ll continue to be content with it, if this is where you want me to stay. But if you have given me this desire to work at something that might be more useful to you in your Kingdom, then I definitely will be glad to change, if I know for sure it’s your will. We ask these things in Jesus precious name. Amen.”
Later Julie questioned, “Is there something else you might like to learn along with the Spanish you’re studying?”
“As a matter of fact,” he replied, “I have been thinking about learning how to play the guitar. It would be a nice way we could sing together when I get good enough.”
Julie exclaimed, “I like your idea! Do you know of anyone who’s giving lessons?”
“Yes,” Ted responded, “one of the members of the music team who plays the guitar announced last Thursday that he’d be willing to teach any of us how to play.”
Next she asked, “Do you think you’d like to take lessons from him?”
“I don’t know him very well,” answered Ted, “but since he’s a dedicated member of the music team, I’d be willing to try.”
Julie suggested, “Then go for it my dearest. I’m all for it, one hundred percent!”
He exclaimed, “Thank you, Jewel, I’ll do it!” Hugs and kisses…
Saturday morning dawned cold and sunny and there had been no snow overnight or the two days before. So, the four “double daters” hiked up the hill, talking and laughing all the way. The ladies had to admit, “The view was worth the effort and the cold.” Plus the guys made the excursion a whole lot of fun.
They all warmed up when they got to the inside shopping mall where the men bought Ruth and Esther hot cinnamon apple cider. They were able to stay at that table to read and discuss issues. Ruth had brought a book of her own choosing to read.
One of the issues they discussed was about two by two and four by four ministries. Felix and Nathan understood how the ministries work and had been involved in them already. The three of them agreed they were very important ministries to carry out every week and were a good way to spread the gospel.
Esther suggested, “Since the three of us are singles, I think it would be best to get one more member to join our team. My best friend Sunny Sanchez is also in our small group and I know she’d like to partner with me and two others. Do you think it would work to have her join us in a four by four group?”
Nathan replied, “I think so. Does she know that we three are dating?” Felix covered a cough to keep from teasing.
“No, I haven’t told her, but I think she’ll need to be informed about your project and have Ruth tell her how to act as the fourth member of the group. I’m hoping Sunny will agree to do it.”
Felix added, “I hope so too. It’ll give us another opportunity to be together each week, and you can observe how we act in other situations besides dates.”
Nathan exclaimed, “What good thinking, Felix! I had been trying to figure out a way we could spend more time together.”
For the rest of the issues, Nathan and Felix wrote almost identical dissertations except for personal ways of saying things. They explained the reason this happened was because they’ve been friends and roommates for so long and had gone to the same church and small groups for many years. They both agreed with everything Esther said in her dissertation.
Now Esther could be completely frustrated with trying to choose between them. But she decided to continue enjoying the whole adventure while she trusted Jesus to help her make the right decision about whether marriage was his will, and if it was, to choose the better one of the two men, or maybe somebody else.
That evening, Esther called and invited Sunny Sanchez to lunch the next day at their apartment. “Then we can all go to church together after lunch and visiting. Would you bring a salad with some of your favorite vegetables? We already have plenty of choices of dressing.”
On Sunday, Sunny arrived with a beautiful tossed salad made with several types of green leafy vegetables and colorful grated carrots, radishes, and red cabbage.
Ruth exclaimed, “This is a beautiful salad! You’re an artist using the creator’s vegetables to produce a masterpiece. I’m going to take a picture before we eat it. Stand right there, … that’s right. Smile for the camera.” Click. She looked at the viewer and said, “Perfect.”
Sunny laughed and responded, “Thank you. I do enjoy seeing all those beautiful colors together.”
Esther observed, “I thought that since you work in the produce section of the Local Grocery, you’d know just the right combination of vegetables to put in a salad for us today, and I was right. It is a splendid salad and I know it’ll be delicious.”
“Thank you,” responded Sunny. “I enjoy working there because every day I get to see some of God’s handiwork. I’ve been researching on the web about how the farmers grow these vegetables and the fruit we sell. It’s an amazing amount of work for them, especially for organic farmers. But I’m glad they’re willing to do it.”
“Same here, I enjoy eating them without having to do all that work. So, let’s go eat,” suggested Ruth as she led the way to the table.
After lunch and cleanup, they went into the living room to visit. Esther began, “I asked you to come today for two reasons. First, we don’t get to spend enough time together and second, I want to tell you about some things that have been happening lately in my life.”
Sunny stated, “Well, I’m very glad we could get together today. I have missed getting to visit with you. What’s going on for you?”
Esther gave a summary of the last three weeks and Sunny looked astonished. “I know you always tell the truth, but this story is just about unbelievable. I remember you telling me about two teenage boys you met at the dude ranch while we were in high school, but I had forgotten their names. That was a LONG time ago. I saw those two new men go talk to you after the first meeting but not since then, so I didn’t think anything about it. Are you sure you can trust them to not be crooks of some kind?”
Esther answered, “Ruth and I did worry about that at first, but we found out on our first date, that they became believers on the same day my family and I did. They were at the same evangelistic meeting as we were, but they, and we didn’t know the others were there. There’s no way they could have made that up. We’ve had several exceptionally good discussions about many things and yes, I think we can trust them. Plus, they’re real gentlemen.”
Sunny just sat there with her hand over her mouth, too bewildered to say anything else about what she had heard so far.
So Esther continued, “I wanted you to know that they want me to date both of them at the same time and their goal is for me to choose the one I think would be the better husband for me. I know it’ll be awkward for you to be in this group, but there’s no other person I would ask. Besides, as my best friend, I thought you’d be the only one who could understand this strange situation and be able to do as Ruth has been doing on the dates we’ve had with them. I know it’s an unheard of occurrence, but …”
“All right, I believe you, and I know I can trust you, so Ruth, please tell me everything I need to know, so our four by four ministry group can work.” Ruth told her, and Sunny felt much better. “That won’t be so hard. I think I can do it.”
Esther was relieved. “Thank you so much, Sunny, I really appreciate you. You’re going to help me continue to give the men a chance to complete their project. The men and I are keeping the fact that we’re dating confidential, and I know you will also. We just don’t want to get people in the group talking and speculating.”
“Of course. I understand, and I won’t say anything about it to anyone. Do the men know you’re telling me all these things?” questioned Sunny.
“Yes, I told them you’re my best friend and you need to be informed about the whole situation.”
Sunny responded, “Wow! I’m sure glad you told me about this before small group tomorrow when we ‘choose’ partners, and a time to go on our first four by four ministry time with them. Have they ever done this type of ministry?”
Ruth answered this time, “Yes. They had been going to a church very much like ours in their city before they moved here, and their small groups did this kind of ministry there also.”
Sunny said. “As I think about all you’ve told me, I can see things that couldn’t be coincidences, so I’ll trust the promise in Romans 8:28, we know that all things work together for good to those who love God and are called according to his purpose.”
Esther responded, “I agree, and I’m immensely glad we can be in unity about their project and about working together in the new four by four group with Nathan and Felix. Now that we have all that settled, please tell us about what has been going on in your life since the last time we visited.”
Sunny took a deep breath, visibly relaxed, and smiled her usual happy smile. “I’m happy to tell you that my life hasn’t changed at all since then and I’m extremely grateful to not have an unbelievable story to share with you! Of course, I’d be happy to tell you that my knight in shining armor came on his beautiful horse to carry me away with him to his castle to live happily ever after.”
After laughing along with Ruth about her friend’s fun sense of humor, Esther asked, “So what you’re saying is that you’re no closer to an answer about singleness and marriage than the last time we talked? I guess you can tell from what I’ve said so far, that I really don’t have a clear answer either.”
“You’re right,” Sunny replied, “and yes, I can tell about you, but I also understand that you have two knights who declared their love for you, but they’re such noble fellows that they agreed to not fight over you, but let you choose the one you think is better.”
Esther laughed and explained, “Yeah, that’s the hardest part of their whole project for me to accept. I don’t want to hurt either of them by choosing one or maybe neither of them, depending on how Jesus leads me. Jesus must have some reason of his own, or a lesson for me or for them to learn in this whole process. I assume that it’s too soon for any of us to know what it might be,”
“It’s all part of the adventure!” Sunny declared, with her own special, playful, fun expression. They all laughed together, and it was a fun way to end the visit and then go to church as a group of good friends to worship and learn more about God.
Monday’s small group was a review for most of the people about how to do two by two ministries. One couple who was new to the church was given a booklet called, “I Can Do,” with more in depth teaching so they could read it and then get together with an experienced couple who’d show them how, and answer any questions they had. Theirs would be called a four by four group.
During the fellowship time following the meeting, the other group members chose their partners if they weren’t already a married couple since they’d already be a two by two team. Esther and Sunny talked with Felix and Nathan so they could decide on a time and place to meet for their first time of ministry.
Felix said, “Sunny and Esther, we’re extremely glad that you both will be partners with us in this four by four group.”
Sunny replied, “Thank you. From what I understand, we’ll have the privilege of being two pairs of best friends working together for the best friend of all of us, Jesus.
They all smiled with appreciation and Nathan added, “Yes, that’ll definitely be a benefit to our group.”
Esther noted, “We all have 8 to 5 week day jobs. What would be the most practical time for us to meet for our first ministry time?”
The men shrugged and Felix observed, “I think women are best at planning times like this. What’s your preference?”
Sunny smiled and said, “Esther and I will talk it over and get back to you. What places and activities do you think will work best for our group, Nathan and Felix?”
Nathan answered, “In the past, when we’ve had a mixed four by four group, instead of three or four men, we’ve gone shopping in grocery stores, shopping malls, etc. to get things we need to buy, and be alert to the others around us to see in what manner Jesus would have us minister to them. When the weather warms up, we could take walks in our neighborhoods and pray and observe the people to see if anyone needs help with anything, always listening to Jesus Spirit in us to do whatever he tells us.”
Felix added, “Another time we found an older couple who needed help with some painting inside their home and the four of us made short work of it. We had a chance to explain why we’d work for free. Plus there are all the ideas in the ‘I Can Do’ booklet we got from Pastor Don last month.”
Esther mentioned, “Those are good ideas. I know that Sunny shops for her groceries once or twice a week at the end of her work time just before going home, so since the rest of us can’t get to the Local Grocery by 5 PM, grocery shopping won’t work for our group. She and I do enjoy going to the shopping mall after supper sometimes. Would it work for the four of us to meet there at 7 PM this Thursday for our first ministry time and see how it goes? By then Sunny and I should have a chance to talk more about our time preferences.”
The other three nodded and agreed to that idea. Then Nathan offered, “We’d like to pick both of you up at your homes and then drop you off when we finish so you don’t have to drive and park there alone. It would be much safer for you and our car will be warm when we come to pick you up.”
Felix was nodding his agreement, so Sunny and Esther thanked them and accepted. Sunny gave Nathan a card that had her address and phone number on it and they all went home.
Oscar mentioned at supper Wednesday at the ranch, “Vera, I wonder how Walt’s coming along with his floor plans and the estimate for our ranch. I know it’s way too early for him to know anything, but sometimes I have a hard time waiting patiently. Once we’ve made a decision I tend to want to have it finished yesterday!”
“I understand, Honey, because I’m very much the same way. Maybe we both need another lesson in patience. What could we do while we’re waiting?” Vera asked.
“Well,” Oscar suggested, “If it’s warm enough tomorrow afternoon, I’d like us to go for a horseback ride with Nathan and ascertain if he still likes horses as much as he used to.”
Vera smiled and replied, “I’d really like to go for a ride outside if it’s not too cold, because it’s so much more fun than in the inside riding ring. Could we ask our guests if they’d like to join us? We’ve been riding several times inside, but I think they’d enjoy the change as much as my horse and I would.”
“Sure, my love, I like that idea also.” Then Oscar asked, “How’s your horse doing now? Was our vet, Unice Logan, able to take care of the limp you mentioned last week? I forgot to ask you earlier.”
She answered, “Yes, it was just a little rock that had gotten stuck in a place I didn’t notice when I cleaned her feet before our ride that day. I had taken her right over to Unice, and she was able to fix it right then, so I could go back and ride without having to worry. I wondered when we hired her if she was too young to be able to be a veterinarian and a family nurse practitioner both, which is what we need here. She explained to me how she was able to finish high school and graduate early from the university, and spend that extra time getting both certifications by the time she was 32. I’m glad she wants to stay single and live and work here at the ranch full-time.”
He nodded. “Yes, and it reminds me of something else we can do while we wait for Walt’s estimate. We can call and make an appointment with Unice to tell her about our idea and plans, and ask her if she’ll agree to stay here as our horse vet and family nurse practitioner for the new Mercy Valley Ranch. We’ll definitely still need all her expertise and services just as much then as we do now!”
“You’re right!” Vera agreed. “Plus we also need to make an appointment with our lawyer to make changes in our wills, and set up the paperwork for a living trust for the ranch and for what will be left of our investments after all the new building and remodeling is finished. The money needs to be reinvested to earn as much as possible to be able to keep the new ranch running after we go home to live in heaven. It’s a good feeling to know we’ll leave something that will continue to be used in the restoration of lives for God’s glory.”
Oscar stated, “Yes, it will definitely be something we can rejoice about while we live here and when we get home to heaven. We’ll also need to be looking for a couple who will continue to supervise the work when we’re no longer able to do it. We should include arrangements for us to continue to live and be cared for here in this home until the Lord calls us home to be with him. So I think we’ll have plenty to keep us busy until and after Walt is able to tell us his estimate!”
Thursday evening in Pine City, Ruth smiled at Esther as she was getting ready to go with the group to the shopping mall. Then she said, “I’m sorry you have to go out on this cold evening, but I’m also truly relieved that I get to stay home this time. It was considerate of Felix and Nathan to offer to come pick both of you up. I’m really impressed by the way they’re doing things.”
“So am I, and I’m getting so I like them more and more as I learn more good qualities about them,” admitted Esther.
Just then the intercom sounded and Esther told Nathan she’d be right down. He made sure she was seated before closing the back door and getting in the front. Then they went to pick up Sunny, and all the actions were repeated.
Before starting to drive, Felix turned to face the back seat and suggested, “When we get inside the mall this evening, let’s pair up in a normal way with us two men in front, and you can follow at a little distance while you shop and we all pray for God’s leading. If nothing happens after half an hour we’ll switch places.”
Nathan added, “While you or we are following, if anything happens to alarm you or you need our help or for any reason, just call my name and we’ll come quickly. I have excellent hearing, so I’ll hear you easily. Remember, we’re in a group to help keep you ladies safe while all of us are also alert to ministry opportunities.”
“Thank you Felix and Nathan for the information and the helpful instructions. It’s a good idea to have plans,” Esther responded.
They walked from the car to the mall in a horizontal line with Esther between the two men and Sunny on one end. That way either lady could be helped if she needed it.
Once inside, they paired off as suggested and followed at a close enough distance that with Esther's good hearing she could tell they were praying as they walked and shopped, although it just looked like they were visiting.
In about ten minutes, the men stopped short and therefore the ladies did also. They were quietly observing a father who started saying mean things to his boy and girl. When that didn’t get the action he asked for he began to grab, slap, push and shove them in the direction he wanted them to go.
Nathan and Felix disappeared into the men’s section of clothes and Sunny and Esther melted into the women’s section on the other side of the isle. They saw Nathan pull out his cell phone and make a quick call to the mall authorities. Two officers came immediately and the woman took the children with her in spite of the objections of their father who was silenced by the male officer and was led away in the other direction.
The four by four group met back in the isle and left the store to find a place to sit so they could pray together for that family and then talk about what to do next.
Nathan started, “Father, you knew what was going to happen in that store and graciously put us there at just the right time to stop the violence before it got completely out of hand.”
Esther continued, “Yes, thank you for giving the men good observational skills and quick reactions to make the phone call.”
Sunny added, “Thank you for cell phones and for authorities who were fast in responding. Please comfort the children and heal their physical and emotional wounds.”
Felix concluded, “Thank you for using us to help the children. Please help their father want to be saved, and help him control his temper so he can be a good dad. Until then, please put those children into a good foster home. We pray in Jesus name. Amen.”
Nathan saw that Felix was still upset, so he put a hand on his shoulder to reassure him and prayed silently for him. Soon Felix relaxed and said, “I think this would be a good time to tell you ladies about my background. It was like watching a rerun of my life in that store just a few minutes ago. My big sister and I were often treated like that until I was about six years old. Some nice people reported it to the authorities and we were removed from that house. We went to live in a foster home with the Mendoza family. They were outstanding parents for us and I’ve had a lasting friendship with Nathan from the start. I’m still praying for my biological dad, and I thank God for saving my mother.”
The ladies were sitting in shocked silence for a few moments and then Esther responded, “Felix, thank you for telling us about your background. Father in heaven, thank you for getting Felix and his sister out of that horrible situation and into a foster home that took good care of them.”
Nathan added, “Please comfort Felix and erase those bad memories that resurfaced this evening. Use this event to bring more healing in his life and help us to know whatever you have for us to do for other hurting children in our world.”
Sunny continued, “Yes, please help the children through us and your other servants to rescue them so they don’t have to continue living in abusive situations.”
“I agree with all those prayers and thank you for the healing you’ve done and will continue to do in my life,” concluded Felix.
Esther suggested, “If it’s satisfactory with the rest of you, I’d like for us to just walk around out here in the mall for a short time to get some exercise and relieve some of our tension.”
“Thank you for that good idea.” Nathan stood up and nudged Felix to walk with him. The ladies led the way and talked as they walked back and forth rapidly. Soon they were more relaxed and were breathing more evenly. They went back to sit for a while.
Sunny said, “Esther and I discussed what time we’d prefer. Instead of evening times, how would it work to do our ministry times on Saturdays between lunch and supper? We could meet here at the mall at 2:30 PM and still be home to fix our suppers.”
Felix replied, “It’s a good idea, especially for the winter, since it’s always colder in the evenings. We can try it next week.”
“I agree, but we’ll still come pick you up at your homes so we can know that you’re warm and safe,” Nathan added.
Esther smiled and responded, “All right. Thank you for the way you take care of us. Shall we go back into the store now or would you rather go home?”
Felix replied, “Thank you for asking, Esther. I really would rather go home now.”
“That’ll be fine with us,” said Sunny. Nathan nodded and they left the mall. Felix drove everyone home.
Esther told Ruth about the evening and all that had been said and done, and wrote about it in her journal before going to bed.
The next morning before leaving for work, Felix made a phone call. “Hi, Esther and Ruth, this is Felix and Nathan, and we were wondering if you’d enjoy going bowling tomorrow afternoon at 2:30 PM, and we’ll be sure you’re back home in time to fix your own supper.”
Nathan added, “Feel free to say you’d rather not, if you don’t like a suggestion we make.”
Esther responded, “Thank you for saying that. We both do enjoy bowling but we aren’t very good at it.”
Felix remarked, “Neither are we, but it is fun. We don’t even have to keep score so it won’t be so obvious how bad we are.”
She laughed and accepted their invitation. Then she added, “Have a good day at work, both of you gentlemen.”
Nathan replied, “We wish the same for you ladies.”
Thursday at the ranch wasn’t warm enough for their horseback ride, but Friday after lunch was just perfect. Five of their guests decided to join Oscar, Vera, and Nathan on a ride to check the ranch fences and generally just to have fun in the outdoors. No snow on the ground made it even better because it wouldn’t be slick.
Part of the experience was to clean all four of the horse’s feet and brush the horse’s hair so it would lie flat before putting on its saddle and bridle. Some dude ranches did all those things for the guests, but this one wanted them to develop a bond with, and learn proper care of the horses they rode. Nathan was right there to help any of them who needed it, after he had his horse ready to be ridden. Oscar and Vera of course, did what was needed to get their own mounts ready and were also able to help a guest if needed.
Once on their way, with their required helmets on for safety, Vera exclaimed, “It’s a splendid day for a ride! The wind isn’t even blowing and the mountains look so majestic. We’ll be able to see them better on the way back to the tack room. We don’t bring our cameras on horseback rides because we need to concentrate on riding, and keep our hands on the reins so we can tell the horse what to do. They aren’t good mind readers.” Everyone laughed and decided they could take pictures later.
Vera rode a Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horse. It was milk chocolate colored with a flaxen mane and tail, and was 14.1 hands high, just right for her small frame. Its gaits were all very smooth, especially the amble, also known as the single-foot. It’s a natural four-beat gait in which each hoof is lifted up separately and put back down on the ground. These horses are remarkably sure-footed and are also gentle and even-tempered. The ranch has many horses of this breed and one other similar gaited breed, the Tennessee Walking Horse. It’s famous for its four-beat running walk, which is very much like the single-foot of the Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horse. The young children among the guests were mounted on small Kentucky Mountain horses, which were only 11 or 12.2 hands high.
Oscar and Nathan were both riding matching bay Morgans, that were 15.2 hands high and large enough to carry the extra weight of the men. These horses do not have smooth gaits like the other horses but are wonderful in their own ways. They are extremely capable, strong, sound, versatile, and have great staying power. You just have to learn how to post the trot or else you’ll be in for a lot of bounces.
They started out on the road riding three abreast except for Oscar and Nathan who brought up the rear. Vera was in the front setting the pace, and she said, “Remember we always start out at a walk for about five minutes to get the horses warmed up just like people need to do when they exercise.”
One of the guests commented, “Just like we do inside the big building. I’ll bet we also need to cool them down at the end.”
Oscar responded, “You’re correct, and it’s even more important when we ride outside in the winter since it’s colder out here than inside the building.”
Nathan added, “In the summer we also need to cool them down so they don’t stay overheated. I'm thankful for all the good training Oscar and Vera gave me when I came as a guest to this ranch. Now I get to work here and use what I learned. Horseback riding and the care and training of horses are some of my favorite things to do.”
After five minutes of walking, Vera inquired, “Are you all ready to go a little faster?” They answered that they were, so everyone gave the horse a little bump with their heels and they went a little faster. This was a comfortable speed for all the riders who were on gaited horses, because they didn’t bounce up and down.
One of the kids asked, “Could we have a race?”
Oscar told everyone to halt their horses and asked Nathan to answer that question, so Nathan responded, “We do NOT race horses on this ranch for several reasons. First, even though it might be fun, it’s dangerous, because people and horses don’t concentrate on safety while they’re racing. Second, since many of these horses are different sizes and breeds, it wouldn’t be a fair race. Third, it would give the horses and riders bad habits, like wanting to race when it would not be appropriate, or whipping a horse to make it go faster. Fourth, in a race, only one person and horse can win and we don’t like that type of competition. This way, everybody who rides wins, because we enjoy being a team with our horse, asking it to do what we desire and rewarding it with strokes and gentle talking.”
Vera thought, “Very well said! I couldn’t have done better myself.” Then she requested, “Oscar and Nathan, would you trot up here without posting so these guests can see how bouncy the trot is?” The guests were surprised. Then she said, “Now please show them the difference posting makes.” This time they were amazed and she explained. “You noticed that they rose out of the saddle on alternating steps the horse made with its forelegs. This made the ride smoother and more comfortable for the rider and it’s easier on the horse’s back. Thank you, Oscar and Nathan, for your demonstrations.”
Oscar replied, “You’re welcome. Now these two ‘cowboys’ with western saddles are going to canter up to where the fence needs to be checked and then slowly walk our horses beside the fence to see if it needs any work done on it. You’ll probably all catch up with us if you come at your horse’s faster single foot gait or canter for a while, and we can all walk our horses the rest of the way back to the tack room so they’ll be cooled off by then.”
As Vera and the guests followed Oscar’s suggestion they ended up spread out along the road, and they could all see what Nathan meant by saying that racing these horses would not be a fair race. Besides, it was fun to be a team with your horse and not be in competition with others.
Later as they were walking their horses again, one of the guests inquired, “What’s the difference between a western saddle and the ones we use, besides what they look like?”
Vera explained, “The western saddle is larger and heavier. This helps to spread the weight over more of the horse’s back than our kind. It’s made with a saddle horn that can be used to wrap a rope around when roping cattle or other horses on some ranches. It has places to tie on saddle bags and has a comfortable seat for cowboys who need to be riding most of the day. The kind of saddle we’re using, looks a lot like an English saddle. It’s made to be good for trail riding and everyday exercising, and it is comfortable for the horse and its rider. It weighs a lot less than a western saddle, so it’s easier for most riders to put it on the horse.”
When the riders got back to the tack room, the horses were cooled down like Oscar had said they’d be. They took off the saddles and saddle blankets, replaced the bridles with a halter, and tied the lead rope to a ring to keep the horse in place. Then they brushed the whole horse and checked its feet again before leading it over to the pasture, where the horse was stroked and praised some more before its halter was removed and it could be free to roll or graze or go get a drink from the stream. Next each rider cleaned the tack he or she had used and put it back in its place in the tack room. They all had the feeling of a job well done and besides, it was a lot of fun!
Chapter 4
Psalm 37:3a,4,5, Trust in the LORD, and do good; …
Delight yourself also in the LORD, and he shall give you the desires of your heart.
Commit your way to the LORD; trust also in him and he shall bring it to pass.
In Pine City Saturday morning while they were doing housework, Esther questioned, “Do you think it’s too early in this dating process to ask the men to come to our parents home for an evening with a family dinner. We can ask Jason to come and we’ll all play a board game where we do keep score so I can observe how they treat Jason and our parents and how they win or lose? But I agree with Felix, that I don’t want to keep score this afternoon as we bowl.”
Ruth replied, “I think the timing is just right. Let’s call Dad and Mom and Jason to see if they’d be free this coming Friday evening. You and I can already be there to help fix dinner.”
“Good, we can see if they offer and carry through with helping to cleanup after dinner. We have a board game that all seven of us can play through several times and keep track of our scores so we can get a good idea of their sportsmanship.”
Their parents and Jason happily agreed with this idea.
Then with the housework and lunch finished, Esther and Ruth went and had a fun filled time laughing at themselves every time their balls went in the gutter or cheering for the times they actually hit the pins. After a time of practicing, they all started to improve.
During a rest time, Felix mentioned, “Thank you for being so understanding on Thursday evening, Esther. Nathan and I were able to talk about the situation some more and he gave me some of his great counsel. I assume you filled Ruth in on what happened when you got home.”
She replied, “Yes, we had a good debriefing session.”
He continued, “Then Nathan and I remembered about what you said at the skating place about not being able to give birth. We thought we could suggest becoming foster parents if we decide we want to have children.”
Nathan continued, “Yes, this is a topic I’ve been wanting to discuss since Thursday evening. For several years I’ve noticed how the world and our country have been declining and I decided I didn’t want to bring more children into this kind of world. So when you told us about your problem I was relieved, although I do sympathize with you about your feelings. I already know I’d like to have children, but only foster children who’ve been abused. How do you feel about having foster children, Esther?”
She responded, “Well, whenever I’ve thought about how I could be a mother, I wondered how adopting might work, but I had serious misgivings about doing it. Foster children would also be a big responsibility, but I know there are many children who need to be in a foster home with caring parents to help them. I feel like a married couple would need to be certain that being foster parents is what God wants them to do.”
They continued bowling some more, and when they started to wind down, Esther invited them to her parents’ house for dinner the coming Friday evening at 6PM. They accepted.
When Esther and Ruth got home and were fixing supper later, Ruth observed, “That was an interesting discussion you three had at the bowling alley today.”
“It definitely was,” responded Esther. “I think I understood that Felix is not sure about even wanting children but Nathan does, if they are foster children who are being rescued from an abusive situation.”
Ruth nodded and said, “I understood the same thing. So how do you really feel about being a foster parent?”
She replied, “I didn’t really answer Nathan, I think I just rambled on and I don’t even remember what I said. I’m scared about the big responsibility and have no idea how to help children who’ve been abused. Nathan studied counseling at the university, and I’m sure he has many ideas and ways to help them. On the other hand, Felix was abused, and might have his own fears about becoming an abusive parent because his own dad set such a bad example. I can see this is something I’ll need to pray about a lot before they ask me any more questions. Jesus, my master, please give me wisdom and show me your will about whether to become a foster parent or not.”
Ruth continued, “I agree. Please give that same wisdom to Felix and Nathan, and show them your will about this issue also. It’s a huge decision to make either way. It could even be a deciding factor about which man would make the better husband.”
Esther added, “Furthermore, it could be pointing out that neither would be a good choice unless you convince me that being a foster mother is your perfect will for me. I really would need you to remove the fears I have about it and give me peace. We pray in your precious name and trust you to show the way. Amen.”
After a moment, she continued, “Ruth, you said it could be a deciding factor about the man I’d choose. Do you have an opinion about which one would be better from what they said?”
Ruth replied, “I do, Esther, but I won’t tell you because this is something you need to figure out with Jesus’ help. I might be wrong, and therefore I don’t want to influence your decision.”
“Oh,” said Esther with a sigh. “This whole thing is getting more and more complicated as time goes on. I guess when you have three individuals who are 27 years old, each one has a lot of baggage to bring into any relationship they might try to have. It might be a good idea for me to just stay single like you decided for yourself. It sure would be simpler, but somehow I think there might be a lot I’d miss out on having and doing with the right man. What a puzzle this is!”
Ruth acknowledged, “It surely is! Do you remember the class at the university about opportunity cost? They had us make a chart with the choices for a certain topic we needed to decide about, and then list all the pro’s and con’s for each choice, and put the cost, not just in money, of selecting each one. Maybe if you’d do that for this issue it might bring things into better focus for you.”
Esther said, “Yes, I remember that class, and I like your suggestion. I’ll do it right after supper cleanup and pray some more about the whole situation.”
When Vera got home from church Sunday, she said, “Walt and Betty talked to me right after the service today and told me they’d probably be ready with the plans and estimate by next Saturday. I invited them to come at 9:30 so we can have plenty of time to listen and ask questions before I serve them lunch. I can have something baking slowly in the oven, so I won’t need to watch it. I’m so excited!”
“Wow, I am too! While we wait the rest of this week, we should have time to do some of the things we mentioned last week,” Oscar observed.
In Pine City Esther prayed and worked on her opportunity cost chart, off and on Sunday before and after church. She also did a web search about being foster parents and learned a lot. She wrote down all the facts that seemed important to her. Then she went in search of her big sister to discuss what she had learned.
“Ruth, I’ve just finished taking notes on a lot of information about being foster parents. I’ll read some of it to you. It can be very hard work and time consuming, but it also can be very rewarding. There’s a great need for more foster homes in our country. Most foster children need much attention and care, so parents need extra patience and compassion.”
“Those are interesting facts, Esther,” stated Ruth.
“Yes, and it goes on to say it’s not a permanent commitment like adoption is. Foster parents are able to choose the age and gender they prefer. The process is affordable because foster parents receive a tax free stipend to help pay for clothes, food, and school supplies. The amount varies from state to state.”
“How long do the children stay with a family?” Ruth inquired.
“Some foster children only stay a few months, but others are long term placements who stay with a family until they become adults. This gives them consistency and a feeling of belonging. Also since many children have serious issues, parents are able to call the social worker if they feel they aren’t able to provide for a child placed with them. So I guess that means we wouldn’t be stuck with one we couldn’t handle,” Esther finished.
“How do you feel about those details?” asked Ruth.
“Well, they do help me to not be as scared about being a foster parent. It goes on to give the pros and cons of foster care so I entered them into a chart like I made for the other choices I have. I haven’t reached any conclusions yet, but I needed a break and wanted to share some of this with you,” said Esther.
“Thank you, it is interesting. I didn’t know you’d be taking another university course and doing homework for this adventure. But I think you’ll learn some valuable things,” Ruth remarked.
Esther nodded and laughed as she went back to finish her search on the web.
At the Ranch, Vera had called Unice and made an appointment to talk with her Monday morning at 9 AM. So they went to the office in her little cabin and Vera and Oscar explained their plans.
Then Oscar asked, “Would you like to remain here and work as the Vet and FNP for Mercy Valley Ranch when it’s changed into foster homes for abused girls?”
Unice considered for a very short time and replied, “Oh yes, I really would like to keep working here. Plus, the opportunity to help abused girls appeals to me a lot. You see, I was taken out of an abusive situation when I was ten years old, and wonderful Christian parents took me in as a foster child. They taught me about Jesus and he saved me, healed all my hurts, and restored me. My foster parents were able to recognize my gifts and abilities. They directed my energies into studying the things that would help me become what I am today.”
Vera exclaimed, “I would never have guessed you had come from such a background! You’re always so full of joy and peace.”
Unice responded, “Jesus does an excellent job when the children come to him. There’s a song sung by Michael Card called ‘Let the Children Come.’ It has some meaningful lyrics.”
“Yes it really does.” agreed Oscar. “I like it a lot.”
Unice declared, “So, let the children come to Mercy Valley Ranch where we’ll all do our best to bring them to Jesus for salvation and the healing of their wounds!”
In Pine City on Monday evening, Jeff and Karen Spencer arrived at the home of Ian and Yolanda Hopkins about 6:45 PM so they could get the Bibles and Hymnals set up on the chairs and have time to pray and then visit with the host couple before the other members arrived for the Monday small group. The Hopkins’ two foster children, Sara and Candy, attended all the small group meetings with their foster parents because it wouldn’t be a good idea to leave them at home alone or send them to a friend’s house. So they joined in, with the prayer time and visiting.
The other members arrived right on time at 7 PM. Jeff opened the meeting with prayer and then asked if there were any praise reports. Nathan was first. “We praise the Lord, that when our four by four group went to the mall on Thursday evening, we were able to call the authorities, who came and put a stop to some parental abuse of two young children.”
Yolanda was next. “Ian and I and our two girls went as a four by four group to the ice skating rink on Saturday afternoon and we were able to speak to a couple who looked depressed. They were glad to let us pray with them.”
Candy added, “While they did that, Sara and I got to witness to a girl from my class at school who was there skating, and she listened very well. My friend, Mindy Jones, and I ate lunch with her and another girl today at school and we got to tell them some more about our testimonies.”
Esther shared, “A couple weeks ago I got to go to the butterfly pavilion and it was a wonderful place to praise our awesome creator for his amazing creation. If you know of anyone who needs to be convinced that God created everything, that might be a good place to take them.”
Ian continued, “I just want to thank God again that since the middle of April last year, Yolanda and I have been able to work at Discount Mart the same hours as when our girls are in school so we can all get home at about the same time.”
“Does any one else have a praise?” asked Jeff. “If not let’s clap and praise our great God for the ones we’ve heard.” After finishing the collective praise time he asked if there were any announcements. There weren’t, so he got volunteers to host the next meeting.
This week they sang “I Stand in Awe,” Psalm 33:8,9; “Teach me to Pray,” Luke 11:1-4,9; “Speak, Lord, in the Stillness,” Romans 8:26,27; and “Seeking the Lost,” Luke 15:4,5 and 19:10.
The teaching time started with Jeff saying, “Esther’s praise about our awesome Creator, goes really well with the first song we sang this evening. Let’s look at the scripture verses that go with that song, Psalm 33:8,9. Let all the earth fear the LORD; let all the inhabitants of the world stand in awe of him, for he spoke and it was done; he commanded, and it stood fast. It appears that the writer of this psalm was convinced that the LORD was the creator of everything and only he deserves the fear or reverence and awe that the people he made should give to him.
“Part of the next song and scripture verses go extremely well with last week’s teaching about two by two and four by four ministries. Look at verse 2 in that song again, and notice how well it goes with two by two ministries. The title for “Teach me to Pray” comes from Luke 11:1-4 where the disciples asked Jesus to teach them how to pray. I’m pretty sure all of us have memorized the prayer he taught them. In verse 9, he goes on to say,... Ask, and it shall be given to you; seek, and you shall find; knock and it shall be opened to you. What an extraordinary promise this is for us.
“Our third song goes well with the whole idea of prayer. If we’re spending time with our master then he will speak to us, not only in our own quiet times of prayer but also when we go out for our ministry times. Find Romans 8:26,27 and follow along as I read, The Spirit helps our weakness, for we do not know what or how we should pray. But the Spirit himself makes intercession for us … and he who searches the heart knows the mind of the Spirit, because he makes intercession for the saints according to the will of God. I’m so thankful for this promise.” Then Jeff asked, “Who are the saints mentioned in verse 27?”
Sunny answered, “Saints are all of us and all people who believe in Jesus to be their Savior.’”
Candy said uncertainly, “Really? I always thought saints were only those people in the Bible pictured with halos around their heads, and others that the church said were saints.”
Karen responded, “I think those pictures and that church give us a mistaken idea of who saints are. If we read the Bible carefully we’ll see that Sunny’s correct. Many of the letters Paul wrote were addressed to the saints or believers in the cities he had visited. The people in those cities listened to him preach the Good News and they believed in Jesus to save them, and Paul called them saints.”
Nathan added, “Exactly, just like it says in Philippians 1:1, Paul and Timothy, the servants of Jesus, to all the saints in Jesus which are at Philippi…”
Jeff said, “Thank you all for your answers and comments. I’m so glad we are saints, and we can know that the Holy Spirit intercedes for us. Besides that, Jesus himself intercedes for us, as I paraphrased Romans 8:34b. This knowledge can be a wonderful comfort to all of us, especially when we’re praying to know God’s will or we’re asking him to guide us in our ministries.
“Our last song is mostly about going out to find and bring lost people to Jesus so he can save them. It goes with Luke 15:4,5, If a man loses one of his hundred sheep, he will leave the ninety-nine and go after it until he finds it. When he has found it he will lay it on his shoulders rejoicing. This is a good picture of Jesus, our good shepherd. Then in Luke 19:10, it says, (Jesus) came to seek and to save that which was lost. He sent his disciples and us to go do the same things he did. It’s a great privilege and also a big responsibility, because if we don’t do it, who will?
“Find the last song and let’s read the words of verse two and three as a prayer out loud together to start our prayer time. When they had finished the song, Felix prayed, “Father in heaven, please speak to couples who have no children of their own, and give them the desire to become foster parents.”
Sunny added, “I agree, and I thank you for the people in our church who are already being good foster parents. May your will be done here on earth as it is in heaven.”
Jeff prayed, “Thank you that the new churches are all off to a good start, and we ask you to continue to guide in everything that’s said and done so we can keep growing like we were doing last year. Send us out in our two by two and four by four groups to do the things Jesus did when he was here on earth, and may the miracles bring many people into your church.”
Other prayers were added in agreement with that one, and during the refreshment time Jeff talked to Felix and Nathan and said, “There are two foster children in our group who came out of abusive families, so we need to be careful what we say and pray so they won’t be reminded of bad memories. They’re both doing very well, but still need a lot of healing and restoration. The things you said today aren’t a problem, but we all need to be extra careful where they are concerned.”
Nathan responded, “Thank you for telling us about this fact. We will both be exceedingly cautious in the future.”
Felix added, “I understand because I’ve been there too. We’ll continue to pray at home about this need.”
“That’s a great idea. Karen and I will also pray at home, in agreement with you. It is a big need. Thank you both for being so understanding.” Jeff said with relief. “I’m sorry you had to go through that when you were growing up, Felix.”
Felix responded, “Thank you, Jeff. Jesus is good at healing and restoring.”
Tuesday at home after supper, Ruth said, “Esther, you told me what Nathan and Felix had praised God for and prayed for at your small group meeting last night. It got me to thinking. Have you ever considered that maybe you are in this situation for such a time as this, as it says in Esther 4:14b?”
Esther responded, “Actually, I’ve read that whole story in the Bible many times and each time, I’ve told myself that I could never be in a position like Esther was in when Mordecai urged her to go see the king and try to get him to save the Jews. The king could have had her killed instantly since he hadn’t called explicitly to see her.”
“Have you ever heard the song Evie Karlsson and her daughter sang called, ‘I Want to be a Woman Like Esther’?” Ruth asked.
“No, tell me about it please,” Esther requested.
“Well I can’t remember all the words, but the idea is just to be willing to do whatever God asks you to do even if it might seem like it could be to sacrifice your life as you might want it to be.”
“Oh, I get the idea. It’s really like it says in Romans 12:1b,2. Present your bodies to God as a living sacrifice, holy and acceptable to God, which is your reasonable service. Do not be conformed to the world, but be transformed by the renewing of your mind, that you may prove the good, acceptable, and perfect will of God. That’s really what Esther did isn’t it? I’m glad I’m not in such a precarious position as she was. So I’ll tell God I’m willing to do whatever he says for me to do, and then trust him to make his will completely clear to me.”
Ruth nodded and smiled. Then they both went on about the business of getting the laundry ready so they could take it to the laundry room in their apartment complex.
Like they had talked about last week, Oscar and Vera had their lawyer, who was also their financial planner, come to their house at the ranch for lunch and then a planning session on Wednesday. He was a devoted believer, so they were able to trust and rely on him.
When they finished explaining what they wanted to have done, he understood and gave them an outline of the things that would need to be changed in their will. He said it would be easy to make a living trust for their investments and the ranch to take care of all the things they had explained to him about their project.
They ended their time together with prayer. A few days later he brought all the documents for them to read and ask questions. When they were satisfied that they understood and agreed with everything, they signed in all the proper places. Now they were legally prepared to go ahead with their project for the girls’ homes at Mercy Valley Ranch.
In Pine City the phone rang Wednesday after they got home from work and Ruth answered it.
Later she mentioned, “Esther, Mom called and asked what we want to have for dinner on Friday evening. I told her we’d decide and bring all the ingredients with us so we can all cook it together right after work.”
“Okay. Let’s make it something easy and fast since we only have an hour between the end of work and when they arrive. How about precooked skinless chicken breasts that have marinated and cooked for hours in the big slow cooker we seldom use. If we put little new potatoes and baby carrots and pearl onions in with them they’ll all be ready by six o’clock. We can take the ingredients for a tossed salad like Sunny made for us, and our many choices of salad dressing. We can prepare the salad and have time to set the table when we get there,” Esther suggested.
“I like your idea. We’ll shop tomorrow right after work and we can get most of the things ready after supper so we can quickly put them in the cooker in the morning before we leave for work and set its timer to come on at noon so it’ll have six hours to cook. Since the chicken’s already precooked, we won’t have to worry about it contaminating the veggies. What shall we serve for dessert?” she asked.
“Well, I noticed they both got banana cream pie for dessert at the buffet restaurant. The frozen section of the grocery store has those already made. Shall we get two? They can be thawing out in our refrigerator overnight and during the next day.”
“Jason likes it also. You’re full of good ideas. It sounds pretty easy the way you planned it. Thank you, Esther.”
“You’re welcome, Ruth. I appreciate all you’re doing for me on this adventure and I’m trying to make it easier for you.”
“You’re doing a great job, and I’m sure I’ll enjoy the evening with our parents, Jason, the good food, and the board game. Plus, I won’t even need to be in the role of a double dater that evening,” said Ruth as she left the room so she could get ready to go to her own small group meeting.
Thursday after supper and cleanup were finished Karen said to Jeff, “Honey, I know you and I decided, and we still agree that it’s best for us to not bring any new children into this messed up world. Since Monday, after hearing Felix’s prayer, I’ve been wondering if we might be able to be good foster parents to some needy children. How do you feel about this topic?”
He replied, “It might be another way we could serve our Savior. Let’s pray about it and do some research on the web. Maybe we could talk to Ian and Yolanda Hopkins, Sara and Candy’s foster parents, about it. It looks like they’re doing a good job.”
Karen agreed, “I think your idea’s a good one. Let’s pray together now, and then I’ll start researching this evening.”
Tomo Suehiro called his identical twin brother, Afta, who lives in a city in the eastern United States.
“Hello, Afta, this is Tomo. How are you and your family doing?”
“Ah, Tomo, it’s so good to hear your voice, which sounds just like mine and my son, Denji’s,” they both laughed. “We’re all doing very well.” Then he called loudly, “Hana, Dear, and Denji, come join me and Tomo, who is on the phone.”
They came quickly saying, “Hi, Tomo,” and “Hi, Uncle Tomo.”
Tomo replied, “Hi, Hana and Denji. I’m glad to hear that all of you are doing well. We are also, and we are all here on the phone by using the speaker.”
Ami, Aneko, and Yoshi all added their greetings and then Ami stated, “I wish you were all right here in our living room at this exact minute! We enjoyed your visit so much the last time you were here.”
Hana responded, “We did also, and we’ll look forward to the next time we can come for a visit or you can all come here.”
“Indeed,” Tomo replied, “maybe someday we’ll get a motorhome and be able to drive there. It would sure beat flying.”
Ami laughed, and stated, “It sure would, but I doubt if it’ll ever happen.” Then she asked, “How’s your sister and her family, Hana?”
“They’re fine,” replied Hana. “As you remember, her boy and girl are the same ages as yours, except that the boy’s the older one in this case.”
Tomo agreed, “Yes, we do remember. Maybe someday that family can come for a visit at the same time you do, so all of us can meet them even though they aren’t blood relatives.
“But they are still part of our extended family,” added Ami.
Hana exclaimed, “Yes, and now all of us are part of God’s forever family since everybody in all of our extended families have become believers!”
“Absolutely,” agreed Tomo. “It’s a great blessing to know that all of us will spend eternity together in Heaven.”
“Yes it is!” Then Afta inquired, “Aneko and Yoshi, are you still liking your jobs in your parents’ restaurant?”
“Yes, very much,” Aneko responded. “It beats anything we ever tried in the other city where we lived for a while.”
Yoshi added, “Yes, and besides, it’s ever so nice to be back home, especially now that we’re all believers. It’s like it says in Ephesians 2:4a, God, who is rich in mercy and great love, made us alive with Jesus by grace …”
“For sure!” went on Aneko, “it makes all the difference in the world. I didn’t really start living until Jesus saved me.”
Yoshi agreed, “It’s the same for me!” Then he asked, “Denji, how are things going for you?”
“I’m so excited to get to tell you all,” he responded. “When I returned to school after we got back home from my stay in the hospital, my friends who had also been in that accident, had a hard time believing my story. So after several futile months of trying to convince them, I invited all of them to come to my house for supper. I had asked Dad and Mom to tell them my story about how the hospital was sending me home blind, with a white cane, and I was still learning how to use it in a park in Pine City when your dad and mom found us there. That day, Jesus restored my vision when they prayed for me and then Jesus saved all three of us. Dad and Mom told the facts just like I had.”
“They had to believe him then,” stated Afta, “because they knew we’re honest people.”
Hana continued, “We told them the Good News like you told us and asked them if they’d like to accept Jesus also. They all did and we were glad to lead them in prayer.”
After a time of praise and thanksgiving, Tomo exclaimed, “It’s so wonderful when one miracle can result in so many people becoming believers!”
“Yes,” Ami went on to say, “Indeed, I think that’s one of the purposes for miracles. In the Bible most of the time when Jesus or the apostles did a miracle, a lot of the people who saw the miracle became believers.”
“You're right,” agreed Afta. “We’ve been reading the Gospels and Acts, and that happened over and over.”
Tomo mentioned, “Yes, it’s amazing to realize that happened almost two thousand years ago and Jesus is still the same, like it says in Hebrews 13:8, and he will be the same forever!”
Aneko added, “Absolutely! Moreover, we’re privileged to get to love and serve him.”
Hana agreed, “Yes we are! It’s been so nice talking with all of you. But we need to get ready to leave for an appointment, so we better say goodbye for now. We love you all!”
Ami stated, “We love you all too. We’ll talk again next time!”
Friday after work Ruth and Esther hurried home to change into more casual clothes. The house smelled delectable because the slow cooker had done its job well. Esther tasted it to be sure it was good enough to take, although she had no idea what to do if there was something wrong with it, but it was great. They had a special carrier to help keep it warm during transit to things like potlucks. It took both of them, one on each side to get it down to, and loaded into the car. Then they went back to get the rest of the dinner. Since Esther had a list, she even remembered dessert.
When they got to the family home, their dad and Jason came out to help carry things into the house. Jason easily carried the main course into the house by himself, and Ruth thought, “Oh to be strong like a man! But that’s the only way I’d like to be like a man.” She and Esther and their dad took the rest in one trip.
Anna commented, “Whatever you fixed smells delicious and like it’s ready to be eaten. We’ll plug this in to keep it warm. This was a good idea since we don’t have a lot of time before the men arrive. It’ll be interesting to see them again. We never really got acquainted because you young people were usually outside having fun of some kind. I wonder if I’ll even recognize them.”
Esther responded, “I think you will, especially since you know their names already. They have just filled out, muscled up, and gotten more handsome.”
“It sounds like you’re already enamored. But you can’t have two husbands, you know,” Anna remarked playfully.
Esther laughed and gave her mother a hug. “You couldn’t be more right, but so far they’ve both passed all the tests and I get so I like them more as I get to know them better. What if I keep liking both of them and can’t ever decide?” she asked, trying to keep her face serious, but she burst out laughing instead.
“I’m glad you’re able to have fun with this.” Anna smiled.
Esther responded, “I’m glad also. Most of the time it is fun.”
Ruth interrupted, “Mom, do you have one of your pretty dried flower bouquets we could use as a centerpiece for the table?”
Anna answered, “Yes. I’ll go get it while you two set the table. Then we can make the salad. Put the dressings in the refrigerator until time to eat. It’s nice to have you two here today.”
“Thanks Mom, it’s our pleasure!” they replied.
After the salad was made the family had a few minutes to visit before the men arrived. They relaxed and were glad they had chosen an easy meal for this evening. The men got there on time and no introductions were needed.
Jason commented, “You both look great. It’s been a long time.”
William said, “Nathan and Felix, it’s good to see you again. Please come visit in the living room while the ladies put the food on the buffet. How did your jobs go for you today?” Esther hushed her mom and sister so she could hear their answers.
Felix answered, “Mine went very well. At the farm we’re busy doing repairs on various tools, equipment and machinery so they’ll be ready to use just as soon as it warms up enough to start preparing the soil for planting. I’m thankful they have enough work to keep me busy through the winter, and I don’t have to look for a different job until planting time.”
Nathan explained, “I feel the same way about my job. I couldn’t like it any better, especially on a day like today when I got to ride two horses. They hadn’t been ridden in a while, so they were both a little jumpy at first. I put them through their paces in the round pen before mounting up. They settled right down. I like the other things I get to do at the ranch also. How was your job today?”
“Probably not as interesting or active as either of yours, but the day was fine. Numbers are usually very well behaved. It’s the people I have to deal with, who sometimes don’t bring all the information with them that I need to do my job,” William replied.
Anna came to the living room right then and said, “Everything’s ready. Please come and eat.”
When everyone was seated, William prayed, “Father in heaven we thank you that Felix and Nathan and the rest of our family can be at our table this evening. Thank you for this food and the hands that prepared it. Please bless it to our bodies and our time together. I pray in Jesus precious name. Amen.”
Everybody added an amen and then Esther explained, “Now since the slow cooker’s too heavy to pass around, let’s go serve ourselves at the buffet. You can get your salad and choice of dressing at the same time. Feel free to go back for seconds or thirds when you’re ready, but save some room for dessert.”
They enjoyed eating and visiting about various things. Nathan and Felix asked some good questions of William and Anna in order to get to know them better, and of course they gave several compliments about the delicious food, including the dessert.
Esther decided that the meal was a success and was greatly pleased when Felix offered, “I remember how everyone would help with cleaning up after meals at the dude ranch. I hope we can do the same thing here.” Nathan agreed and they all made short work of that detail.
The board game was set up on the cleaned off dining room table. Since everyone already knew how to play it, no time was wasted reading the directions and rules. It was a fast moving, fun game with a lot of competition, and of course only one winner each time through. Since all the players were good sports there was also lots of laughter. Nathan and Felix passed all the tests of the evening with high marks although they didn’t know they were taking tests. They just enjoyed the good meal, the fun of the game, visiting, and getting to know Esther and her family better.
On Saturday, Walt and Betty arrived at the ranch with a different dessert for lunch at 9:30 AM as planned. It was a gorgeous blue sky day and the scenery was at its best, with a blanket of new snow on the ground making everything seem fresh and clean. Even the trees were decorated.
“Welcome, Walt and Betty,” said Oscar. “Come right in here where it’s warm. Don’t worry about your wet shoes. Our vinyl flooring won’t care and the puddles will soon dry.”
Vera invited, “Let’s start in the dining room with a cup of cherry tea with honey to sweeten it.” They got settled and she asked, “Did you notice how nicely Nathan cleaned the snow off the lake so our guests can ice skate if they want to today or tomorrow?”
Walt replied, “Yes, it looks really smooth. We met Nathan and his friend Felix at church and they seem like nice young men. Does Nathan work here for you?”
“Yes,” answered Vera. “He’s a good worker and has been working here since the first week in September. Felix came in October and works for my brother at the Valley Truck Farm. They are both nice, and used to come here as guests of our dude ranch until they were out of high school. How are you Betty?”
She shared, “I’m overwhelmed with the beauty of this valley and the majestic mountains with new snow on them. Even the snowflakes are amazing to me because each one is different and so intricately put together. I’m really interested in all of God’s creation now that I’m a believer. I wasted so much of my life believing the erroneous teachings about evolution on TV and videos. How could anyone look at the variety and complexity of this world and the universe and think they could have gotten here by chance?”
“We agree completely!” exclaimed Vera, and started them singing all four verses of “How Great Thou Art.”
When they finished, Oscar stated, “We make a good quartet. It’s ever so good to begin our morning with praise to our great creator.”
“Yes it is, and now to give us a stretch, shall we each carry our cup to the sink, and then Walt can spread his plans out on the table?” Vera suggested. She and Oscar were excited to see the plans, but didn’t want to rush their guests.
Walt had floor plans for the small cabins with two bedrooms and a bathroom and laundry room added on one end, and a garage with storage added to the back side of each cabin. There would be a door from the kitchen into the garage to make shopping days easier. There would also be garages with storage room added to each of the large cabins in the same manner. When everything was finished, including the larger cabins and big house, there would be homes for ten Caring Foster Families with four girls apiece.
The upper story of the big house would have a stairway inside its wider one car garage with a door into the upper kitchen. This would be in addition to the main outside stairway already going up to the game room. A locking door would give entrance to the sitting room that would become the living room. The door into the kitchen would be a much nicer entry on cold, snowy or windy days.
“These plans are excellent. You were able to include everything we talked about plus some improvements we didn’t think about. I really like having the bathroom and laundry room come before the bedrooms in the small cabins. It makes the hallway shorter, and the bedrooms larger, just like in the bigger cabins,” commented Oscar.
“With two girls in each bedroom they’ll need to learn how to share the bathroom and leave the other bathroom already in the cabin for the use of the parents,” said Vera.
“It’s a good idea to have the closets across the whole end wall with no windows. There should be plenty of room for clothes.”
“Yes, Oscar,” remarked Vera, “and each room is large enough for two twin beds, two dressers, and two desks with study chairs. Walt, I’m glad you drew the furniture into the plan so we could see how it fits.”
“Thank you, notice that each room has a large easily opened window just like the big cabins, to use for a fire escape if it’s ever needed,” added Walt.
Oscar exclaimed, “What a good and necessary idea since the doors of the cabins are at the other end!”
“I really like the plan for our Caring Foster Home. Look, Oscar, this extra guest room we have with it’s own bathroom on the end of the house by the downstairs game room, is right next to the library in the game room. It’ll make a wonderful sewing room where I can teach our girls how to sew if they want to learn. Other mothers could bring their girls to use the library in the game room, and since we can leave the door to the game room open, one of them could also make use of the sewing room at the same time if they’d like,” explained Vera.
“Wonderful, and I like the way our bedroom and bathroom, kitchen, pantry, dining room, living room, office, and laundry stay just the way they are right now,” observed Oscar.
Vera continued, “Our girls bedrooms and bathrooms will be just like the ones in all the cabins. The same thing happens upstairs. There will be no chance for the rest of the girls to be jealous of those living in the big house.”
Next Walt showed them the materials list, including all the plumbing, bathroom fixtures, cupboards, and even the furniture for the new bedrooms in the cabins. The big house and big cabins already had twin beds for the girls since the king-sized beds in those rooms were really just two twin beds pushed together. They just needed desks and chairs for the desks. The list also included the appliances, sink, cupboards, and counters for the upstairs kitchen plus all that would be needed for the upstairs laundry room.
Walt explained, “You’ll notice that I left the rest rooms in both game rooms as they were and the extra guest room upstairs as it was. The family who will live there can figure out what they’d like to do with that room.”
Oscar responded, “Perfect, Walt, these plans are extremely well done. I can’t think of anything else that needs to be added, but possibly we should keep them here overnight so we can see if there’s anything we might like to change. Could Betty bring them to you at church tomorrow?”
“Of course. It truly is a smart idea to make any changes before we actually start remodeling. And did you notice that I listed the estimated cost at the bottom of the list? Pray about whether you want my company to do the work,” added Walt.
Oscar and Vera looked at each other, smiled and nodded. Oscar replied, “Yes, we noticed the estimated cost, and we’ve already prayed about it and we know we’d like your company to do the work. When can you get started?”
Walt laughed. “You two don’t waste any time! My crew and Matt’s crew should both be finished with the remodels we’re doing in about two weeks. That would give you time to get the building permit, and me time to make the blueprints. You can keep these plans since they are a copy, and take them to get the building permit. When I have the final blueprints finished, I’ll take a copy to them. They’re used to doing it this way.”
“Since it’s still winter, your crews could start with the upstairs remodel and when that’s finished we could camp out up there until you’re finished down here,” suggested Oscar. “We only have enough reservations to fill three rooms, so it will work.”
“Yes, that should work very well,” agreed Walt.
Vera interrupted, “While you two men finish talking about any other details, Betty and I will go finish getting lunch ready.”
Oscar replied, “Thank you ladies for your good idea.”
In the kitchen, Vera exclaimed, “I’m so excited about the remodels and additions, and it’s almost unbelievable that he will be able to start so soon! Thank you, Lord, for getting it started.”
Betty said, “I understand a little bit how you feel, and I’m so happy for you. Before long you’ll be able to see your idea become reality. It really is exciting”
“Thank you, Betty. It’s nice to have a woman to talk with who understands and can share my joy.” said Vera.
She replied, “I feel the same way. Maybe Walt and I can come meet your girls after you and they get used to being a family.”
Vera exclaimed, “That’s a great idea! We’ll invite you to come some Saturday afternoon as soon as we can.”
Saturday’s four by four ministry at the mall in Pine City started with another child abuse case interrupted by the ladies who were in the lead. This time it was a mother doing the abuse, mostly yelling things no child should ever have to hear, pinching, slapping and pushing the toddlers to make them sit down inside the shopping cart. Esther felt like she wanted to rush over there to tell her to quit. Instead, she followed Nathan’s example, went into the nearest isle and called the authorities. They immediately came and took the mother and her children to a room in the store.
The ministry group went out into the mall to talk and pray for the family. Esther said, “I’m thankful we were here to help those children. It’s sad to think of the many times there’s nobody to see and report this kind of behavior.”
Nathan responded, “I agree. At least we were able to help the children in two families so far. I know it doesn’t seem like much, but we do what we can. That’s all God asks us to do.”
After they had prayed Felix suggested, “Let’s go back in there and see who else we can help.” So the ladies followed the men and all of them continued to pray as they shopped being alert to whatever God wanted them do. In a short time, they saw a different mother pulling her first and second grade sons along the isle by their ears.
Tears of pain were streaming down their faces, but they knew better than to make any noise for fear of being hurt more. Felix quickly called this time and the authorities came speedily. The mother immediately let go of their ears and pretended to comfort the children. But they took her and the children with them.
After praying for that family, Sunny said, “We’ll try one more time in there and see what happens this time.” The ladies went first and after about fifteen minutes, they all froze. Two cute six-year-old twin girls were cowering in fear as their dad took off his belt and began to strike them. Sunny rapidly called, and the man was taken one way while the girls were led away in the other.
Out in the mall, the group prayed yet again and then decided it was time to go home.
When she got home Esther described to Ruth all that happened and exclaimed, “This can’t be a coincidence! I think Jesus is trying to convince me that I need to be a foster mother to get at least one abused child into a caring home.”
Ruth replied, “I think you must be right, and just think, you and your group were able to stop three more abuses before they got really bad. Hopefully those children will be removed from those houses and put into caring foster homes while their parents are given counseling and training if they want the chance to get their children back and be good parents.”
“Yes, let’s pray for that to happen. Now I just need to choose the correct husband to be the foster father of that child or those children if he wants us to care for more than one. I’ll keep praying and working on the chart. I know Jesus will guide me and make it clear in his time,” Esther stated.
Monday evening after small group Felix called the ladies, “Hi, Esther and Ruth, this is Felix and Nathan. Would you like to go with us to the recreation center right after work on Thursday so we can walk on their inside course and get some exercise before we go out to dinner at Ami’s Japanese Restaurant?”
Both ladies answered in unison, “Yes, we like your idea!”
“Good, we’ll pick you up at 5:30 then.” Esther said they’d be ready and they all said, “Goodbye.”
Then Felix asked Nathan to stay seated so they could have time to talk. He explained, “Nathan, I’ve finally come to the realization that I love Esther more like a sister than as a girlfriend and potential wife. Just yesterday I realized that’s the reason I want to tease her. She’s so much like my sister who is older than I am, except Esther doesn’t enjoy being teased, and my sister does. I’m under constant stress trying to not even joke or have fun for fear she’ll think it’s teasing, and then she won’t like me. I can’t be myself when I’m around her, and I know this is never going to work for a relationship with her. How can I tell her and not hurt her feelings in the process? I feel terrible about this.”
“Felix, you don’t need to feel terrible about this. It’s truly a good realization for you, for me, and for Esther also. You can explain it to her like you did to me just now. I think she’ll understand,” encouraged Nathan.
“Thanks, Nathan, you are the best friend a guy could hope to have. You’ll let me gracefully bow out of our project and not even make fun of me for not knowing my own heart all this time. I’ll be sure to cheer you on as you continue to win Esther’s love.”
“Thank you, Felix. I value your friendship a lot, and I’ll be praying that you will soon find just the right lady who is perfectly suited to your fun loving personality to be your wife.”
The second week in February was colder than normal, but Oscar still went to town on Tuesday to see if he could get the building permit. There weren’t very many other people out on this cold morning so he didn’t have to wait in line. Walt had given him some helpful hints on Saturday after lunch, so he knew just what to say and how to explain the project to the county office. They listened well and soon he had written the check for the building permit and left.
When he arrived home, he and Vera had a victory dance around the kitchen. Another hurdle in their marathon was successfully jumped. Now all they had to do was wait patiently for the work crews to come and get to work upstairs. It might be dusty and noisy, but it would be worth it.
Thursday the ladies were ready, wearing walking shoes and attractive slacks with casual blouses that would be appropriate for exercising and for dinner at the Suehiros restaurant. The men worked it out so Esther got to walk and converse with each of them for half of the time and the dinner was delicious of course.
Near the end of this double date, Felix finally got up his courage enough to admit his realization to Esther and she listened carefully to him all the way through.
After a few moments of careful contemplation she responded, “Felix, I appreciate your honesty immensely. I’ve been noticing a tension of some kind in you and I’ve wondered what was causing it. I think I can understand how you feel. It’s too hard to keep trying to be someone you’re not. I’m sorry you had to go through all that stress in order to let me choose. You are a courageous gentleman and I know you’ll make some other lady a wonderful husband. I am honored by your efforts, and I hope we’ll still be able to consider each other as a friend.”
He replied, “Thank you, Esther. Nathan said you would understand and you do. I’ll consider myself happy to continue to number you as one of my friends. You are a real lady in every way. I’ll be cheering Nathan on, and be praying for God’s will to be done as you two continue dating.”
Nathan asked, “Will you still be in our four by four group?”
“Yes, but now I’ll be a friend instead of a suitor,” he replied.
Esther inquired, “May I tell Sunny, so she’ll understand about the change in this relationship?”
“Yes, that’s a good idea,” Felix stated feeling immensely relieved, until he looked at Ruth who was crying. “Ruth, what’s wrong?”
She quickly dried her eyes and smiled. “I’m just so proud of all of you. Nobody had a harsh word to say and you’re all still friends. I know that’s the way God would like it to be, but so many people in the world are easily upset and would turn something like this into a fight. Keep up the good work, all of you. May I ask a question?” They all nodded so she continued, “Will you need me to continue going with you on dates, Nathan and Esther?”
All four of them started laughing so hard they couldn’t stop. It relieved the stress they had been feeling. Then they enjoyed dessert, which was “fortune” cookies with scriptures inside.
After supper on Friday, Esther called Sunny and turned the speaker on so Ruth could hear and add anything she might like to say. “Hi, Sunny! Ruth and I want to tell you something interesting that happened yesterday.” She and Ruth then explained about their “double” date and everything that was said near the end of it.
“So, … let me see if I understand this. It means that Ruth and I are no longer in the role of double daters, but that Felix will still be in our four by four ministry group. I never had to be in my role anyway since we always ‘shopped’ in the store as two women or two men together. As far as I can see things won’t change much for me.”
“Right, Sunny. I just wanted to have you be aware that Felix has gracefully bowed out of the project and will be ‘cheering on’ his best friend Nathan. They said something like that when they first explained their project. Hey, now I don’t have to choose! Oh Wow! This is such a relief for me. From now on, I can just concentrate on getting to know Nathan well enough to decide if he is the best husband for me.”
Ruth added, “For me it’s a relief to be out of the role of a double dater. Now I can go back to just being the big sister again. I fit this role so much better. Although I did learn a lot by this experience. However,” she said with a sly smile, “now I’ll miss out on some fun dates to places I wouldn’t go alone and good food at some other expensive restaurants.”
“Oh, Ruth,” exclaimed Esther, adding to her sister’s witticism, “I didn’t realize you’d feel this way. I’ll be glad to ask Nathan to let you come along with us as our chaperon!” All three of them dissolved into laughter. Sunny thanked them for the information and closed the conversation by saying she’d see Esther tomorrow afternoon for their group ministry time.
Then Esther shared, “Ruth, you’re so much fun. I do think I’ll miss having you accompany me and enjoy things along with me, but I guess that part of this adventure has ended. The relief we both feel will be worth it. As I think back on all the dates, and things I’ve learned about the two men, I’ll have to admit that I was beginning to lean toward liking Nathan better than Felix. I’m immensely glad I won’t ever have to hurt Felix’s feelings by essentially telling him that fact by choosing Nathan instead of him. Let’s pray that God will bring Felix just the right woman to be his wife.”
They prayed for Felix and then for Nathan and Esther as they continued dating. Afterward Esther filled several pages in her journal with the happenings and thoughts and things she had learned during the last couple weeks.
Later the same evening she exclaimed, “Ruth, I realized as I was writing in my journal just a few minutes ago, that God chose the correct husband to be the foster father of that child or those children he convinced me HE wants us to parent! I can’t imagine trying to find a better one than God already brought back into my life. Nathan will be the best husband for me and we can joyfully work together for our wonderful Lord and Master, Jesus, in his restoration of the lives of those abused children!”
“Wow, Esther this is amazing! It all happened so quickly here in the last couple weeks. The way he did it leaves no doubt about what God’s will is for you. I'm very happy for you,” declared Ruth.
“Thank you, Ruth. And remember, I’ll always appreciate how you helped and supported me during the first part of this adventure. My investigation is over. I no longer need to observe and compare and figure out who to choose, because Jesus did it for me! Thank you, Jesus,” Esther prayed. “It’s so much better this way, because you know the end and what is best for us. I feared making a mistake that would have made me miserable for the rest of my life. Since I know this is your will, I can go ahead with the rest of this adventure by faith knowing you are in control.”
Pastor Don and Anita Ross were talking after breakfast on Saturday. She said, “Honey, I was wondering whether Mindy would be willing to come here again on Saturday mornings to do day care for the twins and Timmy and Mary. They all enjoy each other so much, but it’s hard for us and the Fosters to make it work to get together for visiting and a time for the children to play.”
“What a wonderful idea, my dear wife. God has given me an intelligent wife. Would you like to call them about it, or shall I?”
She replied, “I’ll be glad to call, Honey. I’ll ask Mindy if she’d like to do it, and of course we’ll pay her like we did before. She can ask her dad, Vern, and new mom, Lora, for their permission.”
Anita called Mindy, who said, “I’d be thrilled to do it. My dad and mom are here right now so I’ll ask them if I may.”
Permission was soon granted, and the Saturday morning fun times began again for Joy, Hope, Timmy, and Mary with Mindy doing the day care again while their parents would go either for a couples time together, or a two by two ministry time, or Pastor Don and Anita would visit a couple of church families.
On this Saturday afternoon their four by four ministry time was vastly different from the other two times. Both Esther and Sunny had time to actually shop for something they needed. Each one found the needed item and got it checked out before they noticed an older woman crying as she looked frantically through her purse. They signaled for Nathan and Felix to pray for them while they went to see if they could assist her.
She was mumbling as they approached, “Where are they?”
Sunny gently asked if they could help her, and she said, “I thought I put my keys back in my purse when I got out of the car, but now I can’t find them. How will I ever get back home?”
Esther handed her some tissues and suggested, “There’s an empty counter right over there. Would it help if you had a place to empty the things out of your purse onto that counter as you’re looking? Maybe the keys will show up if there aren’t so many things falling back on top of them while you’re looking.”
The woman dried her tears and followed the ladies over to the counter where she began to systematically take things out of her purse and lay them on the counter as she looked for her car keys. About half way down she found them, put them in their proper place in her purse and replaced the items she had taken out. Then she joyfully shook hands with Esther and Sunny and thanked them profusely for caring enough to help her.
Sunny said, “You’re very welcome.” Then she mentioned, “This reminds me of a story told in the Bible about a woman who lost a coin that was precious to her. She stopped everything else she was doing and searched all over her house until she found it. Then she called her neighbors to come into her house and celebrate with her. When Jesus told this story in Luke 15:8-10, he ended it by saying, Likewise, I say to you, there is joy in the presence of the angels of God over one sinner who repents. Do you have the joy of knowing that the angels rejoiced when you repented and asked Jesus to be your Savior?”
The woman looked puzzled and admitted, “I’ve never heard that I need to repent or that I need a savior.”
Esther asked, “Would you like for us to tell you more about it? We could go find a place to sit in the mall so we can explain it to you and you can ask us questions.”
The woman nodded and followed them out to some seats facing each other in the mall. The men followed at a distance so they could continue to pray.
Sunny explained, “Your lost keys weren’t like people who do bad things and need to repent, but we were all glad when you found them. The story right after the lost coin is about a son who asked his dad for his inheritance so he could leave home. After leaving and squandering his whole inheritance, he became hungry and destitute, and he realized how bad he had been. So he decided to go back home and admit his bad behavior to his dad.”
Esther asked, “Sunny could I read the rest of the story to her from this Bible?” She nodded so Esther read, The son said, ‘I will get up and go to my father and say to him, ‘Father, I have sinned against heaven and against you. I am no longer worthy to be called your son. Make me like one of your hired servants.’ So he got up and went to his father. But while he was still a long way off, his father saw him and had compassion and ran to embrace and kiss him. His son said ‘Father I have sinned against heaven and in your sight, and I am no longer worthy to be called your son.’ But the father said to his servants, ‘Bring out the best robe and put it on him, put a ring on his hand, and shoes on his feet. And bring here the fattened calf and kill it. Let us eat and be merry, for this my son was dead, and is alive again. He was lost, and is found,’ and they began to rejoice. That’s in Luke 15:18-24.”
Sunny added, “The son in this story is like the people in the world. We all decided to do things our way instead of the way God the Father said to do them. So we all sinned against the Heavenly Father as it says in Romans 3:23, For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God. Therefore all people need to repent as it says in Acts 3:19a, Repent and be converted, that your sins may be blotted out. I did those things over five years ago when my best friend here came back from a meeting in a big city and told me she had just done it. Do you have any questions?”
The woman nodded and asked, “What good is it to repent and then keep doing bad things?”
Esther answered, “That’s a good question. It wouldn’t do any good to do that. The idea is to repent and be converted which means to become a new person who quits doing bad things. Not that we’re perfect, because we won’t be perfect until we get to heaven.”
“So you know you’re going to heaven?” asked the woman.
Sunny answered, “Yes, this is the best part for me. I was always so scared of dying and going to the other place. Now that I’ve repented and been converted, I know I’ll spend eternity in heaven because Jesus said in John 3:16-18, For God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten son, that whoever believes in him should not perish, but have everlasting life. For God did not send his Son into the world to condemn the world, but that the world through him might be saved. He who believes on Jesus is not condemned, but he who does not believe is condemned already, because he has not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God. So according to those verses the worst sin of all, is to not believe in Jesus, the Son of God.”
Esther continued, “And the best thing of all to do, is to believe in the name of Jesus, the Son of God. If you’ll do that, you can be sure you’re going to heaven the same way we’re sure.”
The woman next inquired, “How do I get converted after I repent so that I don’t continue to do bad things?”
Sunny responded, “You ask good questions. When we repent and ask God to forgive us for our sins, and we believe in Jesus, God’s Son, then we are forgiven for all our sins. God’s Holy Spirit comes to live in our hearts and we are born again or converted. We become new people as it says in 2 Corinthians 5:17, Therefore if any man is in Christ (Jesus), he is a new creature. Old things have passed away, and all things have become new.”
Esther added, “More than five years ago, we became new believers who had a lot to learn, and we’re still learning. We go to a very good church and to small groups where we’re taught how to live the way God desires for us to live. We read the Bible and pray that he will guide and teach us as we go on through life.”
“What do you think?” Sunny asked the woman. “Would you like to repent and be converted and know you will spend eternity in heaven?”
The woman nodded, closed her eyes and prayed out loud, “God, I didn’t know about all these things, but I can tell that these two ladies are telling the truth and have backed it up from the Bible. So now I repent and ask you to forgive all these sins in my life.” She went on to list a lot of sins, since her life had been so long already. Then she requested, “God please forgive me and change me into a new person who doesn’t do bad things. I believe in Jesus your Son, so now I know I’ll have everlasting life in heaven when I die.” She opened her eyes and smiled. “This is such a relief to me, even better than finding my car keys in my purse. My whole life I’ve worried about what happens after I die, but now I know where I’ll be.”
Sunny and Esther rejoiced with her and Sunny declared, “The angels in heaven are rejoicing also.”
Esther explained, “Remember to not expect yourself to be perfect now. If you do sin or do something bad, just remember 1 John 1:9, If we confess our sins, he is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness. Then ask him to help you do better next time.”
Sunny added, “I have a little booklet to give to you that explains more about what you did today. There’s a card in it that you can fill out and bring to our church with you tomorrow. If you’d like, Esther and I could pick you up at your house and you can ride with us. Then after church we can introduce you to our pastor and you can give him this card. If you mark the place on the card about wanting to join a small group for new believers, he will call you as soon as a new group is starting.”
Esther continued, “The small group would be a very big help to you as you learn how to live your new life. You’ll meet some other people who have recently made the same choice you made, and you can all learn and ask questions at the meetings.”
“I would like to do that. Here’s a piece of paper with my name, address, and phone number on it. What time do I need to be ready for you to pick me up for church?” the woman asked.
After looking at the address, Sunny replied, “Church starts at 2 PM, so we’d like to pick you up at 1:40, so we’ll have plenty of time to get there.”
“All right. I’ll be ready. Thank you both for taking your time to help me find my keys, and then tell me how to repent and be converted. I’ll see you tomorrow,” she said as she picked up her packages and was ready to leave the mall to go out to her car.
Esther responded, “You’re very welcome. We’re so delighted that you now believe in Jesus as your Savior.”
Nathan and Felix came over and they all had a great time praising and thanking God for his help in this ministry and that this had been such a happy time for all of them today. Then the men took the ladies back to their respective homes.
Back at their apartment, Nathan commented, “I’m glad we paired off the way we did for our four by four group.”
Felix agreed, “Yes, that woman would be much more likely to listen to the two ladies rather than to an unmarried couple, or especially two men. I like to watch how God works things out.”
“Agreed. Plus I enjoyed watching how well Esther and Sunny worked together, each one explaining a small part at a time and then getting the lady to ask questions. They make an outstanding team. We’ll have a terrific praise to share this week at the small group.” remarked Nathan.
“You’re right,” Felix responded. “Last week we didn’t get to share, since it was all about abusive parents.”
“Last week could not have been a coincidence, and I’ve wondered why God would have us be there to interrupt three abuses in a row. Maybe someday I’ll find out,” Nathan commented.
“I wondered about it myself, but it might not be something we’re supposed to know,” observed Felix.
Nathan agreed, “True, and sometimes I make extra stress for myself by trying to figure out things that aren’t my business.
Felix requested, “Nathan, look up Proverbs 27:9b in the New International Version and read it. It’s my complement to you.”
Nathan read it and replied, “Thank you Felix! I hope others will consider my earnest counsel to be pleasant also when I get to do it again. I guess it’s on hold for right now.”
Felix responded, “Well, for right now, your counsel is perfect for me, and I’m sure when God’s time is right, he will bring you many people who need counsel, and he will give you the wisdom to help them too. You’ve always been good at counseling others, even more so after Jesus saved you and his Holy Spirit filled you. The studies you did at the university also added to your abilities.”
“Thank you again, Felix. You’re a great friend and I’m extremely glad we moved here and have worked together on our project, even though your part is over now. You did learn very well how to not tease, and now you can let the fun loving part of your personality come through without having to worry about what Esther might think about it,” stated Nathan.
“You’re right! This has been good for me even though it was awfully stressful as I was going through it,” admitted Felix.
Sunday morning Jeff suggested, “Would it work for us to ask the whole Hopkins family to come for supper this evening? We own some fun videos, and the girls can choose which one to watch while we talk to their foster parents and get answers to all the questions your research on the web resulted in for us.”
Karen replied, “Yes that would work very well. Would you call them now and see if they can come? If they can, I’ll plan something for supper that can be baking in the oven while we’re at church. We can clean and get the house ready for company before church. I’d like to get better acquainted with them anyway.”
Jeff made the call and they said they’d like to come and bring a dessert to share. The time sped along as Jeff and Karen did as they had planned. The church service was good like it always was. Soon it was 5:30 and their guests arrived. Supper and dessert were delicious and the table conversation enjoyable.
After all hands helped with the cleanup, the girls were thrilled with the videos they could choose from. When they were settled, the adults got busy with questions and answers.
By the time the evening ended and their guests had gone home, Jeff and Karen were convinced that they could indeed be foster parents also. They had been praying about it since Thursday, and God graciously answered their questions and showed them his will through this time spent with two good foster parents.
Monday morning Esther asked Ruth if she could come eat lunch with them so they could get Maria caught up on what had happened so far. During lunch they had fun watching Maria’s expressions as they told her all about it.
Maria declared, “Your lives sound more like a movie or a story somebody might make up, than real life. But I know you two tell the truth, and sometimes truth is more fantastic than fiction when God is in the middle of the adventure. I’m so happy to hear that God made his will so clear to you, Esther. Everything is better when you know you’re in the middle of God’s will for your life, even if there might be some hard spots to get through.”
Esther agreed, “Yes, that’s the best part of all, knowing his will and being sure he will be helping me all the way. I’ll have to admit though, that I don’t look forward to those hard spots.”
Ruth encouraged, “You’ll do fine, Esther. Just remember how far you’ve already come and that the Lord is our help and our shield, as it says in Psalm 33:20b.
“Thank you, Ruth, I’ll do it,” promised Esther, and then she continued, “Maria, you once said that this is a life long decision, and I took it to heart. I didn’t want to make a life long mistake. I’m just so thankful I don’t have to worry about it any longer.”
Maria exclaimed, “What a special blessing for you, Esther! I’m so pleased for you!”
Ruth commented, “So am I, and I know Mom and Dad are also. Mom would tell you though, to still take it slowly. ‘Date until you really know each other and have learned how to settle disagreements. It’ll make your whole married life go better. And be sure to keep Jesus central!’ I’m sure you’ll do it.”
Esther responded, “Ruth, you sounded just like her! She has told me those exact things often, but it’s good to be reminded.”
Maria changed the subject. “One of you mentioned Vera when you were telling me about the dude ranch several weeks ago. I didn’t realize it then, but she’s in the same small group as I am. She’s a very nice lady and I’m enjoying getting to know her a little better during the group fellowship time.
“How wonderful for you!” exclaimed Esther. “She’s one of my favorite people. I learned so many things from her every time we went to the dude ranch. She’s a storehouse of knowledge.”
“I’m looking forward to the weekend when we’ll get to go to the dude ranch and I’ll get to know her better,” remarked, Maria.
“So are we! Oh my! This lunch hour always goes so fast. Thanks for coming today, Esther. We had better let you go so you won’t be late getting back for work,” observed Ruth.
Maria stated, “I’ll see you in church Sunday, Esther. God bless you!”
“God bless you too, Maria, come sit with us,” replied Esther as she waved and went out the door.
Chapter 5
Philippians 4:6,7, Be careful for nothing, but in everything by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God. And the peace of God,
which passes all understanding, shall keep your hearts and minds through Christ Jesus.
The Monday evening small group was meeting in the school lunchroom, hosted by Sunny and Esther who had volunteered last week. They put a centerpiece on the refreshment table they had made out of colorful pinwheels bought at the dollar store. When Jeff and Karen arrived, the four of them went and brought chairs from the sanctuary to set up in a big circle for the members, so they wouldn't have to sit on the benches at the lunch tables.
During praise time, Sunny shared, “We thank you Jesus for the privilege Esther and I had of telling a woman about the Good News while Felix and Nathan prayed for us. She prayed to be converted and attended church with us yesterday. She gave her card to Pastor Don and will be in a new believers’ group soon.”
Then Esther praised, “Jesus you are so amazing! Thank you for making your will plain for me to see, with no doubts about it.”
Another member was next. “Thank you, Triune God, for the way you worked through our two by two team to perform a miracle of healing that straightened out a crippled hand so it now works as well as the other non-crippled hand. All the people in the family were convinced of your power and love, so when we told them the Good News, they all accepted Jesus as their Savior and were also in church this Sunday. Pastor Don was happy to tell them there would be a new believers’ group beginning soon.”
Karen prayed, “We also praise and thank you Jesus for making your will clear to us this week.”
Since that was the last praise, Jeff led the group praise time, and when there weren’t any announcements, he asked who’d like to be hosts next week. When that was taken care of, he put the SD card in the boom box and they sang four beautiful praise and worship songs and hymns. The teaching time was a little shorter this week so they could have a discussion about how God’s will can be made known to us. When Jeff introduced that topic he got some interesting answers along with the usual ones.
Nathan observed, “The Bible has the answers to many people’s questions about God’s will. If it’s a DO, or DON’T DO command, it’s very clear what God’s will is, but it’s not always that easy.”
One person said, “I pray until I feel at peace about what to do.”
Felix stated, “I look in the big concordance about the topic in question and read all the scriptures that might be helpful, and ask God to show me the way through His Word.”
Someone else said, “I call trusted friends and we pray together about it and I listen to all their thoughts about it, and then we pray some more. If there’s no answer yet we repeat the sequence another day or days until he shows us what to do.”
Esther explained, “This last time, I did a lot of research on the web about the topic, prayed about what I found out, made a chart about the pros and cons, and prayed about it some more. Then a series of five things happened in a relatively short period of time that could not have been coincidences, and they convinced me of the direction God wants me to go concerning two extremely important decisions I needed to make. I’m so relieved that he made the decisions for me and I don’t have to worry about whether they’re the right thing to do. It’s wonderful to know and be in HIS will.
Candy mentioned, “I don’t know what God’s will is in most situations, since I’m a new believer, so I ask my new mom and dad for help, and they usually show me the answer in the Bible.”
Karen added, “A prayer by one of our members awhile ago got us to thinking and praying about God’s will for us in an important area of our lives. Like Esther, I also did a lot of research on the web, and then we had even more questions. We prayed some more and then we asked some people who were doing a good job in that area for their answers to our questions. Doing all of these things helped us to know what God desires for us to do.”
Sunny shared, “If none of these good ideas work, I call our pastor and ask his advice, and ask him to pray with me.”
Jeff finished, “Thanks for all of your good answers about what you do to find out what God’s will is for you. He doesn’t want us to be in the dark about his will, and he doesn’t hide it from us. But sometimes we have to search and pray and wait for his timing. So don’t ever give up! Here’s a handout with some Bible verses and steps for finding God’s will that might give you some more ideas.”
(You can look on the web for many of those verses.)
The conversational prayer time and refreshments and fellowship followed their discussion. It was an outstanding small group meeting, and everyone helped to put the chairs back in the sanctuary, so the ladies wouldn’t have to do it alone.
When they got home from the small group meeting, that Monday, Nathan commented, “It’s going to be so different, now that I’m dating Esther by myself. I’m feeling rather unsure of myself. You and I have done so much talking and planning together up until now, and I’m not really sure how to proceed.”
Felix responded, “I understand what you’re saying. I’m feeling up in the air myself, because I don’t know what to do next. We’ve been working together on this project for so many years that it’s become a lifestyle for us, and it will be very hard for us to change. But we have to change because there’s no way to go back. I don’t want to go back anyway. Besides when she would have chosen one of us on her own, we’d still have this same dilemma, so we may as well get used to it and go forward.”
“You’re right, my friend. It has already helped me just to talk and listen to you. I know we’re both unsure of what to do because of this big change, but we’ll make it,” stated Nathan.
Felix mentioned, “We can still discuss whatever we need to and pray with each other, and maybe even give suggestions.”
“Good, then I’d like suggestions for dates as just a couple. I’d like to set something up for this week that would be fun and also give us a chance to just talk,” requested Nathan.
“Let me think. This is one of my chances to cheer you on, so I want to make it good. … A movie or the game arcade might be fun but there’s no chance to talk. It’s too cold to go for a walk, besides, we just went for a walk at the gym. There is an art and photography museum that stays open later on Wednesday evenings, and I think there are benches where people can sit to discuss the pictures or whatever else. You could go there after your own suppers since we just took her out to eat last time and she is worried about you spending too much money,” said Felix.
“I like your idea of the museum. It’ll give me a chance to learn more about what she likes and dislikes about art and photography. The benches will be perfect for conversation. Thank you, Felix. How can I help you now?”
“Just continue to pray for me and be ready with your counsel when I need it as I get used to this change,” requested Felix.
“I’ll be glad to, and I’d like you to keep praying for me as I continue to try and win Esther’s love,” Nathan replied. Then he made a phone call to Esther and she agreed that the museum sounded like a good place to go on Wednesday evening.
At the ranch Tuesday evening Vera remarked, “I’d really like to share our idea in my small group tonight, but I think it’s too early yet.”
Oscar replied, “I agree. We need to get a few more things worked out and more definite plans and ideas before we go public with it. But the time will come pretty soon for you to share.”
She added, “Yes, and It’s the same way with Nathan. Now I think we can trust him, but we don’t know enough about our plans yet to be able to tell him about it. As usual I’m being impatient.”
He responded, “I understand, because I’m the same way.”
“Thanks for understanding. I’ll see you when I get home, Honey.” she said as she went out the door.
When she got home, Vera said, “It was a good thing I didn’t share my idea this evening, because God had a word of knowledge for several couples in the group that would help them when it came time to make important decisions.”
Oscar asked, “What was it?”
She replied, “During the conversational prayer time a man in the group said, ‘God wants me to say that there are some couples here who aren’t able to have children, but desire a large family, and would either like to be able to ride horses more often, or work at farming. God said that he would fulfill your desires as you follow his leading.’ God already knows which ones will volunteer!”
Oscar exclaimed, “Yes he does. He’s so amazing!”
In Pine City after their suppers Wednesday evening, Nathan picked up Esther and they went to the art and photo museum. She enjoyed sitting in the front seat with him, but remembered to stay quiet while he was driving. This date was different for both of them and they kind of missed the other two who usually went with them. But they also realized the time had come for a change.
It was cool inside the museum so they left their coats on but unbuttoned them. Nathan asked, “Have you been here before?”
She replied, “Only one time, and it was years ago. It’ll be interesting to see what I remember.”
He remarked, “This is my first time here, but I have been to other museums like this in other cities. Please set the pace for us. I don’t want you to feel rushed or get bored if I do it.”
“Thank you, Nathan, for being so thoughtful. All right, I’ll set the pace, but feel free to let me know if you feel rushed or bored.”
He laughed and said, “We could go back and forth that way for a long time. But thank you, Esther. I only know that I’ll feel privileged to be spending time with you.”
She smiled her thanks to him and led the way to the first painting. He noticed that she spent more time looking at landscapes than cities, or still life, or portraits of people. They discussed various features and styles as they went.
When they reached the photographs, she studied the pretty landscapes even longer. Part of the way through, her feet started to feel tired, so she found a comfortable bench so they could sit for a while. “I think you can tell that I enjoy the photographs more than the paintings. They’re so much more realistic. I especially like the one we can see from this bench because it reminds me of the valley where the dude ranch is located,” explained Esther.
Nathan agreed, “Yes, it really does look a lot like that beautiful valley. I understand what you mean and I feel the same way. Some of those artists are very talented, but I prefer photographs when I can’t be in the real place.” After a little pause he asked, “May I ask you a question about your comment in small group Monday?” She nodded so he continued, “What were the five things that happened to help you know God’s will for you?”
Esther responded, “I’m glad you asked, because I’ve been wanting to tell you about them, but didn’t know how to start. The first four were the child abuses our group was able to stop. They could not have been coincidences. I think God used them to convince me that he wants me to be a foster mother. Next, I asked him to choose the best man to be the foster father, and at the end of our next ‘double’ date Felix honestly told me about his realization, and gracefully bowed out of your joint project. When I was writing about all these things in my journal, I knew that God had chosen you, Nathan, to be the best foster father and therefore the best husband for me. I’m so relieved that I do not have to choose between the two of you men. Instead, I can know I’m in the center of God’s will because my FATHER chose for me, and HE always knows best.”
Nathan was speechless for a few moments while all that sank in, and he wondered if he had heard correctly. He slowly asked, “Does what you just told me, mean that you’ll be willing to marry me and we can be foster parents to needy abused children?”
Esther smiled at his amazement. “Yes, Nathan. When you know me well enough to be sure you really want me to be your wife and to foster parent with you, I’ll be willing. My mother would tell us to take it slowly and really get to know each other and especially to learn how to settle disagreements first. I think our first date as a couple is too soon for us to get engaged even though we both know where we’re headed. What do you think?”
“I think you’re a remarkable, level headed, intelligent woman, and I agree with everything you just expressed. We’ll use our dates to enjoy and get to know each other so when we get married things will go better for us than if we rush. Have you read the book ‘The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People’ by Steven R. Covey?”
She replied, “Thank you for the compliments and for agreeing. Yes, I have read that book several times, and I attempt to live the way he suggests along with the way the Bible teaches.”
“Excellent!” Nathan exclaimed. “If we both live that way, we’ll be able to settle disagreements by following God’s steps and Covey’s steps and always working toward both of us winning.”
Esther responded, “I like the sound of that. My feet are rested enough now. I’d like to go look at some more photographs.”
As they were looking at the photographs Nathan thought, “Oh, yes, Esther, I know now that you’re willing to marry me and be a foster mother. But I’d like to have your love, not just your willingness. Therefore I’ll use our dates to win your love for me along with getting to know you better.”
Thursday Felix remarked, “Nathan, I’ve diverted my attention from Esther to others in the church and small group. I’ve been thinking about Ruth because she was so nice to help us. I can see a sense of humor in her. But she is four years older than I am, and is a self-proclaimed old maid. No, I should say she’s very decided about remaining single. I’m sorry, that just slipped out, and I’m super glad she was not here to hear it. Anyway, I’d probably be wasting my time attempting to get her interested in me.”
Nathan replied, “I agree, and don’t worry about your slip. You really have been doing much better. I’m proud of you.”
“Thank you, Nathan. “It means a lot to me to hear you say it.”
Friday evening Ted and Julie were discussing their Tuesday evening small group. “I think it’s very interesting that we’re studying about how to know God’s will again, so soon after the last time. I get the feeling there may be more big changes in store.”
“Yes, I remember the first time we had lunch with them, Anita said something like with the Holy Spirit leading us, it’s bound to be an adventure,” Julie agreed.
Ted stated, “Yes, and I has been so far. I especially liked the verse Vera shared from Isaiah 45:2, I will go before you and make the crooked places straight. I will break in pieces the gates of brass, and cut in sunder the bars of iron. I’ll be watching and not be totally surprised if that verse will have a special meaning to us in the near future.”
Julie questioned, “What makes you think it might be for us?”
“Remember our discussion a couple weeks ago about me maybe wanting to do something that would be of more service to the Kingdom of God?” asked Ted. “When she read that verse, the word handyman came immediately to my mind.”
“Oh my! This does sound like a real possibility for us. Jesus, we ask you to please make your will very clear to us where that word and that verse are concerned. Please help us to not miss any of your signs and directions along this road,” prayed Julie.
Ted continued, “Yes, Jesus, you know we definitely want to recognize and do only your will, so we’ll be watching and listening for your guidance in the near future.”
Julie opened her small group notebook and read aloud the word of knowledge the man had shared that evening. Then she added, “We could be one of those couples.”
Ted agreed, “I see what you mean, because we have always wanted a big family, and we both like to ride horses. Those are great road signs for us to keep in mind.”
Saturday’s four by four group ministry time produced no results, so after about 45 minutes they went to get some refreshments at one of the many food courts in the mall. They had a nice time of praying and then visiting and listening while Sunny and Felix told some fun and funny jokes.
Esther asked, “How do you remember all the details and tell jokes in such interesting ways? Both of you do a terrific job.”
Sunny replied, “It’s just something I enjoy, so I guess it comes easily. I even have fun practicing them.”
Felix added, “I get a good feeling when I can make others laugh, especially when it doesn’t involve teasing, which can be a real nuisance. I’m glad I learned that fact and have changed.”
“It is a great achievement and I’m glad for you,” stated Esther. Felix smiled and now he really felt good.
In a few minutes Nathan asked, “Are all of you ready to go home?”
They all nodded, so the men took the ladies to their homes.
Nathan started sitting with Esther in church, so Felix sat in a different place on Sunday to observe some single ladies. At small group he was especially attentive to what Sunny said and did during praise time, singing, worship, taking notes during the teaching time, and prayers.
At home he mentioned, “Nathan, I’m very impressed with Sunny in the small group and when we go on our four by four ministry times. Her sunny disposition and fun loving nature come through pretty often. Her looks are also pleasing and I think I’m beginning to feel attracted to her.”
Nathan responded, “I’ve seen those things about her also.”
Felix added, “I’ve noticed that after we have debriefing and prayer times at the end of our four by four ministry times, if I tell a joke it’s usually well received. Sometimes I think she might even be showing an interest in me.”
Nathan agreed and smiled. “What are you going to do?”
“I think I’ll ask her out for a date,” Felix stated.
Nathan replied, “Good idea, go for it, Felix! I think she’s a very nice lady and she might be perfectly suited to you.”
When she got home to the ranch after church Sunday, Vera said, “Walt asked me if you had been able to get the building permit, and I told him you had gotten it the week after they were here with the plans.”
“What else did he say? I can see a twinkle in your eyes and it alerts me that you have more news.” Oscar laughed.
“You read me so well. Yes, he said he was sorry they were a week late, but they’re now all finished with their other remodel projects and will be here to start work tomorrow morning at 8 AM!” Vera declared. “He explained that he had figured wrongly about a few things and that’s why it took longer.”
Oscar and she had another victory dance around the kitchen.
In Pine City after the prayer time of their next four by four ministry time Felix expressed, “Sunny, I’d like to be able to spend more time with you and get to know you better. Would you be willing to go on dates with me?”
She responded, “Yes, in fact I’d like to become better acquainted with you also, and it would take more time than the small group and four by four ministry times give to us.”
“Wonderful!” he replied. “Do you like to play table tennis? I have a membership at the recreation center and you could come as my guest if you don’t have a membership. Would you like to go there tomorrow after church?”
She answered, “It sounds like a fun idea. You better watch out though, I like to put spins on the ball.” Then she laughed and added, “Actually I’m not a very good player, but I enjoy it.”
“Okay!” Felix exclaimed. “Esther and Nathan, could you bring Sunny to church and then she can ride with me after church?”
“Sure, it sounds like a good plan,” Esther replied.
The next day at church, Sunny sat on the other side of Esther, and Felix sat next to Sunny. People could start talking all they wanted to now. These four didn’t care. They enjoyed a wonderful service as usual, and then Nathan left with Esther, and Felix departed with Sunny.
Like the gentleman he was, Felix opened the car door for her and made sure she was settled before closing it. Small talk was interesting on the way from church to the recreation center. Felix got out and went around to open her door. They talked some more on the way inside. When they got checked in, they found out that the tennis tables were already occupied.
Felix asked, “How would it work to go walk on the inside track until a table becomes available?”
“It’s a great idea. We’ll get a chance to stretch our legs and warm up our muscles before we play our first game,” she said.
He inquired. “What are some other things you enjoy doing?”
“I like walking outside when it’s warm enough, especially when I get to see flowers blooming in yards and in the parks. I like to play badminton or croquet, go for hikes and bike rides, go swimming or use the exercise equipment here since I also have a membership. I also like to visit any of the museums while it’s still too cold out or if it’s raining,” she answered.
“Neat! I like all those things also. I can tell from those things that you’re an outdoors kind of person,” Felix mentioned.
“Yes, and I’ll bet you are also. Since your job is at Valley Truck Farm, you probably get to be outside whenever the weather permits that kind of work,” she responded.
They continued to walk, talk and tell jokes until a table was available and they hurried to claim it. They played four games, each one winning twice and both very satisfied with how well matched they were in skills.
On the way to her home he asked, “Which one of the museums would you like to go to next Saturday morning?”
“I haven’t been to the Pine City Historical Museum in a long time. Are you interested in the history of Pine City?” she asked.
“Yes, I’d like to learn more about it,” Felix responded. Would 9 AM be a good time for me to pick you up.” She nodded and he said, “I'll be sure to get you home in time to eat your lunch, and then we’ll come and get you for our four by four ministry time.”
“It sounds like a good plan and a busy day,” said Sunny.
On Thursday, Oscar and Vera and her brother and his wife from Mercy Valley Truck Farm, as they would call it, went to Pine City and met with the pastors of Faith ‘n’ Grace Churches #1, #4, and #7 so they could decide how to get families informed and interested in Mercy Valley Ranch for girls and Mercy Valley Truck Farm for boys. Oscar and Vera left their vet, Unice, in charge of the ranch so both of them could go. They decided to announce their plans in church #7 for her brother, and church #4 for the Yardleys, since those were the ones Vera and her brother had attended for so many years. They knew many of the families there, and thought it would be a good idea to have mostly people who already knew one another.
At the meeting Pastor Don mentioned, “These parents should be volunteers who really feel called to be foster parents, and are willing to take the extra training needed to work with abused children. It would be like the training given beforehand to those who want to become foster parents to the children we intercept shoplifting in some of the stores. Vera and her brother could announce the plans and ask if there are any who’d like to volunteer and take the training.”
Oscar agreed, “Vera and I will need the same training, so we could all take it at the same time. It could be kind of like another small group for us, and we’d have a chance to get to know each other better.”
“Yes.” Don concurred. “The church has a booklet they’d need to read, and there are several required classes to attend. After the training, the volunteers would meet with me or the pastor of Church #7 separately, so they can ask questions and we can ask them questions. There might be a few couples who decide at some point during the process that this isn’t really the thing for them to do. This is a good time to find out, rather than after they’ve sold their houses in town and moved to the ranch or farm. It is an enormous commitment.
“The ones who still desire to be foster parents will need to get the state’s required license before any children can be placed in their homes. The way to do this will be covered in one of the classes. We should probably have a memo with this information written out for those who are interested after Vera and her brother’s announcements at their churches. We’ll include a web site where they can get many of their questions answered about being foster parents before they volunteer.”
Vera responded, “Those sound like good ideas. And for the ranch, the parents will need to enjoy working with and riding horses, so their girls will have parents who’ll take them horseback riding often. It wouldn’t be safe for them to go alone. Building relationships with horses can be very helpful to abused girls.”
Don continued, “I agree. The memo will include the things we’ve talked about today. We’ll also say that foster parents will be given a monthly reimbursement for each child, which is tax free and depends on the age of the children. The parents will find out the amount from the state when they get to that point. And we’ll tell them they can choose the age of the girls or boys.
“We’ll stress that this is a big commitment, but they don’t have to decide right away, and the web site will give them a lot of information. We’ll encourage them to pray about it a lot!
“I’ll get the church secretary to type up the memo and she’ll email a copy to all of you to get your approval. Then she’ll have it ready to be handed out to interested couples in your churches this Saturday and Sunday.”
Vera said, “Thank you all for your help and information. We really appreciate what you’re doing.”
Saturday morning the twins, Hope and Joy, were up early, dressed, and ready to go spend a couple hours with Timmy and Mary at their house. Mindy would be there to take care of them and help them have fun. She always had lots of good ideas. Roy and Sherry dropped them off and left after greeting everyone. Joy and Hope ran to give Mindy a hug and then talked to Timmy and Mary. The adults were going to have couple’s time today.
Hope said, “This will be so fun today, even though it’s too cold to play outside. Your house is big enough that we can have fun inside too. I like your house.”
“We like it too. What did you do yesterday at school?” asked Mary? “I want to see if it was the same as what Timmy did.”
So, Joy and Hope and Timmy took turns telling what they had done during the day yesterday. Indeed, all three classes had done the same things. Mary was amazed. Mindy enjoyed listening to them and when they finished, she suggested a game of Find the Button. She had hidden it before they arrived while Mary and Timmy weren't watching. They started out asking questions about where it could be. The answer could only be a nod or shake of Mindy's head, so they had to think and pay attention.
Joy asked, “Is it in the kitchen?” Mindy shook her head.
Timmy asked, “Is it a big one or a little one?” Mindy laughed and shrugged her shoulders. Timmy got the message and asked, “Is it a big button?” Mindy nodded this time.
Mary asked, “Is the button in the living room?” Mindy smiled at Mary and nodded.
Hope asked, “Is it the same button as last time we played this game?” Mindy grinned and nodded.
“But I don’t remember that button,” stated Mary. Timmy quietly told her what it looked like so she wouldn’t be frustrated.
Next Joy questioned, “Is it on the floor?” Mindy nodded.
Now they had enough information that Mindy sent them off to look for the button. Since it was a large living room, it took them awhile. Finally Mary spotted it and made a dive to reach under the couch and pull out the button. It was a big red button that looked like a lady bug. It even had black spots on it. Each child took a turn to hide the button for the rest of the group to ask questions until they had enough clues to go looking. Then they played several other fun inside games before their parents returned.
On this cold, windy Saturday, Felix and Sunny arrived at the Pine City Historical Museum and he explained, “I’d like to set the pace for our tour, because I wish to learn all I can about Pine City, and I’ll probably have a lot of questions to ask you as we go. Will that work for you?
She responded, “It’s a good idea. I need to review a lot of the information myself, and if I don’t know the answer to a question, we can look for it together. I think we’ll learn a lot and have fun.”
It took most of the morning to get through the whole museum in that manner, but it was enjoyable for both of them, and each of them did learn interesting things. They were able to find humor in some of the displays and once in a while one of them would tell a joke that just fit in with the topic at hand. Felix was beginning to realize he had found a kindred spirit in Sunny.
When Felix left her at her apartment he said, “Thank you very much Sunny, for all the information and for the fun we had.”
“You’re very welcome. I enjoyed the morning a lot. Thank you for taking me to the museum. I’ll be ready for our ministry time at 2 PM,” Sunny responded.
Nathan and Felix were right on time to pick her up after getting Esther, and the two ladies talked quietly in the back seat since Nathan was driving today. They all prayed together in the car before going inside, and then they walked around in the mall for a while rather than going inside a store today.
Pretty soon, the men signaled for the ladies to pray as they went to talk with a teenage boy sitting by himself.
Felix greeted him, “Hi, it’s pretty cold and windy outside today. I’m glad these stores are connected by this inside walking area.”
“Yeah, I was glad to get inside and warm up a little. Somehow I lost the change I had in my pocket to pay the bus fare home, so I was walking,” the boy explained.
Nathan asked, “Will your parents be worried if you don’t get home when they expected you?”
“Yes, but I pulled another dumb and forgot to bring my cell phone with me today. They’ll probably be mad, on top of being worried. It seems like I can’t do anything right,” he answered.
Felix offered, “Would you like to call them on my phone?”
“Oh, yes! Thank you.” He took the offered cell phone and called his parents who were relieved and told him they’d come pick him up. He handed the phone back to Felix and said, “They’re coming to pick me up. Thank you again!”
Felix responded, “You’re very welcome.”
Nathan remarked, “I’m really thankful that I have a father in heaven, and that I can reach him without the use of any phone. All I need to do is pray. Do you know him?”
He answered, “I’ve heard that God in heaven is our father, but that’s about all I know.”
Felix asked, “Could we tell you about him and his Son, Jesus?” After he nodded, Felix and Nathan took turns explaining about God, the Father, loving us human beings so much that he sent Jesus to pay the penalty for our sins. He made a way for us to know both of them if we’d repent and believe in Jesus.
His parents arrived a little way through the explanation, and they stood back and listened, not wanting to interrupt. Sunny and Esther added to their prayers that the parents would listen all the way through and accept Jesus also. They were delighted when both of them also prayed when Nathan led the teenager in a prayer like the pastor uses some Sundays.
Then the parents went to join their son and get some questions answered. Felix gave them a little booklet and explained about the card. As they were leaving, the dad said, “Thank you both again. We’ll see you in church Sunday.”
Esther and Sunny went to have a great praise session with Nathan and Felix. It had been another wonderful ministry time.
Vera was looking forward to her small group meeting on Tuesday evening. When she arrived, she went and greeted the facilitators, Ted and Julie Blake, and then sat down beside Maria.
Vera and Maria visited for a few minutes while the other members were arriving and getting settled. Then it was time to share praises and thanks to God. Vera started with, “Lord, I’m so thankful to you for the way you’ve answered so many prayers and given guidance to Oscar and me about what to do with our dude ranch. With your help, we’ll be able to turn it into a place for ten couples who want to be foster parents to make homes for four abused girls each. They can love and care for the girls while they teach them the Good News and guide them to the Savior. Then he can save, heal, restore and rehabilitate their lives.”
There were many other praises, but Maria was so interested in Vera’s, that the others went unnoticed this time. Instead, she prayed that God would bless and continue to help the Yardleys with this project. She wondered what Esther would think.
When it was time for announcements, Vera said, “If any of you would like more information about what we have planned for the ranch, you can ask me during the fellowship time.” Maria decided she’d stay near and see what more she could learn.
The rest of the meeting was very much like Esther’s Monday group had been with similar comments from the members about how God’s will can be made known to us, and the same handout was given at the end of the teaching time.
During the conversational prayer time Maria began with, “Lord, I ask that you will bless the Yardleys as they continue planning and preparing their ranch to be homes for girls who need you.”
Vera continued, “Yes, and please begin to speak to couples who would be able to be good foster parents for the girls. Put the desire in their hearts and then make the way for them to do it.”
Ted added, “I agree and ask you to make your will completely clear to the people you want to be involved in this project.”
Julie agreed, “Yes, Jesus. I thank you for the many different ways you show your followers what you desire for them to do.”
A few added their agreement and requests and others changed the subject to ask for other things. Then it was time for refreshments and fellowship. People picked up cookies and fruit juice and went to find someone to visit with as they ate.
Maria explained, “Vera, I’d like to stay near you and hear what people might ask you. Would it be all right with you?”
She replied, “Of course it is. I’m glad you’re interested.”
One person asked, “Will the families be living on the ranch?”
Vera answered, “Yes, we’re adding extra bedrooms to the smaller cabins and a one car garage to all the cabins so they’ll be ready to become Caring Foster Homes.
Another person inquired, “When will the cabins be ready?”
Vera replied, “We don’t know how long the renovations will take, but the planning for them is completed.”
Someone else asked, “Do the couples need to already have the four foster girls with them.”
“No, some will have none yet and others might already have one or two but need to be willing to take more. We’d like to have all the homes filled to capacity so we can help as many girls as there are places for them to live,” responded Vera.
“Wow, that’s forty!” Cory exclaimed and then asked, “Is your ranch only going to have girls? What can be done for boys who need to be in Caring Foster Homes?”
Vera replied, “I’m glad you asked this question. Yes, Cory, this ranch will only have girls, but my brother has a truck farm about ten miles down the valley from our ranch and he’s in the process of getting it ready to have twelve Caring Foster Homes for boys.”
Cory nodded and smiled. He was glad to hear about the boys.
Then Julie inquired, “Are you going to keep the horses you already have on your ranch?”
Vera responded, “Yes, we know that since many girls dream of being able to ride a horse, these horses will be an added blessing to them and might aid in their restoration by giving them an animal to connect with, since people in the past have been abusive.”
Ted questioned, “What will the couples do on the ranch besides be foster parents?”
“Some of them will keep their jobs in town, but others will be employed by the ranch for maintenance of the homes, planting flower gardens, outside work like cutting and baling hay, care of the horses, teaching small groups of girls what they need to know from the Bible, and I’m not sure what else might be needed yet.”
Julie mentioned, “I notice that it’s getting a little late. Maybe we should save the rest of our questions until our next meeting.”
Everyone agreed, finished their refreshments and thanked the host couple before leaving for their homes. Ted and Julie helped the hosts with the chairs and thanked them.
On the way home Julie chuckled and stated, “It’s fun having Cory in our small group. He has so many interesting things to say and he did that math problem so quickly in his head even though we’ve just started multiplication. At school I remind myself to not show favoritism, but he is such a special student!”
Ted agreed and then asked, “Did you hear Vera mention maintenance of the homes? Maybe this is where my handyman skills could be used.”
“I did hear that and it clicked in my brain,” said Julie. “Let’s pray about it some more when we get home. Maybe next week we’ll get more information about the plans they have.”
At the ranch on Wednesday after supper, Oscar and Vera finally had some time for her to tell him about Tuesday’s small group.
Vera commented, “I was truly pleased with the interest so many people at the group showed by coming to ask questions. They were all good questions.” She repeated as many as she could remember. “I really liked Cory’s question. He’s a nice boy.”
“Yes he is! He seems so grown up for a third grader. He has already been a good soul winner since God healed his legs last summer and I would bet he will continue. I’m glad he gets to be in the church school this year.”
Vera agreed, “It is indeed a good place for him!”
In Pine City on their next date, which was a Friday evening, Nathan and Esther went to a concert to enjoy some classical music. They enjoyed the music a lot and discussed it later at a coffee shop that also sold hot cinnamon apple cider, which had become a favorite of theirs since neither of them liked coffee.
She asked, “What did you think of the pianist.”
“He was very accomplished, and I especially liked the Mozart pieces he played. Do you play the piano?” he inquired.
“Yes, since I was a child, but I’m nowhere near as good as he was. That’s why he was up on stage instead of me,” she laughed.
“Well, I’m glad it was not you up there, because I enjoyed sitting next to you while we listened,” he said warmly.
“I liked sitting next to you also. I’m glad we both like classical music. It’s so much more fun to go and enjoy things together.”
“Yes, it’s extra fun to enjoy things together with you. I’d like to hear you play the piano sometime. Maybe we could go visit your parents sometime and I could listen to you play that beautiful old-fashioned upright piano in the living room,” he suggested, “You and they don’t have to cook for us either, because I’d like to take you out to eat before we go there,” he said.
“What a good idea. I’ll look forward to it,” Esther responded. “Do you play the piano or another instrument?”
“Not piano, but I do play the cello,” he answered modestly.
“Oh, wonderful, then would you please bring it with you and maybe we can play a duet? If you’ll bring your music, I’ll see if we have something that’ll match it!” she exclaimed.
“It sounds like fun. Will 6 PM on Wednesday work for you?”
Esther replied, “Yes, how fancy should I dress for the evening?”
“Just something casual. Do you like Italian food?” he asked. She nodded, and then he drove her to her apartment.
Sunday’s songs and teaching were outstanding, and Esther took notes during the teaching time. It’s a good thing she did, because the announcement made by Vera would have erased it all from her brain. This way she’d be able look to back later at her notes and review Sunday's teaching time.
When she and Ruth got home, Esther exclaimed, “Things are happening so fast in my life right now! I’m having a hard time keeping up with all of it. As Vera was talking, I could picture myself married to Nathan living in one of those cabins with four girls to love and teach about Jesus. But we’re not even engaged yet!”
“You’re right, said Ruth. “But if that’s what Jesus desires for you to do, he will work it all out, including the timing. You won’t even have to try to make it happen. Just watch, listen, and do what he says. Like I always tell you, ‘Relax and trust Jesus.’ He can do it.”
“Thanks, Ruth. I needed that reminder. I’ll go read this memo and pray about it, leaving all the details to Jesus,” she promised.
There were many couples reading the memo and discussing the idea together. A few decided right away that it wouldn’t work for them for one reason or another, especially those who didn’t want to deal with horses or farming. They prayed for other couples who might decide to become foster parents at the ranch or farm.
Some of the couples were excited about the possibility, especially those who weren’t able to bear children of their own. A few had considered adopting a child, but this might be a better option. Many were unusually nervous about whether they could do a good job. Others had decided not to bring new children into such a messed up world, but their hearts warmed at the idea of being able to take care of and help some who had been abused. Many computers were busy showing all these people information on the web site mentioned in the memo.
On Monday, Esther went to her small group and enjoyed listening to other praises and thanks to God for various things. She was silent though, because her praises were too personal and it wasn’t the right time to share them.
They sang four beautiful songs today, and the teaching time was about the scriptures that went with them. First was “From the Rising of the Sun,” which went with Psalm 113:1-3, Praise the LORD. Praise him you servants of the LORD, praise the name of the LORD. Blessed be the name of the LORD from this time forth and for ever more. From the rising of the sun to the going down of the same the LORD’s name is to be praised. After singing the song, they read the scripture verses out loud together.
The second song was “Sing Praise to God Who Reigns Above,”
Colossians 1:15-18. (Jesus) is the image of the invisible God, the firstborn of every creature. For by him all things were created, that are in heaven and in earth, visible and invisible, whether they are thrones, or dominions, or principalities, or powers. All things were created by him and for him. He is before all things and by him all things hold together. He is the head of the body, the church. He is the beginning, the firstborn from the dead, so that in all things he might have the preeminence.
Jeff commented, “These verses go so well with this song, because they point out that all things were created by Jesus and HE deserves all praise and glory. The third verse of the song should be a great help to us as we consider what Jesus desires us to do concerning the announcement and memo we got at church yesterday. Be sure to rest in the peace and joy his leading gives.”
The third song was “God Will Make a Way”, Isaiah 43:19. Behold, I will do a new thing; now it shall spring forth. Shall you not know it? I will even make a way in the wilderness, and rivers in the desert. Jeff explained, “Even though this verse was spoken by God to the people of Israel, we can claim the promise of his guidance and whatever miracles we need for ourselves if we’re doing his will. Being in the center of God’s will is such a blessing.”
The last song was “Follow, I Will Follow Thee,” John 1:36b,37, John the Baptist saw Jesus and said, “Behold the Lamb of God!” Two disciples heard him speak, and they followed Jesus. Jeff said, “Now find and listen to Matthew 4:18-22. Walking by the sea of Galilee, Jesus saw two brothers, Simon called Peter, and Andrew his brother casting a net into the sea, because they were fishermen. Jesus said to them, ‘Follow me, and I will make you fishers of men.’ They immediately left their nets, and followed him. Going on from there, Jesus saw two other brothers, James and John, the sons of Zebedee, in a ship with their father, mending their nets, and he called them. They immediately left the ship and their father and followed him. When Jesus called these men to be his disciples, they left everything and followed him.
“It wasn’t an easy life to follow Jesus while he was here on the earth during his three year ministry. I’m sure you’ve all read in the Gospels about the life of Jesus and his disciples while he was here on earth, and what it was like. Then in Acts, there are many stories about how hard life was for his followers. We’re never promised that our lives will be easy or pleasant, but it’s always worth it to follow and do what we know Jesus is telling us to do.
“The most important word is know. It’s up to us to listen to Jesus and know for sure HE is the one telling us what to do. Don’t rely on feelings or your desires. You have to be sure. Without that certainty, it would be too hard to obey Jesus. I think some of you are considering and wondering if being foster parents to four girls at Mercy Valley Ranch, or four boys at Mercy Valley Truck Farm, could possibly be what Jesus is calling you to do. Keep praying and researching and listening for God's leading until you are sure one way or the other!
“Nobody’s going to pressure you into doing this. This project needs ‘volunteers who really feel called to be foster parents, and are willing to take the extra training needed to work with abused children,’ like it says in the memo. I especially like Isaiah 48:17b, which says, I am the Lord your God who teaches you to profit and who leads you by the way you should go.
“Let’s use our conversational prayer time for silent prayer and listening to what Jesus would like to tell us, or for reviewing what the memo said if you have it with you, or for reading over again the verses from the handout given to you at the last small group.”
It was strange for it to be so silent for what seemed like a long time, but everyone put the time to good use, following Jeff’s suggestions. It was even quiet during refreshment time. Nobody seemed ready to share his or her thoughts yet.
Vera’s small group on Tuesday was a copy of the one on Monday, and they didn’t ask any more questions of Vera at the end of it. It seemed that everyone needed more time to pray and think about the plans. This would be a big commitment, not just something for idle curiosity or an interesting topic for conversation.
Vera was not disappointed that nobody asked more questions. She understood that they all needed to pray about it a lot.
Ted and Julie used the time to pray individually for God’s will for them as a couple. They had looked up the web site and learned many things about being foster parents.
When they got home Julie remarked, “Maybe this is where that verse in Isaiah 45:2 comes into our life. We have some very crooked places God needs to make straight. I don’t know about the gates and bars, but we really need his help in this decision.”
Ted responded, “I know what you mean. How do we become foster parents and you still keep teaching at the church school?”
“Exactly! But if he desires for us to do this, he will show us the way to make it work. It’ll be no problem for him because he’s omniscient. I like to watch him work things out in order for his will to be accomplished,” she said. “Just think back at all he has done in our lives during the last year!”
“You’re right. Let’s get your notebook off the shelf and reread some of those things right now. It’ll help our faith to grow.”
She agreed, “What a good idea, Ted! It’ll be like some of the Psalms where the writer recounted the things the LORD had done for the people of Israel when he brought them out of Egypt.”
After reading some of the miracles and ways God had worked in their lives and in the lives of people in the church, their faith was stronger.
Wednesday evening, Esther was ready and went right down when Nathan called on the intercom at 6 PM. She had on a casual blue dress with a slightly flared skirt. It was modest but still accented her shapely figure and shiny black hair. When she was seated in the front seat, he handed her a red rose attached to a hair clip before closing the door. While he went around to get in the drivers seat, she pulled down the visor mirror and placed the rose in her hair. As soon as he was seated, she turned to face him with a smile.
“Ah! Just as I told you, any red flower would look nice with your shiny black hair, but you looked lovely before attaching the flower.”
Esther responded, “Thank you for the compliments and for the beautiful red rose and that it was already fixed so I could put it in my hair. The red and black do go remarkably well together. You look exceptionally handsome yourself, as you always do!”
Nathan thanked her and they had a quiet drive to the Italian restaurant. When they were seated inside, he commented, “I like the ambiance of this restaurant.”
“So do I, and I wonder if there are any like it in Italy. Maybe it was copied from the real thing over there,” Esther mentioned.
After a moment he inquired, “Have you ever been to Italy?”
“No, in fact I’ve never been out of the United States. Have you been to Europe or any other foreign country?” she asked.
He replied, “No, the furthest we ever traveled was from our city to the Yardley Dude Ranch. But I’m so thankful we did, because it’s the place I met the most beautiful girl I have ever seen. I fell in love then, and have loved you ever since. I love you even more, now that I’m getting to know you better.”
The waiter came at just that moment with water and menus, but as soon as he left, Esther looked at Nathan and smiled warmly. “Thank you, Nathan for your abiding and growing love. I had a crush on you, off and on back then, and as I’ve gotten to know you better the last several weeks, I like you more and more every time we do something together. Maybe my love grows more slowly than yours did, since at first mine was only a crush.”
He responded, “Dearest Esther, please forgive me. I didn’t mean to push you or get you to say you love me before you’re ready. Take your time. I’ll wait patiently for however long it takes.”
“Nathan, I appreciate your apology but there’s really nothing to forgive. I didn’t feel pushed, and I like knowing that you’ve loved me for so long and that it’s growing. I am a privileged woman to have a love like yours. I’ve never even heard of another woman who has had that in her life. I enjoy basking in your love while I become better acquainted with you and my love for you grows. Now we better choose what we’re going to eat before the waiter comes back for our orders,” finished Esther and they both smiled.
Choosing didn’t take long so they were ready when the waiter returned. After he left Nathan stated, “I enjoy listening to you because you’re so articulate and able to express what you think and feel. To me it’s like listening to delightful classical music.”
“Thank you for another beautiful compliment. You’ve become very eloquent in expressing yourself. I’m glad you’re not shy like you were in our teens. I like hearing you talk,” she replied.
Nathan responded, “Thank you, Esther.” Inside, he was ever so grateful he had taken those classes on communication.
Their salads arrived and he gave God thanks for the food. They ate for a short time in comfortable silence until Esther asked, “Do you have a favorite kind of food?”
He answered, “Home cooked meals are my favorite. I miss my mother’s cooking. I visited them often before I moved.”
Next she inquired, “How are your parents? Do you call or correspond often? I like living near mine.”
“My parents are doing well,” he replied. “I call them at least once a week, and we do some email correspondence.”
“Good, would you ask her if she’d scan the recipes she knows you like and send them by email to you? Then if you’d print them out you could give me the copies and I can practice making them so I’ll be good at it when we get married,” she suggested.
“Wow, Esther, what a nice thing to offer to do for me!” he exclaimed. “Plus I like the sound of ‘when we get married’ even better. I’m also pretty sure you have lots of recipes you already know how to cook and I’m positive I’ll enjoy them also, like I did the meal you helped to cook that Friday evening.”
The waiter came and took their empty salad plates and delivered their main course. It smelled and was delicious. As they ate, they discussed different kinds of ethnic dishes and the ones they preferred. Esther was hoping she could remember the ones he liked better. All at once it dawned on her that this was the kind of thing people did for people they love and she wondered if she was really progressing that quickly. She relished the feeling that spiraled through her at the thought of loving Nathan. As a result she blushed and concentrated on her plate in order to hide her blush. But then she looked up and saw him studying her.
She smiled and admitted, “I think my love for you is growing rapidly this evening. I won’t try to explain it, but I like it.”
He smiled back very warmly and responded, “I’m glad to hear what you just said. But don’t rush yourself, just enjoy it.”
“Okay. Would you mind if we skip dessert here? I’m sure Mom will have some refreshments for us even though I told her not to do it. I think I’d like to go there now and play the piano and some duets with you,” explained Esther.
“That’s a good idea. I’m pretty full right now anyway and I’m ready to listen to some more good music. I might be a little rusty on the cello since it’s been several weeks since I practiced.” He called for the check and they were soon on their way.
Her parents were pleased to see them, and after a little visiting they got comfortable and Esther started to play.
She played an excerpt from the Third Movement of Mozart’s “Piano Concerto No. 27”, and “Sonatina in G Major” by Beethoven. After those two pieces and the applause, she turned around on the bench and stated, “We have a surprise for you. Nathan plays the cello and he’s going to bring it in from the car and play a couple pieces for us. Then we’ll try to do some duets together.”
Nathan went and brought in his cello. He played J S Bach’s “Minuet in G Major” and then Mozart’s “Allegro in B-flat Major.” More applause, and then they checked through his music and hers. When they were ready, they tried an easy one first, called “The Cellist” by Scovill. It worked well, so next they played “Voice of the Heart” by Gael.
William and Anna applauded and then Anna said, “That was lovely, and we really enjoyed it. Thank you both. Now, Esther come with me to the kitchen. I know you said to not have refreshments, but I just got a new recipe I wanted to try, so I need you two to tell me how it tastes.” When they got inside the kitchen, Anna whispered, “How’s it going with you and Nathan? It looks to me like you two are getting pretty close.”
“Don’t worry, Mom. I’m taking it slowly like you advised, but I’ll admit that I like him better every time we’re together. Tonight in the restaurant I realized I am feeling love for him, but he told me again that I don’t need to hurry, and he will be patient and not push me,” Esther whispered back.
Anna nodded and they carried the refreshments into the living room where Anna received applause for the new recipe. Then it was time for Nathan to take Esther back to her apartment.
When they reached the apartment Nathan asked, “Would you like to go horseback riding at the dude ranch on Saturday morning and then spend some time visiting with Vera and Oscar. I asked them today if it would be all right to do that even though we aren’t paying guests, and they said it would be fine. They’ll look forward to our visit too. We didn’t get a chance today to talk about Vera’s announcement at church on Sunday or the teaching time at the small group Monday. Could we go walking at the rec. center tomorrow after supper and discuss it while we’re walking?”
“Those are brilliant ideas,” Esther replied. Then we can ask Oscar and Vera any questions we might have, after we ride on Saturday. I’ll be very interested to hear your thoughts about Vera’s plans. I’ve been thinking and praying a lot about them.”
“I have been too. Would 7 PM be a good time to pick you up?”
Esther answered, “Yes, that should be just right.”
Chapter 6
Matthew 18:2,5, Jesus called a child to him and set him in the midst of them. … Whoever
shall receive one such little child in my name receives me.
Cory’s parents, Greg and Oralie Iverson, called him into the living room after supper Wednesday, so the three of them could discuss Vera’s announcement, and the things they all had been praying about ever since their small group the week before that. His mom had already shared with him and his dad the things she learned from the web about being foster parents.
So they had another time of prayer together before they began their discussion asking God to give them wisdom and guide them.
His dad questioned, “Cory, do you remember why your mom and I decided to not have any more children after you were born?”
“Yes, Dad, you didn’t want to take a chance of having another one with a problem like, or worse than mine was,” Cory replied. “But I’ve always wanted to have a little brother, and it seems even better to maybe have three little brothers who need to learn about and ask Jesus to be their Savior. I could help you with them. Maybe the people would let you have just three since you already have me, or maybe they’d have a house with room for five boys instead of just four.”
His mom commented, “I can tell you’ve been thinking and praying about this project, Cory. Did you hear me when I read about the problems and hard work it will involve?”
“Yes, Mom, but Jesus will help us with all those things. This would give me a chance to teach my little brothers all the ball skills Dad taught me. We could choose ages as if you had one baby a year after me and we’d have a nice big family,” Cory explained.
His dad inquired, “Do you really want to give up your place as an only child with all our attention and things we get for you?”
Cory replied, “Well, I do enjoy having you all to myself, and I appreciate all the things you get for me and especially all you did for me while I couldn’t walk. I know I’ve been treated very well, but I feel sorry for those boys who are abused and I would like to be able to do something for Jesus who did so much for me!”
His mom was laughing and crying at the same time as Cory understood she did, off and on. “Cory, you’re such a special son to us. I’m amazed at your generosity. We agree that we would like to be able to serve Jesus and are glad you want to also.”
“I was figuring out some ages just now,” said his dad. “You’re eight and are in third grade. If we got four boys younger than you we could have two who are seven, and the other two would be six and five. Two would need to be the same age so they could all be in the church school and you mom could volunteer all week. Each day she’d be in a different classroom so she could see how each boy is doing, including you.”
“Wow, Mom, that would be a big job for you. Are you sure you’d want to do it?” Cory asked. She nodded and he continued, “Then you’d still have to come home and cook supper and take care of all of us. But Dad and I can help. I’d be the oldest brother and could teach them how to help also as they get older and they’d know they’re loved and won’t be abused in our caring foster home. I feel so sorry for them because they’ve never known the love of parents like I have.”
His dad said, “We’re sorry for them too, but we must never tell them that, or even call them foster kids. We need to be like a regular family. It’s kind of like when you were in the wheelchair, and you didn’t want people to pity you. You didn’t need or want pity. You just wanted to be as normal as possible.”
“I understand what you mean. Thank you for explaining it to me. You are the best dad and mom any boy could hope to have and I guess I’d like to share you with them,” he responded.
His mom replied, “That’s really nice of you, Cory. I think that since we all have the right motives and can work together on this project like we have been, then God will help us with all the problems and hard things that’ll come to us.”
At that point, his dad declared, “Then we’ll volunteer for a place at the Mercy Valley Truck Farm! It’ll also give me a chance to pursue my interest in farming. We might be one of the couples God gave the word of knowledge to at the small group meeting.”
She agreed, “I was thinking about the same thing. Isn’t God wonderful to give us guidance for our lives and how to serve him?”
Cory exclaimed, “Yes! This is going to be an adventure!”
Just after supper and cleanup on Thursday Ruth asked, “Esther, what was your small group about on Monday?”
Esther gave her a quick rundown. Ruth nodded and remarked, “It seemed strange to have a silent prayer time instead of the usual, but it was probably a good idea for those who might be considering Vera’s plan. I admit I’m amazed that Oscar and Vera would give up a good paying dude ranch in order to help abused girls. I’d like to hear more about it from them.”
“I told you about our plans for tonight and Saturday morning. Would you like me to ask Nathan if you can join us on Saturday?”
Ruth responded, “I would like to, but I don’t wish to crash your date. I wonder how Nathan would feel about it.”
“Well, I’ll ask him and I think he will be honest. I’d like you to come, because I know how much you enjoy Oscar and Vera and horseback riding too. It could be one way we could show you our appreciation for all the double dating you did with Felix and us. I know Nathan’s sincerely grateful that you agreed and followed through. As I get to know him better I can tell that he’s a very special person. He’s not shy anymore either,” added Esther.
Just then the intercom signaled that Nathan was there, so Esther grabbed her coat and hurried down to go with him.
When they got inside the rec. center, they put their coats and her purse into a locker and started walking.
Nathan started the conversation. “I’d like to hear what you’re thinking about Vera’s announcement, before I tell you my thoughts, because I don't wish to influence you.”
“Oh, Nathan, I’ve been so excited about what she announced! It sounds like a dream come true. I’ve always dreamed about living on a ranch outside of the city. I never thought it could possibly be their ranch. But that’s not the only reason I’m excited. My dream and your desire to help abused foster children, which is now also my desire, have intersected in a way that could only have been orchestrated by God. I know from my research that it won’t be an easy job for us, but I’m already committed to do it. If we can qualify for it, I’d like for us to volunteer,” she said.
“Wow, Esther, I’m just about blown away by your response!” he exclaimed. “We’re thinking so much alike! I’m not sure of the timing, but first we’d need to get married, and have a couple months to live as husband and wife and do the training before we can take in four girls to love and care for and teach them about Jesus.”
She exclaimed, “I’m even more excited now that you’ve told me how you are thinking! God will help us work out all the details.”
He agreed with her last statement and then suggested, “Let’s go sit in a quiet area out by their fireplace so we can talk some more.”
She nodded and he held her hand for the first time as they walked together. Nobody else was sitting there and they found a couple seats facing each other.
“Nathan, my love for you is growing very rapidly. Just last night I assured Mom that I was taking this slowly, so I think we still need to wait awhile before we announce our engagement. Ruth knows we’ll be getting married, and I think we can tell Oscar and Vera on Saturday, but let’s give Mom a little more time. I’ll call her more often and drop little hints. Then I’ll find a time to go talk with her so she won’t be shocked with the news,” explained Esther.
“I understand. Parents need for us to honor them and that’s just what you’re doing. They taught you well,” he replied.
“Thank you. Now I have a question for you. Could Ruth join us for our date this Saturday?” She explained their conversation.
“Yes! I think it’s a super idea! I’d like to be able to show her my gratitude for all she has done for us. Besides, she can give credence to what we say to Oscar and Vera, because she knows many of the details of our courtship and discussions so far. See, God is already working out the timing!” Nathan exclaimed. “I’ll ask them tomorrow if it’s okay for Ruth to come and let you know.”
“That’s wonderful. I’ll look forward to your call, and then to our horseback ride and visit with the Yardleys,” replied Esther.
Friday was the fourth date for Felix and Sunny. Last Friday, they had gone to the game arcade and out to have some herbal tea afterward. Today he took her to the Healthy Eating Restaurant since it had become one of his favorites. His reservation got them seated rapidly in a cozy booth while the rest of the line was still waiting. It didn’t seem fair, but it was nice.
After the waitress took their orders, Felix asked, “I’m wondering what you’ve been thinking about Vera’s announcement on Sunday and the small group teaching on Monday.”
Sunny replied, “I’ve been thinking and praying about it a bunch! I have the advantage over many people in the group, because of our first four by four ministry and the fact that you told us your background that evening. Plus, Esther has told me about how the other three abuses we interrupted could not have been a coincidence. Then there was your realization and your honesty about it, and how you graciously bowed out of the project you and Nathan had. So I know what she meant when she gave her praise on Monday. She’s now completely at peace because she knows what God wants her to do. I wish I had her same peace.”
Felix responded, “I know what you mean. Nathan told me what Esther had said about her praise and I’m very glad for her. Nathan has always been sure that God wants him to be a foster father to be able to help more children the way his family helped me. Although I have to admit that I fear being a father at all, because maybe the way my dad was, could have been passed on to me somehow.”
Their salads came right then and Felix gave thanks for the food before they started eating. Then Sunny expressed, “I really don’t think it’s a genetic trait. Some people just do NOT want to control their own anger. They feel a desire to lash out and make others feel as bad as they do. What did Nathan tell you about your fear?”
“The same thing you just did. Thank you Sunny for validating what he said. I worried that he was just trying to make me feel better. Jesus, thank you for removing that fear! I’m now willing to be a foster father if it’s your will for me,” Felix prayed.
“You’re a courageous person, Felix. I’m sure God has big plans for you,” Sunny encouraged him.
“Thank you. I wonder if God had our four by four group interrupt those four abuse situations for more than just Esther’s benefit. Maybe it was a call to all four of us,” Felix speculated.
“You could be right. There were four of us and it happened four times. I never thought it could be for me since Esther took it for herself. I think I better get busy and do some research on being a foster parent, and pray about it all some more,” admitted Sunny.
Their main course arrived just then and they enjoyed the fresh delicious healthy food they were served. After the meal, they ordered dessert and while they waited for it they talked and prayed some more about whether to be foster parents. They weren’t ready yet to even think about who other parent would be for each of them, since they had been dating for such a short time.
Nathan called on Friday evening, “Hello Ruth and Esther, the Yardleys would love to have Ruth join us and even invited us all to stay for lunch and another ride if we desire.”
Ruth exclaimed, “How nice of them! They’re some of my favorite people. I’ll call and tell her that we’ll bring a salad for lunch, and I’ll drive tomorrow so you two can sit in the back and converse. It’ll be fun to play chauffeur tomorrow.”
Nathan laughed and gave her his address. “I’ll be ready to have you pick me up at 9 AM. This will be a nice change for me!”
Esther joined in the laughter and added, “I’m really looking forward to this outing. We’ll see you tomorrow.”
“Oh, I just realized,” remarked Nathan, “we won’t be back in time to do our four by four ministry with Felix and Sunny. I’ll take care of telling him, and he can call her. Maybe they can have another date.”
After their two foster girls were in bed on Friday evening, Ian and Yolanda had time for a private discussion.
Ian started with, “I enjoyed going to supper at Jeff and Karen Spencer's home the other day to answer their questions. Then when Vera made her announcement on Sunday, I started thinking about the possibility of joining the project at their ranch. Do you have any thoughts about it one way or the other?”
Yolanda responded, “Yes, I’ve been praying about it all week, every so often. It would probably be easier for us to become a part of the group of Caring Foster Homes than for others who don’t already have any foster children. And we both like horses a lot. But, I’ve also been wondering what our two foster girls would think about the idea.”
“Yes, it would impact their lives in a big way, so we’ll need to discuss the project with them. They’ve heard all the teachings and the announcement just like we have, but they haven’t commented on any of it,” mentioned Ian.
Yolanda agreed, “I’ve been listening this week to see if either of them would mention the idea in any way. Maybe they’re so well integrated into our family that they don’t see themselves as foster children any longer. That would be great for all of us, but the balance would definitely be upset if we bring in two more girls.”
“Well, let’s have a family meeting after breakfast tomorrow so we can talk about all this together,” Ian suggested.
“I like the idea of a family meeting,” she replied. “The girls have gotten used to our meetings and I think they’ll share their feelings openly,” They prayed some more about it before their own bedtime. It was a big job with just two girls. Were they really feeling up to adding two more?
After Timmy and Mary were asleep, Don and Anita Ross prayed together earnestly again for all the people in their congregation and Church #7 who were seeking God’s will and guidance about Vera’s and her brother’s announcements on Sunday. It was a big decision for some of them.
Then Don mentioned, “This reminds me of the week after all the churches announced the plans and opportunities caused by the way the church was growing so fast last fall.”
“Yes, we felt an extra burden to pray for all the people who were making decisions then. God worked out everything in his
all-knowing way and it was fine. The same will happen this time. But sometimes it’s hard to pray and wait patiently.”
“You’re right, my dear wife. I’d like to be able to help them, but I wouldn’t know what to say. I need to leave it up to our Father who always knows best. I’m glad we can pray for them,” said Don.
She smiled at her dear husband and nodded.
Friday evening, after telling Felix they wouldn’t be back in time tomorrow for their four by four group ministry Nathan asked, “Felix how are your dates going with Sunny?”
He replied, “Really well. We find a lot to talk about, tell jokes and find humor in many places. She’s fun to be with, and I think she’s enjoying our times together also.”
Nathan commented, “I noticed that she studies you during small group, and she smiles a lot. I think she’s impressed.”
“Really? I’m not feeling very sure of myself about dating.”
“You don’t have to feel sure of yourself, just feel sure about the fact that Jesus is leading you and HE is in control,” said Nathan.
“You’re right of course,” Felix replied. “I’ll pray some more about all of it and trust Jesus. How are you doing with Esther?”
Nathan smiled and responded, “I’m more impressed with her and more in love every time we do anything together. She even told me her love for me is growing, so I’m feeling hopeful. We’ve even discussed being foster parents and volunteering for a home at the ranch. We’re not engaged yet because she needs to let her mother see that we’re moving slowly enough to really get to know each other.”
Felix responded, “Oh Nathan, I’m so happy for you. You are just right for each other. It’ll be a great marriage!”
Sara and Candy were always glad for Saturday and Sunday with no school and were making some plans about things to do. About half way through breakfast, Ian announced a family meeting just as soon as they all helped with the cleanup. The girls smiled at each other and nodded their agreement as if they had been expecting a meeting. It didn’t bother them to postpone their other plans.
Ian opened the meeting with a short prayer and then said, “We’ve been wondering what you girls have been thinking about the announcement Vera made on Sunday and about the teaching time at our small group on Monday.”
Candy motioned for Sara to go first, and she explained, “We’ve been thinking and discussing and praying about it all week, but have been waiting for you to ask us. Since you are the parents, we didn’t want to make suggestions. But we decided that we’d be willing to do whatever our new parents, think is best.”
Then Candy nodded and added, “We have some ideas, but we’d like to hear what you’re thinking first.”
“Thank you both for honoring us as your new parents. We appreciate the way you respect us,” he replied. Then he told them about what they had discussed last night.
Yolanda commented, “We all need to understand the added work and stress two new girls would add to our family, because they’ll be like you were at first.”
Ian added, “Both of you adjusted to the new family and ways of doing things quickly and we feel like a family now, which is exactly what we desired. We might all feel out of balance until they become integrated into our family.”
Candy was sitting on the edge of her chair waiting for a chance to share some of their ideas as soon she could. “We were thinking that since you get to choose the ages of the girls, it might be a good idea to have them be our ages so we could help each other with our homework and only ask you two when we can’t figure something out together.”
Yolanda responded, “That’s a good idea, Candy.” Then motioning to Sara she asked, “Do you have some additional ideas to share?”
Sara answered, “Yes, we were also thinking that since we know how this family works, we can do extra things to help you out, and do whatever we can to help the new girls adjust. Plus it’ll be a good chance to be silent witnesses with our lives until we’ve earned the right to tell them our stories and testimonies.”
Ian exclaimed, “We’re so proud of both of you girls! You’ve listened to the Sunday and small group teachings very well and to our own home Bible studies too. You are both growing into mature Christian young ladies.”
Yolanda added, “Yes, we think you’ll be terrific examples for the two new girls as well as the other girls who’ll be at the ranch.” Both girls smiled and thanked Ian and Yolanda.
Ian mentioned, “We, as your new dad and mom would continue to work at Discount Mart. Our vehicle is big enough that we can drive four girls to school and pick them up afterward so all six of us can go home together and you won’t have to ride the bus.”
Sara smiled and cheered. “Wonderful, I’m glad, because riding the bus is something I was not looking forward to doing.”
Yolanda continued, “We’re glad you like that idea. Also, we heard that Vera’s ranch is in a beautiful valley and they have horses we can all ride once in a while if you like.”
The girls looked at each other in pleased surprise, and Candy declared, “That would be an enormous added benefit. I’ve always wanted to be near horses and be able to ride one. If it’s time for the vote on this issue, my vote is YES!”
Sara emphasized, “I vote YES also for all the reasons we’ve just stated, plus it’ll be very good to move out of this city and away from the memories that sometimes come back.”
Ian and Yolanda smiled and declared, “We vote YES too!” It was wonderful to be in unity as a family.
Saturday was a beautiful day at the ranch with sunshine and a few puffy clouds. The ladies dressed warmly since the first ride might be very cool, but they were used to it from their weekend trips to the dude ranch. Nathan and Esther enjoyed sitting in the back, where they talked about some questions they wanted to ask, plus what age they’d choose for the girls they’d nurture.
Before their walk in the rec. center, Esther had obtained a booklet about the church school. After reading it herself, she had given it to Nathan so he could read it. Therefore, they agreed that it would be very good if they’d be foster parents to girls who were all six years old, so they could attend the rest of first grade and on through third grade at the church school.
Oscar and Vera greeted them as if they were paying guests and had them come in for hot herbal tea in the dining room with the spectacular view of the mountains.
Vera suggested, “Since it’s still so cold this morning, how about a one hour ride in the inside ring so Ruth and Esther can get reacquainted with their favorite mounts? Then we can come back in here to warm up and answer your questions before lunch.”
Ruth answered for them all, “It sounds like a fine idea.”
So they bundled back up and went to get the horses. Several of the dude ranch guests joined them for this morning ride. Each person did a good job of getting a horse ready to ride. Then they led the horses into the inside riding ring. Everyone mounted up and walked the horses for five minutes before riding them at their other gaits.
Then of course they turned them around and went the other direction to help keep the horses in good condition. After having the horses walk for ten minutes to cool them down, they led them back to the tack room to reverse the process and the horses were taken back to the pasture. After lunch they would choose a different horse so more of them would get exercised.
Vera stated, “You see, I had an ulterior motive by inviting you to come ride today. We don’t have as many guests in March, and the horses are getting lazy.” They all laughed with her.
But Esther was thinking, “I’d be glad to volunteer often!” but of course she didn’t say it out loud.
They settled in the living room to visit and ask questions, which ended up being most of the same questions as at Vera’s Tuesday small group meeting, with the same answers, and Ruth learned more about why they’d give up the dude ranch for this plan.
In addition Nathan asked, “Will you be needing a counselor who can help the girls work through their individual problems that resulted from the abuse they experienced?”
Oscar answered, “Definitely, I think we forgot to mention that.”
Esther inquired, “Will you need someone to do bookkeeping?”
Vera smiled knowingly, “Indeed we will, and you two would be perfect for those two jobs. Is there any chance you might be considering marriage in the near future and have you thought about being foster parents to four girls?”
Esther and Nathan both said “YES!” at the same time and then went on to explain how their interest came about. Ruth added a comment now and then so Oscar and Vera had no doubt that they had decided these things before hearing the announcement at church last Sunday. It had all been directed by God.
Esther explained, “Nathan and I aren't engaged yet, but we know it’s God’s will that we marry. My mother told me to take it slowly so I want to give her a little more time before we announce our engagement. So if you see her, don’t tell her.”
“Of course, we’ll keep that quiet until you inform her. We’re extremely pleased that you want to volunteer,” responded Vera.
Nathan asked, “If we make it through the training and become qualified, licensed foster parents, would you hire me as counselor along with my other jobs here on the ranch including training and care of the horses?”
Oscar replied, “Yes, indeed! And in the meantime we hope you’ll continue working for us as you have been.”
“I’ll be delighted to do that. Thank you!” Nathan exclaimed.
Esther mentioned, “On the way up here today, Nathan and I decided we’d like to have four first graders so we could put them in the church school where they’d learn so much about the Bible and Jesus. I’d volunteer there four days a week so I can see how each girl is doing in school, and it would help pay for their tuition. The rest of their tuition will be paid out of some money I have saved. So, now it’s my turn to ask. Would you hire me to be your bookkeeper and to help exercise the horses when I’m not volunteering at the church school?”
Vera and Oscar looked at each other, smiled and nodded. She said, “Esther, you are hired to be our bookkeeper and to exercise horses whenever you have the time to do it, and Ruth, you are hereby invited to come here any time you’d like to help in any way you’d like.”
Esther smiled her biggest smile and thanked them profusely and so did Ruth, grateful that she could be involved.
By now it was getting close to time for lunch, so the ladies went to the kitchen to finish preparations and get it on the table while the men went to do some odd jobs outside.
Lunch was delicious as usual and a festive occasion since all of them were feeling excited about the plans for this ranch and their parts in it. All hands working together made short work of the cleanup details as they talked and discussed more things about the girl’s ranch, and how the remodeling was going.
Then Oscar suggested, “Shall we take a break and go riding now that it has warmed up. We’d like to try an experiment this afternoon without the guests joining us. We’ll each saddle up two horses, one taller than the other and put a halter instead of a bridle on the smaller one. We want to teach them how to lead and be led so that when we have very young riders, like first graders, they can learn to ride without having to be led by an adult on the ground.”
“What a good idea!” exclaimed Ruth.
It took a little longer to get two horses apiece ready. For this afternoon ride, Vera, Ruth, and Esther were each on a larger gaited horse than the ones they had ridden that morning, each leading one of the very small horses. Oscar and Nathan were on Tennessee Walking Horses leading medium sized Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses. They started out in the outside riding ring and then went up and down the road.
After leading those horses for a while, they unsaddled the smaller ones and used their tack for the rest of the smaller horses and gave them a lesson in being led also. The men also changed lead horses so the other Tennessee Walking Horses would have a chance to lead a smaller horse. It was an unusually interesting experiment, which worked superbly and the riders enjoyed it. All these horses are very gentle and well trained.
After they unsaddled and groomed all the horses, they put them back in the pasture, cleaned the tack, and went back in the house, where Esther said to Vera, “Remember when you told my family and Nathan’s about the evangelistic meeting in that big city? We all went, except for Jason, and heard the Good News like you had told us at other times. This time, we each opened up and accepted Jesus as our own personal Savior. Nathan, his family and Felix did also. We didn’t even know they were there. Jason became a believer and was healed just last April. Thank you, Vera, for caring and sharing the Good News with us. You might not hear about others you’ve told and later accepted, but there might be many, and I do thank you! So you already have left an eternal legacy from your ministry as a dude ranch! And now you’ll be helping many girls who need Jesus so much in their lives!”
Vera responded with teary eyes, “I appreciate you telling me about your families, Esther. Plus I thank you and praise you, Jesus. It’s nice to know that our time as a dude ranch was used by you.”
Oscar agreed and then remarked, “You all know what the large cabins look like since you’ve stayed in them, but we have one cabin that’s one room bigger than those. We’d like to show it to you.”
So they all went with Oscar and Vera and saw the largest cabin right next door to the big house that would have room for four girls with an extra room for a piano, sewing machine, and a guest whenever they’d like, for example, Ruth or Maria.
Oscar asked, “Which size would be best for you, Nathan and Esther? We’d like for you to have your choice, since you are our first volunteers. Go talk it over so you can tell us.”
It didn’t take them long. When they came back, Esther exclaimed, “This is another of my dreams come true! I’ve always longed for a sewing room so I could leave a project out that’s not complete, and be able to close the door on it. Since it has room for a piano, when we get a used one, I could also use that room to give piano lessons to any of the girls who’d like them. Of course it will be extra nice to be able to invite Ruth or Maria for a weekend visit too!”
Nathan agreed and added, “Our visit and rides today have been so special. We’re excited about our new home and jobs and the four girls we can help.”
Vera emphasized, “Oscar and I discussed and agree that just as soon as you two are married, you’ll move in here and have a couple months to enjoy as a married couple before you bring in any foster girls. We’re convinced that you’ll make it through the training and get licensed, so don’t rush your dating or marriage. God will work out all the timing in his best way.”
Esther responded, “Thank you both so much. It will be a great privilege to live here next door to you and get to visit more often than we have in the past. I know we’ll all be tremendously busy with the girls, and they come first, but I look forward to growing our friendship.”
Ruth added, “I thank you too, for the invitation to come help when I can. It'll be especially nice to be able to stay over the weekend with Esther and Nathan and their girls.”
Nathan continued, “Thank you again for a marvelous day and for hiring us and giving us the choice of a cabin.”
Oscar responded, “You’re all very welcome. We forgot to mention, the rent for that cabin will be part of your wages. The rest of your wages will cover insurance and be enough to buy whatever you need. We’ll talk more about it another day.”
Nathan replied, “Wow! Thank you for that also!”
Then they all said goodbye and Ruth chauffeured again after thanking Nathan once more for making arrangements for her to join them at the ranch for the day.
In Pine City Felix and Sunny chose to research and pray more about being foster parents instead of having another date again so soon on Saturday afternoon. They planned instead, to go play table tennis again on Sunday after church and then discuss their findings and insights afterward in one of the many quiet visiting areas in the recreation center. It was a good plan and it worked out well for them.
After several games, they sat across from each other and Sunny started their conversation, “I liked the honesty of the websites. They made it plain that being foster parents would be a lot harder than being normal parents, but that it can also be very rewarding. Of course they didn’t include the joy the parents can feel when the children accept Jesus as their Savior and he heals their memories and restores their lives to joy filled, useful ones. I’ve decided that I’d definitely like to be a foster mother.”
Felix responded, “I think you’ll make a good one. I also decided that I’d like to be a foster father and I agree with the rest of what you said. You know my background. The Mendoza family was so good to us and for us, but if we had all accepted Jesus much earlier than after I was out of high school, Jesus would have been able to rehabilitate me much sooner. My dear sister who is four years older than I am, came to Jesus a year later than I did, and Jesus is still completing the work in her also.”
After a pause he made himself continue, “Last evening as I was praying, I felt like God wants me to do something. This might seem very strange to you, but please try it. Here’s a little piece of paper. Write your name on the top and then the ages and genders of the children you’d choose to be a foster parent to, and I’ll do the same on my piece. Then we’ll show each other what we’ve written.”
When they were finished they traded papers, read what was on it and started laughing. They both had written two boys who are 10 years old, and two boys who are 11 years old.
Felix declared, “Oh, wow! Sunny, this is an answer to my prayer! Do you remember the story of the servant who went to find a wife for Isaac back in the country where Abraham used to live?
She smiled and replied, “Yes I do, but what does that story have to do with these papers?
“Well,” he answered, “I’ve been praying for God to send me just the right woman to be my wife ever since I told Esther my realization about why I liked to tease her and of my decision to bow out of the joint project Nathan and I had. So last night, I felt like God wanted me to kind of copy what the servant did. That servant asked God for a very definite sign to show him the correct woman for his master’s son, and God graciously answered his prayer. I asked God to show me the right woman to be my wife, by having us both put the same gender and ages for the children we’d choose to parent.”
Sunny gasped, “Oh, my! I am amazed! … Thank you Jesus for answering Felix’s prayer, and I didn’t even have to water all his camels!” They both laughed. “Seriously though, this is an incredible story, but I do believe you,” she said.
Felix prayed, “Thank you, Jesus. You couldn’t have made it any plainer to me!” Then he stood and walked over where Sunny was sitting. He sat beside her, turned to face her and took her hand in his. Then he said, “I don’t have several items of jewelry like the man in the story had. I only have one.” He placed a beautiful gold bracelet on her wrist, and as he held her hand he asked, “Sunny, will you go with this man, as it says in Genesis 24:58b? Will you be his wife and partner in being foster parents to four boys at the Mercy Valley Truck Farm?”
Sunny answered, “Yes, I will go with you, Felix, and I’ll be your wife and partner in foster parenting at the farm. Thank you for the lovely bracelet.”
“You’re very welcome.” Then Felix prayed again, “Thank you, Jesus, for Sunny’s willingness. I know we haven’t known each other very long but I’m sure you will make our love for each other grow so we can be loving spouses.”
Then he took out a little velvet box and opened it so she could see the charming engagement ring. He explained, “I’d like to give this to you after I’ve asked your father for your hand.”
“Oh, Felix, it’s lovely! I think it’s time for you to meet my parents. I know they’ll like you, because they always smile and say nice things when I tell them about our dates. My dad will be impressed that you want to ask him for my hand even though I’m already 27 years old. I know they’ll think this is too fast and too soon, but if you tell them the story of Abraham’s servant and about your prayer and God’s answer to your prayer, I’m sure they’ll agree that this is God’s will, and that you will be a good husband for their only daughter.”
Felix continued, “Thank you for explaining those things. When would be a good time for me to meet them and ask for your hand?”
She replied, “I'll make arrangements with them to have you come over after supper on Wednesday evening.”
“Thank you, Sunny. We’ll be a good match, because God chose us for each other, and he will help us be good foster parents to those boys who need him so much,” concluded Felix.
Esther had called her mom a couple times since Friday and dropped little hints about how things were progressing for her with Nathan. When she called on Monday she asked, “Could I come visit for a while on Wednesday evening while Ruth is at her small group meeting?”
On the other end of the phone, her mother smiled knowing her younger daughter well. “Of course dear, we’re always glad to have you come visit us. What time shall we expect you?”
“Ruth will drop me off on her way and pick me up on her way back. Then after we visit for a while, could you and I play some duets on the piano like we used to? It’s always fun and I’ve missed doing it together,” said Esther.
Anna agreed, “I’ve missed playing duets with you also. I’ll look forward to Wednesday evening.”
Thanks, Mom,” finished Esther. “I’ll see you Wednesday.”
Monday evening Felix described the date he and Sunny had had on Sunday afternoon. Then he admitted,” “Nathan, I’m really nervous about meeting Sunny’s parents and telling them this story before I ask for her hand in marriage. What if they say NO? I can’t say that I’d blame them at all. I’m a virtual stranger from another city who has only known their daughter for about two months.”
Nathan exclaimed, “Wow! I think I’d be nervous too! But you did say she told you they smiled when they heard about your dates. Besides, she’ll be there and can vouch for you. Remember Abraham’s servant. Have the same faith he had. Her parents are Christians aren’t they?”
“Yes, they come to church faithfully every Sunday and she sits with them. She told me they came to the Lord very soon after Esther led her to Jesus. Her testimony and the change in her convinced them. That part’s wonderful,” replied Felix.
Nathan said, “Indeed it is. I’ll be praying extra hard for you on Wednesday evening. Just push through your nervousness and see how God will work everything out for his will and his glory.”
“Thanks, Nathan for your prayers and encouragement.”
“It’s my pleasure, Felix, to cheer my best friend on, in his quest to find the best woman to be his wife,” stated Nathan.
Esther and Sunny had a good long visit when she came to eat supper with them on Tuesday. Ruth was glad to be included and hear about Sunny’s dates with Felix and how quickly they were moving, even faster than Nathan and Esther.
Sunny quipped, “I never had any idea that I might get involved in a lifelong ministry when I agreed to be in that four by four group! Felix said he was sure our love for each other would grow so we would be loving spouses. Somehow that does not sound at all romantic, but I guess Rebekah's adventure wasn’t romantic either. I would have been scared to death, but she didn’t hesitate. It worked out well for her as Genesis 24:67 states, she became (Isaac’s) wife, and he loved her.”
Ruth remembered, “I think Felix told us the same part of the story on our first ‘double’ date, and they said that Esther would be loved like that. I think that’s when I first started to trust them.”
Esther added, “I agree, Ruth. They had done a lot of Bible study and prayer preparation before even moving here. I was impressed with both of them. Furthermore, here’s a good verse for both of us to memorize for our adventures, Sunny. Psalm 121:8, The LORD shall preserve your going out and your coming in from this time forth and even for evermore. Since we both know we’re in God’s will, this promise will help us have faith for the hard things we might have to go through in order to do his will. For you that means possibly getting married before you’re sure of your love for Felix. But maybe your love for him will grow as fast as mine has for Nathan.”
Sunny smiled and nodded. “I like that verse and I agree.”
Ruth excitedly stated, “Maybe you two could have a double wedding! I’ve always wanted to plan a double wedding for someone. I can see the newspaper headline now: ‘Best Friends Marry New Best Friends.” We’ll make it a big fancy wedding the likes of which Pine City has seldom seen. I’ve been saving money and ideas for this wedding for a long time and I’d be so glad if I could do it for my dear little sister and her best friend and for their new best friends who are also best friends!
Esther sat there with her hand over her mouth and not a word to say, but Sunny was able to ask, “Are you serious, Ruth?”
“Of course!” she replied. “Could I do this for you, Esther? What do you think the men would say to this idea?”
Esther found her voice and responded, “If this is something you really desire to do, I think Nathan will agree to almost any kind of a wedding as long as I’m his bride.”
“He sounds unbelievably sweet and very much in love,” declared Sunny, “and I think I’m a little bit jealous.” But she laughed and continued, “I’m not really, but I am wishing for that kind of love for myself. Actually I’m very happy for you, Esther.”
“Thanks, Sunny, and I’ll pray Jesus will give Felix that kind of love for you also. I don’t know what Felix would think about a big fancy wedding, but Nathan could talk him into it. Here we are planning a wedding and neither of us is even engaged yet! But I think you and Felix will beat us to it since I need to go slowly for my mother. I like your idea, Ruth,” Esther finished.
“I like it too, Ruth, and I think it’s the bride’s choice about what kind of wedding to have. We might as well have a really memorable one, since it only happens once in our lifetimes. Plus, Esther and I have been waiting a long time for this moment. Do we get to be in on what you’re planning so we can enjoy and look forward to it?” Sunny inquired.
“Absolutely! Ruth emphasized. “Anticipation is always a big part of the enjoyment and the memories afterward.”
Wednesday evening after supper, Felix arrived to meet Sunny’s parents and to ask her father for her hand in marriage. He was still very nervous. But he and Nathan had prayed just before he left, so he walked up to the door with a smile and Jesus to help him push through his nerves. Sunny greeted him with her big, happy smile and his nerves stayed on the outside of the door.
After introductions were made, they went into the living room where Felix told them the story of Abraham’s servant, and then about his own prayer, and the way the Lord had answered it. Then he explained, “I know Sunny and I haven’t known each other for very long and usually people feel that they are in love before they get engaged and married, but other times there are circumstances that don’t allow time for that. There are other cultures where marriages are arranged by the parents and the couples come to love each other after they get married. Both of us would be going into this marriage with the knowledge that it’s God’s will for us to get married and be foster parents to four boys at the Mercy Valley Truck Farm. They need to have their volunteers in place, or else they’ll choose someone else. In view of all these facts, I’m asking you for your daughter’s hand in marriage. I promise to take good care of her with God’s help, and I know that God will provide us with the love we need to make this a happy, loving marriage.”
Sunny’s dad said, “Sunny has told us many things about you. Plus your sincerity and honesty now, help us to understand that you are a good Christian man who will keep his word, so we’ll give you our daughter’s hand in marriage and pray God’s richest blessings on you and your life together.”
“Thank you very much!” Then Felix rose and walked to the chair where Sunny was sitting and went down on one knee. “Sunny, will you marry me and trust God to fill us with his love for each other as we work together for him?”
She reached for his hand and responded, “Yes, Felix, I will be honored to marry such a courageous man. I know God is already filling us with his love for each other and for the boys.”
Felix reached into his pocket and withdrew the little velvet box. He opened it and then put the ring on her finger saying, “This ring is my pledge to you. I have the matching wedding ring ready for our wedding.” He smiled at her and went back to his seat.
Sunny rose gracefully and showed the ring to her parents who exclaimed about how lovely it was. Her mom asked, “Do you have a date in mind for the wedding?”
She answered, “Felix wanted to have your blessing before we discussed any of those plans. Therefore, we still need to talk about the date and plans for the wedding, but we’ll let you know just as soon as we decide. Thank you Dad and Mom for your gracious acceptance of our marriage.”
They smiled and her dad said, “You’re both welcome.” Then they all had a nice evening of visiting and getting to know each other better. Afterward Felix graciously said goodbye and Sunny walked him to the door where he promised to call soon.
After he arrived back at the apartment he and Nathan shared, he was happy to be able to describe how well the evening had gone for him and Sunny’s family.
That Wednesday evening was a busy time for both couples. Nathan was at home praying for help for his best friend as he asked for Sunny’s hand in marriage, and for his new best friend, Esther, as she tried to prepare her mother for the time when he would ask them the same question.
She arrived at her childhood home with a little case of her own nerves, so she asked Jesus to guide her words and help her mother to understand.
“Welcome, Esther. Thank you for coming over this evening. I know you’ve been unusually busy lately and I appreciate you taking time to spend with me,” said Anna.
“Hi, Mom. My life was pretty busy before I met Nathan and Felix again at my small group, but since then it has escalated. So I decided I needed to spend some extra time with you so I could tell you how things are going now that only Nathan is dating me.”
Esther carefully went through each date and each thing she had learned about Nathan since the first week in January and how her love had grown slowly at first, but lately had been opening into full bloom. “He’s really an extraordinary person, and I’m glad to be able to tell you that I know God chose him for me.”
Then she explained how that had happened, plus all the conversations they had had since then. “When Vera made her announcement in church, I could see myself married to Nathan and us being foster parents to four needy girls. He will be a wonderful father.”
Then Esther explained all the details about Oscar and Vera’s plans plus the fact that her brother and sister-in-law had the same type of plans for their truck farm ten miles further down the valley, except it would be for abused boys. Then she described their date to the ranch on Saturday and ended by saying, “We’ve decided we’d like to volunteer to be foster parents at the ranch.” She then explained how Jesus had led them to this decision.
Anna responded, “I’m really not surprised, although it does seem like a very short courtship in my opinion.”
Esther agreed, “Yes, it is short, but we’ve seen each other often and have had lots of fun together plus many extremely important discussions, so we know each other exceptionally well in spite of the shortness of time. We agreed that we’ll solve all disagreements by using the steps in the Bible and in Steven Covey’s book. If I wasn’t sure of God’s leading I wouldn’t feel ready yet, but HE has removed all my doubts.”
“Good, Esther, since you’re able to say that last statement, then I can accept your plans and agree with you,” stated Anna.
“Thank you, Mom! Shall we go play some duets now?” Esther asked. Anna agreed by leading the way to the piano.
Thursday Ted asked, “Julie do you think the church school would let you continue to teach there if you were a foster mother?”
She replied, “Yes, I know of several teachers who have children of their own. The school just does not want the year interrupted for the children by a teacher who has to stop teaching because of a problem with her pregnancy. I understand and agree with them.”
He said, “I do too. Therefore, listen to this idea, and think about whether it might work for us. If we would take four kindergarten girls and be their foster parents, we could put them all in the church school for the next three-plus years. When they get into public school they’ll be ready to be evangelists there. At the end of each day for fourth and fifth grades, they could come to the church school and help out in your classroom or do homework until it would be time for you to drive all of you home to the ranch where I could be the handyman. When they get into middle and high school, they can come home on the bus and I’ll be here to care for them until you get home from teaching to help me.”
She responded, “Wow, you really thought through all of your idea and it sounds very workable. I’ll ask Beth Davis, our school principal, if she thinks it would work to do that. If we do it, we’d need to set up conferences for each child twice a year, … OR you could volunteer two days a week in two of the girls’ classrooms and two days the next week for the other two, and so on, while they’re in the church school and thus help pay a little of their tuition. Therefore, we wouldn’t need conferences since you could see for yourself how they’re doing and share it with me. That would give you three days a week plus evenings and Saturdays, as needed, to be the handyman at the ranch.”
“Good thinking, my dear Jewel. I would imagine that with only ten or so houses to do upkeep on, I’d have plenty of time on those three days plus maybe some of the evenings,” Ted observed, and then prayed, “Father, we ask for your continued leading as we figure out how to make this plan work for your glory.”
Julie agreed with him in prayer, and then commented, “I remember talking before we moved, about the possibility of starting a family after we got settled in Pine City and this church. At that time we were considering adoption since I can’t bear children. We’d have a pretty big, instant family if we decide to take care of four kindergarten foster girls who’ll grow up the rest of their childhood in our family. Plus, the ranch would be such an ideal place to raise a family. I think we’ll both enjoy working with and riding horses. It sounds like a huge adventure!”
Ted stated, “I agree, and it would be the best way to have the big family we’ve always dreamed about. This way you can keep your teaching job and not have to get day care for infants. We won’t even have to go through the diaper changing and potty training stages.”
“Right you are!” Julie exclaimed. “Plus when those four grow up and leave home, we can take four more girls and never have an empty nest.” After a good laugh, they went to cuddle on the sofa.
Thursday evening, Nathan and Esther went to play shuffle board using the stand up tables at the recreation center.
As they were playing, Esther suggested, “If any of the families have pianos of their own they could send interested children to me for piano lessons when we get a used piano. Then they can practice in their homes. I could start with our own four girls since that’s a good age to start learning. Playing the piano is great for stress relief. When they learn to play hymns, it would also be good for their individual praise times.”
Nathan agreed. “Yes, plus the ones who have no piano to practice on at home, could practice in the game rooms. As I remember the big house has pianos in both the upstairs and downstairs game rooms. So the families who’ll be in the big house will have pianos available for their girls and the other families can use those pianos also if they figure out times and a way to do it that’ll work for everyone. Do you think you will have enough time?”
“I don’t know. I guess we’ll have to play that by ear and see how my time works out. Everything will be so much different than what we’re used to in our single lives, since we’ll be going directly from being single to being married for a couple months and then add four girls. We might only take in one or two girls at a time and let them get settled. I don’t know what would be the best way. Do you have any thoughts about it?” Esther asked.
Nathan replied, “I don’t know either. It might depend on how many first grade girls need a foster home at that point.”
Esther commented, “I keep thinking about those cute twins in the store on the second day of our four by four ministry. They looked to be about six years old. If their dad didn’t reform I’d like for us to take care of them.”
“I agree. I’ve been thinking about them also and that’s part of the reason I thought about having first grade girls. The other reason is, that’s the age Felix was when he came to our house. If a child has been abused, it’s a good age to end the abuse and start their restoration. It’ll be even better if they’re saved at an early age and Jesus does the restoration. As I remember, it was harder for Felix’s sister since she was older,” Nathan explained.
“I imagine it would be harder for a child who is older because it has gone on for so long. I’m glad you’ve had experience with foster children and that you studied counseling in the university. Our girls will have a great advantage because of it,” Esther surmised.
Nathan smiled and said, “Our girls … I like the sound of that.”
Since they were finished playing their third game, they joined hands and walked to a quiet area to visit, and Esther could tell him about her visit with her mom. Nathan was glad to hear how well the visit had gone for Esther and her mom. They took time to thank Jesus and pray for ongoing guidance and help as they continued getting to know each other better and made plans for their life together.
Then after talking for a while longer, Esther looked at him and smiled with all her love shining from her eyes. Before he had a chance to say anything else she expressed, “Nathan, I love you! I love you in so many ways now. I wish I could write a poem, even better than Elizabeth Barrett Browning’s poem, to tell you how much I love you, and in so many ways.”
He responded, “Thank you, Esther! Your love is extremely precious to me. I thank God we’ll have our lifetime for you to tell me and for me to tell you how much we love each other.” Then he stood up, walked over to her and knelt down in front of her. “My most beloved Esther, I love you too, as you already know. Will you marry me?
“Yes, Nathan, dear Nathan. I will be honored to marry you and love you all our lives as we love and work for Jesus.” she said.
Then he asked, “Do you think your mother will be ready soon for me to come ask your parents for your hand in marriage so I can give you the beautiful engagement ring that has been burning a hole in my pocket for such a long time?”
She laughed and answered, “Yes, I think she’ll be expecting it very soon. I’ll make arrangements for us to visit with them tomorrow evening after supper.”
“Perfect! In that case, I’d like us to celebrate by going to supper at the Healthy Eating Place tomorrow before we go to visit with them,” he stated.
Esther responded, “It sounds delicious, and it’s the perfect place for us to go for this celebration since that’s the place we had our first double date.” She paused and then asked, “Do I get to see the beautiful ring now, or do I need to wait until after you’ve asked my parents for my hand?”
He laughed and explained, “I’m afraid you will have to wait, at least until supper tomorrow, since I decided not to carry it around with me for fear of losing it. I’ll show it to you at supper and then put it on your finger after they say ‘yes’. From what you’ve said, I don’t have to worry that they won’t say ‘yes’ when I ask.”
Jeff mentioned to Karen as they were talking at breakfast on Friday, “We’re almost finished with the remodeling of the upstairs and there’s not very much to do to the downstairs at the Yardley’s ranch. They’re so excited and can hardly wait to get Mercy Valley Ranch started for the girls. We’re all hoping that the weather will warm up and it’ll be nice when we start to work outside on the garages and adding rooms to the smaller cabins in a few days. But of course we’ll work out there even if it’s cold.”
“Do you think you’ll be able to continue your job with the Evans Construction Company if we’re chosen as volunteers at the ranch?” asked Karen.
“I think so,” he replied, “but I think you might need to shorten your hours at Subs are Great so you can be home with the girls until I get home from work and can help you.”
“I agree.” Next, she inquired, “What ages do you think would be best for us to take care of as foster parents?”
“I was asking that question of the Lord the other day, and the numbers that came into my mind were: two who are nine, and two who are ten. They’ll all still be in elementary school to start with, and that might be helpful,” he responded.
“It sounds like a good idea,” she agreed. “I could drive them to school and then work until just before school’s out so I could pick them up and take them home. Could you talk to Oscar and Vera and tell them we’re interested in volunteering?”
“Yes, and I’ll also ask them if there might be some kind of job you could do at the ranch, if you’d rather do that instead of continuing at Subs are Great. The girls could ride the school bus, and you’d have time to sew, bake, and be a homemaker during the time not required for your job at the ranch,” he suggested.
Karen smiled and exclaimed, “I really like the sound of a job on the ranch! Plus I look forward to riding one of their horses.”
Esther was excited as she waited for Nathan on Friday after work. “He’s going to show me my engagement ring at supper tonight and then we’ll go see Dad and Mom so he can ask for my hand! After they say ‘yes,’ he will put the ring on my finger. I can hardly believe it, Ruth. I really am going to get married!”
“Do you still have doubts?” Ruth questioned.
“Not after God showed me his will, but before that I sure did.”
“Are you going to talk to Nathan about your wedding plans at supper or sometime soon? I can hardly wait to get started.”
Esther responded, “Certainly. I think during supper would be a good time to discuss our wedding plans. I think he will like them.”
Just then the intercom sounded and she told Nathan she’d be right down. He continued being a perfect gentleman, offering his arm and being sure she was settled in the car before closing the door.
When Nathan was seated beside her, Esther remarked, “I really appreciate your gentlemanly manners. I know I always thank you when you take such good care of me, but I don’t take it for granted. I want you to know that I realize I’m getting the best of care from you.”
He reached over and held her hand. “I do know that and I always enjoy the ways you show me your appreciation. It’s a good idea to never take each other for granted. I love taking care of you and I intend to continue doing it for the rest of our lives! It’s one of the ways I can show you my love.”
Esther smiled all the way to the restaurant, quietly reviewing in her mind what Nathan had just said. She realized again what a special person he was, and thanked God that she’d get to marry him. She told him her thoughts just as soon as they had parked at the Healthy Eating Place.
Nathan took her hand again and kissed the back of it. “Thank you for telling me and for waiting until we were parked to do it. I appreciate the way you understand that I like it to be quiet when I drive so I can concentrate and keep us safe. We’re a good match, Esther Beckett, soon to be Mendoza.
“I agree, Nathan Mendoza, soon to be my husband! Wow, those statements sound good!” she emphasized.
“For sure!” he responded as he got out to open her door.
Their reservation enabled them to be seated quickly, and they couldn’t keep their eyes off each other. The waiter had to clear his throat to get their attention so he could give them menus. They smiled and dutifully looked at the menus so they’d be ready to order when he returned with water for them.
Soon after he left, Nathan reached into his pocket and produced a light blue velvet box that looked like an antique. He explained as he held it up so she could see, “These rings belonged to my maternal grandmother. She and grandpa were in love and happily married for over 50 years. When Jesus took him home, she gave me the rings saying that I could use them for my future wife if she’d like them. Feel free to be completely honest about whether you do or do not like them. I won’t feel hurt if you’d rather have new ones of your choice.”
Esther nodded solemnly as she carefully took the box and opened it. She felt breathless and at a loss for words as she gazed at the rings. Finally able to talk again, she declared, “I really, really, really like them. They’re so well cared for and unique. The diamond in the center of two colored gems is delightful. Are those two amethysts?” When he nodded, she continued, “That’s my birthstone and one of my favorite colors! It reminds me of the rocks around Lavender Falls. I’m glad there are some more of them on the wedding ring. They make a lovely set of rings. Above and beyond those facts, I’ll be pleased to wear rings that were a part of such an enduring, loving marriage!”
Nathan was smiling and listening attentively to all she said. He was delighted that she liked them and with the way she expressed herself. “Try both of them on and see how they fit. Grandma was a little smaller than you are so they might need to be resized.”
Esther carefully removed the rings from the box and slid them right onto her slender finger. “They fit perfectly!”
“I’m glad. I’ll be able to put the engagement ring on your finger later this evening after getting your parents’ permission to marry you. I’m so excited and grateful that God brought us together again after so many years,” he stated.
“Congratulations!” said the waiter who had been standing there listening to most of their dialog. “I feel happy when I get to hear such loving conversations and find out a couple’s plans to be married. Are you ready to order, or shall I give you a little more time to decide?”
Nathan looked up, and though he was embarrassed to have kept the waiter waiting, he graciously said, “Thank you for the congratulations. I’m sorry we kept you waiting. We are ready to order.” Then he smiled and gave both of their orders.
The waiter wrote their orders down and said, “Don’t be sorry. I enjoyed hearing you. May God richly bless your lives together.”
Esther thanked him as he left and smiled at Nathan. “That was nicely handled by you, and it was nice to hear his pleasure.” Then she took the rings off and placed them back in the box, giving it back to Nathan with a smile. “I look forward to wearing these rings for the rest of my life.”
During supper they spoke of various topics and then Nathan asked, “Do you have any ideas about what you desire for our wedding?”
She answered, “As a matter of fact, I do. Sunny was visiting with Ruth and me just before she and Felix got engaged. Ruth said she hoped Sunny and I could have a double wedding and that she’d like to plan it for us. She wants it to be big and fancy and has been wanting to do something like this for a long time, especially for her little sister.” Then she went on to describe a little of what Ruth had planned.
“Wow, this is immensely nice of her!” exclaimed Nathan. “I’m glad you have such a generous big sister. I’ve seen her generosity many times since January. Please tell her thank you for me,” he requested.
“I surely will, and she’ll appreciate what you said. She has helped me so much since the beginning of this adventure. I’m glad Vera invited her to come help out at the ranch,” she said.
“The same applies for me, because I'd like you two to be able to remain in your close sisterly relationship,” he stressed.
She responded, “Thank you. I appreciate your understanding.” Later she added, “This food is delicious and your company is delightful. When I remember how stressed I was the first time we came here and compare it with now, I’m amazed. I’m very grateful that you and Felix persevered to find me and go through with your joint project. It has all turned out so much better than I ever could have dreamed. Thank you, Jesus, for all these blessings and especially for Nathan, my future husband!”
After a light dessert each, they went to visit William and Anna, who graciously assented when Nathan asked for Esther's hand in marriage. They both said they had never seen such a splendid wedding ring set in their lives when Esther showed it to them.
When she got home later she told her sister about all of it and stated, “Ruth, this was one of the nicest evenings of my life. I really like being in love! Nathan likes our wedding plans and asked me to thank you for him. Look at this delicate, beautiful engagement ring!”
Ruth responded, “Oh yes, it is unusual and exquisite. I’m extremely pleased for you!”
Nathan was delighted to be able to tell Felix how well the evening had gone for him and Esther, and about some of the things she had said. Felix was overjoyed for him.
Saturday morning Karen woke up early because she was very enthusiastic about this day. Jeff had come home from work yesterday with an invitation to lunch, a horseback ride, time to see the Yardley’s ranch, and to visit and ask questions. She was eager to get up, do as much housework as she could, get a salad made to take to lunch, and be ready to go on time. So she got up and dressed quietly so as not to wake Jeff. When he got up later she had accomplished a lot and had breakfast ready.
She exclaimed, “Oh Jeff, it’s a beautiful day and the forecast is for a warm afternoon! I’m so thrilled that we get to go to the ranch together. I’ve been wishing to go with you ever since we decided to volunteer to be foster parents there for four girls. It’ll be great to get to see the ranch, and spend the afternoon there.”
Jeff responded, “I agree. Oscar and Vera are really nice people. I’m sure you’ll like them. When Vera heard that you’d look forward to riding one of the horses, she was quick to invite us, and include lunch and a horseback ride. I’ll enjoy all our time there too, and it will be especially nice to be there together.”
She smiled. “I’m really grateful for her generosity. This will be fun.” After a couple minutes she invited, “Come eat breakfast.”
Later they both helped with the cleanup, Karen continued with her housework and Jeff did some odd jobs around the house.
They were soon ready to leave and got to the ranch on time. She was delighted with the drive and scenery in the valley just like all the other visitors had been.
“Jeff, this place is amazing! I sure hope we can learn all we need to and be able to get our license. It would be an extra blessing to be able to live in such a wonderful place as this is,” she declared.
“I totally agree! We’ll need to let them know how much their generous idea for leaving a legacy will bless us also,” said Jeff.
The afternoon was everything Karen had wished for, and more. Lunch was delectable and the horseback ride was exhilarating. They got to look at some of the cabins and got all their questions answered and enjoyed visiting.
At one point Vera asked, “Karen, do you enjoy gardening?”
She answered, “Yes I do, very much. We have a small vegetable garden every year, plus I get to pick flowers to bring into our house from the ones I’ve planted around the yard.”
Vera smiled hugely. “I’m glad to hear about your gardening. I also wonder if you’d be interested in teaching small groups of girls about the Bible since most of them will come here with no Bible background. After you two get your license, we could hire you, Karen, to do some gardening and teach the Bible to groups of girls. You would be paid as much as you earn at Subs are Great. This would help make our ranch for needy girls even better because I know I don’t have the talents Jeff has told me you have for teaching. I also know I won’t have the time to do all the gardening I’d like to get done. We can do some of the gardening together and become better acquainted that way.”
Karen was exuberant. “Wow! I’m overwhelmed and truly appreciative of your kind words and the offer of a job. I’ll be super happy to accept this job and we’ll work extra hard to be sure to get our license. Jeff will be glad to keep his job with the Evans Construction Company and help with the girls when he gets home from work. We’ll both be very happy to be able to live here on this splendid ranch, get to know you both better, and be able to help the girls we’ll parent plus teach small groups of them! This is incredible and far beyond my wildest dreams!” Then she prayed, “Thank you, Jesus, for giving Oscar and Vera the desire to make this ranch into homes for abused girls. Please help us learn what we need to in order to be good parents and do a good job here at this ranch.”
Oscar continued, “We thank you also, Jesus for your help in bringing this change to the ranch, and for providing the parents you desire to have live here.”
“Yes, Jesus,” Vera added, “we appreciate the way you’ve already worked in the hearts and lives of the ones who’ve come to visit us here so far and ask questions. I know you will continue to fill this ranch with families who can work together for your glory.”
Jeff concluded, “Thank you, LORD, that I get to work here on the remodel of the house and cabins and I can eagerly anticipate coming here to live on this special ranch and help teach four girls about you so you can save, heal, and restore them. Thank you that Oscar and Vera’s generous idea for leaving a legacy will bless Karen and me also.”
In Pine City on Easter, or Resurrection Day, as this church liked to call it, there were many visitors in church as is often the case, especially since the small group members had handed out many invitations to people in stores, and to acquaintances and friends.
Ted and Julie noticed that the songs and teaching time were somewhat like they were last year. But they were even more meaningful this year than last.
When they arrived home, Julie mentioned that fact and added, “Maybe it’s because we’ve learned so much since then from all the good teachings at church and small group times.”
Ted responded, “I think you must be right. Doing the foot washing for each other at our last small group and then having communion afterward was also extra special. I especially liked the song, ‘Celebrate Jesus,’ because it goes so well with communion. The whole group time helped bring the last week Jesus was here on earth into much clearer focus.”
Julie nodded and then she commented, “It must have been really difficult for Jesus to wash the feet of Judas, knowing that he was going to betray him.”
“Yes, it must have been,” Ted concurred. “Also, I liked taking turns reading all that happened the week before Jesus resurrection in Luke chapters 19-23. I don’t know how he could have gone through with all he did that week, but I’m glad he did.”
“I agree! We have salvation and the blessed hope of heaven as a result, and I’m so thankful!” Julie exclaimed.
Ted prayed, “Yes, thank you so much, Jesus, for coming to earth to do your father’s will, for suffering and dying on the cross to pay the penalty for everyone’s sins, for being in the grave, and especially that you were raised from the dead.”
Julie continued, “We also thank you for being in heaven where you intercede for us. We are eagerly awaiting your return to the earth to take all believers home to be with you forever.”
Ted added, “Thank you also for all the people who accepted you in all the services today, yesterday and last Saturday at the Christ in the Passover meetings done by Jews for Jesus. We rejoice that they’ll get to spend eternity in heaven with you.”
Julie closed with, “Yes, we especially thank you for the privilege of sitting with the Jewish lady we got to lead to the Lord last summer, and that she was there with her family who also came to the Lord because of her witness to them. Please help all of them to grow and become enthusiastic soul winners for your glory.”
Then Ted commented, “I thought the scriptures in Hebrews were so appropriate in the teaching today.”
Julie concurred and suggested, “I did also. Let’s look them up again right now and would you read them aloud to me? I have the references here in the notes I took today.”
“I’d like to do that. I’ll go get my Bible,” he responded.
Here are some of the verses he read. Hebrews 2:9a,10,11, Jesus was made a little lower than the angels (when he came to earth as a human to suffer death as the penalty for the sins of people) is now crowned with glory and honor. For it became him, for whom are all things, and by whom are all things, in bringing many sons unto glory, to make the captain of their salvation perfect through sufferings. For both he that sanctifies and those who are sanctified are all of one Father: for which cause he is not ashamed to call them brothers.
Ted went on to summarize verses 12-18. “Jesus would declare God’s name to his brothers, in the church. Since his children are flesh and blood, Jesus also took that likeness so that through death he could deliver people in bondage to the fear of death. Therefore he’s a faithful high priest and can help people being tempted because he was also tempted.”
Then he read Hebrews 9:13,14,28. For if the blood of bulls and goats, … sanctifies for purifying the flesh, how much more shall the blood of Christ, who through the eternal Spirit offered himself without spot to God, purge your conscience from dead works to serve the living God. … So Christ was offered once to bear the sins of many. And to them who look for him, he shall appear the second time without sin unto salvation.
Julie mentioned, “I especially liked Hebrews 10:9-12,14,16,17, because they explain so well that what Jesus did was so much better than the old covenant.”
“I did also, I’ll read it,” Ted agreed. (Jesus) said, “I come as it is written to do your will, O God.” He takes away the first (the old covenant that required sacrifice and offerings for sin) so he could establish the second. By that will, we are sanctified through the offering of the body of Jesus Christ (the Messiah) once for all. Every priest stood daily ministering and offering sacrifices which can never take away sins. But Jesus, after he had offered one sacrifice for sins forever, sat down on the right hand of God. … For by one offering he has perfected forever those who are sanctified. … This is the covenant that I will make with them, … I will put my laws into their hearts and in their minds, and their sins and iniquities I will remember no more.
After he had finished, Julie said, “Thank you, Ted. That was a very good way to spend part of our afternoon on this Resurrection Sunday. Besides, I really enjoy listening to your deep voice and good expression when you read.”
Chapter 7
Proverbs 20:18a, Every plan is established by counsel.
Near the end of their next date, Felix and Sunny discussed ways they could be sure they would have no children of their own, so they could focus on the four foster boys they would be raising. They listed all the ways people they knew had been using.
Felix suggested, “Let’s make a duplicate list on another piece of paper so each of us can take a list home tonight and pray about it. Then tomorrow evening we can talk about it some more.”
“I like your suggestion,” said Sunny. “So far, none of these ideas seems right. Maybe God will show us a better way.”
Felix asked, “How would it be if we each write down what we think God shows us and bring it with us tomorrow?”
“I think it would be a good plan,” she answered smiling.
The next evening they traded papers and read what the other person had written. They were amazed to find they had both dreamed that night that God had told them not to worry, because they would not have any children of their own by birth. The foster boys would be their children.
“Wow, Felix!” exclaimed Sunny, “God really is directing us every step of the way. I’m so glad we prayed instead of using one of the ways this world advocates. God’s way is so much better!”
“Absolutely!” he declared and then prayed, “God, thank you so much for your clear answer to us about this dilemma. Now we will trust you and have no worries!”
Sunny added, “Yes, thank you for making it so clear for us and please continue to guide us in this endeavor.” Then she stated, “Now that this issue is settled so nicely, I have a question. What’s the procedure to follow in letting your employers know that we’d like to volunteer to live at their truck farm and be foster parents to four boys?”
“Felix responded, “I’ll ask them tomorrow after work so they can set up a time when we both can go visit with them, ask questions and volunteer.”
“Good, I’d like to see what the farm is like and meet the people who are so graciously planning to provide a place for families to take care of foster children,” Sunny commented.
They had been sitting in the car during these discussions. Felix took her hand and gave it a gentle squeeze saying, “My employers are nice people, and the farm is a remarkably pleasant place. The valley is lovely. I think you’ll like it there. Now that we made some good plans, let’s go into this game arcade to play video games and have some fun together! We have needed to be very serious lately. Now playing together can help relieve some of our stress.”
Sunny responded, “Yes, let’s do!”
It was time for the training sessions to start for those people who were interested in volunteering to raise four foster children at the ranch or farm. Some of the small groups had enough people in them who had decided they wanted to volunteer, that they could just stay after the group fellowship time and start the lessons.
There was usually a lecture about some aspect of being a foster parent or what problems or issues the children might have. Then there were booklets or pages to take home and read. These would be discussed at the next meeting. The first meeting stressed the importance of evaluating whether foster care or adoption would work better for a couple, since that would ultimately work out best for the children also.
At the next meeting they learned what makes good foster homes. The parents need to have a real desire to learn about children and focus on doing what’s in the best interest of each child. They need to be able to empathize with each child and be good listeners, and learn how to work with other people who might be involved in the life of the child.
Occasionally at some point or another at one of the meetings, a couple would become aware that it might not work for them to be foster parents, so they’d go home and think and pray some more about their decision until they got clear guidance about what to do. Some of these couples would just try one or two foster children in their present homes. There was one couple who realized they weren’t really good parent material. Others came back and finished the meetings with the rest of the group and became great foster parents. It was a good time to change or continue plans.
These meetings continued through April and then during May the couples would meet with the pastor of Faith ‘n’ Grace Churches number 4 or 7 for a question and answer session.
(If you’d like to know more about what would be covered in these meetings, you can look at many websites about being foster parents.)
The Saturday after Jeff and Karen’s visit to the ranch, Ted and Julie enjoyed an afternoon at the Yardleys’ ranch much like they had. Julie had talked to the principal and gotten her agreement and support. So Julie would be able to keep her job at the church school in town, and Ted would be hired as the handyman for the ranch three days a week and in the evenings and/or on Saturdays as needed, with a salary that matched what he was making at the body shop.
Since he’d be volunteering at the school two days a week, it would take care of some of the tuition. The rest of the tuition would be paid by the fund set up by the Yardleys’ trust. This arrangement would give Ted and Julie the money needed to pay for rent, food, insurance and other needed items. Their car would be able to carry all six of them while the girls were small, but they’d start saving money to buy a van for later.
Both of them were delighted with the way things worked out and they’d give wholehearted commitment to their training and preparation and for accomplishing their new adventure.
When they got back to their apartment, Julie called Anita and told her of their plans. Then she asked her if she could put together a list of some of the songs and Bible teachings she used with her day care children who were four years old so she could teach them to their kindergarten girls.
Sunday after church, Maria joined them for their usual walk in which they’d visit and have their three by three ministry time at the inside shopping mall.
At one point Julie mentioned, “When we get moved up to the ranch, most of our small group will be moving up there also. We’ll continue to be the leaders there and you’d be welcome of course, but I’m not sure how it would work out for you, Maria.”
She replied, “I’ve been thinking about that possibility. It would be fun for me to see how everything goes for the people moving to the ranch, but I wouldn’t really belong in that group. So I talked to Ruth and her leaders, and they’ll let me join their group. I can even join Ruth’s three by three ministry group and make it a four by four group. Pam’s a member of that group.”
“Oh, you’ll like her too,” remarked Julie. “I’m glad for you!”
Ted exclaimed, “It’s a wonderful plan for you, Maria! This way you won’t have so far to drive at night alone.”
Julie added, “Perhaps you can come visit us at the ranch after we get settled with our instant big family. Let’s play it by ear and see how it might work out. I truly desire for us to be able to continue our friendship.”
“I agree!” Maria exclaimed. “And I’ll be praying for you as you work for Jesus. I’m very much in awe of all the people who are going to become foster parents at the ranch or the farm.”
That same evening Ted and Julie had Tony Valdez come to their apartment for supper and a visit.
Julie asked, “Tony, how’s your job going at Fiesta Restaurante? We haven’t had time lately to talk with you as often.”
He replied, “It’s going very well, thank you. And it’s no wonder you haven’t had time with all the planning and training you’ve been doing to get ready for your new lives as foster parents at the ranch. I know you’ll both do excellent jobs there.”
Ted responded, “Thank you, Tony. We’d appreciate your prayers, and maybe you’ll be able to come visit us after we get moved and settled in with our four girls.”
Tony laughed, “Since the road to the ranch is pretty steep, I think it would be a long hard ride for me on my bicycle. Perhaps you could bring your four girls and have supper after school sometime at Fiesta Restaurante so I can see and meet them.”
Ted laughed too. “Now there’s a better idea for sure! Have you and your partner started up your ministry in the park again or is it still too cold outside?”
“It’s still too chilly for us and for the children, but in another month we’ll try it,” he answered.
Then Ted and Julie told him all about the ranch and Ted’s new job there plus all their other plans.
On Monday, Julie hurried over to ask one of the kindergarten teachers if she could borrow the lesson plans for the first half of the year so she could help her girls get caught up with the rest of the class. The teacher was glad to be able to help out this way.
Sunny and Esther spent Saturday morning with Ruth making wedding plans in earnest. First they went to the computer and looked up many sites about planning a double wedding. They found out a lot of facts that would help keep them from making mistakes.
Esther exclaimed, “I never realized there were so many things to consider in order to have a double wedding!”
Sunny agreed, “I didn’t either, but I think Ruth is up to the challenge. This is going to be fun and interesting.”
“Thank you, Sunny,” replied Ruth. “I’m looking forward to this!”
Esther commented, “I noticed the web mentioned several times that it works best when the people involved have very close bonds. In our case, I think it’s extra neat that the women are best friends and so are the men. The decisions should be easier to make this way.”
“Very true,” and Ruth next instructed, “Esther and Sunny, it’s time for you to give me the pages you wrote describing the things you’d like to have included in your wedding.”
They handed their papers to Ruth who read both of them and then looked up like a stern teacher and said, “Now hold it you two, who copied who? Your papers are almost identical!”
Esther defended them like a student would, “Honest, Ruth, we both did them separately in our own homes.”
Sunny added, “We really did, Ruth, but I’m not surprised that they came out to be so similar. Esther and I planned out that wedding so many times when we visited each other that we both have it memorized. Would you like to include any of those ideas in a double wedding for us?”
“Of course I would! I already had some of those ideas in mind for your double wedding anyway. These will just make it easier and better!” Ruth exclaimed waving their papers in the air. “You’ll both need to ask your intendeds for their list of people to invite and who and how many attendants each one would like to have. Get together after your four by four ministry time this afternoon and set a date for the wedding.”
Esther responded, “Okay. This will be interesting. I wonder how many people will want to travel all the way here from ‘wherever’ to attend or be in their wedding. I’d assume they’d have many of the same people each because they’re very much like brothers besides being best friends.”
Sunny mentioned, “I’d like to meet the Mendoza family. I don’t know if Felix will want to introduce me to his birth parents. Maybe just to his mother. I suppose it would be a good idea to ask him.”
“Yes,” Esther agreed. “Both couples need to have times together to ask questions and exchange information.”
“Exactly,” said Ruth, “so find out all you can and we’ll meet here again next Saturday morning to do some more planning.
The same Saturday afternoon during their four by four ministry time, Nathan and Felix talked to three teenage boys who had just come out of the game room in the mall.
While they were doing that, Esther and Sunny were able to tell the Good News to three older women who had been shopping together. Since all the boys and the women too, spoke only Spanish, it was very helpful that all four of members of the group were bilingual, and that they had their Spanish New Testaments with them so they could have the people read the verses.
Later, the four by four group met together and had great rejoicing over the six new believers who would be in heaven and would be attending a Spanish congregation of the Grace ‘n’ Faith Church.
Then Esther and Sunny asked their future husbands all the questions Ruth had suggested, and got their answers.
On a Thursday evening, Ted and Julie were conversing again with Larry and Jane Kelsey who had moved from Pine City at the end of October last year to a southern city with a group of people from Grace ‘n’ Faith Church to start a church there. Since they had been good friends, they carried on their friendship by phone.
After finding out how they were doing, Ted shared, “During the last several weeks we’ve been explaining and having you pray with us about our plans to be foster parents at Oscar and Vera’s dude ranch. God has been working things out so well for us all the way along, and it’s clear to us this is his will for us.”
Julie continued, “Yes, just last Saturday we went and spent part of the day with Oscar and Vera. We had a lovely time and got all our questions answered.”
Jane asked, “Did you get to go horseback riding?”
“Yes!” exclaimed Julie. “I really enjoyed it and now I get to look forward to doing more riding when time permits. I know we’ll be very busy raising four girls all the same age, but the ranch will be a wonderful place to live and raise our big family. Tell them about the new job you will have there, Ted.”
“Okay. I’ll be the ranch’s handyman, except for the two days a week when I’ll be volunteering in the classrooms of our four foster children. I’m looking forward to the move as soon as we get our training and license. I enjoyed the horseback ride too. How’s the new church doing? We haven’t had much time to talk about that lately with all our excitement,” admitted Ted.
Larry responded, “It’s understandable. You have a right to be excited, and we’re delighted for you. The new church is doing very well and all the people who moved here with us are doing well also. It’s a lot of hard work, but the results are definitely worth the effort. I’m glad we moved here with the group.”
Jane mentioned, “However, we do miss you and all our other friends in Pine City. We especially miss the church and small group. We hope to come for a visit maybe in the spring or summer. Let us know when you’re going to move to the ranch and we’ll plan our trip so we can be there to help you move.”
Julie exclaimed, “How nice of you! And how wonderful it’ll be to get to see you in person then. In the meantime, I’m glad the phones work so well. This has been a good way to continue our friendship rather than just letting it die. You people are extremely important to me and I appreciate the times we get to visit and pray together and keep up to date on what’s happening.”
“You’re welcome,” replied Larry.
And Jane said, “We enjoy the phone visits also,”
All during the weeks after Vera and her brother had made their announcements at the end of their church services, many other families in churches 4 and 7 had been praying and deciding whether to become foster parents to four boys or girls. To some it seemed like a good idea, but for others, it was just too big a commitment. A few of those decided to remain in their own homes and to try just one or two foster children instead of four.
Others like newly married Matt and Fiona Anderson or Vern and Lora Jones with his daughter Mindy, discussed and prayed about the idea, but already had jobs or plans for their lives that couldn’t include being foster parents at least at this time.
Some people dismissed the idea immediately instead of praying and being open to God’s leading. One man said to his wife, “That’s crazy! Anybody who does that is just asking for trouble! Those abused kids will make lots of problems.” He went on and on about it, but his wife wisely stayed silent because she knew it would do no good to argue with him. Furthermore, with an attitude like his, he couldn’t be a good father.
When Roy and Sherry Foster discussed the idea after being sure Hope and Joy were asleep, Roy admitted, “I know this will sound selfish, but I really like the size our family is now and I don’t want to add even one more even though I realize there are many children out there who need a good home.”
Sherry agreed, “Yes, everything you said is very true. Plus, we would have to take care of four more girls if we wanted to move to the ranch, because that’s Vera’s plan. Caring for six girls is an overwhelming thought. Besides, I don’t think it would be fair to Joy and Hope to ask them to get used to four foster sisters.”
Roy nodded emphatically. “I do know the twins would enjoy being able to ride horses once in a while, but that’s not a good enough reason for us to volunteer. Let’s pray about it and listen carefully to what Jesus will tell us to do.”
After several days of prayer and other discussions, Roy and Sherry sensed that Jesus wanted them to continue as they were.
Others, especially couples who didn’t have any children of their own, or whose children were grown and on their own, prayed and had much communication together. Jesus made his will clear to them, like he did with Jeff and Karen and Ted and Julie. They followed his leading by volunteering to get the training and by preparing to become foster parents to needy boys or girls.
One of those couples was William and Anna Beckett. After Esther’s visit on Wednesday, Anna told William about the plans for the homes for abused boys at the Mercy Valley Farm, and they decided it would be better for them to be there rather than at the ranch, because Esther and Nathan would learn to live as a married couple better without their parents living so close to them.
It was a tremendously hard decision for them, as Anna mentioned to her beloved husband, “We’re so well settled here in your parents’ house, which we inherited from them. It’s a beautiful, comfortable home and holds all their memories plus all the ones we have made with our children. It’ll be hard to let it go, but it will be worth it since we’ll be helping four abused boys.”
William said, “I definitely agree with what you said. I even worry about how Ruth, Jason, and Esther might react if we sell our business and home so we can volunteer to become foster parents to four other children. At least we aren’t considering adopting them. If we give each of our three, their inheritance when we tell them about our decision, I think they’ll be more accepting.”
“Yes,” continued Anna, “we’ve always planned to give each one of them one of the Beckett CPA offices as their inheritance. We can just give it to them early. And since we now know Esther’s plans with Nathan, she won’t need your other office as an inheritance. We can just give her the sale price of that office as her inheritance.”
“Right you are!” William agreed. “She wouldn’t be able to be a foster mother to four girls, live at the ranch, and run a CPA office on top of it. How would it be if we invite them all over to supper some evening and have a family meeting afterward so we can tell them about our decision?”
Anna replied, “Brilliant! I’m glad my husband is so smart.”
Felix and Sunny went during the same week as their last date to visit the Mercy Valley Truck Farm. Sunny exclaimed, “This is a beautiful place! I don’t know what I was expecting, but it certainly wasn’t this! The valley’s beautiful and the homes are all well kept. The fields will be so green and vibrant when the crops come up in the spring. I like it a lot here. I hope we’ll be able to volunteer to raise our foster children here on this farm.”
“I was hoping you’d like it here,” Felix responded.
Just then the owners came out of their house and Felix introduced them to Sunny. She felt an immediate connection to them because they were sincere and compassionate believers.
“What gave you the idea to turn this fabulous farm into homes for abused boys?” Sunny asked after they had talked for a while.
The man answered, “My sister, Vera, told us their plans for a girls’ ranch and talked us into making this farm into homes for foster boys. That way, she and I and our spouses will be able to leave a legacy and bless others with the blessings God has so graciously given us. We’ll still raise crops for the truck farm and part of the boys’ chores will be to help with the crops.”
His wife added, “Yes, and the income from the crops we sell will help keep the farm running. The people who volunteer here will have jobs helping with the crops that will pay them a salary to give them the money needed for their food, needs, insurance, and rent for the homes where they’ll live. That’s basically the way this farm has been operating all these years. The only difference is, instead of having children of their own, they’ll all have foster children who need to learn about Jesus so they can accept him as their Savior and he can heal and restore their lives.”
“It’s a remarkable plan. Thank you for sharing with me how it will work,” said Sunny.
Felix mentioned, “It’ll be a great opportunity for the boys to learn about agriculture and our great creator as they’re helping.”
Vera’s brother went on to explain about the jobs that would be available on the farm and ended by saying, “We’ll try to match people with their skills and areas of interest.”
His wife mentioned, “One spouse or the other might decide to keep the job they have in town and drive back and forth. It really isn't that far and only takes about 20 minutes. But we will need at least one in each couple to work on the farm.”
Felix explained about his prayer and God’s answer. He told them of his and Sunny’s plan to be married soon, and take the training to become foster parents. “We’d like to volunteer to live and work here on the farm and raise four foster boys.”
The man responded, “We’d be glad to have you here, Felix. You’re a very good worker and could continue doing just as you are now, if it’s something you’d like to do.
“Absolutely, I like my job a lot,” Felix replied. “I enjoy the work I do here and I really like the farm.”
His wife asked, “What kind of work do you do, Sunny?”
“I've been working in the produce section of the local grocery store for many years. I enjoy seeing God’s creation and preparing the produce for display. Would there be a need for that kind of work here?” Sunny inquired.
She answered, “In a way it would be the opposite, especially as the crops ripen. You could help prepare the produce for transport to the stores. You probably have unloaded some of our boxes of produce in the store where you work. So it would be a different kind of work. Off season there would be other types of work for you to do.”
Sunny observed, “It sounds like a good way to stretch my learning and abilities. Maybe I’ve gotten into a rut at the store.”
Next they were shown some of the houses. A couple of them would remain furnished if the present workers decided to move and not take on the care of four foster boys.
Felix commented, “One of those houses would be perfect for Sunny and me, since we have no furniture, but only if the present workers decide to move. Will you keep us in mind as volunteers?”
They both smiled and nodded, and the man said, “I think you both would be definite assets to our farm. It’s been a pleasure meeting you, Sunny. I have no doubts that you’ll both do well in the training, get your license and be good foster parents. Congratulations on your engagement and plans to be married. If one of those couples decides to move, we’ll save the furnished house for you two.”
Felix and Sunny thanked them and took their leave.
In Pine City the small groups with volunteers to be foster parents on the ranch or farm had some important verses to review at one of their meetings. All of them decided they’d be good ones to memorize.
The verses were Deuteronomy 6:4-7. Hear, O Israel: The LORD our God is one LORD. You shall love the LORD your God with all your heart, and with all your soul, and with all your might. These words, which I command you this day, shall be in your heart. You shall teach them diligently to your children, and shall talk of them when you sit in your house and when you walk by the way and when you lie down and when you rise up.
They discussed the meaning of the verses and came up with ideas to carry out the command with their foster children when they arrived in their new homes.
One person said, “First we need to show them that we love our God with all our hearts, souls, and might. We could do it partly by praying out loud, studying his word daily where they can see us, and talking about why we love him.”
Another added, “Yes, and we can memorize verses out loud and ask them to check us if they know how to read.”
“We’ll have a captive audience,” commented another, “but we need to make our teaching times interesting and fun for them.”
Somebody else agreed, “You're right, and we’ll need to intersperse these teachings with regular conversations and be sure they all get a chance to talk and share things of interest to them.”
One stressed, “Our main goal is to teach them about Jesus and let the Holy Spirit draw them to him for salvation. Then we can teach them about the commands in the context of these verses and the things Jesus commanded also.”
Others said things like the following.
“Yes, and then we’ll need to teach them how to live as Jesus children in a manner to please him and be his witnesses to other children who need him.”
“The word ‘diligently’ sticks out to me as very important. Some synonyms I can think of are: carefully, earnestly, conscientiously, and tirelessly.”
“Those are helpful words to explain how to teach, thank you.”
“Verse seven sounds like the teaching is supposed to be many times during each day.”
“Yes, repetition is a good way to teach.
“If every family in the world would teach their children the way these verses dictate, our world could be perfect if the children would cooperate.”
“I wish Israel had done these things so we could have had a good example of how it could work.”
“Maybe we can all do a good job with our new families and give others an example to follow.”
After the discussion, they all prayed for God’s help to do what the verses said to do in the best ways possible.
Julie said to Pam Green, who also taught third grade in the Faith ‘n’ Grace Church School, “The last time we ate lunch together I mentioned to you that Ted and I had decided to not adopt children so I could keep teaching here. Since then, we have done a lot of praying and talking about Vera’s plan for her ranch. We’ve decided that if we’d be foster parents to four kindergarten girls, I could still continue teaching here.”
“How will you ever have time to do all of that?” Pam asked.
Julie explained to her how she and Ted had planned everything out after she had talked to Beth and gotten her support for the plan. “I think we can make it work with God’s help. We both have always dreamed about having a big family, but we didn’t want me to have to give up my job here at this wonderful school where I can help prepare third graders to go out and be missionaries.”
Pam responded, “I understand, and now that you explained how you can make it work, and I think your plan sounds like a good one. I’ll be praying for God to help you both.”
“Thank you, Pam.” Julie smiled. “I know we’ll need lots of his help! This will be another big adventure for us.”
A few days after William and Anna’s discussion, they invited their grown children to come enjoy supper with them and be ready to have a family meeting afterward. The meal was delectable and the conversation delightful, but Ruth, Jason, and Esther wondered what might be discussed during the meeting.
Everyone helped with the cleanup as usual, and the meeting took place soon after. William began the meeting by saying, “Your mother and I have made some big decisions and they involve all of our dearly loved children. We’ve been praying a lot about it, and we feel this is what Jesus wants us to do.”
Anna smiled and continued, “We’ve come to the realization that Ruth and Jason are going to stay single and Esther will be the only one to get married in this family, but she and her husband and their foster children will be living on a ranch outside of town. So we know that the family home won’t be needed for grandchildren to celebrate Thanksgiving and Christmas. We’ve also noticed that we have fewer family meals together as your interests and lives go different directions, which is understandable and expected.”
She motioned for William to continue. “Then last week I had a dream kind of like Paul’s vision in Acts 16:9 where a man was asking him to come to Macedonia and help them. I dreamed that a farmer was standing by his fields asking us to come help him. The message of that dream was exceptionally plain to us.”
He went on, “Therefore, these are the things we’d like to do. First, we'll sell our first office and this house and volunteer to be foster parents to four boys at the Mercy Valley Truck Farm. Second, we’ll give Ruth and Jason the offices they are presently running as their inheritances, and Esther’s inheritance will be the proceeds from the sale of our first office, which she would have started running when she reached the age of 28. This way, each of you will receive your inheritance early, and we know you will use it wisely.”
Anna went on to say, “Also, since Ruth already has a piano and Jason doesn’t want one, we’ll give our old upright piano to Esther so she’ll have one to play and to use for giving piano lessons. As for the rest of our furniture, after we furnish a house at the farm, you three may choose whatever you desire and have room for in your homes.”
William finished, “Plus we’ll invest our savings and the proceeds from the family home to help fund our foster home and later on, our retirement when we think we’re too old to be foster parents any longer. What do you think of these ideas?”
Ruth, Jason, and Esther all sat there with shocked looks on their faces and were unable to think of a thing to say.
Ruth recovered first, “It sounds like you have both put much thought into these decisions and you must know that it’s God’s will. Therefore, I agree with all of it and I thank you very much for the generous inheritance. I’ll miss coming here for family dinners and visits, but maybe we can come singly to your foster home and meet your boys so we don’t all overwhelm them.”
Jason said, “Ditto. Maybe I can come help out at the farm and perhaps teach or just play catch with the boys. What ages are you planning to ask for?”
Anna answered, “We plan to take care of two who are thirteen years old, and two who are fourteen years old. I’m sure you can teach them many things. You might be like an uncle or older brother to them.”
Esther finally found her voice and stated, “I agree with Ruth and Jason, and I thank you very much for my inheritance and the beautiful upright piano. Will you help me find a good place to invest the money from the sale of the first office? I might need to get some out now and then to help fund our foster home, especially since we’re going to put our four first grade girls into the church school for almost three years. It is more expensive than public school, but it will teach them so much better. I’ll be volunteering there four days a week and that’ll help with some of their tuition and help me keep track of how they’re doing. But what will you do for a piano, Mom?”
Anna smiled and responded, “The main farm house has a piano I can use any time I’d like to, and I can even use it to give lessons to any of the boys who might be interested.”
Esther gave a sigh of relief and declared, “In that case, I’m extra glad I get to have the family heirloom. I’ve always really liked your piano, which belonged to your parents. Nathan will be so pleased also because he called it beautiful. The piano has had such good care in the past, and we’ll take good care of it too.”
William and Anna smiled and were well pleased with each of the responses their children gave. Now they had a great peace about what they were planning to do.
During the week after William and Anna moved to the farm, their children came to the family home and chose small pieces of furniture and pictures that would fit in their homes and thanked their parents for all the good memories.
During supper one evening Ted remarked, “Here’s another idea I had. We could buy enough used hymnals so I could have a class for some of the girls who are interested in the lost art of note reading and harmonizing. Maybe we could start a little choir and perform for the families on the ranch sometimes.”
Julie responded, “It sounds like a great idea to me because it would give you a chance to pass on some of your love of music and use your musical skills. You’ve become very good on the guitar, so it will work well to accompany some of the songs. I enjoy hearing you sing, and our four little girls who’ll be watching and listening will learn a lot about music. They’ll want to join the choir when they’re old enough.”
“Thank you, Julie. I wonder if I’ll have time to continue singing bass with the musicians who prepare music for the church services and small groups,” Ted shared.
She exclaimed, “Oh Yes! We’ll make time, because it’s an extremely important way you can serve Jesus with your wonderful voice. Maybe on Thursday evenings while you’re gone to the church, I could invite another mother and young children over for an hour of playing, and while we watch them, we can visit. Afterward, I’ll put the girls to bed and look forward to my dear husband’s return so we can spend some time together.”
“What a wonderful idea! I love spending time with you, my dear Jewel,” Ted responded. Hugs and kisses…
Saturday morning Ruth and Esther enjoyed telling Sunny about the dinner and family meeting, plus what their parents had announced to them. After getting over her surprise, she stated, “How wonderful for those boys and also for me! I’ve always liked your parents and they’ll be living close enough on the farm that I’ll be able to visit them once in a while.”
Esther agreed, “I hadn’t thought about that. It’ll be great to have people you already know living near you. I’m glad you got to meet the farm owners and already like them. Things are working out nicely for both of us soon-to-be-brides.” After a short pause she announced, “Ruth, we have a date set for the wedding!”
After waiting to hear the date from one of them, Ruth finally asked, “Well, are you going to tell me when it is?”
Sunny answered, “No, we thought it would be more fun to make you guess it.”
“Okay, I’ll play your game. Is it on a Saturday?” After they nodded, she continued, “Is it in the morning?” again they nodded, so she went on, “Let’s see, you’ve known them since the first week in January and this is the second weekend in April, so that makes about three months. Most couples like to date for about a year, so … I’ll guess that the date will be close to Valentines Day next year.” They were both shaking their heads and laughing. “No? Oh my! Well then, close to January 1, so you can have an extra day for your honeymoon, … or maybe sometime around Labor Day would make it close to eight months.” Since they were still shaking their heads, she said, “It must be close to the Fourth of July then, so it would be about half a year!”
The other two were doubled over with laughter by now and Ruth joined them. When they got control again Ruth guessed, “I do think I know. It’ll be the third weekend in May since you both want time as married couples before you have your instant big families. Bear with me as I carry this joke a little bit further. This is the way it is with people today. They want instant everything, and you two seem to be doing instant things all the way along since those two men showed up in your small group in January: instant boyfriends, instant engagements, instant wedding plans, instant showers, instant honeymoons, instant married couple life in instant houses, and instant big families. If I weren’t convinced that Jesus is leading both of you, I’d be tempted to think you’re both crazy. But you definitely are not crazy, you’re both dedicated to doing everything Jesus tells you to do, and I’m so proud of you!”
They were nodding solemnly this time and Esther declared, “Thank you for the compliment. The guessing game was fun, and we thank you for being such a good sport. I know this doesn’t give you much time, but we have decided many things already and Sunny and I will help you as much as we can. But having said that, we need to tell you we’ll be gone next weekend so Sunny and I can meet the Mendoza family.”
Sunny added, “Yes, Felix will be driving and we’ll use the time in the front seat to discuss many things while the love birds sit in the back seat also discussing many things. We two couples will chaperon each other as we drive, and when we get to the family home, Esther and I will share a room, and Felix and Nathan will share another. It only takes eight hours to drive there. I’m looking forward to meeting the parents who could raise two very authentic gentlemen.”
“The same goes for me, because we never spent much time with them when both our families were at the dude ranch,” Esther commented.
Ruth asked, “Did you get a guest list from each of your grooms, and do you have your own guest lists prepared?”
Sunny replied, “Yes, here are all four lists. You’ll notice there are no long ones. Some time ago you mentioned a big fancy wedding, but we don’t think it’ll be very big since most of our high school chums have moved away and we’ve lost contact with them. But the wedding can be as fancy as you desire, Ruth.”
“Thank you. I already decided it does not need to be big and fancy. I don’t need to show off. All I really want to do is make this wedding as close as possible to the dream wedding both of you planned for so many years!” emphasized Ruth.
Esther ran and gave her sister a giant hug. “You are surely the most wonderful sister a girl could ever wish to have. Thank you so much!”
“You’re welcome. It truly is my pleasure. Now, back to practical matters, please do your packing for the weekend trip on Wednesday so we can meet here on Thursday evening and address invitations after I’ve made reservations to use the Chapel in the Hills you both like so much, and arrange for Pastor Don to officiate the weddings. I’ll have the reception in the basement of that church catered by my good friend from high school whose new business is going so well. She’ll be glad for some business before the regular June rush of weddings.”
Sunny commented, “And as our dream wedding papers say, our moms are getting their dresses resized to fit us, and then have them cleaned. They’ll be ready in two weeks. Both of them are so pleased and excited that we’d really want to use their ‘old’ wedding dresses. It’s fun to do something that pleases others as much as it does us.”
“For sure!” Then Esther shared, “I think Mom had just about given up on there being a wedding in our family. Her dress won’t need much alteration because I’m pretty close to the size she was when she and Dad got married.”
Later Sunny suggested, “Esther, let’s have a double wedding shower to go with our double wedding. I’ll give you one and you give me one. We’ll each ask the same guests in one invitation and they can bring two gifts apiece, one for each of us. If people bring identical gifts for us, they can tell us to open them at the same time. I heard that’s what twins do at their birthday parties.”
Esther responded, “What a fun and good idea! Then they won’t need to bring a gift to the wedding. I’m so glad you’re my best friend, Sunny!”
“The feeling’s definitely mutual! My family’s house is bigger, so let’s have the shower there’” Sunny added.
“That’s another good idea. We can do like Fiona told me they did: choose a store and go there with our grooms to make a list of things we’d like to receive as gifts. Then we can put the list on their registry at the store so people will get ideas of what to buy. Whenever one item is bought, it falls off the list, so there will be no duplicate gifts given that we’d have to return. I’m sure we’ll both have a lot of things we can put on the list.”
“Right. We should do that this afternoon after our four by four ministry time so it’ll be in place before we send invitations for the shower or the wedding,” commented Sunny.
Esther gasped and asked, “When do we have time to have the shower? Where’s the calendar? Hurry, let’s find a good date.”
One Sunday after church, Jeff and Karen were invited to the Suehiro home for supper.
The food was delicious of course, just like at their restaurant. After they all helped with the clean-up, they continued visiting in the living room.
Tomo asked, “Jeff, can you tell us more about Oscar and Vera’s plan to turn their dude ranch into homes for abused girls? I’ve never heard much about children who are abused. I guess we’re always so busy with the restaurant business that we don’t know what’s going on in the rest of the country.”
So Jeff filled them in about the various kinds of abuse and the reason Oscar and Vera had made their decision.
Ami stated, “I can’t imagine any parent being so mean to their own children, but I guess it does happen, and I’m glad there are people who are willing to take care of them when they’re removed from that kind of a home.
Then Karen explained, “We and several other couples I know about had decided we didn’t want to bring more children into this messed up world, so we never had any of our own. When we heard about the idea for Mercy Valley Ranch we decided we could be parents to needy girls and have a family that way.”
Aneko remarked, “It sounds like a good idea.”
Yoshi added, “But I don’t think I’d like all four at once.”
Jeff responded, “I know, and we’ve discussed the problems we might have by doing it this way. But since we know it’s God’s will for us to do this project, we also know he will help us with everything.”
Karen added, “We’re looking at it as an adventure and as a ministry and as an opportunity, plus a way to serve Jesus. How’s your restaurant business going?”
Ami responded, “It’s wonderful now that we have Aneko and Yoshi to help us there. It was getting too busy before. Besides, we’re happy to have them both living here at home with us again. We missed them so much when they were living in the other city.”
Tomo added, “Besides, now they’re believers too, and we have so many good discussions about Jesus and the Bible.”
Yoshi said, “Plus we all enjoy working together.”
Aneko agreed, “It’s great to be a believing family in unity.”
Karen remarked, “Yes! In fact it’s the only good way to go.”
As they were getting ready to leave, Tomo invited, “When you feel like your girls are ready, please come as a family to supper at our restaurant so we can meet them.”
Jeff responded, “Thank you for the invitation. We’ll look forward to doing that. And thank you for supper tonight and the wonderful time we had to visit.”
Ami replied, “It was our pleasure. We’ll be praying for you.”
Karen said, “Thank you. I’m sure we’ll need lots of God’s help.”
While all the wedding planning was going on, other couples who had decided to volunteer at the ranch were also praying about, and discussing whether to keep their jobs in town, and what ages would be the best to choose. Probably most of the people who would volunteer and move to the truck farm would leave their town jobs and work on the farm because their labor would be needed to keep the truck farm producing for all the places that had come to expect it, and to bring income to the farm so it could keep functioning.
One couple on the ranch chose to take all second grade girls and the have the mom volunteer five days a week at the church school so the children would have the benefit of almost two years in the church school. The dad in this family had a good paying job that would help take care of the rest of the tuition and the rent, food, insurance and other needs. When they found out the government stipend for each child for clothes and school supplies they figured out a budget that would cover the things they needed.
Many of the other couples decided to choose pairs of boys or girls one age and the other pair a year or two older. The reasoning for this was to have similar interests and be able to help each other with homework like Ian and Yolanda’s girls had mentioned. Other couples decided on stair step ages so they’d be like a regular family. So in the end, many age levels were covered. But none chose any who were older than 14, because the idea was to have a long term relationship, and enough time to make a difference in their lives. Sometimes siblings were able to be placed in the same home and they were helped by the continuity that brought.
The ranch said it was okay to have one or two pets if they were small ones kept inside or tied up outside, and if they weren’t a nuisance to other people.
Cory’s parents, Greg and Oralie Iverson, had gone to the truck farm to ask if they had a house that would be big enough for them and their own son, Cory, plus four other boys from ages five through seven. They did have one house that would work, if Cory wouldn’t mind sleeping in the small room that was really meant for an office. The parents could buy an old-fashioned kind of stand alone wardrobe to be the closet. He could share his parents’ bathroom since the other one would be very busy with four boys. Because it was an unfurnished house they could bring whatever would fit of the rest of their furniture and buy furnishings for the two bedrooms the other boys would share. Cory was thrilled.
William mentioned, “The church service today surely went along well with all the planning we and the rest of the people are doing in preparation for instant big families as foster parents.”
Anna agreed, “You’re right. For us it won’t be such a shock, but more like a flashback to when we had our three children.”
William continued, “I’m glad about that for us. The songs at church are always good, but the scriptures were especially helpful today. Maybe the other parents will also be helped.”
Anna prayed, “Yes, Father please make that happen for all the people who need your special help at this time.”
He added, “Please help them and us to continue to commit our work to you LORD, and you will establish our thoughts, as I personalized Proverbs 16:3.
She continued, “Thank you, God, that you are our helper, as I personalized Psalm 54:4a and that Psalm 121:2 says, My help comes from the LORD who made heaven and earth.”
William personalized two other verses from the service: “I’m very thankful that God, is our God for ever and ever, and he will be our guide, as Psalm 48:14 says. And Proverbs 16:9 says, we plan, but you, LORD, direct our steps.”
Anna added, “Thank you that 2 Samuel 22:31-33 says, As for God, his way is perfect. The word of the LORD is proven, he is a shield to all who trust in him. For God only is the LORD and a rock. God is my strength and power, and he makes my way perfect.”
Then they sang together all but verse four of “O God Our Help In Ages Past.” And William said, “Thank you for being our help!”
While they were packing for the trip back to the Mendoza parents’ home Felix stated, “I would never have believed it, if someone had told me in September that we’d both be married before the end of May!”
“Yes,” agreed Nathan, “This whole project went much faster and in a different direction than I ever thought it would. It’s easier for me to believe, because I’m marrying the woman of my dreams after so many years of waiting and searching. You on the other hand have known Sunny for only about 3 months. You work fast my friend!”
Felix laughed, “Actually it was God who did the fast work once I realized Esther wasn’t the right woman for me. He put Sunny in our four by four group and totally took us both by surprise!”
Nathan remarked, “I think you’ll be a good match though. She has a lot of good qualities.”
“I think so too,” said Felix. “I’m already feeling love for her and I hope she’ll be able to feel love for me. It seems a strange way to begin a marriage in this day and age, but since we both know it’s God’s will, it’ll be a good marriage. A lot of people think they’re in love but have a rocky, hard road and end up wondering if they married the wrong person. At least we won’t have that problem.”
“Good thinking, Felix.” Then Nathan inquired, “How do you feel about having a double wedding? I let Esther know I’m fine with whatever kind of wedding she wants, as long as she is my bride and it’s in a church and by a pastor.”
Felix declared, “I told Sunny it sounds fun and interesting. I had never even heard of such a thing, but with Ruth planning it and our two brides working with her on it, it should be wonderful.”
“I agree, and if their lists aren't any longer than ours, it won’t be a very big one. I wonder if they will want us to rent a tux each. I’ve never worn a tux, and neither have you. I guess we better ask them what they want us to do,” mentioned Nathan.
“You’re right! Plus, someone told me once that the honeymoon is usually the groom’s responsibility to plan and pay for. Do you have any ideas for a honeymoon?” Felix questioned.
Nathan replied, “No, so we better get busy brainstorming. It would be a good idea to ask them if they prefer to know where we’re going or would rather have it be a surprise. We still have a lot to talk about. Maybe it would be a good idea to ask them for some ideas of places they might like to go.”
Felix commented, “I never realized there were so many details involved in getting married. Our university friends just up and eloped. But I do think it would be better to plans things first.”
“Yes, and I’m looking forward to taking them to meet Dad and Mom. I like your idea of you doing the driving so you and Sunny can talk and plan in the front seat while Esther and I do the same in the back seat. It’s nice that conversing doesn’t bother you while you’re driving. I need quiet concentration when I drive and Esther is super about staying quiet then,” Nathan continued.
Felix concurred. “I’m glad for you about that, otherwise it could be a point of contention between you. She’s a very understanding person. I think you two will have a wonderful life together.”
Nathan responded, “Thank you. Did I tell you that Esther and I get to start living on the ranch right after our honeymoon?”
Felix replied, “Yes, and I’m happy for you. Sunny and I will need to discuss the possibilities and come up with a solution of where we’ll stay until we get our foster parent license and a place to live on the farm.”
“Yes, you will. Another thing we’ll need to help our brides with, is all the thank you notes to be written for gifts and things people have done for us. This whole wedding process is a joint project just like the rest of our lives will be,” Nathan observed.
Felix responded, “You’re right. We’ve learned a lot and have a lot more to learn. I think I’ve grown up a lot since January. I’m glad I don’t have the urge to tease like I did before.”
Nathan agreed, “I’m proud of you. I feel we’re both on the right track toward maturity. Father in heaven, please continue to help us mature and to accomplish all the things we need to in order to have a wonderful wedding and life with our beautiful brides.” Felix said a loud AMEN.
During lunch at the ranch, Jeff was talking to Matt Anderson who was the foreman for Jeff’s crew of the Evans Construction Company. “This ranch is in such a pretty valley and all the buildings have had excellent care. Karen and I are really looking forward to raising four girls here.” Then he gave Matt a summary of their visit to the ranch last Saturday.
Matt responded, “I’m glad for you, it sure is a quick way to get a large family. Fiona and I prayed and discussed it, but it didn’t make any sense after all the work Walt and both of our crews did in order to finish up the house I had started for us. Besides, Fiona’s already expecting our first baby, and we had agreed to have a large family the usual way.”
Jeff replied, “I can see how that makes very good sense for you and Fiona. Isn’t it amazing how God has made so many unique individuals and different plans for each life and how he can make his plan known to each one who will listen to him and do it?”
Matt agreed, “Yes it is! We’ll be praying for you and Karen as you follow God’s leading in this new undertaking. I know there will be many hard things for you to do, but it sounds like you’ve already had several things work out nicely, and for Karen to have a job at the ranch.”
“Yes, she’s excited about the job and the ranch. I guess we better get back to work,” commented Jeff.
In Pine City the Tuesday after their trip to see the Mendoza parents, Esther and Sunny were talking with Ruth about how it went. “What did you think about them and Felix’s mother?” Ruth asked Sunny.
“They were all extra nice.” she responded. “I felt an instant bonding with them because we’re all believers.”
“It does make a world of difference,” Ruth stated.
Sunny continued, “I feel like I know Felix a lot better now, after seeing where he grew up and getting to know his mother and foster parents.”
Esther added, “Nathan’s parents are amazing people. We asked them for any ideas about being foster parents and I took a lot of notes on what they said. I’m sure it’ll be very helpful for us. I hope they’ll be able to travel out here to visit us, because it would be harder for us to go there with four foster children.”
Sunny nodded, “They did mention at one point that they’d try to visit us in our new homes. I’ll look forward to their visits.”
“I’d like to see them again,” Ruth remarked, “and get to know them better myself. I can’t even remember what they look like.”
Esther stated, “Nathan looks a lot like his dad, but he has his mother’s expressive eyes. I could see many of their mannerisms have passed on to both Nathan and Felix.”
Sunny agreed, “You’re right. Felix doesn’t resemble either of them of course, but it was easy to see who had raised him. Felix and I went alone to see his mom. He has his mother’s hair color and smile and sense of humor. It’s too bad his sister wasn’t able to be there. I would like to have met her. Maybe sometime she can come to the farm for a visit.”
Esther mentioned, “Yes, perhaps she can. The driving time there and back was well used and helpful. Nathan and I had a chance to do a lot of planning for our honeymoon as well as for the future.”
Sunny said, “It was a good time for Felix and me also. He let me read the issues dissertation he wrote for you, Esther. That was a super idea you had. I learned so much about him by being able to read it. I told him I agreed with all of it too. He’s an extraordinary person and I’m beginning to like him a lot.”
Esther exclaimed, “Terrific! Did he ask you where you might like to go on your honeymoon?”
“Yes, but I told him I’d rather have it be a surprise,” she replied.
“Not me!” declared Esther. We brainstormed a lot and chose two short ones we both like. I’m looking forward to them. However, I won’t tell you where, until we get back.”
Nathan and Felix had fun talking about their trip to take Esther and Sunny to visit the Mendoza parents. Nathan shared, “I think Dad and Mom were truly pleased with both of our women. I know they had a lot of misgivings when we told them about our plans before we left last fall, but they could see and agree that it has all worked out surprisingly well.”
Felix concurred but added, “I think they were very amazed that I found a ‘replacement’ so easily and quickly. I’m beginning to like to tell that story and see the surprise on people’s faces.”
“I imagine it is fun for you since it worked out so well with her and her parents,” Nathan commented.
“Right, it wouldn’t have been any fun if she or they had rejected me. I noticed Esther taking a lot of notes after asking for advice about being foster parents. In fact she takes lots of notes at church and in small group also,” Felix observed.
“Yes, she truly is a serious learner and wants to get things done correctly, so I’m pretty sure she studies and reviews them later,” Nathan agreed.
Felix continued, “It was helpful to me to be able to converse with Sunny while I was driving. She asked a lot of good questions and was very pleased to get to read my dissertation about all those issues Esther gave us. I’m glad she agreed with all of them, because unity is exceptionally important.”
Nathan agreed, “Yes it is, and we’re both very privileged to be marrying intelligent, agreeable, beautiful, Christian women.”
“Yes!” declared Felix. “What a wonderful way to go!”
The next Saturday after their four by four ministry time, it was decided that this should be the last four by four ministry time for the two engaged couples so they could plan and be ready for their weddings. After the weddings they would each become a two by two ministry team.
They thanked each other for being a part of the ministry group and decided Nathan and Felix should report their decision to Jeff and Karen before the next small group meeting. They would also inform them about the upcoming double wedding.
On the way to their homes, they left Sunny at her apartment, but when they reached Esther’s apartment, Felix asked Nathan and Esther if the three of them could go up and talk to Ruth.
When they got inside Felix asked, “Do any of you know of a place Sunny might like to go for a honeymoon. She told me she wanted it to be a surprise.”
Ruth looked at Esther and they both smiled. Esther declared, “She told us something a couple months ago that would be just right, but it will take some planning and working together to make it work correctly.” Then she explained what it was and they all made plans to make this a honeymoon that Sunny would enjoy and also remember for a long time in the future.
Connie Clay was visiting her former employee, Fiona Anderson who was expecting her first baby in a few weeks.
“I’m glad you came to my house today, because I’m really tired today,” Fiona shared. “I guess that goes along with my condition. I had no idea what to anticipate, but I thought I’d have enough energy to get a lot of things done here at home before this little one arrives.”
“I think it would be hard to predict. It was different with each of my two. With Ben I had lots of energy all the way through, but with Amelia, I was tired most of the time. Our bodies know what they need, so if it’s telling you that you’re tired, then you better rest and not worry if you don’t get done with all the things you planned to do,” advised Connie.
“Thank you, Connie,” Fiona responded. “I was feeling guilty for resting so much every day, even though Matt told me not to worry about it. I’ll tell him what you said and take the advice of both of you! How’s everything going for you at the shop and at home?”
Connie told her all about it and then left early after telling Fiona to go take a nap.
The last Saturday in April, when the Becketts, Sunny, and Maria arrived at the dude ranch for their weekend of fun, Esther commented, “Sunny, it’s a good thing the wedding isn’t until the third weekend in May or we wouldn’t have time to come here.”
“For sure, and I, for one need this time to relax, plus we can help Ruth this weekend with the rest of the planning for our wedding,” agreed Sunny as they were standing on the porch.
Esther remarked, “Agreed, this will be a great way to relax. I enjoy watching the horses in the pasture. I remember most of these same horses from our other visits to the dude ranch and it’s nice to see that they’re still here and look just as healthy as they did then. I like all the different colors.
Maria inquired, “Do you have a favorite color for a horse?”
“Well,” Esther responded, “I think I might have several different preferred colors, depending on the day and maybe which horse I’m riding. Right now I especially like those two buckskin colored horses. One is tan and the other is a medium bronze. Both of them have black legs, manes, and tails. I think it’s an impressive combination. Their names are Bronze and Topaz and they’re quarter horses.”
Maria agreed, “I think so too. The only color I’m familiar with is palomino. Those two over there are almost like twins with their golden colored bodies with white manes and tails. The only difference I can see in them is the white markings on their faces.”
Esther explained, “Yes, they’re Tennessee Walking Horses. one has a blaze, which is a white mark that goes from its forehead to its nose. The other has a star, which is a white spot on its forehead. So that’s how they got their names, Blaze and Star.
“What a good idea,” remarked Sunny. … “Except, you have to be able to see their faces before you know which is which. I guess it’s like the twin girls in our church, Hope and Joy. One of them has freckles on one cheek, and the other doesn’t, so you have to be able to see their faces to tell who is who.”
Esther responded, “Yes, and you have to remember which one goes with the freckles, and I don’t, because I don’t see them very often. At least with these two horses, their markings go with their names so it’s easier for me.”
“I agree.” Then Maria asked, “What’s the name of the color for the gray horse with darker gray areas all over him?”
“It’s dapple-gray. He has a black mane and tail and his legs are also black. As I remember they call him Dappled. He’s a quarter horse and was used by people trying to rope cattle from his back, before he came to this ranch which has no cattle.
Sunny stated, “I’m glad. They smell worse and aren’t nearly as interesting or as pretty as horses.” They laughed with her.
Esther went on to explain, “There are two big horses with patches or spots of white and another color. They’re called pintos. In this case one has black and the other has brown. Notice that the mane and tail continue the color of the patches or spots next to them. These two horses are also Tennessee Walking Horses and their names are Spots and Patches.”
Maria exclaimed, “Oh, I can see why! They’re both beautiful. I like the color of the patchy brown one better. I assume that’s the one called Patches.”
“Right. Then there are two solid black horses near those two. They’re also Tennessee Walking Horses. One is even taller than the pintos. I’ve never ridden any of those three because they’re so big. I tend to like the smaller horses better,” Esther explained.
Maria asked, “How old were you when you first started riding?”
Esther answered, “I think I was ten the first time we came to this dude ranch and Vera gave me my first riding lesson. It was my dream come true and I’ve loved horses ever since. … Now look at the matching bay horses headed this direction. Those two are Morgans and they also seem pretty big to me. I’ve never ridden them either, but they’re especially beautiful with their brown coats, and black manes, tails and legs. The only way to tell them apart is by facial markings again. As they get closer look at them carefully.”
Maria responded, “I see! Let me guess. The one with the diamond on its forehead is called Diamond, and the one with the comet shape is named Comet. They are magnificent.”
“Yes they are! And you got their names correct. This is fun. Let’s see, so far we’ve talked about eleven horses. Look over to the right and you’ll see a milk chocolate colored horse with a flaxen or blond colored mane and tail. That horse is Vera’s favorite, and she calls it Coco. Standing by Coco is a dark chocolate one with a flaxen mane and tail. Its name is Dark Coco. They’re both Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses.”
Sunny exclaimed, “Those two are my favorite colors so far!”
Esther replied, “They’re in my preferred colors also. There’s a group of smaller horses over there on the left. All of them are Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses, and these vary in size from 11 to 14 hands, just the right size for children and small ladies.”
“I see two light brown horses, and their manes and tails are the same color as their bodies. Is there a way to tell them apart?” Maria asked.
“Yes, look at their lower legs,” answered Esther.
“Oh, I can see that one has short white markings above the front feet, and the other has longer ones on its back feet. I’ll take a guess at their names. The first one is Socks, and the other one is Boots. If they were kittens that’s what I’d name them.”
“Good thinking, Maria. You got them right. Now look at the two next to them. They’re both different shades of brown with manes and tails of the same color. The dark one is Coffee and the light coppery colored one is called Tea.”
“You’re right, this is fun. Next I see a small solid black horse. So there are three black horses on the ranch, ranging in size from very large to medium and small. So I’ll speculate their names. King, Queen, and Princess,” Maria guessed.
“You catch on quickly. Vera and Oscar wanted to keep the names simple so the guests could remember them by just looking at the horses. I think it was a brilliant idea!” stated Esther.
“Yes it was.” Maria concurred. “There are just two others left, tell me about them.”
“Okay. These two make up the twenty horses in the herd. One is all brown like a seal, and the other one is all reddish brown like rust. So their names are Brownie and Rusty. I think they’re the smallest horses on the ranch and the little kids really love them. I think I started out on Rusty, and I did love him. Let’s go get ready for a ride and we can look at all of them up close while we choose the ones we want to ride,” suggested Esther.
Sunny declared, “I was hoping you’d say that.”
Maria admitted, “I could hope you’re only joking, but I know you’re serious. I don’t know how to ride a horse. I’ve never even been close to one, and I think I’m scared of them.”
“Don’t worry,” Esther replied. “These horses are all unusually gentle and want to please whoever is riding them. We’ll take Ruth with us and get Vera to give you your first lesson. She’ll remove your fears in no time and teach you all you need to know for your first ride.”
Esther grabbed Maria by the hand and didn’t give her a chance to argue or decline. Soon the ladies had changed into jeans and were on their way to see Vera, who was always eager to teach a newcomer how to ride.”
After the ride Maria stated, “It was really fun to learn to ride a horse after getting it ready first and becoming acquainted with it. Since I got to ride Boots, it wasn’t scary at all, since he’s only 12 hands high. Even though I’m tall he seemed just the right size for my first ride. Maybe next time I’ll try a larger horse.”
After lunch they got ready to take two small flat-bottomed boats and go rowing on Wild Mint Lake. Ruth explained, “The name for the lake comes from all the wild mint that likes to grow near water. It might take awhile for Maria to get in rhythm so we can row and get anywhere, but it’ll be fun once we do.”
Sunny said with a smile, “As I remember, the lake isn’t much over knee deep, so even if we tip over, we’ll just get cold.”
Maria responded with a laugh, “That’s encouraging! Anyway, I’m going to have lots of wonderful memories of this ranch and our weekend here. I’m glad Ruth already told me that these boats don’t tip over very easily, so I won’t have to worry about getting wet and cold on this chilly afternoon.”
“We did it once, though, didn’t we Esther, just to prove it could be done. But then we had to clean everything in the boat and be sure it was dry. That took us two extra hours,” admitted Sunny.
Esther responded, “It was fun, until the cleanup. We do have many good memories of this ranch. I feel so privileged that I’ll get to live here. It’s a perfect place to raise children. There are lots of ways to do reality discipline when rules aren’t followed. Most kids won’t make the same mistake twice.”
Ruth called out, “Come over here, Maria. We’ll take this boat and they can have that one. I’m sure you’ll learn how to row it quickly.”
She did and they had a nice time. “This is fun, Ruth. I’m getting some good exercise today. I’m glad I got to come here. The air’s so clean and fresh and every place I look is beautiful.”
Ruth said, “I agree. This whole valley is one of the most scenic and peaceful places I’ve ever visited.”
Later in the afternoon, Maria went to visit with Vera while the other four ladies worked on wedding plans. Anna was glad to be included and gave them some good ideas.
Sunday morning they had a nice time singing hymns with the SD card in a little boom box, and then studying the Bible together. Afterward even though the morning was still cool, they all hiked up to Lavender Falls, which was just as beautiful as Esther had said it was. After lunch, they went on a long horseback ride to see the rest of the ranch.
Maria rode a larger horse this time. She understood why it was one of Esther's favorite activities. But she told Ruth, “I was sore and stiff for a couple days afterward. I think horseback riding is an activity that needs to be done on a regular basis.”
Ruth stated, “I agree, but I feel like it’s worth it anyway.
Chapter 8
John 2:1b,2, There was a marriage in Cana of Galilee, and the mother of Jesus was there.
Jesus and his disciples were also called to the marriage.
Not too long after Felix and Sunny had visited the farm, Felix’s employer told him, “One couple is moving out of a furnished house next week, so it’ll be available for you and Sunny to move into right after your honeymoon.”
Felix responded, “This is wonderful! We were trying to decide if my apartment or hers would be the better one to move into after our honeymoon. Now we won’t have to choose.”
He responded, “Great! I’m glad this has worked out so well for you both. So after next week, you and she and any other helpers you find, can come to clean, paint, rearrange furniture, and start moving your things into the house so it’ll be all set up before your wedding. My wife and I are looking forward to coming to your wedding.”
“Thank you. This is an exciting time for us,” said Felix.
In Pine City when Felix told Nathan about the house Nathan exclaimed, “I’m truly glad that you and Sunny will be able to get your home at the farm prepared and ready for you to move into right after the wedding and your honeymoon.”
At one of their small group meetings during announcement time, Felix and Nathan announced their engagements and invited everyone to their double wedding the third Saturday in May at the Chapel in the Hills. Both of them told about their plans to be foster parents and live at the farm or ranch. Therefore, many people came to them at refreshment time and made plans to help them when it was time to move.
Esther and Sunny’s parents also volunteered to help with cleaning, and preparing the houses. Consequently, the week before the wedding, both houses were clean and set up for the newly married couples to come home to after their honeymoons.
The double wedding shower Esther and Sunny gave to each other turned out to be extra fun for them and the guests. The games and refreshments were excellent, and since the guests had used the registry at the chosen stores, many useful gifts were presented. The young ladies felt their homes would be equipped just right.
Felix and Nathan helped them by addressing envelopes for the thank-you cards and packing all the gifts into boxes for the move to their new homes.
Meanwhile, the rest of the church people and small groups were busy with their jobs and lives and especially living for Jesus. They continued attending church and small groups, going out in ministry teams, and looking for opportunities to tell the Good News to people they met.
Walt and Betty Evans took their service to Jesus very seriously. He used every chance he got to tell people how Jesus had healed him from a massive heart attack over a year ago. Whenever they went shopping anywhere they looked for someone to tell.
One Saturday they were at the mall and saw some people they hadn’t seen in years so they went over to greet them.
Betty started the conversation, “How are you guys? It’s been a long time since we saw you last.”
The woman answered, “You’re right about that! We’ve been fine and just got back from an extended visit with our middle son and his family who are living out of state now.”
The man added, “”Yes, it was nice to see him again. We miss all our kids since they moved away. How have you been?”
Walt responded, “I’m feeling great now, but over a year ago I had a massive heart attack and wasn’t expected to live.”
The woman exclaimed, “Wow! You look better now than you did the last time we saw you. What happened?”
Walt gave them a summary of the incident and his miraculous healing, and continued, “But the best part happened right after I was healed.”
The man questioned, “What could possibly be better than being brought back from death’s door?” They had found a place to sit in the mall as they had been talking.
Walt explained, “For many months before that, Matt, a young man, who was working for me had been telling me about how to get to heaven. Since my doctor had told me to slow down at work because of a bad heart, I was very interested in the topic. Matt loaned us a Bible and a book that explained everything. Betty and I read the book and looked up verses in the Bible.”
Betty added, “I was just as interested as Walt was, so we worked together on our study.”
Walt shared, “The night before my heart attack we had studied enough that Betty wanted me to pray with her the prayer that was in the book, confessing our sins, asking Jesus to forgive us and be our Savior. Betty prayed it, but I wanted to wait and have Matt help me so I’d be sure to do it right. However the next day I had a massive heart attack and could have died. If that had happened, I would have been lost forever.”
Betty continued, “I was terribly distraught about that possibility and the heart attack. But Matt came to the hospital talked and prayed for me, until I got settled down. When the doctor took us to see Walt who was unconscious, Matt had me put my hands on Walt like he did, and he prayed asking God to heal Walt so he’d still have a chance to accept Jesus. He told Walt to be healed, in Jesus name, and right then he was healed.”
Walt concluded, “And I lost no time in asking Matt to help me pray for Jesus to be my Savior. Jesus answered that prayer immediately also, and I was filled with peace and joy. So that was better than the physical healing because then I had the assurance of going to heaven instead of the other place when I would eventually die. Do you two have that assurance? If you don’t have it, you can take care of it today!”
The wife looked at her husband longing for him to do just what Walt and Betty had done. She’d been praying for him for years.
He shook his head and admitted, “No, but after hearing about your miracle and what you believe, I’d like to now.”
Walt was more than happy explain how, and to answer his questions and then lead him in a prayer to repent, confess his sins, ask forgiveness and for Jesus to be his Savior, and for help to live his new life.
He turned to his wife, tenderly took her hands in his and said, “Thank you, my dear wife, for all the years you prayed for me and lived such an exemplary life. You honored my demand to not talk about Jesus. But Jesus brought Walt back into my life so he could tell me everything I needed to know in a way I could relate to better than anything else I had ever heard.”
She responded, “You’re welcome. I’m filled with joy that you now believe in Jesus.”
He continued, “Thank you, Walt and Betty, for being willing to share your story with me.”
They nodded and smiled with rejoicing. Walt replied, “You’re very welcome. It was our pleasure. Welcome to God’s family.” Walt gave him a little booklet to read with a card to fill out, and explained what it was about.
Betty asked, “Would the two of you like to go to church with us this coming Sunday? We’d be delighted to pick you up!”
The people nodded and found out what time to be ready. Then they all went their separate ways rejoicing.
Felix was flustered at their apartment, on Monday evening of the week before their weddings. “I can’t find the tie I’m supposed to wear with my rented tux. It’s the fifth thing that has disappeared this evening. How will I ever get to the church on time Saturday for the wedding?”
Nathan’s calm voice got through. “Relax, Felix. I’ll help you find everything, Here’s your tie, just where you put it last night.” Then they looked together to find the rest.
“Thank you, Nathan. You’ve always been there for me. What will I ever do without you to help me solve my problems?”
“Jesus will help you, and it’ll be another opportunity for you to mature into the man he plans for you to be,” answered Nathan. “Is your suitcase ready to go? We have to take both vehicles to the chapel, and then yours to its special place, since we’ll leave from the chapel after the reception to go on our honeymoons.”
Felix responded, “Yes, I finished packing yesterday before supper. I think the honeymoon is what has me worried. Sunny and I talked it over and agreed that we could wait until later for intimacy if either of us didn’t feel ready yet. The honeymoon would be so much easier if we were in love. It’s hard for me to imagine making love when I don’t feel like I’m in love yet. Both of us have saved ourselves for only our spouse, just like you and Esther have, but you and Esther are in love and are probably looking forward to the honeymoon. I fear that both Sunny and I are dreading it instead.”
Nathan said, “I understand, and I’m sure it will be easier for Esther and me, but I also know I’m nervous about the evening myself. Remember also, the book we read called, ‘Love is a Choice,’ and how it emphasized love isn’t just a feeling, but actions that show others how much we care for them. Let’s pray together for Jesus to give us peace and guide us for this next adventure in our lives. He planned this special time for married people so he knows how to prepare us for it.”
Felix replied, “Yes, plus, I’m having second thoughts about waiting until later for intimacy. What do you think God would want us to do? Do you know any scriptures about a situation like ours?”
Nathan suggested, “Let’s go back to the story about Isaac and Rebekah in Genesis 24:59,61-67. He read it aloud. “Rebekah’s family sent her away, and her nurse, and Abraham’s servant, and his men. Rebekah arose, and her maids, and they rode on the camels, and followed the man. The servant took Rebekah and went his way. Isaac was at a well in the south country. Isaac went out to meditate in the field at eventide, and he looked up and saw that the camels were coming. Rebekah looked and when she saw Isaac, she got off the camel. For she had said to the servant, ‘What man is this who walks in the field to meet us?’ And the servant had said, ‘It is my master.’ Therefore she took a veil and covered herself. The servant told Isaac all the things he had done. And Isaac brought her into his mother Sarah’s tent, and took Rebekah, and she became his wife. And he loved her. And Isaac was comforted after his mother’s death. Does this shed any light on your situation?”
Felix answered, “Yes it does. Isaac and Rebekah didn’t wait. In fact there was no wedding ceremony mentioned. He just brought her into his mother’s tent and took her and she became his wife. Although it doesn’t say so directly, it infers that the act of sexual intercourse is what made her his wife. I remember the same kind of situation after the celebration feast when Jacob had asked Laban to give him Rachel as his wife after working for Laban seven years to earn her. I’ll read Genesis 29:21-30 aloud. Give me my wife, (Rachel) for my days are fulfilled, that I may go in unto her. … and it came to pass in the evening that Laban took Leah his (older daughter) and brought her to him, and he went in unto her. … And it came to pass, that in the morning, behold it was Leah. Jacob said to Laban, ‘What is this you have done to me? Didn’t I serve with you for Rachel? Why have you deceived me?’ And Laban said, ‘It must not be done in our country to give the younger before the firstborn. Fulfill her week and we will give you Rachel, but you must serve seven more years. And Jacob did so, and fulfilled Leah’s week. Then Laban gave him Rachel to be his wife also. … and Jacob went in also unto Rachel, and he loved Rachel more than Leah, and served Laban seven more years for her. So Jacob ended up with two wives as the culture basically dictated, but there was no waiting in those cases either.”
“You’re right,” Nathan agreed. “Let’s look at the case of Joseph and Mary in Matthew 1:18-25. I’ll summarize the first part. When Joseph found out Mary was going to have a baby, he thought about giving her a private divorce, but in a dream, an angel of the Lord told him to not fear to take Mary as his wife because the baby was conceived in her by the Holy Spirit. This fulfilled the prophecy that a virgin would be with child and have a son who would be Emmanuel which means, God with us. Now I’ll read verses 24 and 25a. Then when Joseph awoke, he did as the angel of the Lord had instructed, and took Mary unto him as his wife. But he knew her not (which means they had no sexual union) until after the baby was born.
Felix commented, “Theirs was a special, unique case which doesn’t have any bearing on my situation with Sunny. Also there are some verses in 2 Corinthians 7 that tell husbands and wives to not deprive each other except with consent for a time for fasting and prayer, and then come together again so Satan won’t temp you. But those verses don’t go with our situation either. There’s a verse in Hebrew 13:4a that says, Marriage is honorable and the bed is not defiled. Therefore I think our Bible study today has convinced me that Sunny and I shouldn’t wait. It would probably cause us more stress than relief. We won’t need to call it making love until we do feel love for each other. I’ll go over these scriptures with Sunny as soon as I can and see what she thinks about it. Thanks for your help on this topic today, Nathan.”
“It was my pleasure, Felix. I’m glad the Bible is such a good guidebook for our lives, replied Nathan.
That same evening Felix and Sunny studied the Bible together and came to the same conclusion: waiting wouldn’t be a good idea for them. Their wedding needed to be consummated or completed by becoming one through intimacy. They prayed together for Jesus to give them peace and his help to enjoy the gift of their sexuality on their honeymoon and for the rest of their lives. Then both of them felt better.
Mr. and Mrs. Mendoza arrived at Felix and Nathan’s apartment in the late afternoon on Tuesday and helped both of them move everything except what they’d need for the rest of the week, out of their apartment to their new homes. Then Wednesday evening they took their boys out to supper. They all had a nice time visiting and hearing about the plans for the rehearsal the next evening. It would be held in the Chapel in the Hills so everyone would know the layout of the church and about their times to come down the isle. Then there would be a dinner after the rehearsal in a restaurant near the chapel.
When they got back to the apartment after their dinner out on Wednesday, they gave Nathan and Felix both a booklet to read that contained many ideas for those people who have saved themselves for only their spouse to read and understand right before the wedding. (“Sexual Intimacy in Marriage” is a book that has a similar chapter.)
Felix finished reading his booklet and looked relieved. “This is excellent and so well written and explained. It answers a lot of my questions before I even knew I should ask them.”
Nathan concurred, “Yes, I was nervous about the honeymoon, but this helps me realize we don’t need to do everything perfectly. I think I was making it into a project, when it should be an enjoyable adventure and the beginning of a lifetime of learning about each other and ways we can please our spouse. Is there a way we could give our brides a copy of this booklet before the wedding so they will know the same relief we’ve had?”
Mr. Mendoza answered, “As a matter of fact, we brought two more and we’re hoping to have a chance to speak to the parents of both of your brides and ask them if they think the booklets would be appropriate and helpful for their daughters.”
So the next day the Mendoza parents made arrangements with Sunny’s parents and then Esther’s parents and talked to them separately about the booklets. Both sets of parents liked the booklets and made time the next evening after the rehearsal and dinner for the booklet to be read and discussed. The young ladies were very grateful and relieved to learn the things that would help them to enjoy their honeymoons and the rest of their lives with their husbands. Now they were both looking forward to it.
All four of the young people were glad they had not read this booklet any sooner because they might have been tempted to try some of the things before the wedding. If they had, it would have spoiled the joy they could have had by waiting until they were married. Now nobody would have to live with the regret it would have caused.
Soon it was the third weekend in May, and Friday night, Ruth was hurriedly going over her list to make sure she hadn’t forgotten anything. She breathed a sigh of relief when she realized everything was in readiness and Esther was already sleeping peacefully. Ruth decided to go do the same so she could enjoy the day tomorrow.
Saturday dawned clear and sunny. Ruth declared, “In my opinion it’s a picture perfect day for your wedding, Esther. And yes, the photographers have notified me that they will both be there to take all the necessary photographs for this double wedding.”
Esther responded, “Thank you, Ruth! I know I don’t have a single thing to worry about, so I won’t. Plus, I agree, the weather is perfect. Thank you, Jesus, for giving us a lovely day!”
Ruth added, “Yes, thank you very much. Please have everything go well all day for both couples so they can have pleasant memories of their weddings and then continue to bless them the rest of their lives with your presence and joy and guidance. I pray in Jesus name. Amen.”
Esther gave Ruth a big hug and handed her a thank-you card with all the things Esther had room to include around the giant letters that said, “THANK YOU!”
Ruth read it all with tears of joy in her eyes. “You’re very welcome dear little sister. I know I’m really going to miss having you here to share this apartment with me. But I’m willing to let you go, because I know you’ll be even happier with Nathan than you’ve been here with me. He is a wonderful man and I’m glad for you. Now go on and take your shower and be sure your suitcase is packed and ready to take with us for your honeymoon.”
Esther replied, “Yes, my dear big sister. I know I’ll miss you also, but we can both remember that you can come to the ranch often to visit. Nathan told me he’d be glad to have you come and he wants us to keep our close sisterly relationship.”
“That was nice of him. He’s a good man.” Then in big sisterly fashion, Ruth continued, “Now get going to that shower or else you’ll make us late for your own wedding!” Then she laughed.
Meanwhile Sunny and her mom were making last minute preparations in the family home. “Thank you, Mom, for being such a wonderful help to me and for all your good ideas for the wedding that I was able to share with Esther and Ruth. You’ll see how many of them are included in the wedding today.”
“You’re completely welcome my dear daughter. Your father and I are very happy for you and especially glad to hear that you are already feeling some love for Felix. I’m sure it’ll continue to grow and your marriage will be a good, happy one,” her mother replied. Oh, I just heard your dad start the car, so lets take all our wedding paraphernalia and your honeymoon suitcase and go to the church where we can dress and finish getting ready.”
Everyone arrived at the Chapel in the Hills in time to don their wedding attire. If you could have been in the various rooms, you might have heard things like: “You make a beautiful bride, just like I thought you would.” Or, “Mom, that dress looks gorgeous on you. I’m glad both our moms picked out such pretty matching dresses since you are our Matrons of Honor.” Or, “My wedding dress fits you perfectly. I’m so pleased that you can wear it on this happy day. Maybe one of your foster girls will be able to wear it someday.” Or, “Dad, you and I make a very handsome pair. You’ve hardly aged at all. People might get confused about who’s the groom.” Or, “Jason, I think my tux shrunk. Is yours way too big?” And, “Maybe they got mixed up. Here, try this one instead.” And, “Thanks, Jason. I’m glad we became such good friends these last few months so that you agreed to be the best man at my wedding, even though I’m not marrying your sister like I once thought I might.”
Since she was the wedding coordinator, Ruth was very busy with last minute details while the people in the wedding party were getting dressed. She was glad she wasn’t the maid of honor since the mothers were doing that job. There were no other bride’s maids either, in order to keep the number of people up front to a minimum. This way, they would have just one attendant for each bride or groom. At the right time, she went and knocked on the doors in the right order and gave the occupants a five minute notice and compliments on how nice they looked.
The chapel was beautiful on its own, but Ruth had it decorated with bouquets of many wild and greenhouse spring flowers that were available. The sun shining through the stained glass windows made candles unnecessary. The simplicity was delightful, and people were able to concentrate on the pretty music playing in the background and the people coming down the isle.
Nathan with his father, and Felix with Jason joined Pastor Don at the front of the chapel with Esther’s family on the left side to match the side on which they would be standing up front. Sunny’s family was seated on the right side of the chapel for the same reason. The other people in the congregation sat wherever they chose. The wedding music began and the mothers of the brides walked down the isle to their places in the front.
The big moment had come. The music signaled for the congregation to stand as the brides were coming down the isle. As father of one of the brides, William proudly escorted Esther, who was full of joy, down the isle. Sunny had wanted them to go first, therefore she and her father followed afterward. Each father placed his daughter’s hand in the waiting hand of her groom, and then went to be seated. Then as they had rehearsed, each bride simultaneously handed her pretty bouquet to her mom, who was matron of honor, so she could hold it for her.
Pastor Don gave a short teaching on the importance and value of marriage. He advised the couples to love each other, as in Ephesians 5:25, Husbands, love your wives as Christ loved the church and gave himself for it, and Titus 2:4b, teach the young women to … love their husbands. He stressed that this love is like the love in 1Corinthians 13:4-8a. Love is patient, love is kind; it does not envy or boast and is not proud. It does not behave rudely, is not selfish, is not easily angered, and does not think evil. It rejoices in the truth, not in iniquity. Love bears and believes and hopes and endures all things, and it never fails.
Then he went back and forth between the couples for the wedding ceremony itself. Both couples had written and memorized their wedding vows, which they said to each other with great sincerity. After their vows, Esther and Sunny sang the song, “Whither Thou Goest, I Will Go,” to their grooms who faced them in order to listen. The words for that song are taken from Ruth 1:16,17a, where Ruth said, “Entreat me not to leave you or return from following you; for where you go I will go, and where you lodge I will lodge. Your people shall be my people, and your God my God. Where you die, I will die and there I will be buried...”
After the pastor pronounced them husband and wife, he told the grooms they could kiss their brides, which they did simultaneously and thoroughly, even though this was their first kiss. They didn’t appear to need a lesson on how to do it.
Next the pastor had them turn around to face the congregation and presented them as Nathan and Esther Mendoza, and as Felix and Sunny Lucero. The congregation burst into spontaneous applause with praise and thanks to the Lord.
The matrons of honor handed the bouquets back to their daughters, and at a signal from Pastor Don they both threw them toward a single girl on their side of the chapel. The surprised and happy girls were grateful they could catch them and hopefully look forward to their own weddings some day.
The music signaled for the two couples, followed by their attendants to make their way to the back of the chapel where the people in the congregation could give them congratulations before they all went downstairs for the reception.
Many of the people in the congregation carried one of the bouquets from the sanctuary down to the tables for the reception. So all the flowers were used for both areas. Ruth's friend catered a delicious light lunch, which everyone enjoyed after short speeches given by each of the newlyweds telling how they had met and courted and their plans for their futures. Sunny and Esther both publicly thanked Ruth for planning and making their double wedding be everything they had ever hoped it would be.
As the reception came to an end, the couples went to change into their casual clothes so they’d be ready to leave for their honeymoons. Mr. Mendoza had told the grooms he’d take care of returning their tuxes. The people all gathered outside of the chapel to watch, because they had been told there would be some interesting action in a skit.
Esther had quickly changed into an all white pant suit and was helping Sunny. “Now Sunny, I have strict orders from Felix that you are to wear this gorgeous evening gown instead of these other clothes he had you bring.”
“Why?” she asked.
Esther answered, “It’s all part of his surprise honeymoon. You wanted him to keep it a surprise, so I can’t tell you about it. Just go along with everything Nathan and I and your parents will do. You won’t be hurt at all, but you must act like you’re being hurt when your dad ties you up and says you can’t go. Just be a good actress because all the people will be out there watching the show. Here’s how to act and what you are supposed to say.” Esther handed her a piece of paper.
“Oh my! I guess I asked for this, so I’ll do my best,” she said.
Pretty soon Sunny was headed down the chapel steps, daintily holding up the full skirt of her dress. By the time she had reached the bottom, Nathan and Esther, dressed in white, were valiantly but unsuccessfully trying to restrain Sunny’s parents, dressed in black, who broke away and ran to Sunny.
“You can’t go with that man! We won’t let you go! You haven't known him long enough. We changed our minds.”
“But we’re already married and I have to go with him! He’s my husband now. Let me go! Ouch, you’re hurting my arm!” Sunny shouted as she tried to pull away.
But her dad pinned her arms to her sides and her mom securely wrapped a rope around them and her legs, so she couldn’t move.
Sunny yelled, “Help! Help me! Felix, where are you? Please come and rescue me!”
Just then, Nathan shouted, “Everyone move back! A horse is coming through here!”
Sure enough, a large white horse came galloping toward the crowd, ridden by a knight in shining armor. He made his horse do a sliding stop just before reaching Sunny, and then he pulled his sword, which was a long peppermint stick, and pointed it at Sunny’s dad.
“What have you done to my wife? Untie her immediately and you and Nathan lift her up here on this horse behind me!”
By this time the crowd was laughing and cheering as the actors followed Felix’s instructions. They would have almost been convinced by the parents’ good acting if they hadn’t been told beforehand that this would be an interesting skit.
Sunny was heard to say as they left on the horse, “Oh, Felix, I’m so glad you rescued me! I was so scared! Now you can take me to your castle and we can live happily ever after.”
Nathan and Esther’s suitcases were already in his car, so they went to get in as they waved and thanked everyone for their good wishes. They were both happy that the skit went so well. Felix and Sunny were on their way to the pretty castle where they’d have a blissful honeymoon and begin a wonderful life together.
Now Nathan and Esther could concentrate on their own trip to where they’d have their much anticipated honeymoon and the start of their married life together. First they were going to a city near a small farm which breeds, trains and sells Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses and other similar breeds. They had picked and planned this destination together because of their fondness for horses and because there were so many of that breed on Mercy Valley Ranch. Plus, there were some scenic areas to visit not very far from the hotel they had chosen.
The farm and hotel were only about an hour’s drive from Pine City, so it was a relaxing time for them. Since they arrived in the early afternoon, they drove to the farm so they’d know where it was for their appointment on Monday with the owners.
They parked in an area where they could watch the horses in the pasture. Nathan suggested, “Let’s watch these horses running free. I like seeing them without restraints, just like the horses on Mercy Valley Ranch.”
As they took off their seat belts, Esther agreed, “Yes, let’s do for a while. I also enjoy watching the ones that are being trained in the riding ring. We can see both areas from right here.”
A little later, Nathan put his arm around Esther’s shoulders and gently pulled her closer to him on the front bench seat of the car as he commented, “We’re married now, so we can touch and hold and hug and kiss and be as close as we desire.”
She laid her head on his shoulder and purred, “Mm-mm, I like this. It’s been hard to wait, but this makes it worth it.”
For a while they forgot about the horses as they enjoyed some of their new freedom from restraints. In a little while he declared, “Wow, I really like this! And now I’m genuinely looking forward to the privacy of our hotel room after supper, so we can continue more of this and start exploring some of the suggestions in the little booklet we both read. It took all my nervousness away.”
She sighed contentedly, “I totally agree with all you just said.”
“Then I think it’s time for us to go get settled in our room and get ready for supper, since we have reservations for 5:30,” he remarked as he gave her another hug. She moved back over, and they put on their seat belts. Then they drove to the hotel, where they did just what he had said they should do, then they thanked the Lord for each other, for the gift of sex, and for the new life they were beginning together.
After about a twenty minute ride on the Tennessee Walking Horse with his comfortable running walk, Felix and Sunny arrived at a castle, which had been converted into a hotel. Servants rushed out to help both of them get off the horse and to greet them as Sir Felix and Lady Sunny. Other servants took care of the horse as Felix and Sunny were escorted to their room in the castle. Both of their suit cases had already been unpacked and their things put away in the closet and dresser.
One servant said, “Just put your evening gown and suit of armor on the chair outside the door. Supper will be served at 6 PM and we’ll see to it that you’re not disturbed in here.”
When he left, Sunny impulsively hugged Felix, armor and all and thanked him for the fun play-acting and this castle for their honeymoon. Felix hugged her right back, feeling all the buttons down the back of her dress.
Then he offered, “If you like, Lady Sunny, I’ll unbutton your beautiful dress and you can take a shower while I take off my armor and put these things out in the hall on that chair.”
She replied, “Yes, thank you, kind Sir Felix. I would like to, because I fear we both probably smell a lot like that horse.”
After their showers and when they were dressed in casual clothing, they sat side by side on the sofa in the room. Sunny remarked, “This room and castle are extremely nice! I could get used to this royal treatment.”
“Good,” Felix declared, “because we get to spend our whole honeymoon here since we were both able to get next week off.”
“Wonderful. I’m excited about our honeymoon here this week, and about this undisturbed time in our room this afternoon,” said Sunny as she opened the booklet on her lap. “Reading this booklet and the discussion I had with my parents last night really helped relieve my anxiety.”
Felix agreed, “I’m glad. The same thing happened for me on Wednesday evening with Nathan and our parents. Let’s look at it again and go over any questions we might have.”
“Good idea!” exclaimed Sunny. When they had their questions answered she added, “I think I’m ready for us to try some of these ideas. Are you ready?”
“Yes, I am! I’m looking forward to it,” he responded.
After a wonderful afternoon and evening together, they felt decidedly united and married.
Sunday morning they attended the Chapel in the Hills where they had been married. The service was very good. When they returned to the castle, they were given a tour of the building and grounds and ideas for things to do the rest of the week. They took walks in the gardens and went on horseback rides. They played outdoor games like those played in times when a castle like this would have been occupied in the distant past. It was a wonderful week of becoming even better acquainted and by the end of it both of them realized they were definitely in love with each other!
Sunday, Nathan and Esther went to a church in the city and enjoyed the service there before going to one of the scenic areas near there to eat the picnic lunch packed for them by the hotel, and spend the afternoon. The weather was just right for eating outside and then going for a short hike along a peaceful stream where they had time to talk and enjoy the early wildflowers.
On Monday, Nathan and Esther went to the horse farm right after lunch and met the owners. They introduced themselves and then Nathan explained, “The reason we wanted to come here is because we’re on our honeymoon and when we go home, we’ll be living on a ranch that has many Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses. We’d like to learn more about them so we can take better care of them.”
The owners, who loved to tell about their favorite breed of horses became very animated and between the two of them told Nathan and Esther all the information they could, after having them sit with them in the shade. (If you are interested in what they were told, do a web search for information about Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses.)
Then the man asked, “Where’s the ranch located that will be your new home?”
Esther answered, “It’s near Pine City in a wonderful valley.”
The woman interrupted excitedly, “Is it the dude ranch owned by Oscar and Vera Yardley?” When Nathan and Esther nodded, she continued, “We’ve known them for years and have been to their ranch. It’s a lovely place! They’ve bought many horses from us during the years we’ve known them.”
Nathan laughed. “I asked them if they knew of any places we might want to go for our honeymoon and they suggested the hotel in this city and your farm, but they didn’t say they knew you.”
Esther interjected, “I’ll bet they wanted to surprise us.”
The woman agreed and the man asked, “Is the rumor true?”
Nathan and Esther nodded, and Nathan told them in detail about Oscar and Vera’s plans to change the Yardley Dude Ranch into Mercy Valley Ranch with homes for 40 abused girls in ten foster families. “Each home will have four girls. Their goal is that each family will give the girls tender loving care and teach them about the Bible and especially about Jesus. Then when they accept him as their own Savior, he will restore and rehabilitate them.”
The woman declared, “It’s a wonderful plan, and I’m sure it’ll work. Oscar and Vera led both of us to the Lord shortly after we met them and we’ll be forever grateful.”
The man said, “Yes, we will.” After a moment’s thought, he continued, “I wonder if some of that tender loving care would work on an abused horse that was left on our farm by a family who didn’t know anything about horses. They bought her as a foal to be a pet and later be ridden by the children, but when she never got any taller than ten hands, they thought they could feed her a lot and make her grow bigger. When she wouldn’t keep eating, the man started whipping her. Of course that only scared her so the man decided to get rid of the problem.”
The woman continued, “We’ve put her on a strict diet to try to get her good health back, but we really don’t have time for the tender loving care she needs. Do you think Oscar and Vera would like to have her? Is there going to be a horse trainer on the ranch who would know how to help her get over her fear and be able to gentle and train her? I’m afraid Oscar might say he’s too old to do it any longer.”
Nathan replied, “As a matter of fact, my minor at the university was in horse training and care. The Yardleys have hired me as a counselor for the girls on the ranch and to take over the care of the horses. I’d love to have a chance to love and care for the little filly. Could you call them and find out?”
The man answered, “Yes, I have my cell phone right here and I’ll turn on the speaker so we can all hear the conversation.”
Of course Oscar and Vera agreed to take the little filly since Nathan had volunteered to take care of and train her. So the four of them went to see the little filly in her own private paddock since she was frightened by the other horses. She was a Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horse, but could never be registered, because she wouldn’t meet the requirement of eleven hands. She was a golden color with an unusual brown mane and tail instead of black like most buckskin horses have.
Esther exclaimed, “Oh! She’s strikingly beautiful. I’ve never seen a horse colored like she is. Does she have a name?”
“Not one that we’d care to repeat,” replied the woman. “But I’m sure Vera will come up with a perfect one for her.”
Esther chuckled, “You’re right about that. I like the names she gave all the other horses on the ranch.”
Nathan commented, “So do I. She made them easy to remember. The filly’s form and proportions are already getting close to what they should be. Your diet has done wonders in getting her back into healthy shape. I hope you’ll give me a copy of it so we can continue with it at the ranch.”
“Of course,” stated the man, “and we’ll deliver her to the ranch just as soon as you get home from your honeymoon and are feeling settled. Congratulations, by the way! We got so caught up in telling you about our favorite breed of horses and this little filly that it slipped my mind that you’ve just gotten married.”
Nathan thanked him and then the owners gave them a tour of their farm and answered all their questions.
On Tuesday Nathan and Esther went to another scenic area and drove around in it, stopping at every viewpoint along the way. Nathan took pictures of the views and included Esther in many of them. Then she asked him to show her how his camera worked so she could take several pictures of the scenery with him in the pictures.
They enjoyed a delicious supper at another restaurant in the city and realized they had become very comfortable sharing intimate times in their spacious hotel room.
Nathan mentioned, “I definitely enjoy being married, and now I know what marital bliss means. I’m glad nobody told me about it and I was able to discover it with you, Esther, my own dear wife!”
“I completely agree,” she responded, and I’m very thankful we both saved ourselves until marriage.”
Wednesday, they spent most of the day again at the horse ranch. The trainer there desired to have Nathan tell him about some of he things he had learned about training horses. Nathan was glad to be able to share that knowledge and demonstrate some of the techniques for gentling horses rather than breaking them. The trainer was happy to get some new ideas and also shared what he had been doing. Nathan was glad to learn other ideas also.
(There are several good ways, including the way Monty Roberts trained even wild mustangs without breaking their spirits. You could do a web search for his books and other websites that tell about gentling and training horses.)
Later, they went to see the little filly again with the owners. As they were getting ready to leave, Nathan mentioned, “We’re going to the ranch tomorrow so we can finish our honeymoon in their little cottage that was built expressly for newly wed couples.
Esther added, “It has a cute little fireplace with gas logs and a terrific view of the mountains and valley. It was always my dream to have my honeymoon in that cottage if I ever got married. Nathan added staying there to the end of our honeymoon so another one of my dreams could come true. All the same, this has already been a fabulous honeymoon!”
Nathan said, “And after we’ve had our nostalgic dude ranch honeymoon, complete with horseback rides, hikes, and meals prepared for us by Vera, who's an excellent cook, we’ll start living in our house on the ranch and get to call it home. We’ll prepare a small paddock for the little filly and let you know when it’s ready. Then you can deliver her to the ranch whenever you have time.”
Nathan and Esther arrived at the ranch in the early afternoon on Thursday. Oscar and Vera came out to greet them and welcome them to the rest of their honeymoon on the ranch.
Nathan said, “Thank you, it’ll be so good to be here again! We’ve had a great honeymoon so far, and it was fun to meet your friends at the horse ranch.” Then he and Esther took turns telling about their time at the horse ranch and the rest of that part of their honeymoon.
Esther commented, “We liked your surprise. Your friends are very nice people. After we finish our nostalgic dude ranch honeymoon, we can get a paddock ready for the little filly they’re giving to you. We want it to be completed when they deliver her. Also, we’re really looking forward to living here on the ranch.”
Vera responded, “I'm glad, because we’re so happy you’ll be living here. I think it’ll be nice for you to have a little time here by yourselves before the other couples start moving here. Plus, we’ll have some time to visit and enjoy the ranch together when we aren’t all working on other things.”
“I agree!” exclaimed Esther. “I know we are well provided for by our wonderful Heavenly Father.”
Oscar asked, “Is there anything I can do to help you get the paddock ready after the rest of your honeymoon?”
“Yes,” Nathan replied. “Would you please help me figure out the best place to put it. She’ll only be in there temporarily, while she gets used to the move. I’d like to put her where she can see the other horses, but not so close that they can bother her.”
Oscar remarked, “Those are good ideas. We can all go look early next week after you get settled in your new home.”
Then Vera smiled and mentioned just the way she always did for dude ranch guests, “Supper will be at 6 PM.”
“Thank you, we’ll see you later,” Esther answered. When they had taken their suitcases inside the cute little cottage, she continued, “They are such nice people. I like the way they always make me feel so special and welcome. I think they have a gift of hospitality.”
Nathan agreed, “I think so too, and I really like them also. Being hospitable does seem to come naturally to them and it has been extremely good for their dude ranch. I’m sure they’ll continue being that way with the couples and girls who come here to live.”
Esther nodded, and they got their things settled. The second part of their honeymoon in the cottage and on the ranch and with Oscar and Vera were just as lovely as Esther had envisioned.
When Jeff and Karen arrived home in Pine City from the double wedding of four people in their small group, “Karen mentioned, “We’ve been informed beforehand about several courtships and marriages in our lives, but this one was definitely the strangest. I’m thankful Nathan and Felix clued us in, on their plans before the first small group meeting in January.”
“Right!” agreed Jeff, “or it would have come as an even greater shock when they announced their double wedding.”
Karen responded, “Yes it would have. I wouldn’t have been surprised if one of them had won Esther, but I was totally unprepared for Felix and Sunny to get married so quickly also.”
“Positively!” exclaimed Jeff. “I’m glad the men came and told us how that part came about before they announced their double wedding at the small group, and invited everyone to come to it.”
Karen nodded and remarked, “The romantic part of me would like to know all the details of their courtships, but I understand it’s not really my business.”
“True,” Jeff concurred, “but it would be interesting. Let’s pray for them.” She nodded again and he began, “Father in heaven, you know all the details, and I hope they were happy ones or will be made into something good in their lives, as you do so well, like it says in Romans 8:28.”
Karen added, “Even though they will have foster children, I pray that Felix and Nathan's wives will be as fruitful vines by the sides of their houses, and their children like olive plants around the table, as it says in Psalm 128:3.”
“Absolutely!” agreed Jeff, “and I pray the same verse for us and our foster children, Father, plus Psalm 121:5-8 for them and us and all the people who will have foster children. I’ll personalize it, LORD be our keeper and our shade on our right hand, so the sun shall not smite us by day, nor the moon by night. LORD, preserve us all from all evil; preserve our souls, and preserve our going out and our coming in from this time forth and even for evermore.”
Karen continued, “Yes, and we’re so grateful you are all powerful and you are in control of all our lives. We ask for your help in every situation.”
Jeff concluded, “Thank you LORD in advance for your answers to these petitions. We pray in Jesus precious name. Amen.”
Then Karen declared, “That was one of the most beautiful weddings I’ve ever attended!”
“I agree, my love,” stated Jeff, “although ours was even more so, because you were there as my beautiful, delightful, charming and winsome bride. You are the only one I remember, but I know that since you planned the wedding it had to be even more splendid than theirs.”
Karen went into his arms and sighed, “Oh my wonderful Jeff, you’re still just as eloquent in your compliments as always. Thank you for all your kind words. I think we still make a strikingly good-looking couple, my handsome husband.”
“Thank you, Honey,” he replied, “and I’m glad we’re still very much in love.”
“Yes indeed, it’s the only way to fly!” Karen declared as they went together into the bedroom.
When Felix and Sunny arrived at their new home on the farm, Saturday after lunch, they were filled with gratitude for the blessing of such a nice furnished house to live in on the farm. Their employers came out to welcome them.
“How was your honeymoon?” asked the woman.
Sunny replied, “It was fabulous! I’m sure I’ll remember it for years. The castle was a lovely place to stay. The skit and horseback ride to the castle behind my knight in shining armor was a surprise Felix had prepared for me with an idea of my friend, Esther, her help, and the help of the others. We’re glad to be home, and to have such a nice house to call home.”
Felix added, “It’s extra nice that we’ll be able to have two months to live here as a newly married couple before becoming foster parents. Sunny can get used to her new job here, and we can establish a routine that works for us first. We thank you.”
“You’re welcome. We know you’re both hard workers and you’ll do well in your jobs, and as foster parents. The good Lord who called you to this project will guide and give you the capabilities you’ll need,” stated the man.
Felix responded, “Yes, he will. Thank you Lord, for the capabilities and the wisdom we will need to do a good job for you in our jobs and in this new adventure. May everything we say and do bring you glory. Amen.”
The others all added their prayers and comments. Then the newlyweds carried their suitcases into their new home and proceeded to unpack and get settled. Afterward, they had a conference call with Nathan and Esther so they could hear how their honeymoon went and tell about theirs.
Felix concluded the conversation by saying, “Rejoice with us. We’re very much in love now and our love will continue to grow. God is so good to us!”
Chapter 9
Colossians 3:17, Whatever you do in word or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus,
giving thanks to God and the Father by him.
After Esther's wedding, William and Anna went by appointment to visit the truck farm. When they met the owners they could feel the immediate connection that Sunny had felt when she met them. They came out to greet them with a warm welcome.
After introductions, Anna mentioned, “This farm is in a beautiful valley, and it’s much larger than I thought it would be.”
William added, “I’m sure everybody will be very busy as they help it continue to be productive.”
The man agreed and described the various jobs that would need to be done, and then took them on a tour of the farm.
Later, Anna said, “I know we won’t be able to see inside any of the homes right now. But do you have floor plans of any of them, so we might get an idea which one might work best for us?”
They were taken inside the owners’ home and Anna got to see the piano she’d be able to use whenever she wanted to. It was located in a soundproofed room so her playing or teaching the boys to play wouldn’t bother the people in the house. Then they looked at floor plans.
William asked, “What do you think about this one, Honey.”
After studying it, she replied, “I think it would work very well for us. Could you reserve this house for us to rent?”
The man answered, “Yes we can. Nobody else has wanted that one. We’ll make you a copy of this floor plan so you can take it with you.”
Anna responded, “Thank you very much. It will help us as we’re deciding where to put our furniture.”
After church one Sunday afternoon at the ranch, Oscar mentioned, “It’s so nice to be able to attend church together after so many years of going on different days.”
“I couldn’t agree more!” Vera exclaimed. “Now that we have no more guests to take care of, we’ll get to do more things together, and then do things with our new family of girls.”
He continued, “Yes, I’m looking forward to it. I really enjoyed the service today at church. We sang some of my favorite songs.”
“I agree,” she replied. “I really like ‘Isn’t the Love of Jesus Something Wonderful?’ and the prayer that goes with it in Ephesians 3:16-21, where Paul prays that God would grant you according to the riches of his glory to be strengthened with might by his Spirit in your inner man, that Christ may dwell in your hearts by faith, that you being rooted and grounded in love may be able to comprehend with all the saints what is the breadth and length and depth and height, and to know the love of Christ, which passes knowledge, that you might be filled with all the fullness of God. Now unto him who is able to do exceeding abundantly above all that we ask or think, according to the power working in us, unto him be glory in the church by Christ Jesus throughout all ages, world without end. Amen.”
Oscar declared, “It is a marvelous prayer, but it has one of the longest sentences I have ever read. I think Paul enjoyed using long sentences. I also like the next song, ‘He (Jesus) Is So Precious to Me,’ especially the last verse that talks about when we will get to see his face, and how it goes so well with 1 John 3:2, Beloved, now we are the sons of God, and it does not yet appear what we shall be, but we know that when he shall appear, we shall be like him, for we shall see him as he is. There! I said a sentence almost as long as some Paul wrote!”
She laughed, “You’re so fun to be with, my dear husband.”
He responded, “I love being with you too, my wonderful wife. We have had, and continue to have a fantastic marriage. Not many people can say that after their 45th anniversary.”
She cuddled closer to him and declared, “You’re right, Honey.” Pretty soon they went off together to their bedroom.
In Pine City Fiona came home from the hospital with her new little baby boy, John Matthew Anderson, who was named after his father and deceased grandfather. Walt and Betty already had Matt and Fiona’s permission to be “grandparents” to the children they would have. So during the first week she was home, they came bringing suppers so Fiona wouldn't have to cook.
They had nice visits those evenings, and Betty wouldn't allow Fiona to help in any way. She exclaimed, “You’ve been working all day taking care of Johnny and now you need some rest!”
Fiona responded, “Thank you, Betty. I’m already feeling much better than I did before he was born. I was tired all day, every day for the last month, so I rested a lot then.”
“I wish you had called me so I could have come to help you out during that time also,” Betty remarked with regret.
Matt stated, “It’s alright, Betty. Please don’t feel bad about it. Everyday when I got home from work, I told her to go rest, and when Connie, her former boss found out about Fiona being tired, she came during the day as often as she could, to help out, and Fiona’s mother, Glenda came very often also.”
“So you see,” added Fiona, “I was well taken care of and got a lot of encouragement to rest, so I did. And now you’ve been bringing supper every evening since I got home, so I’m still getting great care. I’m thankful for all of it, and I feel very cared for.”
“Okay,” replied Betty, “I know I worry too much. I’m working on this problem and I’ll get better.”
Walt encouraged her. “You’ve already improved a lot about not worrying, and I like the way you care so much about people.”
Just then Johnny woke up in the nursery, so Matt went to change his diaper and bring him out for his supper. After that, his “grandparents” each got a chance to hold and love him. Then the adults enjoyed the supper Walt and Betty had brought.
When the filly was delivered to the ranch, the Yardleys were impressed with her and were delighted to see their friends from the horse farm. Vera asked, “Could you stay for a few days. You can stay in the Honeymoon Cottage, which we’re going to rename the Visitors’ Cabin, now that we’re officially no longer a dude ranch.”
Of course they couldn’t stay this time but the woman said, “Thank you, I wish we could, but things are too busy on the horse farm right now. Could we take a rain check on it?”
Oscar replied, “Certainly, we’ll look forward to that.”
After the filly was put in her private paddock, Vera studied her.
She was thrilled with her and stated, “I’ll bet her color is just like honey when she looses all of her winter coat. Her mane and tail are brown like the foam around the edges of the honey is when it dries. Plus I’ll bet she’ll be a real sweet honey of a horse after Nathan gets her over her fears and trains her. We’ll have some very small girls on this ranch who’ll love to ride and make a pet of her. So since you don’t like her other name, I hereby name her Honey.”
The woman exclaimed, “It’s just the right name for her! I knew you’d pick a good name. I just didn’t expect it on first sight.”
Nathan and Esther stayed with the filly to make sure she’d get settled in, while the others went to look at the rest of the horses on the ranch and enjoyed a good visit.
The man stated, “I remember each and every one of the horses you bought from our farm and they’re all in splendid condition. You have a magnificent looking herd of horses.”
Oscar said, “Thank you. Nathan has taken over the care of the horses since about December and they’re all doing very well. Now I don’t have to be out in the cold as often. He’s a good worker and the horses are thriving.”
Vera added, “Yes, we’re glad he and Esther wanted to volunteer to be foster parents here on our ranch. They’ll both be assets to the ranch.”
The woman said, “Wonderful, this is an enormous undertaking for you both, but with God’s expert help and the right people living here it’s sure to be a success. We’ll be praying for you, and if we can help in some way, please let us know.”
Vera replied, “Thank you. I know your prayers will be a very big help, and a visit now and then would be wonderful also. I don’t think we’ll have much free time to travel with this new project, since we also are going to care for, love, and raise four girls.”
The woman asked, “It will take a lot of time. I heard you get to choose the ages of the girls. Have you decided yet?”
Vera responded, “Yes, we’ll ask for two girls who are eight and two who are nine years old.
Oscar concurred, “We decided we’re not too old for this challenge. We’ll be like Caleb in Joshua 14:5-14. You remember the story where Caleb reviewed his life and ended by saying that his strength was just as good as when he was younger. So he asked Joshua to give him the mountain he had seen as a spy 45 years before. He would drive out the people there with the LORD’s help. Therefore Caleb received Hebron as his inheritance, because he had completely followed the LORD.”
The man stated, “Yes, we do remember that story. We know that God will bless you both and give you the strength and wisdom you’ll need for this project.”
One evening in Pine City Karen mentioned, “Jeff, I just had an idea. As I remember from our small group last year, Fiona was working as a florist for The Garden Shop. I wonder if she’d have time to give me some training on flower arranging. Then I can teach any of the girls who are interested in learning.”
He replied, “I remember that also. Your idea sounds like a good one. Maybe you could give her a call and see if she’d be willing and have time.”
Karen did so immediately and was pleased when Fiona gladly agreed. They set a time, and Karen got to see baby John as well as learn a lot about arranging flowers.
When they finished the lesson, Fiona commented, “I think you and Jeff are very courageous to volunteer to live on the ranch and raise four foster girls. It’ll be a pretty big instant family and those poor girls will have many problems to overcome from their past. But I know Jesus will help to restore them to good lives with your caring and love and his salvation.”
“I agree. We’ll definitely need Jesus’ help all the time and especially at the first. We’d appreciate your prayers for everyone at the ranch,” she said.
Fiona smiled and nodded. “I’ll be glad to do it. Every time I sit down to nurse Johnny, I’ll bring all of you to God’s throne of grace. After all the people get moved and settled with their new big families, maybe you could send me an email with all the names of the couples and their girls. Then I can pray more specifically.”
Karen responded, “That’s a good idea. Right now we’ll all need extra help obtaining our licenses and getting ready to move. Thank you for teaching me about arranging flowers. I enjoyed getting to see you and your precious baby today.”
She replied, “You’re welcome. It was my pleasure also.”
The next Sunday after they got home to the farm from church, Sunny remarked, “I liked the church service at the Chapel of the Hills when we were on our honeymoon, but it was even better to be back here in our own church. I guess it’s because I’m more used to ours.”
Felix agreed, “Those are my feelings exactly. Even though I’ve only been here since October, I feel like this is our church and I’m glad we don’t have to change churches so we can move to the farm. It’s okay that we have to be in a different small group, because most of our other group will move to the ranch.”
Sunny nodded, “You’re right. A new small group made up of foster parents for boys will be more helpful for us.”
“Yes, it’ll be different for families who have only boys instead of girls,” Felix concurred. “I’m glad they decided to have only one or the other at each place. It could get too complicated otherwise.”
Sunny laughed, “I don’t even want to imagine the situations and problems it could cause! I’d rather talk about the service today. The songs and teaching time were just what I needed to hear. I especially liked ‘Praise Ye the Lord, the Almighty.’ Verse two said that we could see how our desires had been granted in the way God ordained it. Now I can see how God did that for you and me even though it was nothing like we thought our lives might be like. He has already given us many reasons to thank him.”
Felix smiled, thinking about what he had thought he wanted for his life, “Yes, you and I make a much more compatible couple than Esther and I ever could have been. You and I both enjoy humor, and we both chose to parent boys, not girls. Thank you heavenly Father for knowing what’s best for us and working it out for us.”
Sunny continued, “Yes, and thank you also for what it says in Psalm 103:1-5a. Bless the LORD, O my soul, and all that is within me, bless his holy name. Bless the LORD, O my soul, and forget not all his benefits. I’ll personalize the rest: You forgive all our iniquities and heal all our diseases. You redeem our lives from destruction and crown us with loving kindness and tender mercies. You satisfy our desires with good things.”
Felix stated, “Amen! And now my good wife, come away with me to our bedroom while we still have time without boys to interrupt us.”
“Gladly, my good husband. I’m glad we don’t have your shiny armor and my pretty gown to slow us down today,” she remarked. And they both laughed as they went off hand in hand.
Meanwhile, another family in Pine City was discussing the church service after they got home. Mindy commented, “I really liked the last line in the fifth stanza of ‘Blessed Quietness,’ which was the second hymn we sang today. It made me think of our home because it is a perfect home and a quiet place to rest.”
Her father, Vern Jones, agreed. “Yes, Mindy, and that’s just what the three of us need after our busy days with so many children in our jobs.”
Her new mother, Lora Jones, observed, “I’m glad the Lord helped us decide to not add any foster children to our home. Since your father’s a pediatric dentist and I’m the nurse at the church school, and you help Anita with her day care children after school all week, we all need some quiet rest in the evenings and on the weekends.”
“Plus,” added Mindy, “it’s nice that just the three of us can go places and have fun together. Maybe someday we could go see places like the ones in Lora’s travel books.”
Vern continued, “Yes it is nice and maybe we can travel someday. I like the other stanzas of that hymn too, because they remind me how the Holy Spirit convicted me about grieving too long for your other mother, and how he comforted me and filled our lives with the joy and blessing of your new mother, my beloved new wife.”
“Thank you, Vern. I love you both and have great joy because of both of you also. We’re all truly happy because the Holy Spirit spoke peace to us and made us into a unified family,” added Lora. “The last part of verse 16 in John 14, goes with that song, and says it so well. I’ll personalize it for us: The Father gave us another comforter and he will abide with us forever.”
Vern remarked, “Yes, for the disciples, the Holy Spirit took the place of Jesus after he ascended to heaven. For us he is the Spirit of Jesus living in our hearts. Thank you, Lord, for this great blessing and all the other ones you’ve given to this family!”
Lora and Mindy added, “We thank you too. AMEN!”
At the ranch Nathan and Esther used some of their two months as a newly married couple on the ranch to work with Honey, the new little filly. They had found out she was almost three years old, so when they had given her enough tender loving care to get her over her fear of people, it would be time to start training her to be a saddle horse. Then she could start doing what Jesus had created her to do. It would be a much happier life than she had before.
She stopped running to the far side of her paddock when they came to see her. Her ears twitched toward them as they were talking to her and it seemed like she might like hearing them. They started moving her mobile paddock enclosure closer and closer to the rest of the herd so she could get used to her own kind. It was slow, but they could see progress.
The other horses came as close as they could get and nickered at Honey, but for a few days, she stayed on the other side of her paddock. Then she got braver and came closer. Nathan and Esther brought halters, ropes and brushes so they could work with the other horses where Honey could see they weren’t being hurt. In fact, they enjoyed the attention and vied for it. So each one got a turn if there was enough time.
After a couple weeks they brought Rusty into Honey’s paddock on a lead rope and tied him to the fence. Honey went to the far side away from them, but watched with interest as Nathan brushed Rusty and checked his feet. The next day they brought both Rusty and Brownie, the other small horse on the ranch, so Esther would have a horse to work on also. Every day Honey moved a little closer to the people and little horses. The little horses seemed to enjoy what the people were doing and Honey acted like she might like to get in on it too.
The first times that either Nathan or Esther moved to approach her, Honey backed away from them, so they let her go and went back to work on the other horses. Finally in about another week, Esther was pleased to have Honey stand still and let her run the brush over her golden hair. At first Honey trembled with fear but then settled down and enjoyed the feeling of the brushing and the sound of Esther’s soothing voice.
At the end of a few more sessions, Rusty and Brownie were allowed to be free in the paddock with Honey. They were both gentlemen. Nathan and Esther stayed inside with them as the two horses got acquainted with the new little horse. Soon she was no longer afraid of them and enjoyed their company.
After a few more days, she’d stand with Rusty and Brownie and let Nathan or Esther brush her all over. The next step was to put the halters on and off the two other horses with her watching. She came over and smelled the halters. Nathan took one off and held it out to her so she could sniff it all over. He proceeded to rub her all over with it and then slipped it on her head and fastened it. She shook her head, not liking the feel of it and not being able to get it off. Soon though, she accepted the halter, since she could see one of the other horses with one on and it didn’t bother him. Nathan praised her and stroked her neck.
Pretty soon they were able to put the halter on her with no problem and attach a lead rope. Nathan led Rusty while Esther held the rope attached to Honey’s halter. With a little coaxing, Esther was able to get Honey to follow them. Both of them worked with her for several days and she got used to being led around in the paddock. Every time she did things right, she was praised and received strokes on her neck or face or rubbing in places that might itch. Since horses enjoy this, it’s a better reward than giving treats, because treats can spoil them.
Next they led her and Brownie to the round pen and let her watch as Brownie was sent around the circle at a walk, single-foot and canter in one direction for a while and then back around the other way for as many times. Pretty soon they let Honey go and she followed him. This was done for several days in a row.
The next day they brought the tack for both Rusty and Brownie to the paddock and Honey watched how they were saddled and bridled. They were left free to wander around the paddock while Honey followed them and smelled the tack. Then the saddle and blanket were taken off Rusty so she could smell them all over. With Nathan holding Honey’s halter, Esther rubbed the blanket all over Honey’s body and finally left it in place. Next she gently put the very light saddle in place and tightened the cinch, while she talked soothingly.
Nathan let go of her halter and she swung her head around to smell the saddle on her back. Esther had fastened the stirrups up high so they wouldn’t bang her in the sides when she moved. She took a few cautious steps, decided she didn’t like that thing on her back and started bucking in earnest. But it wouldn’t come off. She looked at Brownie standing quietly with his saddle on, and she settled down to walk around, pausing every now and then to look back at the thing. Eventually she got so she ignored it. Then she was rewarded with more praise, stroking or rubbing. The saddle and blanket were removed and she was brushed all over.
After several days of going through this routine, she was again led to the round pen to follow Rusty around with both of their saddles on. She was used to it now and went without any bucking after the first day.
These training sessions took about two months, because she had been abused. It would have taken much less time with a horse that had not been abused. At no time was a harsh word spoken to her and whips were never used on this ranch. The same methods were used to introduce her to wearing a bit and bridle. Nathan and Esther had won her trust by their tender loving care, gentleness, and patience. She was used to other horses by now, so they put her in the pasture to join the rest of the herd.
At this point, Vera called the family of a girl who was ten years old but small for her age. Honey was such a small horse that she would need a small rider. The girl was a very good rider and would be glad to come ride Rusty or Brownie in the paddock with Honey watching. They got Honey used to carrying weight on her saddle as she followed Rusty or Brownie as they were ridden in the round pen. And later, after the girl earned Honey’s trust she would also ride her. She didn’t buck even once when the girl started riding her. With Nathan coaching her, the girl would be able to train Honey to respond to reining cues to get her to turn, and little bumps with the heels to ask her to go faster.
Honey was then taught how to be led by a larger horse, so a little girl could just sit on her and get used to the feel of riding before learning how to give signals to the horse herself. Honey was ready now to be ridden by the small young girls who’d live on the ranch. In the meantime the other girl would come a couple times a week to ride Honey and keep her ready for others to ride her.
It was a Saturday, so Ben Clay and his sister, Amelia, went to visit Matt and Fiona at their house in Pine City. Ben greeted Matt, “Hi, I’m still going to the trade school, learning how to be a contractor and I’m so glad we all had enough time so we could come here for a little while today.”
Matt greeted them, “It’s good to see you both. All of our lives have gotten so busy lately that I know it’s hard to find time for you to come here. But it’s important for us to continue doing this when we can.”
Since Ben had worked with Matt during the weekends on the house Matt was building, he liked to be able to see Matt now for visits and also to ask questions about what he was learning at the trade school.
Fiona liked to have Amelia come with Ben so they could visit also, and continue the friendship they had started when both of them worked together at The Garden Shop before Fiona needed to stop working the month before Johnny was born.
Later when Mindy started helping Fiona on Saturday mornings, Ben and Amelia met her and all three became good friends.
Felix and Sunny were enjoying their two months on the farm as newlyweds. Each one of them settled into their ‘new’ home and roles as husband and wife, daily finding new things to love about their spouses. Sunny got used to some of her new jobs at the farm and liked them, and of course Felix continued doing his job well as usual.
Sunny suggested one evening, “Let’s study about ten and eleven year-old boys on the web, so we can have some idea what to expect when they’re assigned to us.”
Felix concurred, “Yes, and I’d like to review what they’ll be learning in school, so we can help them with their homework.”
“What a good idea!” declared Sunny. “Maybe we can buy some games to have on hand. We can add to them as we learn what other kinds they like to play.”
Felix nodded, “While we’re at it, we could buy some sport equipment and add to it later. I made arrangements with my boss to offer coaching to groups of boys when they get settled enough.”
Sunny exclaimed, “What a great plan, and it’s a good way to use your training, Dear! I’m getting excited about taking care of the boys.”
“Thank you, Honey, I’m excited about it too.” Then Felix prayed, “Father in heaven, please help us be very good parents to these boys. Have them see Jesus in us and want to have him as their Savior too,”
Sunny added, “Yes, please! And have social services assign the exact boys you desire to have in our home. Fill us with all the wisdom we’ll need to be able to raise them correctly and show them your love through our love and caring.”
In Pine City one evening Karen mentioned, “I surely enjoyed our lunch yesterday and telling Clara and her boyfriend about the possibility of an early wedding for them. It was fun to see the looks on their faces. But I have a question. Are we going to be in this house long enough to complete our plan for their wedding to be here on the weekend before the Fourth of July?”
Jeff replied, “Yes to your comment and question both! It was fun. And as for your question, yesterday I talked to Walt and Matt about our plan and we all decided that the house we will live in on the ranch can be the last small cabin to be remodeled for a family with four girls. It probably won’t be finished until the second week in July, so it should work into our plan very nicely.”
“Oh, it’s a relief to hear about their plan. I woke up this morning wondering about it all. I know you didn’t have time to tell me last night since we had our small group here,” commented Karen.
Jeff agreed, “You’re right.” Then he questioned, “Do you have any ideas about what we should do about our membership on the committee that funds students like Clara and her intended, who are working on their nursing degrees and learning evangelism so they can be foreign or home missionaries?”
Karen answered, “Yes. I was wondering about it this morning, just after I thought about the other question. My idea is to tell the committee that we need to resign and they need to find two new members. I know we won’t have time to continue being on the committee and still do our new project of raising four girls on Mercy Valley Ranch.”
“Those were my exact thoughts about it also. I’m glad we can be in unity instead of arguing like so many couples do,” said Jeff.
Karen smiled. “I agree. We have a delightful life, my love.”
Before the girls had been assigned to the families at the ranch, the women had a special meeting to discuss some ways to get the girls to do their chores.
One of them shared, “I remember when I was growing up. My mom was a wonderful mother, but she was too easy on me. She’d let me play the piano or read a book while she did most of the housework. I regret the fact that I didn’t help more, because if I had, we could have enjoyed working together and would have had more time for fun things together rather than all those books I didn’t need to read right then. Reading’s very good for us, but she let me overdo it. She did teach me how to cook and bake and sew, and dress modestly, plus to save sex only for marriage. I think we need to teach our girls all the good things to do and how to have no regrets when they grow up.”
Vera agreed and added, “Moms at the ranch need to make housework fun for themselves and the girls. It should not be considered chores that have to be done. They can consider it a privilege to get to help make the home a pleasant, healthy, comfortable place to live.”
“I agree. We could do activities in pairs or as a group,” Esther went on, “always being sure each girl gets the chance to learn proper procedures and also alternates doing every task. We could make it a challenge to figure out the best and quickest way to do each task, so we’ll have more time for other fun activities we can do together.”
Karen continued, “Perfect! Instead of calling them chores, we could say they are tasks we do to serve the family with our love, like it says in Galatians 5:13b, Serve one another with love. And Ephesians 6:7 says, Do service willingly as to the Lord, not as to man.”
“Precisely!” exclaimed Julie. “Our pay is knowing we’ve done our best for Jesus. Being thanked is a good feeling, but not the reason we do things. The reason is because we love each other and want to help, like it says in 1 Peter 1:22b, Love one another fervently with a pure heart.”
Another mom tacked on, “Yes, and after the girls have learned to serve with love, and are old enough to handle money, we could give them an allowance starting with a small amount and adding to it as they get older so they can learn about finances.”
“Right,” Yolanda concurred, “They can be learning all these things concurrently along with doing those fun activities Esther mentioned earlier.”
In Pine City after finishing the training sessions and homework about being foster parents and then talking to the pastor, all the volunteers did the necessary things and got their licenses. Now they were ready to put their houses in town up for sale or give notice to landlords to terminate or not renew their leases.
Next they started packing after going through their things so they could give anything away if it wasn’t being used any longer, or it was something they wouldn’t need to keep. Some of the people would need to downsize in order to fit into smaller houses than they presently had.
Most of the people moving to the farm would bring their own furniture, but some who had been living in a furnished apartment would have to buy furniture for the house they’d move into at the farm.
Some of the people moving to the ranch had the opposite problem. If they had their own furniture, most of it would have to be sold or given away because the houses were already furnished. Those living in furnished apartments or houses were glad they didn’t have to buy furniture in order to move to the ranch.
Ted and Julie were in the latter group so their move was easy, especially with Maria to help with the packing and Larry and Jane who came with their pickup for a visit and to help with the move. After they were moved and settled, they all had an enjoyable visit.
Jeff and Karen were in the other group. After the July wedding for Clara, which was a great success, they were glad to give most of their old furniture away. They kept a few pieces that were special to them and would fit in the house at the ranch.
Many people in churches 4 and 7 helped all those who were moving and were helped with their own moves also if they had volunteered, so the moves went well.
At the ranch every couple was encouraged to take at least two weeks after getting unpacked in their new homes to become settled and have their own routines developed before their children could be assigned to them. This would help both the parents and the children to have less stress. Oscar and Vera chose to not have their girls assigned to them until all the other couple’s had gotten theirs.
They wanted to be available to help them get settled. During those two weeks, Vera and Oscar both gave riding lessons to each couple. Sometimes they taught two or more couples at once if the times worked out that way.
Vera began the lessons by saying, “Start with just a short ride the first day and work up to longer rides slowly so your leg muscles don’t get too sore. It takes time to build up leg muscles. Do the same for your girls so they don’t get sore and decide they don’t like to ride.”
Oscar continued, “This ranch has certain rules about horseback riding. All the visitors to the dude ranch were taught these lessons and were expected to follow the rules. The consequence for a person breaking a rule is to miss the next ride after reading the rules aloud to the rest of their family. Then they were given another chance, and there were very few second time offenders.”
The parents nodded with understanding and agreement.
“The first rule is: NO racing is allowed.” Then he went on to explain why, like Nathan had done to the group he was riding with back in the winter when it was still a dude ranch.
“The second rule is:” he would continue, “NO stunts or unusual actions are allowed.”
Vera explained, “You or the girls might watch videos on the web where people do tricks on the horses or dismount over the tail of the horse or mount or dismount on the wrong side. The horses on this ranch would probably put up with these things, but horses in other places might kick or get spooked and the person could get badly hurt.”
Oscar agreed, “Absolutely! The third rule is: NEVER give treats of any kind to the horses. It spoils them and teaches them bad habits. Reward the horse with kind words and with strokes and rubbing in places where they like to be touched.”
Vera added, “We’ll show you those places when we go out to the pasture in a little while.”
Next Oscar would demonstrate the proper way to mount and dismount using a saddle attached to a fake horse.
He emphasized, “Grab the front part of the saddle, not the neck or the mane of the horse, so the horse doesn’t get hurt when you get on or off. And don’t go so fast that you go over the other side and fall off!” Next he showed them the proper posture for riding.
Then each parent would practice until they could mount and dismount correctly. The parents were all given a paper with the rules and directions for these and all the other things they learned.
Out in the pasture, the parents were taught how to walk up to the horse of their choice talking gently, and then stroking or rubbing it appropriately, put on a halter and lead rope and lead it to the tack room. There they learned how to tie it to a post or rail, how to groom the horse, check and clean each of its feet, and put on its tack correctly.
Afterward, they reviewed and practiced how to mount and dismount and remount. Then a gentle bump with the heels would get the horse to walk. They were taught how to direct rein the horse by gently pulling outward on one rein or the other to get the horse to turn the way they wanted to go, or to pull back on both reins at once to ask it to stop. The parents would teach this to their children and demonstrate how to do it gently so it wouldn’t hurt the horse’s mouth.
Little bumps with the heels told the horse to go faster, but they learned to always walk the horses for five minutes before going faster and then to walk them for ten minutes before ending the ride if they have gone faster than a walk during the ride. They memorized all the reasons this ranch had for not having races on the horses, so they could explain them to the girls when they asked about racing. Parents who would have small girls also learned how to lead a small horse to get the girls used to riding.
Vera mentioned at this point, “If any of your girls are extremely afraid of horses or of riding one, come and get me immediately and I’ll return with you to help her work through her fears.”
After the ride they’d reverse what they had done at the beginning before letting the horse go loose in the pasture, with strokes and thanks for a good ride. Then they’d go back to the tack room and clean up all the equipment they had used. They were to practice all this at least every other day and be ready to teach all of it to their girls as they were assigned to their homes.
Later the families all got together to plan times when each family would get to ride. Oscar and Nathan helped them with the scheduling. Vera hoped the families would ride at least two times a week. Since there were now twenty-one horses, at least three families could go riding at one time if they planned it so there were enough little horses for the little girls and larger horses for those who needed them. The horses would be getting plenty of exercise. Even when the weather wasn’t nice the people could ride inside the big building.
Ted and Nathan used part of the time for their jobs on the ranch to build a platform with steps on the ends for the small girls and later the small boys on their field trips, to be able to reach the horses they’d ride so they could groom and put on the saddles and bridles. They built it long enough for three horses to stand parallel to it, with room for movement between them. There was room for three more horses on the other side of the platform. The horses would be led to the platform and be tied to stand beside it while the child did one side. Then they’d lead them in the opposite direction so they could do the other side. They’d probably need help out in the pasture to put on or take off the halters if they couldn’t reach the horse’s head.
The time spent before and after each ride was an important time for the horses and for the people riding them. It gave them a chance to build a relationship with the horse, and to give it the care it needs, besides enjoying the ride. Then they’d show their appreciation by proper care, praise and stroking after the ride.
Some of the girls were afraid at first, but just as with Maria’s first ride, they’d choose a small horse so it wasn’t as scary. Most of those started out by being led by an adult on a larger horse. That helped them get used to the feel of the saddle and horse, and to learn the proper way to sit and grip the saddle with their knees. Later they learned how to use the reins and ride the horse by themselves. Their fears were gone by then and they enjoyed horseback riding as much as the rest of the girls.
In Pine City at the end of Karen's last day to work at Subs are Great, her coworker was very sad to see her leave. Karen expressed, “I’m sad about leaving here also, but we can still talk on the phone. Here’s my cell phone number. Call me whenever you need to and if I can’t answer right then, leave a message and I’ll call you as soon as I can, or when I know it’s your next break time. You can also try again later when it’s another good time for you.”
She replied, “Thank you, Karen. You’ve been my lifeline to sanity through this situation with my unbelieving husband who only wants to argue and say mean things. He wins every argument, but he has destroyed my love in the process. Sometimes I don’t even like him anymore.”
Karen nodded. “I understand. And I’ll be praying for you, my friend. But remember, I’m only a human and humans often fail. I’m glad Jesus has been able to work through me, but it’s Jesus who is really your lifeline, and he’s always available, whereas I might not be. I have another older friend who’s in a situation similar to yours. About a week ago she told me that God told her to be like Abigail in chapter 25 of 1 Samuel. Be a woman of good understanding. In other words, be wise. Choose your battles wisely. Walk away from arguments.”
She responded, “I’ll do that. I’ll read that story over again and ask God to help me be like Abigail.”
Karen continued, “Good, the woman also told me, the title of a book that came to her mind. It was ‘Love Is a Choice,’ and just the title helped her to remember that even if her human and brotherly kinds of love have been destroyed by the situation, she can still choose to love with the kind of love in 1 Corinthians 13:4-8a. Love is patient, love is kind; it does not envy or boast and is not proud. It does not behave rudely, is not selfish, is not easily angered, and does not think evil. It rejoices in the truth, not in iniquity. It bears and believes and hopes and endures all things, and it never fails.”
“Wow!” she exclaimed. “What powerful thoughts!”
Karen added, “I agree. She also realized that love is a command given by Jesus in John 13:34,35. A new commandment I give to you: love one another as I have loved you. … By this shall all men know that you are my disciples, if you have love one to another. That love might eventually break through his unbelief. Let Jesus love your husband with his agape love through you. That woman ended by saying ‘Instead of giving suggestions or arguing, walk away, leave him be, and go do your own good things. Get your mind off him and onto the good things you’re doing that can help you feel happy.’ Here’s a paper with her thoughts written down so you can remember them when you might need them.”
Her coworker gave her a hug and said, “Thank you very much, Karen. God speaks to me through you and I appreciate both of you.” She held up the page and said, “I can do this with HIS help!”
At the ranch besides getting used to being husband and wife and working with Honey during their first two months of married life, Nathan continued doing his regular job. Nathan and Esther both settled into nice routines.
Esther had Vera train her on how to do the bookkeeping for the ranch. Then she took over that job. She also started volunteering in the church school on Mondays, Tuesdays, Thursdays, and Fridays. She wanted to be familiar with the teachers and students before their four girls would be in their home. She also asked the teachers for things she could do to get her girls caught up, since they hadn’t been there for the first half of the year.
One Saturday Esther and Sunny got together at the farm and had a nice visit ,which included exchanging some recipes. They both had a lot to chat about as newly married best friends.
Sunny shared, “Thank you so much for the idea you gave to Felix for our honeymoon. It worked out perfectly and got us off to a very good start. I really like being married to Felix. Your prayer was answered, and I got my wish. He already has the kind of love for me that Nathan had for you before the wedding. It’s wonderful that God has filled Felix and me with so much love for each other already.”
“Oh, Sunny, I’m so happy for you!” exclaimed Esther. “I have to admit that I was a little bit worried about you. Thanks for telling me this good news.”
After their first month and a half together Esther invited and had weekend visits for Ruth one weekend, and Maria another one. They were both glad to see how well Nathan and Esther had adjusted to married life and living on the ranch. Nathan joined them for horseback rides and hikes, and it was fun for all of them.
At other times both Nathan and Esther studied more about six-year-old girls and prepared their home for the four girls by buying some toys and learning games. They’d add more as they learned more about the interest and abilities of the girls. Of course they’d have to wait until the girls arrived to be able to buy clothes in the right sizes for them.
One Wednesday during their two first months as newlyweds, Nathan and Esther were horseback riding beside Wild Mint Lake and they both reined their horses to a stop. “Look at all the Canada Geese on the water,” she said quietly. “They have such pretty markings and look so peaceful. Some of them are even sleeping with their heads turned all the way backwards and bills tucked under their wing feathers.”
He replied, “It doesn’t look like a very comfortable way to sleep to me, but they are beautiful birds. I’m glad they come here pretty often, and that there’s no hunting allowed on this ranch.”
“I feel the same way you do,” she agreed as they continued their ride. Near the top of the hillside they stopped again to look around and she commented, “The deciduous trees all have their summer leaves. From our place on this hillside we can see pretty far down the valley. The green color follows Mercy Stream all the way and out of sight.”
Nathan declared, “Yes, Mercy Valley is beautiful in every season. It’s definitely a privilege to be able to live here year round now, rather than just a weekend here and there. like we did when we were in high school. That time seems so far away.”
“I agree with all those statements, especially the last one. It was a LONG time ago, as my friend Sunny informed me when I told her about you and Felix back in January. It seems even longer when I think about how long I waited to know what God’s will was for my life concerning marriage, and you had to wait to finally find me, and then for how long we double dated and then just you and I dated,” Esther reminisced.
He said, “I don’t care how long it all took. I’m just grateful that I was the one who got to have you as my wife. I think Felix is happy to have Sunny for his wife. They are two of a fun loving kind and I’m sure they’ll have a great life together also. Thank you Father, for working all those things together for good for both couples. Please continue to help us all live for your glory and service.” And they both said, “Amen.”
One evening before most of the families started moving to Mercy Valley farm or ranch, Oscar and Vera had her brother and his wife come for dinner and an evening of visiting.
Oscar commented, “As the people get moved and set up in their new homes on the ranch or the farm, the children will be assigned to them as they are available in the ages the people have requested.”
Vera's brother continued, “Yes, and a few of these people might get all four children at once, but I imagine mostly it will be one or two at a time. No matter how it will happen, I’m sure it will take time to get to know each other and learn how to get along as a family.”
“Right,” agreed his wife, “and I’m glad we learned at the training sessions that conflicts and problems will be solved by prayer, love, and caring, in such a way that everyone wins, and feels good about it. Therefore the girls and boys will have loving, happy homes where they feel needed and can contribute to the family and to the ranch or farm.”
Vera exclaimed, “Absolutely! All the adults have read, studied and will use the best ideas to help restore the damaged, abused lives of the children and teens with gentleness. And that will result in joy and peace.”
Oscar added, “Later on when the families are more settled, many activities can be made available to the children. Here at the ranch they'll be glad to have Nathan and I work together with them to make an alternating schedule of horseback riding times for the families to give everyone a chance at the “best” times of the day. We’ll also have to figure in the sizes of the horses needed especially for the families who will have small girls.”
“Indeed,” Vera tacked on, “if everything works together correctly, at least three families can ride at one time and even have a guest or two along with them. Later on, William and Felix can do the same thing for the families on the farm.”
Her brother stated, “For the boys on the truck farm, Felix, who minored in being a coach at the university, can encourage and coach the boys to play football, soccer, volleyball, tennis, and basketball outside on some afternoons. He said sometimes they will do track and field activities like running, jumping and throwing, which are good things to do outdoors. The track and field events can be either individual or as a team.”
“Yes,” his wife concurred, “he’s a nice young man and I like his wife, Sunny, also. Other activities the boys could enjoy with their new parents are: fishing in the stream, making a special area for digging worms for bait, finding and catching frogs at the pond, catching and making a bug collection with labels for each one, hiking up the hillside near the farm, stargazing on clear, moonless nights, and going snowshoeing on the cleared crop fields or skating on the pond in the winter.”
Her husband went on to say, “Besides all those fun things to do, the boys will learn a lot about how a truck farm operates and take turns doing jobs that can help keep the farm in business. We think this will give the boys the feeling that they are making a big contribution, besides gaining a good work ethic. Plus in the winter they’ll learn how to repair and maintain the needed equipment and tools used on the truck farm. The fathers can teach the boys the basics of home and vehicle maintenance. These boys won’t have time to be bored.”
“Precisely,” declared Vera, “and on the ranch, the girls will do tasks to help keep the ranch and their homes running smoothly. They’ll have free time choices, including things like horseback riding, bird watching, nature walks, rowing on the lake, identifying and learning the names of wild flowers, planting and nurturing flowers and then picking and arranging them with Karen’s help. Their mothers will also be teaching them how to cook, mend, sew, embroider or crochet, plus anything else they’ll need to know to be good homemakers.”
Oscar emphasized, “Of course most importantly the boys and girls will learn about the Bible and the Good News so they can become believers and then tell others how. They’ll also be learning how to live their new lives for Jesus. Other valuable lessons could be how to live healthy, useful lives by good self care and cleanliness, nutrition and exercise. Parents will teach manners, self control, and ways to solve problems, because all these things were included in the training sessions.”
“Exactly Honey,” agreed Vera, “plus they’ll be encouraged to keep their bodies healthy and pure for either staying single, or for only their lifelong, future spouse. They’ll also be encouraged to pray for God’s guidance about staying single or being married, and to pray for their future spouse, if they are to be married.”
At another time of visiting, this time at the farm, Oscar and Vera talked to her brother and his wife, and arranged to have alternating Saturday mornings in the spring, summer, and fall when the boys would have a field trip to the ranch so they could learn how to care for and ride horses, hike to the falls, or row on the lake. The same weekends, the girls would have a field trip to the farm so they could watch and help with the progress of the crops, or use the outdoor athletic fields. It would be a good experience and learning time for both groups.
On the way to the ranch after school, during the two weeks she and Ted were to get settled, Julie stopped at a special store and bought another koala puppet.
When she got home, she showed it to Ted. “Look, this can be Kippy too, and I can use him with the four kindergarten girls we’ll be raising as foster children.”
Ted commented, “It’s a great plan. This way you won’t have to carry the other puppet back and forth to school and both groups will have the benefit of a puppet to share with everyday.”
She gave him a hug and kiss. “Thank you for understanding me so well that I don’t even have to explain why I got it. I love how you love me.”
He responded, “The feeling’s definitely mutual, my Jewel. When our four girls arrive, we might not have the time and feel free to tell each other when they’re around, but we’ll figure out other times, like after they’re in bed.”
She concurred, “I agree. I’m glad we’ve had these two and a half years without any children to just enjoy each other. Now we can learn to share our love with these four girls and also keep our love strong for each other.”
“Yes! It’s very important for us to do both. Father in heaven, please help us and everyone else involved in this project to be able to balance our time and love to keep our marriages strong, plus be good parents so we can help the children you’ll put in our care,” Ted prayed and Julie nodded her agreement.
In Pine City Vern, Lora and Mindy had a family meeting after Saturday morning breakfast and cleanup. Vern asked, “Mindy, would you still like to be able to travel to see what God made in other parts of the United States?”
Mindy replied, “Oh yes, Dad, I think it would be fun and also educational. Plus it would give us all a chance to use the digital camera you bought for our family.”
“I thought you might feel that way,” said Vern. “Lora, how do you feel about traveling?”
Lora responded, “I think I might like it a lot if we can go during school vacations. Do you think you could take time off from the dental office at those times?”
“Yes, I know I can,” he smiled knowingly, “because I asked them yesterday and they said ‘Yes.’ Do you remember on the day you and I became engaged, I said I’d like the three of us to continue doing fun activities together because I wasted too much time grieving before I met you?”
Lora nodded, “I do remember, and we still are doing many fun activities together and I also agree that traveling together to see God’s creation in other states would be a great new idea in addition to the other things we do.”
Mindy observed, “Dad, I see the twinkle in your eyes that tells me you have a surprise for us. What is it?”
“Ah, my lovely daughter,” he laughed, “you’ve learned to read me very well. I have here a brochure from Pine City RV about a nice motorhome.”
He handed it to his ladies and continued, “I looked at one on the way home yesterday. It has plenty of room for six people, so we could be immensely comfortable in it. We could leave the dining area set up and also be able to leave our beds made up without having a bed in the dining area.”
After looking at the brochure Lora commented, “This looks really well planned and compact. It even has a nice sized bathroom. Personally I’d rather drive than fly. This way we could take our accommodations with us. I like the fact that it isn’t as big as a bus. It won’t be so hard to drive or find parking places.”
“Right, my loving wife.” Vern agreed and then he asked, “How do you feel about sleeping in a loft, Mindy?”
“It sounds like fun,” Mindy answered.
Vern continued, “Great. The best part of this idea is that there’s a used motorhome on their lot just like this one and it was only used for two months. The people decided they wanted a bigger one, so they traded this one in on it. We could save a lot of money if we’d buy the used one instead of a new one.”
“Good, I’d rather have a used one anyway,” commented Lora.
“Could we go look at it today, even right now? Somebody else might buy it since it’s such a good deal!” Mindy exclaimed.
Vern enjoyed her enthusiasm and stated, “Yes. Can you both be ready to leave here in ten minutes?”
“Of course!” they both answered and ran to get ready. They were ready and waiting for him by the door in nine minutes. He joined them and they drove to the RV lot where they prayed for God to guide them to make the right decision before getting out of the car.
The salesman recognized Vern and took them right to the one he had seen yesterday. They examined it carefully and then looked at one of the new ones, and a couple other models for comparison. Then they went back to the first one again and sat in the dining area to pray and talk some more while the salesman went to help somebody else.
Vern began, “Father in heaven, we desire to do only your will, so please help us know if traveling is a good idea for us to pursue, and if so, what’s the best way for us to do it.”
Lora added, “We’re excited right now about this new idea, but if there’s any reason we should not do it, please put up a big stop sign that we can see. We will obey you.”
“Yes, Lord, it would only be fun if it’s your will,” agreed Mindy.
“Amen,” finished Vern. “Does this motor home look big enough for all three of us to spend a week or even two traveling and living together?”
Lora responded, “I think so. It has two separate sitting areas if you include the cab and this dining area, and it has the loft above the cab for sleeping plus an enclosed bedroom in the back. Any of us can get away for thinking time if we need to.”
“The bathroom has a nice shower but a short tub,” Mindy mentioned, “but since we all like showers better than baths it’ll work fine.”
Lora admitted, “My biggest question is whether I’ll be able to drive it well enough so you and I can take turns driving, Dear.”
“Well there’s a good way to find out if you can,” said Vern. “Let’s ask the salesman if we can test drive it.”
They did that. Lora did a fine job and so did Vern. They both liked the way it handled and how easy it was to park in big parking lots by finding places to pull through and not have to back out. So they returned to the RV lot and made a down payment on it. They’d go to the credit union on Monday for a cashier’s check out of their saving account to pay the rest, so they wouldn't have to pay interest.
The RV lot said it would be ready for them on Wednesday, and since they stayed open later that evening, they could come get it then. Happily they went home to plan their first trip, which would be on the week of the Fourth of July.
On the farm almost two months after their wedding, Felix commented, “My dear Sunny, I’ve really enjoyed having this time together before the boys are assigned to us.”
Sunny responded, “I have too, Sweetheart! It’s almost like a continuation of our honeymoon except for our jobs here on the farm. I think our employers have given us some extra time off to have some fun, and I’ve really appreciated it.”
“So have I,” agreed Felix. “Playing badminton with you is just as fun as table tennis was at the rec. center.
“I think so too,” Sunny remarked, “and we don’t even have to drive clear down there to play. I’ve also enjoyed the horseback rides we’ve been able to go on with Esther and Nathan.”
Felix said “Yes, I’m glad we had time to visit with them. I think it’s neat that they chose to live on the ranch, and they like to invite us to go riding with them.”
“Same here,” replied Sunny. “That ranch is just the right place for those two, because they both like horses so much.”
Felix concurred, “Absolutely, I like to ride once in a while but not almost daily like they say they do. I’m glad we got to go rowing on Wild Mint Lake a couple times too.”
“Indeed,” she nodded, “I liked it also, and it’s good exercise. Another visit I enjoyed at the ranch was the Saturday when Ruth was also there and we looked at all our double wedding pictures together. It was a splendid wedding!
Felix responded, “I agree with everything you just said, my dear. I’m glad we have pictures of our special occasion. Then he suggested, “Maybe after work today we could set up the croquet set and practice, so we can teach our boys how to play. It would be a fun family activity.”
Sunny laughed as she declared, “Especially if we practice first. It’s been so long since I played it that I’ll even have to review the rules.”
Felix laughed with her and stated, “The same applies for me. Plus I was thinking we could go for a couple early morning hikes on the hills beside the farm, so we’ll know some good places to go with the boys.”
“Great idea, Honey.” Then she proposed, “We could also take them to see the tool sheds, fields, and Mercy Stream. You did that for me right after our honeymoon and it helped me feel more at home here on the farm.”
Felix remembered and responded, “I’m glad it helped you, Darling. I want to do everything I possibly can to make this a happy home for you.”
“Thank you, my dear husband,” she stressed, “for all the things you do. I am happy being here with you, and I think we’ve made a lot of progress in getting to know and love each other.”
Felix stated, “You’re welcome, my dear wife. I'm glad to hear that you’re happy, and I agree, we have made very good progress. How do you like your job here?
“I like my job here a lot” said Sunny. It’s totally different from the job I had at the grocery store, but it’s a good change. I especially like preparing the early produce and packing it in boxes to send to markets. How is your job going?”
“Great!” he exclaimed. “For me this farm is perfect. They do everything they can, to be in agreement with nature. They also have everything planned in ways to save labor and have big yields. It’s a super place for me to use what I learned at the university.”
Sunny responded, “I’m glad. It’s terrific to be in a place where we can use the things we’ve learned and the gifts God gave us to serve him.”
“Indeed it is!” agreed Felix. “In addition, I just realized my prayer that you agreed with at the small group after our first four by four group ministry, is being answered in amazing ways already.”
She questioned, “Do you mean when you prayed that God would give couples without children the desire to become foster parents?”
Felix responded, “Yes, God gave our group three more abuses to interrupt making four all together. It was the way he spoke to three of us and we all desired to become foster parents. Nathan had already decided he would. There were four girls and four boys involved in those situations, and now four girls and four boys will get to be in caring foster homes.”
“You're exactly right, Dear!” Sunny exclaimed. “And on top of those will be all the ones who will be, or are already on Mercy Valley Farm and Ranch with couples who had no children of their own, because God had already given Oscar and Vera the idea to change their dude ranch into caring foster homes for girls. Then she talked her brother and his wife into having caring foster homes for boys on this farm. I think God is so amazing!”
Felix agreed, “He sure is, without a doubt! In addition to the ones we mentioned already, I’ve heard that several families in both churches have taken one or two needy children into their homes in Pine City. Besides those, there are a few couples who have lived and worked on this farm for a year or two who have chosen to stay and took the training to become foster parents. They are members of Church #7 and will have four boys assigned to them and continue working here.”
“How wonderful! Since they are experienced workers like you are, they can help the new workers learn their jobs. Thank you Father,” Sunny prayed, “for the tremendous ways you have already answered my husband's prayer.”
Felix continued, “I agree and I thank you for the many things you worked together for each couple so they could do your will. Now we ask that you will continue to help each of us as we parent these children.”
After praying some more, they sang “Our God is an Awesome God” together.
At the ranch one day Unice commented, “Oscar and Vera, your plan for me to meet each couple when they are settled after moving here to the ranch has been working out very well.”
“We’re glad to hear it. How are you doing it?” asked Oscar.
“I prepared a little welcome-to-the-ranch basket for each couple, and by watching their house I can tell when they’re finished moving things in, so the next week I take the basket, welcome them, and introduce myself. I explain where my office is and what I do. Next I ask if they’d have time to meet with me in my office anytime soon so we can get better acquainted. Then we set a time for them to come see me.”
Vera exclaimed, “I really like your way of welcoming and breaking the ice with the couples!”
“Thank you,” responded Unice. “When they come to my office, I give them a tour of it and my little cabin to take care of any curiosity on their parts. I tell them more about my position here, my background in a foster home, and how much I desire to be of help to them and their girls.”
Oscar observed, “I would imagine all of your willingness to share helps to put them at ease.”
She agreed, “Yes, they ask good questions which I answer and then tell them how to make appointments and what to do in an emergency. Most of them have mentioned that they’re relieved to know there’s medical help right here on the ranch.”
“Do any of them act surprised because you are both our vet and a family nurse practitioner?” Vera asked.
She laughed, “All of them have, and I think it helps to break the ice even more. I want them to feel comfortable asking me for help if they need it for themselves, their girls, or the horses they ride.”
Oscar and Vera smiled and nodded. Next Oscar asked, “How do you like being in a small group of believers?”
“I love it!” she exclaimed. “I really like being in the same small group as you two are. Ted and Julie are very good facilitators and are nice people.”
He replied, “Yes they are. Vera was in their group when it met in Pine City. I joined her there after our last guests left.”
Unice continued, “I never realized it before, but I was rather isolated here at the ranch. Except for the two of you, I didn’t have any friends. Now I can be friends with any of the people who are living on the ranch.”
Vera remarked, “I’m glad this plan is being a blessing to you.”
She responded, “It is indeed! Plus now I even get to attend church. Since the people on the ranch all attend on Sundays right now, I get to go also. There are no guests left here who might need my help.”
Vera invited, “We’d love to have you ride with us and our girls any time, if you’d like to have our company.”
She responded, “I would like to after your girls get settled into your family and get to know me better. Before that, maybe you and I could take turns driving to do our grocery shopping.”
“You’re full of good ideas!” Oscar exclaimed. “It would give you two a chance to visit and not have to ride alone.”
“Yes, let’s plan on going every Tuesday morning before the stores get too crowded,” Vera suggested. Unice nodded.
During lunch one rainy Monday in Pine City, Ruth shared, “Maria, I’ve been working on some poems that could be used as lyrics for songs. Would you please read these and tell me what you think?”
Maria nodded, picked up the notebook Ruth had slid across the table and read as she ate her lunch. Ruth ate also, and wondered what Maria might say.
As she finished her last bite, Maria looked up with a smile and declared, “Ruth, these are very well done. I can tell you’re improving as you practice, because they’ve been getting better as I’ve read the later ones.”
Ruth responded, “Thank you, Maria, for your kind words. It’s wonderful to have a friend who’s as honest as you always are.”
“You’re welcome and thank you too, for the compliment.” Then Maria stated, “I really like this one titled, ‘My LORD’s World” and verse that goes with it, Psalm 24:1, The earth is the LORD’s, and the fullness thereof, the world and they who dwell in it. I like the way each verse of the poem tells about the creation of the world and gives the LORD all the credit and glory.”
Ruth acknowledged, “Thanks, it’s one of my favorites, also.”
“Again, you’re welcome,” and Maria continued, “all the others have good thoughts in them and they follow scripture very well. I’m glad you have time now, and have decided to write poetry that could be used for song lyrics. Keep it up!”
Ruth emphasized, “I appreciate all you’ve said. I wouldn't ask just anyone to read these, but I knew I could trust you to be fair, truthful and encouraging. I will keep it up.”
Chapter 10
Matthew 19:14, Jesus said, “Let the children come to me, for of such is the kingdom of heaven.”
Ted and Julie were so excited when they heard about the four kindergarten girls they’d be caring for very soon.
Their background was interesting. They were quadruplets, but they weren’t identical. Therefore, they looked more like regular sisters. It was amazing to know they were all born on the same day. They all dressed differently, and their sizes, hair, and eye color differed like normal sisters.
Their mother had died right after their births, and her parents had taken care of the children for almost five years, but then they developed health issues and couldn’t continue doing it. As grandparents, they may have spoiled the girls, but were kind to them. They were called Grandma and Grandpa by the girls and they still visited the girls when they were home with their father.
Their father took them to his parents for part of the next year during the day while he was at work. His parents insisted on being called Grandfather and Grandmother by the girls. The father was told that they were homeschooling the girls, but they ran it more like the army, demanding that the girls be quiet, give instant obedience, and always be on their best behavior. Their father was also told that the girls were spoiled and deserved to be punished.
One day the father arrived early to pick up his girls. He came in quietly and observed punishments which were really abuse.
When he found out they were using mean punishments to get them over being spoiled, he contacted the social services office. He asked if they could find a long term, good, caring foster home that would take all four girls so they could be kept together as a family with a couple who could help them get over all the losses and abuse they had experienced. It was impossible for him to take care of them and keep his job also. They needed both a mother and a father in a consistent home.
At the end of the two weeks Ted and Julie felt settled in their house and his new job at the ranch. They went to Pine City to have a meeting with the father. He was impressed with them and their plans for the girls. He told them a little bit about each girl.
Then he said, “I named the girls after flowers because their mother and I both enjoyed flowers. Their names are Lily, Violet, Iris, and Rose. They’re all five years old and were home schooled for the first part of kindergarten.”
Julie inserted, “Those are beautiful names.”
“Thank you,” he responded. Then he continued, “I love my girls, but I’m unable to take care of them alone. I’d like to be able to visit them often so they won’t feel like I’ve abandoned them. They already lost their mother and her parents couldn’t continue to take care of them, although they would also like to be able to see them once in a while.”
Ted agreed, “This will be a good plan. They need to be reminded of your love for them, and see their nice grandparents who took care of them for so long. Plus they need to have the security of a continuing home where they’re cared for and loved. There is a nurse practitioner who lives full time on the ranch.”
Then they got to meet the girls. At first the girls were very shy and stayed close to their father. Later they relaxed and were able to answer questions and listen to the plans. Ted and Julie assured them they wouldn’t be hurt in their home, but would be cared for and loved, and that their father could visit them.
Their father said, “I’ll bring the girls and all their clothes and possessions to your house tomorrow, which is Sunday. They’ll help me pack this afternoon. I know the way to the ranch.”
Ted responded, “Okay, we’ll see you all tomorrow.”
On the way home, Ted told Julie, “You are my precious Jewel, and our four girls will be our cherished little flowers.”
“Yes, and you are my treasure. We’ll have a wonderful family. We need to miss going to church tomorrow so we can be home to get the house ready and greet the girls when he brings them tomorrow,” observed Julie. “But we can listen to the songs and teaching on the web for church #1 in the morning, so all we’ll really miss is the fellowship with others.”
Ted responded, “I agree. Maybe we can suggest that their father come to church on Sundays and sit with us and his girls. Then sometimes, he might like to take them with him for the rest of the afternoon to do something special, or take them to visit their grandma and grandpa, before bringing them back to the ranch.”
Julie concurred, “It sounds like a good idea. I wonder if we need to ask the social worker if it’s permissible, and what she knows about their father so we can be sure the girls are safe with him. We don’t want to take any chances or do something wrong.”
“You’re right. These things weren’t covered in the training. We still have a lot to learn. Instantly becoming parents to four girls who are sisters and are all five years old sounds more than a bit overwhelming right now. Let’s pray about it when we get home,” suggested Ted.
They did just that and then called the social worker who gave them all the information they needed and said their idea sounded like a good one. Then both of them felt better.
Later Ted commented, “I’m glad I was able to spend two days last week and two days the week before, volunteering in each of the kindergarten classes. I got to talk to the teachers about our plans and I know how to volunteer now. It’ll go a lot more smoothly for me next week. I’ll be sure to tell the girls about being in their classes one day every other week so they won’t be surprised when they see me there.”
Julie responded, “Good idea and I agree that this two weeks of getting settled was very helpful.”
Meanwhile the girls’ father was helping them get their things ready. He told them, “I’m truly sorry about what my parents did to you. I wish it had never happened and that I had caught it sooner. But now it’s over and you have a wonderful opportunity of being with parents who want four girls. They will love, care for, and be good to you. They will never hurt you like my parents did.” The girls nodded with understanding and continued packing.
He continued, “You girls know I love you, but I can’t take care of you by myself and keep my job. There is no chance that I will ever get married again either, because I could never find someone as special as your mother was. You need a mommy and daddy who will be what I can’t be. But I will get to see you often.”
At this point the girls dropped what they were packing and ran to hug and be hugged back. They all had a good cry before they went back to their preparations.
He added, “I know we’re all sad right now, but I really think this is the best thing for us to do. It will help everyone if you try to behave well and do what your new mommy and daddy tell or ask you to do.” The girls agreed.
On Sunday, when they were finished with packing and lunch, they left to go to the ranch. After helping to bring all their things inside and put them in the rooms they’d be sharing, they all went on a tour of the ranch. The girls were especially excited about all the horses. They had never seen so many in one place before.
Lily asked, “Will we ever get to ride one of those horses?”
Julie answered, “Yes, if you’d like to, and are willing to learn how to ride and how to take care of the horse before and after the ride. It isn’t as easy as it looks on TV.”
Violet said, “I’d be willing to do that. I’ve always wanted to ride a horse.”
“I have too!” Iris exclaimed. “There are even some little ones and they don’t look so scary.”
Rose asked, “Is it very hard to learn all those things?”
Ted replied, “No. We’ll be glad to teach you how, and help you if you have a hard time doing it!”
All those horses were already being a blessing to the four girls and to Ted and Julie. Just by being on the ranch, they helped to break the ice and give them all something to look forward to doing.
Ted and Julie told their father their idea for Sundays, and gave him the address of the church and the start time.
He agreed, “It sounds like a very good idea. I’ll be there.”
Julie asked, “Do you or the girls have a preference about the names they use to speak to us?”
He answered, “They call me ‘Father.’ I’d like to have them call you ‘Mommy’ and ‘Daddy.’ Would you like to do that girls?” They all nodded and smiled.
Ted and Julie smiled and said they’d like it also. When it was time for him to leave, their father gave each one a hug and said, “I’ll see you next Sunday in church.”
Ted and Julie were amazed that the girls didn’t cry when he left. They didn’t know, yet that the crying had already been taken care of before they got there.
By the next Sunday, Ted and Julie realized that the girls weren’t really very spoiled. Their other grandparents had done a good job with them, and they had settled into their new home quickly. They were just active, healthy kindergarten age children. Their father was truly relieved to hear the good news. He wanted the best for them and felt this couple would be good parents.
William and Anna sold their house in the city and busily got ready to move to the farm. Anna said “I’m glad we have a floor plan of the house we’ll be living in on the truck farm. We can draw each piece of furniture on little pieces of paper to match the scale of the floor plan.”
“I like your idea,” commented William. “In this manner we can decide how much of our furniture will fit in the house and how to best arrange it. We can tape them onto the floor plan in their places so they won’t get lost.”
Anna continued, “Right, and when the movers come to unload our furniture, all we have to do is tell them where to put it. Whatever doesn’t fit, we’ll sell or give away.”
It didn’t take long to get moved, unpacked and organized. They liked the house and the farm and the valley, and soon they felt settled. So they used their extra time to help others, visit with Sunny, and study about boys who are thirteen and fourteen years old, including what the boys would be learning in school.
Besides some other farm jobs, William was hired to do the bookkeeping for the farm like Esther would do for the ranch, and to teach small groups of boys about the Bible, much like Karen would do on the ranch. He was thrilled with his new jobs. Anna would have the same kind of job Sunny had. He and Anna both looked forward to having the boys assigned to their Caring Foster Home.
Sam and Evan, both thirteen years old, arrived first. Evan was rather quiet, but Sam was very active and outspoken. Since neither had many clothes, the family went shopping. They’d be riding the bus back and forth to school, so they had to change to a different school.
The same thing happened about clothes and school changes when Carlos and Gary, who were both fourteen years old, arrived the next week. Carlos was happy and talkative, but Gary was sullen and silent.
Now the six people had an interesting time adjusting to each other and learning how to get along as a family. It took quite awhile and much patience on the part of William and Anna, but their patience and loving care paid off. The boys settled in and Evan and Gary became more willing to talk. Sam and Carlos quieted down enough to give them a chance.
Nathan and Esther felt remarkably happy to be assigned the twins they had seen earlier in the shopping mall. Holly and Willow arrived at the ranch just after the two months alone as a married couple had ended. They came with all the clothes and things the other foster parents, who were just temporary, had provided, so shopping wasn’t necessary for them yet.
It was good to have this time to get to know them and let them get used to a routine. Plus they could teach them how to do their tasks and how to ride horses with just the two of them there. Then the twins were able to help the other two girls get acclimated.
Holly and Willow had two weeks to get settled, before the Val and Lucia arrived. Those girls had only two sets of clothes each, so Esther took them shopping while Nathan took care of the twins at home. They were thrilled with their new clothes and school supplies. A few days later the whole family went shopping to find two games to play outside, and some fun learning activities for inside this Caring Foster Home. All the girls were six years old.
As they arrived, the girls were immediately enrolled in first grade and started attending the church school. The other students who had had over a year at the school, were glad to befriend them and help them whenever they needed it. It was a pleasant surprise to the girls that they weren’t ostracized from groups or left alone on the playground. These children were caring and friendly, not like the ones in the public schools they had attended.
They also enjoyed all the learning activities and the things they were learning about the Bible. The parent volunteers helped them get caught up in areas where they were behind the rest of the class. Esther was thankful for the one day a week in each of their classes so she could help them along with any others having the same problems. And she was glad to see them adjusting to the school.
It was fun to have them come home and sing songs they had learned at school and be able to sing with them since she was there most of the time when they were learning the songs.
Nathan and Esther’s girls all learned to ride horses well. In their family of girls, one was much smaller than the others.
Willow asked her, “How come you’re so much smaller than the rest of us?”
“I’m just like my name is. It’s shorter than all of yours are,” They both laughed and Val explained, “I think maybe it’s because my family didn’t have very much food to eat when I was younger. We have good food here. Maybe I’ll start to grow bigger now, since I can eat as much as I need to eat in this home.”
Holly commented, “Maybe so. This is a very nice place to live, I really like riding the horses.”
Val exclaimed, “I agree! And I’m glad I get to ride Honey when our family goes out horseback riding. She’s just the right size for me, and she’s so pretty. Her color matches her name. My feet don’t even drag in the water when she crosses the stream while we’re riding.”
Lucia mentioned, “The horses seem to like crossing the stream. They never hesitate, but just go right in and don’t even splash very much. My feet never get wet either.”
On the farm Felix and Sunny were glad that their boys were assigned to them one at a time, about a week apart. It gave each one time to get settled into the family before the next one came.
Pedro and Luis were both eleven and were in their first year of middle school. Even riding the bus, they were able to stay in the same school, so the transition was easier for them. They did well helping each other with homework, and when they got stuck, their new parents were glad to help them.
Jose and Hugo were ten and were in the fifth grade, so for the rest of the year they rode a different bus later in the morning than the other two, and got home later in the afternoon. They did have to change elementary schools in order to ride the bus, but it didn’t seem to bother them very much. They had been riding a different bus to a different school for the first part of the school year.
One day a couple months after their arrival Sunny asked, “What are some things you like about living on this farm?”
Hugo shared, “I like sharing a room with Jose who is my same age, instead of with a little first grader.”
Jose, agreed, “Yes, Hugo is much nicer than the eleventh grader I was with in the other house.”
Luis replied, “I like helping with the farm work on Saturdays because it’s interesting.”
Pedro added, “I like the farm work too, and it’s not as hard as I thought it might be.”
Felix remarked, “Those all sound good. If all of you are finished with your homework now, we could go outside and play catch for a while. You’re all getting better at catching and throwing the soft ball, and as you know practice will help you improve even more.”
Hugo and Jose said, “Hurrah, we’ll bring our homework so you can check it while we get ready to go outside.”
Pedro said, “Luis and I just have two more problems to solve and we’ll bring ours to show you also.”
After checking their work, Felix stated, “Good work, boys. We’ll go have some fun and exercise. Then we can come in, eat supper, help with the cleanup and do our house chores before we do a little Bible study together.”
Later in the evening, Felix suggested, “Since Pedro and Luis mentioned farm work earlier today, let’s do a Bible study time on a topic related to farming. Look up 1 Corinthians 15:36-38.”
It took them a few minutes to find it, but they were getting faster since they’d been practicing. Sunny asked, “Who’d like to read it out loud for us?”
Luis raised his hand like he would in school and after Sunny nodded and smiled at him, he read, “1 Corinthians 15:36-38, What you sow does not come to life unless it dies, and what you sow is not the body that shall be, but is bare grain, maybe wheat or some other grain. But God gives it a body as it has pleased him, to every seed its own body.”
“I like the way you read it with good expression,” Sunny remarked. “Will all of you please tell us your thoughts about what the verses say?”
Luis stated, “I know this word ‘sow’ means to plant. The other sew is spelled differently and means what is done with a needle.”
Hugo commented, “I didn’t know that a seed dies before it comes up after it’s planted.”
Pedro mentioned, “The verses say that each seed has its own body because God gives it a body.”
Jose added, “Plus, it has the body of whatever was planted, and the seed doesn’t look like the plant.”
“Those are all good observations about the verses,” Felix stated. “Now let’s look at the rest of the verses around those and put them into their context so we can see why they’re important.”
Felix read selected verses from the rest of the chapter and then explained them to the boys. “Some of the people were saying that there is no resurrection, but Paul told them that there is indeed, because God raised Jesus from the dead. The verses you read, Luis, say the body that is raised, will be different from the body that was buried. Verse 44a says, it is sown a natural body, but it is raised a spiritual body. Verses 51-53 say that some people who believe in Jesus won’t die, but they, and all those who believe in Jesus and do die, will be changed from a corruptible, mortal body to one that is incorruptible and immortal. I think this means that the kind of body we have right now couldn’t live in heaven so it has to be changed.”
Sunny added, “We don’t know what our body in heaven will be like because we didn’t get to see Jesus’ new body after he was raised from the dead. The disciples saw him, but they didn’t give a description of his body. We do know that Jesus told them he was not just a spirit, but had flesh and bones, as he said in Luke 24:39.”
Felix Continued, “We also know that Jesus told Thomas to touch him, as it says in John 20:27.”
The rest of their Bible study was spent answering questions the boys asked, which showed their interest and understanding.
Hugo asked, “What does ‘incorruptible’ mean?” When Sunny handed him the dictionary, he smiled, nodded, and looked up the word. He said, “It has two meanings. The one that goes with our study is, ‘not subject to decay.’ It means it won’t rot.”
His roommate, Jose, requested, “Please hand me the dictionary and I’ll look up immortal. … It means living forever, never dying. Wow! They mean close to the same thing.”
Sunny remarked, “You’re right. I didn’t realize it before. Maybe it’s to give the concept more emphasis.”
Luis inquired, “Why are the verses I read important, Dad?”
Felix answered, “I think they’re important because they tell about seeds and planting, which are familiar to people on earth, and it helps them understand a happening that will come in the future. They give a good introduction to the topic of resurrection.”
“So,” said Luis and paused searching for words, “I’m confused. I’ve heard that the only thing that’s for sure in this life, is death and taxes, but one of those verses said that some people won’t die. How can this be?”
Sunny responded, “Jesus is coming back to the earth someday to take the people who believe in him to heaven. Those are people who’ve realized they are sinners and are sorry for their sins. They’ve asked him to forgive them and are willing to change the way they act and live. Jesus is their Savior. People who believe in Jesus and are alive when Jesus returns won’t die, but their bodies will be changed instantly to be like Jesus body.”
Felix said, “Yes, now let’s look up and read 1 Thessalonians 4:16-18 because it goes well with what Mom just said. … Who’d like to read it out loud?”
Hugo read it. “For the Lord (Jesus) himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trumpet of God. The dead in Christ (Jesus) shall rise first. Then we who are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air, and so we shall be with the Lord forever. Therefore comfort one another with these words.”
Pedro observed, “Those verses say that Jesus will come down from heaven and take the people who believe in him to heaven, first the ones who were dead, and then those who are alive.”
Luis added, “The people this letter was written to were told to comfort each other in verses 16 and 17. But why?”
Sunny instructed, “Read verses 13 and 14, and they’ll tell you why.”
He read silently and then stated, “Oh, I see. Some of the people they knew had already died, but it says that those dead people would rise first and then, with the ones who were alive, they’d all meet Jesus in the air. Knowing this would help them not to grieve like other people who didn’t have that hope.”
Jose had been very quiet during this part of the study. Now he said, “My grandmother believed in Jesus and she died last year. I have missed her so much, because she was the only one who was ever good to me in our family. I want to believe in Jesus so I can have the hope of being with her again when Jesus comes back.”
Sunny asked gently, “Do you know what you need to do to be a person who believes in Jesus?”
“Yes, Mom, because you just told us again tonight.” Jose prayed, “Jesus, I realize I'm a sinner and I’m sorry for my sins. Please forgive me for sinning. Please be my Savior. Thank you for loving me enough to die and pay the penalty for my sins. Help me to change the way I live so I can live for you instead. Amen.”
Sunny smiled at him and exclaimed, “Jose, Dad and I and all the angels in heaven are rejoicing because you repented and asked Jesus to be your Savior!”
He responded, “I’m glad. I feel so good and clean in my mind, and now instead of missing my grandmother, I have the hope that I will see her again. I have a wonderful peaceful feeling. Thank you, Jesus, and thank you for my new dad and mom who taught me about you and how to believe in you!”
Ian and Yolanda Hopkins and their first two foster girls, Candy who’s thirteen and Sara who’s fourteen enjoyed their two weeks after moving to the ranch. They were unpacked and felt settled in just a few days. Oscar and Vera enjoyed teaching all of them how to care for and ride horses. Then the family enjoyed faithfully practicing every other day, along with exploring the ranch and buying a couple games their new girls might enjoy when they were assigned.
Near the end of the two weeks, Vera mentioned, “Yolanda, I just realized, your girls are all old enough to start learning how to sew. Do you have a sewing machine?”
Yolanda shook her head. “No, we haven’t had enough money to buy one yet, but I have a special savings jar where we put all our extra change. Some day we will have enough.”
Vera smiled. “Good planning! You won’t have to put one on a credit card and pay all that extra interest! In the meantime, you’d be very welcome to use mine and teach your girls, also.”
“Thank you for your generosity, Vera! This will be a perfect thing to do, especially in the winter when we can’t be outside as much. I’ll use the summer and fall to figure out some easy things for them to make for their own use.”
Vera responded, “You’re very welcome. I’m glad you and your family volunteered and came to live here at Mercy Valley Ranch. I know I learned how to sew in a Home Economics class in high school, but I don’t know if they have such a class any longer.”
“I don’t either, but this way they won’t have to wait,” she said and added, “I’m also glad we were able to come here to live.”
The two new girls both came on the same day, and it worked out very well for everyone, since Candy and Sara were able to help them feel welcome and get settled. Then they helped them learn all they needed to know about tasks to do around the house. June was thirteen and was Candy’s roommate. Kim was fourteen and moved in with Sara.
“Now comes the fun part,” stated Candy. “One of the best parts of living on this ranch is that we get to ride horses at least twice a week and more often if we have time.”
“Aren’t you scared of them? They’re so big!” June exclaimed.
Candy asked, “Haven’t you seen the little ones?”
“Sure, I saw several out there, but you can’t ride horses as young as those are!” replied June.
“Oh, I’m sorry, June.” Candy apologized. “I forgot to tell you about the little horses on this ranch. They are a very special breed of horses called Kentucky Mountain Horses, and when they’re full grown, they can be anywhere from eleven hands to fourteen or more hands. There’s even one here that’s only ten hands.”
“What a funny way to measure horses!” exclaimed Kim.
Sara agreed, “I think so too. I learned about it coming from a time when there were no tape measures handy for measuring a horse someone wanted to buy, so they used their hands to measure from the withers to the ground. Later, they decided to officially say that a hand would equal four inches.”
“Oh, I understand better now,” responded Kim. “So an eleven hand horse would be 44 inches tall.” Sara nodded.
“What are the withers?” asked June.
Candy answered, “It’s the highest point on the horses back, just before its neck. See, it’s circled in this picture.” She opened the book on the table quickly and gave it to June.
“I see,” said June. “So the little horses on this ranch are already full grown. Well, … I guess I wouldn’t be afraid to ride one of the smaller horses. I think I’d be too big to ride the littlest ones.”
“We are too,” agreed Candy. Sara and I started out on the chestnut colored Boots and Socks. They are both 12.2 hands or 50 inches tall. All the horses on this ranch are very gentle and well trained.”
Sara suggested, “We can help you learn everything you need to know about taking care of and riding these horses.”
“Would you like to start tomorrow, right after we all get home from school if the weather’s nice?” asked Candy.
June and Kim nodded, and each one thought about the coming ride, off and on during the evening.
The next afternoon the Hopkins family went for a short horseback ride after Candy and Sara taught June and Kim how to get their horses ready and to always use gentle hands on the reins so they wouldn’t hurt the horses’ mouths. Boots and Socks were chosen as the best size for the newcomers to begin learning how to ride. Sara and Candy rode dark brown Coffee and coppery colored Tea.
June commented at the end, “I wasn’t scared at all because Boots was just the right size, and he’s so gentle.”
Kim agreed. “Now I can see what you meant, Candy, about the horses being the fun part of living on this ranch. It’ll be something I can look forward to doing as often as we have time.”
The Fourth of July vacation from school came as a surprise to some of the parents on Mercy Valley Ranch. They had just gotten into the routine of having the children in school for many hours of each day, when all of a sudden they were all home all day long. Those families scrambled to come up with ideas on how to spend all the extra time, and be sure at least one parent could be home. Jeff and Karen weren’t moved there yet, so they weren’t affected.
The owners of Mercy Valley Farm remembered about families with school age children and made arrangements for them to have one or the other parent not work during the days of vacation times, so the children wouldn’t be alone.
To other families it was a blessing. Ted and Julie had been looking forward to this vacation time when both of them would be home all day with their four girls. So they used some of the time after the girls were in bed to plan things they could all do together as a family.
Ted suggested, “Let’s go horseback riding every morning before it gets too hot, if the horses are available.”
“Absolutely!” agreed Julie. I’m glad we all enjoy riding every chance we get. During the hottest parts of the days we can sing as a family while you play the guitar, and later play some of their favorite board games inside. We have two games that can help them learn about the Bible.”
Ted concurred, “Right, they enjoy singing, and it’ll be good for them to learn more about the Bible. Also, it’ll give us a chance to get to know them better.”
“True,” then Julie proposed, “if they get tired of the games we have here, we could go to the thrift store and let them look for some different ones. They could also look for some good used clothes to add to what they already have.”
“Yes, and we could take them to a shoe store to see if any of them need new shoes,” added Ted. “I don’t know how to tell if the ones they have are getting too small for them.”
Julie exclaimed, “I don’t either! Plus I don’t know if the girls can even tell about something like this at their age. Maybe the shoe store people can give us some pointers for the future.”
“I hope so,” then Ted realized, “Oh, it just came to me that I actually will only have Monday and Tuesday all day to spend with you and the girls, if there are any jobs that need to be done on the ranch houses during the week of vacation.”
“You're right. Well,” commented Julie, “maybe we can take a horseback ride almost every day anyway, if you could go to work on the houses afterward.”
He nodded, “Great idea, I’ll ask Oscar if it would be alright. If so, we’ll plan on riding, and it would probably be best if we go do all our shopping on Tuesday after our ride, so I can learn about how to know if shoes fit or not, at the same time you do.”
She smiled and hugged him. “You’re the very best husband and father in the whole world. I’m so privileged to have you!”
He beamed and hugged her right back. “The feeling’s definitely mutual, my Jewel. You are the very best wife and mother in the whole world. God is taking very good care of this family. Come with me my darling! The rest of our planning can wait until tomorrow night. Right now, let’s enjoy some personal time together.”
The Hopkins girls had a discussion the last week in June as they sorted through some pinto beans to get out any bad ones or small rocks before washing the beans and putting them to soak overnight to be cooked the next day.
Kim mentioned, “The computer the four of us share works well, but sometimes it’s hard for me to wait for my turn. I wish we could afford to buy an extra one.”
Sara agreed, “Yes, but I know our new parents don’t have very much money, and it’s even harder with four girls. You know about the special jar they put change in so they can buy a sewing machine. Mom was saying it’s getting close to being enough. Maybe we could help them save money for the sewing machine and an extra computer.”
June asked, “How? We aren't old enough to get a job.”
Sara suggested, “Remember the story we read about the old-fashioned girl? Maybe we could copy her ideas and remodel some of Kim’s and my clothes so they’d fit you and Candy. It would save the money needed to buy those clothes and fill up the jar faster.”
Kim agreed, “It’s a good idea. Since Candy and June are in different grades and classes than we are, none of the kids at school will notice, so they won’t make fun of them.”
Candy declared, “I like your idea. I was noticing just yesterday that I’m growing out of many of my clothes. What do you think, June?”
“I totally agree. The clothes you two girls have are pretty,” she said and then suggested, “Possibly we could pass our clothes on to some other girls on Mercy Valley Ranch and help their parents save money for an extra computer too.”
Sara exclaimed, “Great idea! Now that we’re finished with these beans, so let’s go talk to Dad and Mom about our ideas.”
Ian and Yolanda were impressed and enthusiastic about their ideas. “Thank you girls for those good ideas,” Ian said.
Yolanda added, “Mrs. Yardley offered to let us come over and use her sewing machine until we get one of our own. If we shop on the way home from school tomorrow we can get clothes for Kim and Sara and then start remodeling their others for June and
Candy. The sooner the better from the looks of how some of your clothes are fitting.”
They spent their school vacation during the week of the Fourth of July planning, fitting and sewing. The plan worked very well and the girls learned a lot about sewing in the process. Soon they bought an extra computer by putting what they saved on Candy and June’s clothes with the sewing machine money, since Vera encouraged them to continue using her sewing machine until they saved up enough again for their own.
Other families on the ranch picked up on the idea and pretty soon all the families who needed one, had bought an extra computer. Now homework could be finished more quickly and there was more time for outside activities, especially horseback riding.
When Vern, Lora and Mindy Jones returned to Pine City from their first trip in the slightly used motorhome they had recently bought, they were tired, but ecstatic!
Mindy stated, “I didn’t know traveling could be such fun!”
“Nor did I,” her dad responded, “but I’m glad we came home a little early so we can get reorganized and ready to go back to work and school on Monday after this Fourth of July week.”
Lora agreed, “Yes, it was a super idea to come home before we got too tired to do anything when we did get home.”
“I agree.” Then Mindy went on to say, “I like the way the motorhome worked for us. Like you said, Dad, there was plenty of room for all of us in it. I didn’t feel crowded at all.”
Lora continued, “Right, Mindy. It was truly comfortable. I like having our own place to live and sleep after a busy day of sight seeing.”
“Yes, Honey,” agreed Vern, “for me it was a lot better than trying to find a motel or hotel every evening, because we never knew just where we’d end up at the end of the day.”
“You’re a hundred percent correct, Dear!” Lora exclaimed. “If we had tried to get reservations beforehand, it would have added much stress and killed part of our enjoyment.”
Vern concurred, “Agreed, so I’m glad we didn’t have to do it!”
Mindy remarked, “Yes, and we saw so much beautiful, fantastic scenery. I think we all enjoyed using the new camera you bought for our family, Dad. I’m looking forward to seeing the pictures everybody took.”
Lora added, “So am I. It was fun to take turns with the camera.”
“Indeed it was!” exclaimed Vern who then suggested, “Shall we get our food and belongings out of the motorhome, and put them away? Then after supper, we can download the pictures on the computer and watch a slideshow of our trip.”
Mindy declared, “Super idea, Dad. With all of us working together, it won’t take long to unload the motorhome and put our things away. We work together very well. Our family’s the best!”
“It certainly is!” Her parents both agreed.
Greg and Oralie Iverson and their son Cory had been very busy. First they put their house on the market and packed their books and belongings. As soon as the house on the farm was available they and some of their friends cleaned and painted the whole inside. Then their friends helped them move the furniture, and figure out the best arrangement in the house. There were only a couple pieces that didn’t fit, which were given away.
Next they went shopping for Cory’s freestanding closet so he’d have a place for his hanging clothes. At the same time they ordered four twin beds, four dressers, four desks and four chairs to be delivered at the same time as the closet.
While waiting for those to arrive, they brought all the boxes they had packed and started unpacking and putting them away. Their house in the city was now empty and cleaned. Many people had already looked at it, and soon it was under contract.
Cory observed, “My room here is smaller than my other one, but all my furniture still fits, even with the freestanding wardrobe. So, I like this room just as well. Now we can get settled for two weeks and then my new brothers can come live here too.”
Oralie smiled at him and responded, “Yes, we’re looking forward to them coming too. I’m glad you like your room here. Thank you for all your help packing and unpacking.”
“You’re welcome! It was kinda fun, even if it was hard,” he said.
Greg remarked, “You’ve been a good worker, Son. What would be a good way to celebrate getting this far with our project, Cory?”
After thinking a minute he answered, “I’d like to have a time when I can play with my two little friends, Hope and Joy, and you two can visit with their parents. I think it would be a good thing for all of us to enjoy.”
Greg stated, “It’s a grand idea. I’ll call Roy and Sherry right away and see what will work best for them.”
They went the next Saturday afternoon to the same park where they had met that family and Roy and Sherry had prayed for Cory's legs. Jesus had healed him right then and he and his family had all accepted Jesus as their Savior. It was a good memory for everyone and they all enjoyed their time together.
During the two weeks the family could spend getting settled, Greg learned about his new job at the truck farm and Oralie practiced volunteering in kindergarten, first, and second grades. She continued volunteering in Cory’s third grade class. They all found out they’d have a very busy life.
Jeff and Karen got moved to the ranch and were settled by the end of July, so they were ready for their girls to be assigned to their Caring Foster Home. They were grateful that the girls came one at a time with four or five days between them.
Ellie, who was ten years old, arrived first. She had basically nothing with her so the first order of business was to go shopping. When they came back, she had two school outfits and a nice dress for church, other clothes, and all the school supplies she needed.
The next day Karen got her settled in a school serviced by the bus that came to the ranch. When she got home Karen asked, “How did your first day at the new school go for you?”
She replied, “Just like any first day at a new school, not very fun.”
Karen next inquired. “How many new schools have you attended.”
Ellie answered, “I lost count. We had to move every time my pa ran out of money to pay the rent, like three or four times a year.”
Karen sympathized, “It must have been very hard for you. We won’t be moving from here, so you’ll get a chance to feel more settled and maybe make some friends at school.”
No answer came, so Karen suggested, “Let’s go look at the horses and you can decide which one you’d like to ride after we have supper and clean the kitchen up afterward.”
Ellie declared, “I don’t know how to ride a horse.”
Karen said, “We’ll teach you how and you might even enjoy it. Come on with me to the pasture.”
When they got to the pasture, Ellie finally showed some interest. “How many horses are there?” she asked.
Karen answered, “This ranch has twenty-one horses of different sizes, colors and abilities. Some of them are bouncy when they go faster than a walk. Others are smoother. They’re all very well trained and gentle.”
“Have you ridden any of these horses?” was her next question.
“Yes, I’ve tried about ten of them. The little ones aren’t for grownups but are perfect for children,” Karen explained.
Ellie asked, “You mean the little ones are trained for children to ride? Almost all the horses I’ve ever seen for people to ride are big. How soon will the little ones grow big?”
Karen smiled thinking of this common misconception and said, “The little horses have already grown as big as they’ll get, which is good, because there are a lot of children younger and smaller than you are on this ranch. Many of them have already ridden these little horses and they love it.”
“Oh, I didn’t know this kind of horse existed. The only little horse I ever saw was a Shetland pony and he was mean. He tried to bite me,” she said.
Karen encouraged, “You won’t have any problems with these horses. Look they are coming over to the fence.”
Ellie took two steps back and looked frightened.
“Don’t worry. They stop at the fence and none of them will hurt you. They just came to get acquainted,” soothed Karen who put her hand over the fence to stroke the nearest horse. “Just don’t touch the top wire of the fence, because it has electricity flowing through it and it will shock you. Do you see the sign?”
Ellie responded, “Yes, I’ll be careful. Is that why it has those yellow things on the posts and some ribbons on the wire?”
Karen answered, Yes, that was a good observation. The yellow things are insulators to keep the electricity away from the posts, and the ribbons are good reminder warnings.”
“Does the fence hurt the horses?” Ellie questioned.
Karen replied, “Only if they touch it, and they don’t, because they learned very quickly not to touch it. Which color do you like?”
“It’s hard for me to decide. I like seeing them together with all the different colors and sizes. They’re all pretty. Maybe I won’t be afraid if I get to ride one of the little ones.” she answered.
Karen was relieved and told her some of their names and colors and sizes as she pointed them out to Ellie.
The names helped Ellie have even more interest and finally she said, “I think I’d like to try riding Brownie.”
“Wonderful! I’ve heard he’s excellent,” Karen responded, glad the horses had been a blessing and helped break the ice with this unhappy girl.
After supper, Jeff and Karen showed her how to care for and prepare their horses for riding and then helped her do the same for Brownie. But when she mounted him from the platform, she froze with fear. Karen was standing beside her and put a gentle hand on her leg talking soothingly to her and the horse because it could sense the fear.
Karen said, “It’s okay, Ellie. It’s okay, Brownie. Just sit there Ellie and try to relax as you get used to the feeling of the saddle and being on the horse.”
Ellie finally took a breath and stated, “I feel so high up, even though he is a little horse. I don’t want to fall off and get hurt.”
“I understand, Ellie. We don’t want you to fall off either, so try to grip the saddle with your legs until you feel more secure,” Karen suggested.
Next Ellie admitted, “But I’m scared.”
Karen responded, “I know you are, and so does Brownie, so he will be extra careful with you.”
Ellie complained, “There’s no saddle horn like on TV for me to hold, and no handlebars like on a bicycle. What am I supposed to do with my hands? Can I hold onto his ears?”
Jeff almost laughed out loud but answered gently, “No, doing that would hurt the horse. But for now you may hold the front part of the saddle right here. I’m going to run over and bring Vera back with me. She knows how to help people get over their fear of riding a horse.”
While he was gone Karen said, “Vera’s the lady who taught us how to ride. She told us we could come get her to help us if one of our girls was afraid to ride.”
“Were you scared when you were learning?” asked Ellie.
Karen replied, “No, I was just a little bit nervous because the horses we were riding were a lot bigger than Brownie is. But Vera told us what to do and we learned how to ride.”
At this point, Vera came back with Jeff. She walked up to Brownie and stroked him saying, “Hi, Brownie, you are a beautiful little horse. Are you going to teach another girl how to ride you?” She scratched him on his chest and he looked like he was nodding his head to answer her question. Ellie smiled and relaxed a little.
Then Vera introduced herself, “Hi, Ellie, I’m Vera, and I’m always glad to be able to help someone get over being afraid to ride a horse. Riding horses can be a lot of fun. You’ve already done some of the hardest parts by getting Brownie brushed and saddled.”
Ellie said honestly, “They helped me get him ready.”
“Good, and now you know a lot about this horse. You heard me talk to Brownie a minute ago. He likes to be talked to. You can tell him about how afraid you are.”
Ellie leaned forward a little and said, “Brownie, I’m really, really scared that I’ll fall off you and get hurt.”
Vera continued, “He won’t answer you with words, but he was listening. Did you see his ears twitching as you talked? Can you tell him how pretty he is, and reach one of your hands forward to stroke his neck?”
After Ellie did that, Vera praised her, “Good job, Ellie. He liked the way you stroked him. Now lean forward and stroke him on both sides of his neck at the same time and thank him for standing so still.”
Ellie did that and added, “Your hair is so smooth, Brownie!” she sat back up and quickly grasped the front of the saddle again.
Next Vera instructed, “Ellie, you’re sitting on the horse very well. I’m going to put the halter back on Brownie. Then your new dad will lead Brownie with a rope as he rides his horse. It’ll give you a chance to see how it feels to be on a moving horse. We’ll just go at a nice slow walk today, and you’ll be very safe if you don’t panic and try to jump off the horse.”
Ellie actually laughed, “Oh, I wouldn’t be stupid enough to jump off the horse since I know I don’t want to fall off of it.”
Vera said, “Good, I’m glad you’re smarter than some kids I’ve known. Now your new mom and I will walk on each side of you and reach to help you if you lose your balance. You tell your new dad when you feel ready to have Brownie start walking.”
Ellie nodded and replied, “Okay,” in a very small unsure voice. Then in a few moments she tried, “I’m ready for Brownie to walk.”
They went up the road at a slow walk and her fingers gripped the saddle in front of her so hard that her knuckles turned white. After about five minutes she finally relaxed her hold a little and let her knees do more of the work as she got used to the feel of the horse moving with her on it.
Her new mom and Vera were walking beside her and Vera talked soothingly to her and to the horse. When Vera saw Ellie relax a little she encouraged, “You’re doing fine, Ellie, and as you squeeze the saddle with your legs, your hands don’t have to work as hard. We’ll turn around now and walk back to the tack room so you won’t feel so stiff tomorrow.”
When they reached the tack room area, they asked Ellie to stay on a little longer. She was still holding onto the saddle with her hands, but not as tightly.
Vera told her, “You did a good job today, Ellie. Now I’d like to have you try a few more things while we stand here on either side of you where we can catch you if you lose your balance. Let go of the saddle with your hands and just grip it with your knees. Good job, now put your hands on your legs. Perfect. Now touch your waist. Great job. Can you put them on your head? Perfect again. Now bring them down and pretend you’re holding reins like you saw your dad doing. Excellent job. See, you don’t have to hold onto anything to keep from falling off when your legs do their job. Can you keep holding those pretend reins while we lead Brownie over to the platform so you can dismount?”
Ellie nodded and did very well. Since she knew how to get off a bicycle, she used the same skills to dismount. “My legs feel funny after being on the horse.” Her new parents both agreed and showed her how to rub them until they felt more normal. Then she said, “Thank you all for helping me get over being afraid and for helping me with my first short ride.”
They all told her she was welcome. Next she went to Brownie and stroked him as she said, “Thank you, Brownie, for being so good and gentle with me. I like you!” Vera smiled as she went back to her house.
Ellie kept talking to him as she took off the saddle and brushed him. Jeff came and helped her recheck the hooves, and they all led their horses back to the pasture where she stroked and thanked Brownie some more. Karen showed her how she cleaned her tack and then Ellie cleaned her own.
They rode horses every evening for the next several days and Ellie learned how to guide the horse with gentle hands on the reins. They advanced from a slow walk to the faster single foot walk, which is so comfortable for riding. Now Ellie was enjoying every single minute she spent with Brownie.
At first during the grooming time, she’d talk to Brownie and tell him about her awful past. He was a good listener and soon she was telling him good things instead, such as what she liked about the ranch and riding him. She was also happier and more talkative with Jeff and Karen who thanked God for the blessing of being able to ride and care for horses.
One of the early small group meetings at the ranch and the farm had an added teaching about the differences between our heavenly Father and our earthly ones, especially the ones of the abused foster children. They studied various verses. The facilitator would have someone read the scripture, and then he or others would comment on it.
Psalm 27:10, When my father and my mother forsake me, then the LORD will take me up.
“This is a precious promise for abused children, especially those who were forced to leave their home or a parent left.”
“Yes, especially if one parent died and the other one couldn’t continue to take care of them.”
“The children here on the ranch (or farm) are here because their heavenly Father did take them out of abusive situations.”
Psalm 68:4a,5a,6a. Sing to God, sing praises to his name. … He is a father of the fatherless … and puts the lonely into families.
“God gave these foster children parents and put them into big caring families.”
“I would imagine the lives they lived before coming here were lonely ones. Now they can be grateful for the care of the heavenly Father and the foster parents he provided.”
Isaiah 64:8, O LORD, you are our father, we are the clay, and you are our potter. We all are the work of your hand.
“For believers, God is our father in an even more special way than when God had Isaiah write that, because we believers are children of God as it says in 1 John 3:1-3, See what love the father has given us, that we should be called the sons of God. … Now we are the sons of God and it doesn’t yet appear what we shall be, but we know that when he shall appear we shall be like him, for we shall see him as he is. Every man who has this hope in him purifies himself even as God is pure.”
“Thank you for adding that scripture to our study.”
“Yes, it goes very well right here. When the children become believers and know they’re God’s children it’ll help them to live pure lives to please him.”
Malachi 2:10, We all have one father, and God created us.
“I like this verse. It’s a good introduction to the concept of the family of God. It’s also proof that we didn’t evolve, we were created by God.”
Matthew 5:44,45, Jesus said, “I say to you, love your enemies, bless those who curse you, do good to those who hate you, and pray for those who treat you with spite and persecute you, so you may be the children of your Father who is in heaven. For he makes his sun rise on the evil and on the good, and sends the rain on the just and on the unjust.
“These would be good verses to introduce the need to forgive, forget, and pray for abusive parents. If they don’t, they’ll never really be free themselves, like it explains in Matthew 18:23-35, which is the story Jesus told about the unmerciful servant.”
“Yes, we all need to forgive our earthly parents and focus on our heavenly Father’s love, good qualities, and virtues as it says in James 1:17,18, Every good gift and every perfect gift is from above, and comes down from the Father of lights who does not vary or change. … He made us his children with the word of truth so we would be a kind of first fruits of his creatures.”
“Those verses are extremely good for showing the difference between God our Father and earthly parents.”
The facilitator closed with, “When you get to know your four children better, see if you can use any of these scriptures and comments to teach them about their heavenly Father who will never leave or forsake them.”
After Ellie had been with Jeff and Karen at the ranch for five days, another girl was assigned to them. Lisa was also ten years old and would be Ellie’s roommate. She came in the morning while Ellie was at school. Again, shopping was needed to provide Lisa with clothing and school supplies. It was nice to be able to take her to the store while Jeff was at work and Ellie was at school.
They got home in time to fix and eat lunch and continue getting acquainted with each other. Karen asked, “What are some things you like to do when you have free time?”
Lisa answered, “I like to walk in the park if it’s close enough and the weather’s nice. When it’s cold out, I enjoy reading.”
Karen mentioned, “I enjoy both of those things also. What subjects do you like at school?”
Lisa giggled and said, “Of course I like reading the best.”
Karen joined in her laughter and asked, “Is there a subject that’s hard for you?”
“Not really, because I like all of them and can usually get someone to help me if I get stuck on something,” she shared.
Karen stated, “That’s great! I’m glad for you.”
After lunch they cut the tags off the clothing and put them away in the closet and dresser in the room she’d be sharing with Ellie. Lisa observed, “This room and all the furniture look brand new compared to the other part of the house.”
Karen agreed and told her, “This room and one across the hall, plus the bathroom and laundry room are very new. They were just completed a few weeks ago. New furniture was put into them to get them ready for you and the other girls who’ll be living here. In a couple hours you’ll meet Ellie who has been here five days and will be sharing this room with you. You’ll also meet my husband, who is your new dad, and he helped to build these rooms onto the existing cabin.”
Then they took a walking tour of part of the ranch and ended up at the horse pasture. Lisa exclaimed, “Wow! There are sure a lot of horses on this ranch.”
Karen agreed, “Yes there are, and I think they’re so pretty. Do you like horses?”
Lisa nodded, “Yes. I’ve always wanted to have a chance to ride a horse, but there was never enough money to rent one.”
Karen declared, “Then you’ll be happy to know that you’ll get many chances to ride a horse because you’ll be living here on this ranch where there are so many available.”
“Really? Oh my! How amazing! Is that why you bought me jeans and boots and a helmet?” asked Lisa.
“Yes, and look. They’re on their way over here to meet you. Be careful not to touch the top wire on the electric fence,” cautioned Karen.
Lisa responded, “Thank you. I will be careful. You’re right, they are very pretty. They’re so shiny and there are so many different sizes and colors. Do they all have names?”
Karen answered, “Yes, and I think you’ll like them because the owner made them easy to remember.” Then Karen told her all about their sizes, colors and names like they’re listed in the addendum. Then she asked, “Which one would you like to ride this evening after we have supper and do the dishes?”
“Really? Already tonight?” she asked. Karen nodded and smiled at her. So she took a little time to decide. “I really like the smallest black horse. Do you think she’d be too big for me?”
Karen replied, “I think Princess would be just right, because you are pretty tall already. Ellie is a lot shorter so she chose Brownie. I’m glad there are so many sizes since people are different too.”
Lisa was able to look forward to her first horseback ride and it made it easier for her to meet the others in the family, and help with supper and dishes. Then she hurried to put on her new jeans, boots and helmet so she’d be ready to go.
Ellie taught her about horse care and noticed Lisa wasn’t scared at all. She was glad that she wasn’t scared any more either. They had an enjoyable short ride so Lisa wouldn’t feel too sore and stiff the next day.
Christi and Hanna, both nine years old came within the next week and a half. Since each one came in the morning, while the others were at school, Karen had a chance to take care of the shopping and get acquainted like she had with Lisa.
Christi came first and was even more scared of riding a horse than Ellie had been. It helped her a lot to hear about Ellie’s experience. She chose to ride the smallest horse, Honey, for her first ride. Vera came to help her the same way she had helped Ellie. Vera had her do the same exercises with her hands while sitting on the horse, and her confidence increased a lot. Ellie and Lisa were close by, riding their mounts in the riding ring. Christi was a very small nine-year-old so she decided to keep riding Honey for the next rides.
Lisa taught Hanna how to care for and prepare Socks for her first ride. Hanna was only a little bit nervous. Ellie and Christi and Lisa told her about their first rides and Hanna decided she’d just push her nervousness away and go for it. She did just fine.
Here’s a possible routine for a family on the ranch or farm with children who ride the bus. On school days, everybody gets up when the alarm clocks go off. They dress, do their morning tasks and eat breakfast as they listen to and discuss a devotional story. At the right time, the children gather their things for school, so they can go out and get on the school bus. They find their assigned seat on the bus and visit with their seat partners on the way to school. The day is spent in school, handing in homework and learning in classes. Then they ride back home on the school bus.
Public middle and high school children have Bible study or other learning times with Karen or William when they arrive home. Then the public elementary school children have their turns when they get home an hour later.
Some afternoons, depending on the weather, the girls on the ranch get to go horseback riding with their families. Many help with supper preparation. The boys on the farm will probably have time to play in one sport or another. They all do their tasks and homework and then have a little free time before Bible devotions and bedtime.
Saturdays are favorite days. Most of them get to sleep in an extra hour before their alarm goes off. They have family Bible devotions and prayer time right after breakfast. If the weather’s good, some of them will get to go horseback riding in the morning. Other Saturdays they will do things to help on the farm or the ranch.
In the afternoons there will be some free time after homework for school has been completed. Some families will use that time for sports, and others for horseback rides. Many families have a short Bible devotional before bedtime on Saturday just like on the weekdays.
Sundays go much the same way but include getting ready for and driving to church, so there won’t be as much free time for sports or horseback riding. Some of them squeeze it in anyway.
Esther alternated between asking Ruth or Maria to come every other week to spend the weekend at the ranch. Maria also got to spend part of the time with Ted, Julie, and their girls so she could keep up her friendship with Julie and get to know and help their girls.
Julie introduced her as Aunt Maria, and after Maria went back to Esther’s house, Violet asked very seriously, “How’s ant Maria like the red and black ants we see outside? She doesn’t look like an ant in any way.”
Julie had a terribly hard time not laughing out loud, but realized it was her own fault for not explaining in the first place. So she taught all of them the difference. “Our language has many words that sound alike but are spelled differently. Remember the story I read to you the other day about the family that went to see the sea? I showed you how those two words sound the same but aren’t spelled the same and have different meanings.”
The girls gathered around her as she wrote and spoke. “Look at the word ‘ant,’ which means the red or black insect we see outside. Now look at the word ‘Aunt,’ which means the sister of your mommy or daddy. Since Maria is like a sister to me you can call her Aunt Maria or Auntie Maria. Maybe if you use the word ‘Auntie’ it wouldn’t be as confusing to you.”
Violet agreed, “Yes, ‘Auntie Maria’ will be better for me,” and the other three nodded and smiled.
Sometimes when Auntie Maria visited, she and the family would g hike up to Lavender Falls after the fox cubs had grown up, or take the girls rowing on Wild Mint Lake, or go horseback riding. She really enjoyed watching the girls as they interacted with the koala puppet, Kippy. She’d often bring her cat with her for the weekend and share her with both families, since neither of them had any pets.
Maria explained to them, “My cat has unusual colors for a cat. Cats are usually just one or two colors, but mine is white, black and orange. Her color is known as calico.” So the girls called her Calico, and Maria agreed, “That’s a much better name than just kitty. I don’t know why I never named her before. I’m glad she has a name now.”
Esther had explained the words “Aunt” and “Auntie” before introducing Ruth and Maria to her girls so they didn’t have a problem. They all chose the word “Auntie” to go with the first name. Mama and Auntie Ruth showed the girls how they played duets on the piano and told them some day they’d be able to play them also. Ruth’s favorite activity was joining Nathan, Esther, and their girls on horseback rides. Even though she was sore and stiff the next day, it was well worth it to her.
Every afternoon when the girls in middle and high school got home from school, Karen had an hour with them before her girls got home from elementary school. Then the elementary age children in public schools took their place for the next hour. Some days she’d teach them a Bible lesson. Since she often used Bible Study Group materials from the church, she used that name for the older group, and Bible Story Group for the younger ones. Other days she’d show them how to plant vegetables or flowers in the gardens she and Vera had started earlier.
Later in the season they’d be able to help harvest whatever was ripe and take it to their homes for supper, where their new mothers would show them how to wash and prepare it for their meal. It tasted so good to them because they had been able to help, and because it was home grown.
As the flowers grew and were so pretty, Karen showed them how to cut and arrange them. Therefore their houses often had a nice bouquet to help beautify the dining room table. In the fall, Karen showed them how to dry some of the flowers so they could be used later in the winter.
During the winter, she’d use more of the days for Bible studies, interspersed with fun games for learning the books of the Bible in order, or drills on important Bible facts. The girls were learning a lot and having a lot of fun in the process.
Karen and William did a lot of planning by email so they could coordinate some of their lessons on the ranch and the farm. To begin with, they used materials they could check out from the church that were used in the city for after school groups in the homes. These lessons included what to teach new believers when that group got big enough to have a separate meeting.
One Saturday afternoon, Julie and Maria were watching the quadruplets as they put puzzles together in the game room. It was a nice room with tables and chairs in one area plus a table for playing table tennis that also served as a place for other activities like laying out sewing patterns and cutting them out, or for working on very large puzzles. A piano was in a corner far away from the table for playing table tennis. There was hardwood flooring in a different place where older girls could play jacks, and a smooth carpet in another. The four girls had chosen to put puzzles together on the carpet so the pieces wouldn’t drop off the table onto the floor.
Julie mentioned, “The girls are all so precious. Ted remarked the other day, though, ‘I know our girls are behind the others in their classes in a lot of areas. I asked their teachers to give me a list of things we can work on at home, including learning games we can buy to help them get caught up.’ I brought the list with me today and thought maybe you could read it and see if there are any areas you might like to help them with when you come on alternating weekends.”
“Certainly,” replied Maria, “I’d love to be able to help in any manner you desire!” She read the list. “I think I could do any of these things if you’ll show me how first. Since you’re a teacher, you know more about it.”
“Thank you, Maria!” exclaimed Julie. “I’m so glad you get to come spend some time with me and the girls. It works so well that you and Esther are friends and she wants you to come visit her and her girls on alternating weekends, and she has a room where you can stay for the weekend. Let’s start with puzzles. I’ll get a puzzle and we can try to think about what will help a little girl learn how to put it together.”
They quickly took it apart and mixed the pieces around. They noticed what they did as they worked on it. They looked at the shapes of the pieces and colors, and remembered what the picture looked like before they took it apart. They could teach the girls to do the same things as they put puzzles together.
Julie suggested, “Let’s go ask the girls if we can join them. I’ll work with two of them and you work with the other two. Each girl has a different puzzle. If you see they’re having trouble, gently suggest that they try to match colors and shapes and to try and remember what the picture looked like at first. We can stop doing puzzles if they act bored, or get too frustrated.”
“Right,” agreed Maria, “I know some children have a short attentions span from time I spent with Anita’s day care children.”
The two ladies helped the girls with the puzzles they were working on and then each girl chose a different puzzle. This time they looked at the picture carefully before taking it apart. They did better on this one by using the tips suggested to them. Then they were ready for a different activity.
Other weekends Maria and Julie worked with a different pair of girls each time, teaching them how to play various learning games including all the ones on the list Ted had brought home. One evening on the way home, Ted, Julie and the girls had stopped at Discount Mart and bought the learning games on the list, plus other items to use in doing the other things on the list.
There were many games that used playing cards. They learned how to play a memory game with some cards that had pictures of birds. Julie had bought two decks and separated them so two of each kind of bird was in a deck of only twenty cards, so the girls wouldn’t be overwhelmed with too many at once. At first they put the cards face up and just matched the birds that were the same. Later they put them all face down and turned over two at a time, looked at them and tried to remember what they saw and where the cards were, before turning them face down again. They played in pairs and got to put the matching cards in front of their place at the table. The player with the most pairs was the winner. They also learned how to be good winners and good losers.
Using the same cards plus more of them they played a game they called, “Do You Have …?” in which they’d each be dealt five cards, leaving the rest in a pile in the middle. They’d look at their cards and ask another person, “Do you have a red bird?” for example. If the person they asked did have it she had to give it to the one who asked, who then got to put the pair in front of her. If she didn’t have the bird, the one asking for it drew a card from the pile in the middle. If it matched, she could put the pair down in front of her. At first they only played in pairs and later with all four and a larger deck of cards. The game was finished when all the cards were used up. The winner had the most pairs. The game gave them good practice in counting, besides.
Julie used empty cereal boxes to make lotto cards with the capital and small letters in a grid. She’d call out a letter and the girls would cover up the letter she said with a little round marker. When a line across, up and down, or diagonally was covered up the girl would say so and be the winner of that game. Julie did the same for numerals.
There were also special collections of things certain age level children were expected to know for school academics and for Bible knowledge. Ted and Julie bought the ones for preschool and kindergarten. These would help fill in the gaps in their knowledge. Then they had contests seeing how many right answers each girl could get. At breakfast they’d keep score using a piece of dry cereal for each correct answer. Then they could eat the cereal after the game was over. The girls never realized these were learning activities. To them it was all fun and laughter.
When Maria told Esther what she was doing with Julie and her girls, Esther liked the idea and they started doing the same type of things, using first grade level materials.
Sometimes especially on rainy days or in the winter, Ruth and Maria played other games with the girls or read to them. As the girls became better acquainted with them, they looked forward to one or the other visiting.
Cory’s new brothers started arriving the week after their two weeks of getting settled in their house on the farm that would become a Caring Foster Home. First came Max who was five years old and his brother Levi who was six years old. They were both very happy to get back together after being split up for a couple months because there were no foster parents who had room for siblings. They’d share one of the bedrooms. A quick trip to town for clothes and school supplies got them ready for their new school.
Next came Kevin who was seven years old. He spent a lonely week in the other bedroom until Jack, who was also seven years old arrived at the first part of the next week. Kevin had arrived with enough clothes and his school supplies from his house, but Jack needed both. So Oralie took him to town while Greg and Cory took care of the others.
Cory related very well to all of them and he was an enormous help in getting them settled and showing them how to do their chores. They got to spend half an hour after school every day playing with balls. Cory enjoyed teaching them all the things his dad had taught him.
“Jack, when you throw the ball to Max do it slowly or let it bounce once so he will be able to catch it,” instructed Cory.
Jack did just what Cory said and Max caught it. “Good job, Max,” declared Jack as he smiled.
Kevin said, “I think I’d catch better if you’d do the same for me. When the ball comes too fast, I don’t have time to get it.”
“Thank you for telling us, Kevin,” Cory responded. “We’ll all do that for you, won’t we, guys?” They all nodded.
After they had worked out simple problems like that, the boys all had much more fun with the ball. Cory was delighted to have brothers even if it did make more work for him.
One day when Cory took them with him to help weed a row of onions, he found Max pulling up onion plants.
“They’re so pretty and they come out of the ground so easily. Besides, I wanted to see what the roots look like,” he explained.
Cory laughed and agreed, “Yes, and now that you’ve learned all those neat things about onions, let’s replant them so they can continue to grow. Then we’ll find some weeds so you can pull them and give the onions more room to grow.”
Max giggled and said, “Okay. Thank you, Cory.”
Cory exclaimed, “Oh, Max, I love you! You’re welcome. It’s fun being your oldest brother.” Then he gave Max a hug.
Max hugged him back and admitted, “I haven’t been loved like that very often, except by my brother, Levi, once in a while.”
When he heard his name, Levi came over to join them and see what was happening. Cory explained it to Levi, as he and Max replanted the onions. Cory finished with, “Our mom and dad will hug you if you want them to. They’ll hold you on their laps too. I still like hugs and to cuddle on their laps. Would you like me to ask them for you?”
They both nodded and Max declared, “I sure like living here. We have the best family!”
Later the same day, Cory talked to Kevin and Jack and they both agreed they’d like to have hugs from their new mom and dad. So Cory explained to his mom and dad what had happened. Then at supper that evening he asked them if they’d hug and let the boys sit on their laps.
Dad answered, “We’d like that very much. Did you know that when you give a hug, you usually get one back?”
Mom added, “Hugs are a nice way to show each other that we love and care. It’s also good to say so out loud.”
All of them nodded. From then on, there were many hugs, cuddle times and verbal affirmations of love to enrich their lives.
When the rest of the families on the farm and the ranch heard this story, they talked separately to each child to see what he or she would like. All the young children were very glad to get hugs, but some of the older ones didn’t want them. Either way, it helped to know what would be best for their family.
At the ranch Oscar and Vera had taken a walk with their four girls who had been assigned to their Caring Foster Home about a week apart. Stella was the first one and Liz was the last. Both of them were nine years old. Between them came Emma and Nan who were eight years old.
After resting for a while, by Mercy Stream, Stella and Liz stood up and stretched.
“I’ll race you to that river birch tree,” Stella said.
“Which one is the river birch tree?” asked the new girl, Liz.
“It’s the one growing closest to the stream. You can see it has cinnamon-colored bark and it’s peeling. I think it looks really interesting. Do you see it?” asked Stella.
“There’s one that looks like a cluster of three or four trees growing very closely together. Is that the river birch tree?” Liz asked.
Stella nodded and said, “Yes, that’s it. On your mark, get set, GO! And they were off. Since she was trying to be a friend to the new girl, Stella slowed her pace to almost match Liz’s and they ended up with a tie, which was fun for both of them.
After they caught their breath Stella said, “Look, here are some tiny brownish colored flowers. Later on we can come and see its fruit, which is called catkins. They are 3-inch long clusters of seeds. I’m going to come check it, off and on so I can see those. It was fun to run. I like having all this room to run and have fun.”
Liz agreed, “Yeah, and this is such a pretty place. I feel very lucky to get to live here.” Then she asked, “Is there something wrong with this tree that causes the bark to peel like this?
Stella replied, “No, our new mom told me that it’s a natural thing for the bark of this tree to peel. I agree that this is a pretty place and I also feel lucky to be able to live here. It’s so much more peaceful here than it is in the city. Our mom knows so much about the trees and wildflowers, and she’s teaching me about them.”
“Do you think she’d teach me about them too?” Liz inquired.
“Oh, I’m sure she’d be glad to teach you,” answered Stella. “Would you like me to go with you so you can ask her?”
“Yes, please. I’m shy with adults because … well you know why,” said Liz.
Stella responded, “I understand because my situation was a lot like yours. It’ll probably take some time for you to be able to trust and open up to talk to the adults here. But they aren’t like the ones we lived around. These people are gentle, caring, and merciful. They desire to help us, not harm us.”
When they got back to the rest of the family, Stella asked, “Mom, would you teach Liz about the trees and wildflowers like you’ve been doing for me?”
She replied, “Of course!” She smiled at Stella and then spoke directly to Liz, “I’d be happy to teach you, Liz.” She looked over at the other two girls and continued, “Emma and Nan, if you’d like to learn about trees and flowers too, you can join us.”
Emma said, “I’d like that a lot. Trees and flowers are pretty.”
Nan agreed, “Yes, I would too. There are so many different kinds of trees and flowers. I’d like to know their names.”
Oscar stated, “Maybe I’ll join your class. I know a few names, but I’d like to learn more. We have several books about trees and wildflowers in the library in the lower game room. You can look at them whenever you want to, and maybe you can tell us some of the things you learn.”
Vera said, “This will be great. If everyone has rested enough we could cross the bridge and go up the hillside to look at the two kinds of evergreen trees growing there.”
They were all glad to go and Vera told them about the pinyon pine and juniper trees.
Nan asked, “Did you say those pointed needle things are the leaves for these trees?”
Vera answered, “Yes. These two trees and most evergreen trees have needles that stay green all winter. They loose their needles gradually and get new ones so we don’t even notice. But you can see the old needles on the ground under them.”
Emma questioned, “Why are their leaves so different from the other trees down by the stream?”
Oscar replied, “God made these and other evergreen trees to live where it’s drier, so he made their leaves smaller and with a different shape. They’re also covered with a waxy layer and it helps keep in the moisture.
Liz reached up and touched one. “Ouch! They’re sharp on the ends.”
Oscar said, “I’m sorry, Liz. We should have warned you. Mom, do you have your first aid kit with you if she needs it?”
She replied, “Yes, Dad. I’m sorry too, Liz. May I look at your finger and see if it needs some care?”
Liz almost ran away from the group to cry, but made herself stay and said, “It doesn’t hurt now and it’s not bleeding. I think it just surprised me. Thank you for caring.”
They both told her she was welcome.
Stella inquired, “Is the pinyon pine tree the one that has seeds people can eat? I’d like to taste one sometime.”
Oscar nodded and responded, “I would too, but the birds and squirrels usually get them all before I have a chance. But let’s look at some of the pine cones. Do it carefully because some of them might have sharp points also. Our creator, God, made many things in nature to have sharp points, strong smells, even poisons to protect them. So every time we come out to look and learn we need to be careful so we don’t get hurt. Please remind us to bring the first aid kit with us every time.”
Everybody nodded, and then they looked at a few of the cones, but the seeds were already gone from last year’s cones and the new ones weren’t ripe yet.
Vera suggested, “Maybe we can come here early this coming fall before the birds and squirrels eat all of them so we can all taste a seed. I’ve done that before and it’s fun.”
The girls all nodded and smiled. It would be a nice thing to look forward to in this new home.
Oscar and Vera had fun teaching their girls how to care for the horses and how to ride. Since Stella came to them first, they taught her first. Because she was so excited and pleased to get to ride a horse, she learned very quickly. She volunteered to teach Emma when she came. Emma taught her roommate Nan when she got settled. Vera told Liz she could choose the one who would teach her and she chose Stella.
Liz then explained to the others with resentment and bitterness showing in her voice, “My dad got very mad at me one day and as he was punishing me, he broke my right hand and wrist. He wouldn’t take me to the doctor to have it fixed, so it looks awful and doesn’t work now. I had to learn how to use my left hand instead. He said that’s what I deserved for being bad.”
The others sympathized with her and Vera mentioned, “I notice that you use your left hand very well. If you ride Socks, he knows how to turn with either direct rein or neck rein commands. I’ll show you how to do it when Stella finishes teaching you the other things about taking care of the horse and riding.”
Liz said, “Thank you,” and felt better after the sympathy, the compliment, and the assurance that she could ride a horse.
All the girls enjoyed riding and caring for the horses so much that they’d do it every day if they could. Of course Oscar and Vera were glad about their enjoyment since they liked to ride also. So they tried to ride daily whenever possible.
During one of their rides, Vera stopped her horse, put a finger to her lips and pointed with the other hand toward a tall tree by the stream. The others quietly stopped and looked where she was pointing. They were rewarded with the view of a great horned owl asleep near the top of the tree. Nods and smiles let Vera know they had seen it also. It was just one of many times she or Oscar would stop and quietly point out a mammal or bird for them to see.
One evening after supper and cleanup, Oscar and Vera took the girls on a hike toward Lavender Falls but stopped when they reached the sign about the fox cubs. They had brought binoculars so everybody got a chance to observe the cute little red fox babies playing outside their den. There were three this year and the girls were just as thrilled as Oscar and Vera thought they would be.
After another horseback ride while they were grooming the horses, Nan asked, “Why do we check the horses’ feet before and after every time we ride?”
Oscar responded with another question. “Have you ever had a rock in your shoe?”
She replied, “Yes, and it didn’t feel good at all, so I sat right down, took off that shoe and emptied out the rock. I get the point! The horses can’t get rid of a rock by themselves. They need our help.”
He said, “Good thinking, Nan. What should you do if you notice your horse limping during a ride?”
She answered, “First, I should try to figure out which leg has a problem. Then I think I should ask all of you to stop and wait for me while I dismount and see if I can find out why it’s limping.”
Vera agreed, “You’re right, and if you need help, Oscar or I will be glad to come help you. We each carry a hoof pick with us if you can’t get the rock out easily with your fingers.”
While Karen’s girls were helping the quadruplets learn how to catch some very soft balls, Karen asked Julie, “Do you have to make lesson plans for the lessons you teach at the church school?”
“No!” Julie exclaimed, “and it’s one of the nicest things about this job. This school has each grade level’s lessons for every day all year long nicely typed and organized. They’re kept in a three-ring notebook and I take out the lessons for the day as I use them and return them to their places when I finish.”
“What a wonderful idea!” agreed Karen. “I’ve been writing mine out when I don’t use the church’s materials. It does take a lot of time, but if I’d type up the ones I have on our word processor, I could print them out and keep them in a three-ring notebook to be used again next year with girls who weren’t ready for them this year.”
“Perfect,” Julie concurred. “Of course it’ll take extra time this year, but it will save you a lot of work for next year.”
Karen went on, “Exactly, and if I send copies of mine to William who teaches classes on the farm, and he sends me copies of his lessons, we could have some extra ideas to teach. We already tell each other ideas by email, but this would be even better if we’d send completed lesson plans.”
“I would imagine he’d like this idea a lot,” agreed Julie.
Karen remarked, “I think he must be a very good teacher. He has good ideas, and I’d like to see some of his lesson plans.”
Julie offered, “If you and William are planning to teach the children who become believers how to do evangelism at school, I could bring you each copies of what we teach the children in third grade.”
“Yes we are,” responded Karen. “What a fabulous idea! Thank you very much.”
Julie smiled and said, “You’re very welcome.”
Karen continued, “I really like my job here on this ranch and having four girls to help raise. God has been helping us a lot!”
“I feel the same way,” Julie agreed, “I really like living here on the ranch. We get to have the big family Ted and I have always wanted, and I can still continue teaching at the church school.”
“How wonderful! I’m glad for you both!” exclaimed Karen.
Chapter 11
Isaiah 1:17a, Learn to do well …
Colossians 3:20, Children, obey your parents in all things,for this is well pleasing to the Lord.
The foster parents on the ranch and the farm often use reality discipline, natural and logical consequences, and role-play as methods to teach their foster children to obey. (If you’d like information about these methods, you could do a web search. Focus on the Family has some good ideas.) The families also had family meetings where the children could ask questions about rules. Sometimes some of the rules were modified to the benefit of everyone.
One Saturday morning the Hopkins family were getting ready to go for a horseback ride, and June whined, “I can’t find my riding helmet.”
Yolanda inquired, “Do you remember what I said last time this happened?”
“Yes, you said that if it happens again I won’t be able to go riding with the family that day,” replied June.
“You’re correct. So we’re leaving in five minutes. We hope you’ll be ready to go with us. If not, I’ll stay here in the house with you while you clean and organize your half of the bedroom and find your helmet. Then you’ll figure out a way to keep things organized so you can find them quickly every time,” said Yolanda.
June ran to her bedroom and frantically looked for her helmet, but her half of the room looked like a disaster area, so five minutes wasn’t enough time.
The rest of the family left without them and June felt terrible that her new mom had to miss out on the ride too. Yolanda just went to change out of her riding clothes, put them neatly away and found a good book she had been wanting to read. She sat down in the living room in view of June in the bedroom.
June changed clothes and got right to work doing what she should have done during task time the last few days. It took her nearly an hour of constant work and organizing, but when she was finished, her side of the room looked just as good as Candy’s.
She’d try her best to keep it that way and never repeat this fiasco.
June went and sat on the floor near Yolanda, waiting for her to look up from her book. “Mom, I’m very sorry you had to miss your horseback ride this morning because of me. I feel worse about that, than not getting to ride myself. Please forgive me.”
Yolanda smiled at June and responded, “Thank you for the apology. I do forgive you, June. Did you find your helmet?”
“Yes,” said June. “I found my helmet and put it in a place near my riding clothes. Now everything on my side has its own special place and everything is in its place. And I’ll use task time from now on to keep it that way. Would you like to come see?”
Yolanda stood up and put her hand out to help June get up from the floor and then gave her a motherly hug, which June was glad to return. “I love you, June. Yes, please show me your half of the bedroom.” When they walked in, Yolanda exclaimed, “Wow! This is excellent!”
June smiled and felt wonderful after being forgiven and loved and complimented. That particular problem never did happen again.
For the small groups on the ranch, Jeff and Karen, Ted and Julie, plus one other couple continued being small group leaders at the ranch, but with a few different people in their groups than they had in the city. Anyone who was already in their groups and moved to the ranch continued to be in them. The groups each had three or four families in them.
Each week one couple would take the girls in the group to another room in the house for more active Bible teachings about things of interest to the girls. The other couples would continue with regular small group songs, praise, teachings, and prayer times, plus a time of discussion or problem solving for things they needed help with in their families.
On the truck farm, which has twelve houses for foster homes, they had three small groups with four families each. They operated the same way as the ones on the ranch. The active teaching times for the boys would include things in their areas of interest.
At other times the couples would use the materials the church provided for check out by people who wanted to do after school Bible Story or Bible Study Groups in their homes for public school children. These materials were especially good for the children who didn’t get a chance to attend the church school and learn about the Bible and Good News there. (For more information about the church school curriculum see the first story in this series, “Everywhere There’s a Sunrise, Let’s Tell the Good News.” It’s in chapter 6, and in and the addendum for that book.)
When enough girls or boys had accepted Jesus as their Savior, a new small group would be started in another room to teach them how to live their new lives for Jesus. Julie shared the school’s ideas for teaching them evangelism, so the children could learn how when they were ready.
One Wednesday while the girls were all at school, Vera and Esther had an interesting conversation. Vera mentioned, “Oscar and I have bought several videos about the natural wonders of the world, hoping they’d be something our girls would enjoy. But they are full of how life is a fight for survival in the wild and they tell about evolution as if it were a fact instead of a theory.”
“I know what you mean,” agreed Esther. “Videos like that spoil the wonder of creation and are not enjoyable for me to watch. Since I’ve been volunteering in the first grade classrooms at the church school, I’ve learned the truth about creation right along with our girls. It has restored my admiration and awe for our creator.”
Vera asked, “How do they teach it?”
Esther responded, “They use some vintage science videos put out by Moody Bible Institute. They also use stories on Nature Corner with Uncle Bob about plants, or animals like Lester the Lungfish, or parts of the human body. They emphasize that only a Creator who knows everything designed them to live wherever he put them. They also use other materials that are available on line from creation.org. and answersingenesis.org.”
“Those sound outstanding. I’ll replace the videos we bought with the truth,” stated Vera.
Esther exclaimed, “Wonderful idea, because the girls will get plenty of the false ideas in the public school system! I remember it from when I was in school.”
Vera continued, “The next time we take the girls shopping, I’ll have them choose a notebook in one of their favorite colors, making sure there are four different colors. Then as we learn true facts about nature they can write them in their notebooks. I’ll see if I can buy some pens with erasable ink so they can fix mistakes more easily.
“Great idea!” stated Esther. “I’ll do the same thing when my girls learn how to print and spell better. I’ll buy extra notebooks in each color so they can have a fresh one when the first one is filled up.”
“Good, so will I, then they’ll be ready for my girls,” said Vera. “This has been an immensely profitable conversation. I’m glad we can share ideas.”
“I agree! I need all the help I can get,” admitted Esther.
Not all of the families had smooth sailing with their new children. The other couple on the ranch who had two girls who were thirteen, and two who were fourteen found themselves with a rebellious fourteen-year-old. She wouldn’t obey the rules of the family or do her tasks, and refused to ride a horse, just to be obstinate, knowing that one of the parents would have to stay home with her and miss the ride also.
After about three weeks the girl asked her social worker who had come for a visit to the house if she could be assigned to some other place that wasn’t so strict. The social worker paid the parents for the clothes they had bought for the girl, and took them and the girl with her when she left.
The same day the social worker called the parents and assured them they weren’t to blame, but that some older girls just like to gripe and complain. The same week she brought another girl who was fourteen to the ranch. This girl was grateful to be there. Her roommate helped her feel at home, and was actually relieved to have the other girl gone.
One of the families on the farm had decided to take care of four boys who were all fourteen years old, hoping they’d find common interests and make friends within the family. Two of the boys caused problems for their roommates on purpose to get them in trouble. The foster parents were very observant and knew what was going on so they changed roommates around to see if it would help.
Afterward, the trouble makers left the other two boys alone and spent time talking and planning, since neither of them liked to have to follow the rules for their home or the farm. They didn’t like to have to do chores or work on the farm. They were careful to do their planning where their new parents couldn’t see or hear them.
The parents knew something was wrong, but didn’t know how to fix it. They set up counseling times for the boys separately, but the boys told the counselor nothing was wrong. This went on for about two weeks.
One Friday afternoon neither boy came home on the school bus. Their own belongings were missing from their room, but all the new clothes they had received were there. The parents reported the missing boys to the social worker, who alerted the police, but told the parents that even if they were found it would be best if they weren’t returned to this home. They’d probably just run away again. This social worker also assured the parents it wasn’t their fault. Boys who are older often only want to have things their way and if they don’t get it they just run away. They didn’t really want to be helped in the first place.
These parents requested two boys who were thirteen years old to replace the other two. In a couple weeks they were assigned to the family, within a few days of each other, and they fit into the family so much better than the others had.
For the days when Karen taught the girls at the ranch about the Bible, they met together in the upstairs game room of the big house. Other mothers on the ranch took turns volunteering to help for each meeting. Last week they had seen the introductory video used by the after school Bible Study Groups in Pine City. They learned a lot and had a good discussion. They also learned a song about the Bible being the Word of God.
Today Karen began by saying, “I have a surprise for you girls! The church we all attend every Sunday gave us this box of Bibles so each of you can have one of your own. These are from the ones used every week in our church services. When they get newer ones they put these up for sale for people to buy. But since they realize you girls don’t have much spending money they decided to give you each a Bible.”
The girls did look surprised and pleased and said things like: “How nice of them!” “I’ve been wanting a Bible of my own.” “You mean we can put our name in it and underline things in them like I see my new mom and dad do in theirs?”
Karen responded, “Yes! And all of you can come up here right now and get one to take back to your seat, along with a red pencil and a green one, which I bought for you to use here in our Bible study times together.”
The girls came and went with much talk and laughter along the way, but they settled right down and looked through their new Bibles when they reached their seats.
Karen instructed, “Use a pen or one of your pencils to write your first and last name in the place for it on the page where it says ‘Given to:’ with a blank line, above the name of Grace ‘n’ Faith Church, who gave it to you.” Each girl wrote carefully and several thanked her for the pencils and asked her to thank the people at the church for the Bibles.
“You’re welcome about the pencils and I’d be glad to thank the church. But in fact, I think it would be very nice for you to write them a thank-you note. We can take time to do it right now. I have some nice paper we can use.”
She passed out the paper, and each girl was able to use skills she had learned in school to write a personal thank-you note to the church for giving her a Bible.
The volunteer collected the notes and Karen said, “I can give these to the person in the office on Sunday.” Then they sang the song they had learned last week in which they spell out the word “Bible” and many of them hugged their own “new” Bible.
Karen then continued, “The book of Proverbs is very interesting and it’s an important book in the Bible, so we’ll study verses from it, occasionally in our Bible Study Group teaching time. Please find Proverbs, which is right after Psalms near the center of your Bible. We’ll be learning how to find the books in the Bible quickly during later lessons. Listen and follow along as I read parts of the first chapter.
“Proverbs 1:2-4 introduce and tell the reasons Solomon wrote so many proverbs: To know wisdom and instruction, to perceive words of understanding, to receive the instruction of wisdom, justice, judgment and equity, to give prudence to the simple and to give knowledge and discretion to young people. It sounds like these verses were written especially for you, since I put the word people in place of the word ‘men’ in the verse,” she explained.
“Now put your finger under verses 5 and 6, A wise person will hear, and will increase learning; and a person of understanding shall attain wise counsel, in order to understand a proverb and also the words of wise people… You’ll notice I used person instead of man again. I do this so we won’t think these and other verses in the Bible are just for men. Many times the Hebrew word for ‘man’ can mean person, mankind, or human being.”
She paused and then said, “Please read Proverbs 1:7-8 out loud with me. The fear of the LORD is the beginning of knowledge, but fools despise wisdom and instruction. Hear the instruction of your father and do not forsake the rules of your mother. Now read it again and put the word ‘new’ in front of father and then again in front of mother. These are the people you can think of when the Bible says anything about your father or mother, because they are the ones who’ll be teaching you a lot of good things here on the ranch. They did what she had said.
“Verses 10-19 are about what sinful people would tell you to do and they warn us to stay away from them. Then Wisdom speaks like a person would, about what could happen if Wisdom is ignored or scorned. Instead we need to listen to words of wisdom, like verse 33 says. Whoever listens attentively and gives heed to wisdom shall dwell safely and shall not fear evil.”
Karen continued, “Colossians 2:3 says, In (Jesus) are hidden all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge. In 1 Corinthians 1:24b,30b, we are told that Jesus is the power of God and the wisdom of God, and that God made Jesus be wisdom, righteousness, sanctification, and redemption for us. And if we go back to Proverbs 1:23, it says you need to Repent when I (Wisdom) reprove (or correct) you, and I will pour out my spirit to you and will make my words known to you. We could put Jesus or the Holy Spirit there in place of the word wisdom and take the same advice. This is a much better choice to make than ignoring or scorning wisdom, and the consequences that could result. Do you have any questions or comments?”
One girl asked, “If we read all of the book of Proverbs in the Bible, will we become wise?”
Karen responded, “I think just reading it will not be enough. James 1:22 in the New Testament tells us to be doers of the word, meaning the word of God or the Bible. And Psalm 111:10 says, The fear of the LORD is the beginning of wisdom. All who do his commandments have good understanding… If we read and understand what the Bible says, put the positive counsel into practice and avoid the negative behaviors, we will become wise, plus we’ll have a happier more productive life.”
Candy shared, “Yes, and I like the idea of putting the word ‘new’ in front of the words ‘father’ or ‘mother’ in the Bible, because it will help me focus my attention on my new parents, instead of old hurts caused by my other ones.”
Many of the girls nodded in agreement.
A girl commented, “There are a lot of negative behaviors we need to avoid just in this first chapter.”
Another girl agreed, “That’s for sure!” and then she questioned, “What is the fear of the LORD?”
Karen answered, “It does not mean to be afraid of him, but to respect him greatly and be in awe of his character and authority so we’ll love and obey him.”
Sara mentioned, “I like your way of explaining the fear we need to have for God. Also, I especially like verse 33, because it’s a wonderful consequence of following the way of wisdom.”
Karen concurred, “I do too. I see that our time’s up for today. You can take your Bibles and pencils home. Please bring them to all our Bible Study Group meetings. I’ll see you next time.”
This particular group included the sixteen ranch girls who were in middle and high school. The group that met right afterward, included the twelve ranch girls who were still in elementary school, grades three through five. Each of them also received a Bible from the Church. For this group, Karen borrowed the church materials for the younger Bible Story groups. The other girls on the ranch who were attending the church school wouldn’t need to be in a group like these, since they’d learn so much about the Bible in the church school.
Bible Story and Bible Study Groups for the boys on the farm were much like the ones on the ranch, and William was the teacher for the boys. He also had parents who took turns helping him when his groups met. The church gave Bibles to all the boys who weren’t in the church school. The children who attended the church school all received a Bible when they started second grade.
Oscar, Vera and their girls were spending time on a lazy Wednesday afternoon sitting in the shade on the front lawn looking at the view of the mountains. Somehow they seemed even closer this day.
Stella mentioned, “I like to look at these mountains and imagine that I can see happy looking faces in certain places. Right now I see a smiling face in an area just under the mountain that looks like it has a pony tail sticking straight up on top of its peak.”
Nan exclaimed, “Oh, I see the one you mean! Can you see any others today?”
“Yes,” she replied, “If you follow the peaks down to the right there’s a peak with a flat top. Below it are some horizontal rocks sticking out of the snow that look like eyebrows. The eyes must be closed because another rock in the middle would be a nose. There’s no mouth on this one so I just imagine a smile.”
Vera remarked, “When the snow’s all gone in the summer, the face can’t be seen. It needs the snow to make the face white except for the huge rocks that make the eyebrows and nose. Also, if the snow gets really deep up there, it covers up the rocks and the face can’t be seen then either. This one does have a name, but I can’t remember it right now. Would any of you be interested in looking at a book I have? It has numbered lines going to the mountain peaks and a list of names below it.”
Emma responded, “Yes, I’d like to see your book and learn the names of the mountain peaks.”
Liz and the others agreed, so Vera went to get the book. While she was gone, Oscar shared, “Your mom and I learned the names of the mountains so we could talk about them and look right at the one mentioned without having to describe what it looks like and where it is. It has been a lot of fun for us.”
Stella agreed, “Yes, it would work a lot better and be faster.”
Vera returned and the girls gathered around to see the facing pages with the mountains named. They spent the next twenty minutes learning a few of the names.
Oscar said, “Thank you, Mom, for going after this book.” The girls took his cue and also thanked her. Then he added, “It was fun doing this together. We can continue after supper when all our tasks are done, if you desire.”
They nodded emphatically, thinking it would be a good reward for doing tasks quickly.
In one of the couples who moved to the ranch, the husband was a farrier who puts shoes on horses and fixes problems a horse might have with its feet. He had his truck fixed up with all the tools and equipment he’d need, so he could go where the horses were, instead of having a shop where each person would bring his horse.
He had been the main farrier for the dude ranch for several years, so they jumped at the chance to volunteer to be foster parents to four girls on Mercy Valley Ranch. This way he and his wife could be foster parents since she couldn’t bear children. Plus part of his job would be right there on the ranch.
They are the couple who has four girls in second grade and the wife volunteers in the church school five days a week. The husband takes care of all the horses’ feet on the ranch and still travels to other places to continue with the horses he was caring for before they moved. He earns enough to pay for the rest of the girls’ tuition at the church school, for their rent, insurance, and the other things the family needs.
Whenever he was working on a horse’s hooves at the ranch, he’d usually have an audience. He didn’t mind people watching, as long as they were quiet, so he made a sign welcoming them to watch if they could remain quiet. Many of the girls watched and learned a lot about the things he did to get the horses hooves ready for the horseshoes to be put on. (If you’re interested in the kind of work he does, there are many websites you can check out.)
Earlier in the summer, Felix, William and their boys had gotten permission from the farm owners and prepared an area where they, and the others on the farm, could dig for fishing worms. It was in a shady area that wasn’t suitable for growing crops.
William suggested, “Let’s bring our leftovers and peelings from fruit (not citrus) and vegetables, to add to the many leaves already on the ground, plus a few used tea bags and coffee grounds to give the worms something to eat.”
Evan agreed, “Mom will like that way of getting rid of the garbage from cooking.” William nodded.
Felix commented, “We end up with a little stale bread once in a while, so we can bring it also.”
Luis noted, “We usually do a good job of cleaning up our plates, so there might not be very much to bring here.”
After thinking a moment Hugo asked, “Can we bring the skin off fried chicken and the fat trimmed off the meat?”
“No,” replied Felix. “Worms don’t eat those. Actually they don’t need much to eat, so whatever we bring will be enough.”
Gary remarked, “This will be a nice place to come dig for worms. I like the way it’s in the shade.”
“Yes, and since we usually don’t fish for a long time,” observed Pedro, “we won’t need to find very many worms.”
“Right,” William concurred, “plus if we and everyone else will put the unused worms back here when we finish, there will always be plenty of worms here.”
Carlos said, “Maybe we could make a sign to put here with that fact as a suggestion on it so the others will follow through with it.”
“Good idea!” exclaimed Felix. “Who’d like to make the sign?”
Sam and Jose said at the same time, “I will.”
“Excellent,” Felix responded, “we have materials at our house if both of you would like to work together on the sign.”
Sam said, “Thank you.”
“Will you help us if we get stuck, Dad?” Jose asked.
He answered, “By all means!”
Later as they were working, Sam asked, “Shall we say, ‘Please return unused worms.’ Or would something else be better?”
Jose replied, “I think your idea says it very well and nicely too.”
So they used a twelve by eighteen inch piece of plywood that had been painted white on one side. They carefully printed the words on it and painted them black. The other boys helped to decide where to place the sign and then Felix and William helped them attach it to a post close to where the people would come to dig for worms. The others thanked Sam and Jose for making the sign and they smiled and nodded. Then they and the rest of the boys thanked Felix and William for their help. Of course they told them they were welcome.
At the ranch Karen began, “Today we’ll use some verses from Proverbs and Psalms in our Bible Study Group teaching time to illustrate an idea I heard from Tony Robbins, a motivational speaker. He stated that it’s most helpful to link pain to negative behavior and pleasure to positive behavior in order to change bad habits. How many of you have bad habits you’d like to change?” All hands were raised, including Karen’s.
“As I read Proverbs 2:1a-9, follow along and listen carefully. Smile as long as it’s about positive, pleasurable things. But when you hear about something bad, do a thumb down and frown. Receive my words and hide my commandments in you. Incline you ears to wisdom and apply your heart to understanding. Cry after knowledge and lift up your voice for understanding. If you seek wisdom as for silver and search for it as for treasure, then you shall understand the fear of the LORD and find the knowledge of God. For the LORD gives wisdom and out of his mouth come knowledge and understanding. He lays up sound wisdom for the righteous. He is a shield for those who walk uprightly. He keeps the paths of judgment and preserves the way of his saints (which is what you are if you are believers). Then you shall understand righteousness, judgment, equity and every good path. Verses 20,21 say, … Walk in the way of good people and keep the paths of the righteous. For the upright shall dwell in the land and the perfect shall remain in it. Verses10-14,22 say, When wisdom enters into your heart and knowledge is pleasant to your soul, then discretion shall preserve you and understanding shall keep you, to deliver you from the way of the evil man. Evil people leave the paths of uprightness and walk in the ways of darkness, and rejoice to do evil and be wicked. But the wicked shall be cut off from the earth and the transgressors shall be rooted out of it. I noticed that these last few verses are the only ones you gave a thumb down and frowned. I agree.
“For the rest of the teaching time for this study group meeting we’ll focus on all of Psalm 1. Read it out loud with me. Blessed is the person who does not walk in the counsel of the ungodly, nor stand in the way of sinners, nor sit in the seat of the scornful. But his delight is in the law of the LORD, and in his law he meditates day and night. He shall be like a tree planted by the rivers of water. It brings forth fruit in season. Its Ieaf does not wither and whatever it does shall prosper. The ungodly are like the chaff that the wind drives away. Therefore the ungodly shall not stand in the judgment, nor sinners in the congregation of the righteous. For the LORD knows the way of the righteous, but the way of the ungodly shall perish.
“Now take your red pencil and underline all the bad things you can find in this Psalm. … Next take your green pencil and underline all the good things you can find in this Psalm.” Karen had them share some of each kind they had underlined. Then they had a discussion about it.
“Your homework for the next meeting is to make a chart showing the difference between the righteous person and the ungodly one. Don’t groan. You’ll find this easy. Just use the words from this Psalm and make one column for each kind of person. You’ll notice you already underlined the righteous one with green, and the ungodly one with red. Use a whole piece of notebook paper so you'll have room to add things to it as we continue this lesson in our next meeting.”
Esther was eager to start teaching their four first grade girls how to play the piano, so when they had been there for about two months, she decided it was time to try an idea she had that would keep all four of them busy at once, and be fun for them at the same time.
On her Wednesday at home, she put color coded note names on each key of the piano. There were four colors and each set had twenty-two keys in it, parts of two octaves each. She and Nathan had bought another piano bench, and today she set it beside the one they already had.
She drove down in time to pick up the girls at the school. They noticed the new bench right away when they got home. Pretty soon all four of them were seated side by side on the benches, facing away from the piano, and swinging their legs since they couldn’t reach the floor.
Esther said to them, “Right after we’ve eaten supper and you’ve all helped clean up the table, and dishes, I’ll tell you why we have two benches at the piano.”
They jumped down from the benches and went with Esther to help fix supper. They were getting pretty good at following her directions, and she made meal preparation time fun for them. They took turns to have a chance to help bring things from the refrigerator, measure, or stir, and they all helped set the table.
Nathan came right on time that evening, and they sat down to eat. “Willow, would you please say grace for us this evening?”
“Yes, Papa.” and she would have started, but Holly did instead.
“Excuse me, Holly. Would you please let Willow pray this time since you got to yesterday?”
Holly asked, “How did you know it was me, Papa. Were you peeking?”
He replied, “No, I wasn’t peeking, I just know how both of your voices sound and therefore I could tell it was you.”
She said, “Oh. Our other parents never could tell us apart and both of you can tell just by looking or even listening to us. I’m sorry I tried to trick you. Go ahead and pray, Willow.”
Nathan inserted, “Thank you, Holly. I forgive you.”
Then Willow thanked God for the food and nice family. During supper they each had a chance to tell about their day at school and to listen to what Nathan and Esther had done that day. Esther finished hers by saying, “I’ll show you later what else I did.”
After supper, they all helped carry dishes and leftovers to the kitchen, and each person did that week’s preassigned tasks. It didn’t take very long and then Lucia asked, “Mama, now will you tell us about the two benches by the piano?”
She answered, “Yes, Lucia. We’ll walk over there now since it isn’t safe for us to run inside the house because it’s too crowded.” When they arrived, she continued as she opened the cover over the keys, “This is the other thing I did today.”
Val exclaimed, “Wow, the piano keys look pretty with all the different colors on them. Do they make a different sound?”
Esther explained, “No, Val, they will sound the same, because I didn’t do anything to the hammers or strings inside the piano. Remember we showed those to you the other day when the piano tuner was here. He tightened or loosened some of the strings to put them in tune and now it sounds better than it did before.”
Holly said, “I remember. You played it after he left and it did sound better.”
Esther asked, “How many of you would like to learn how to play the piano?” All four of them raised their hands, just like they did at school. “Wonderful. The reason there are two benches here now is so all four of you can sit at the piano at one time and start learning how to play it. Two of you come and sit at the inside places and the other two will be on the ends.” she instructed.
“You all did a very good job of listening and following directions. Now look closely at the colored markers on each key. What do you see?” she asked.
Willow responded, “I see some of the letters of the alphabet.”
Val added, “They only go through ‘G’ and then start over. And some of them have a funny mark by them.”
Holly noticed, “The ones with the funny marks are on the black keys.”
Lucia remarked, “The white keys are closer to us, and the black ones are raised up higher than the white ones.”
Nathan said, “Those are all very good observations, girls.”
Val asked slowly, trying to pronounce it correctly, “What are observations, Papa?”
He answered, “When Mama asked you all what you saw, you all answered with things you observed or saw.”
She responded, “So observations are things we can see about a certain thing. It’s a nice big word for us to learn.”
“You’re right, Val.” added Esther. “Words can be fun to learn, and learning how to play the piano can be fun too. I want each of you to put the pointer finger of your right hand very lightly on one of the C’s of the color in front of you. Good job! Now push it down so it will make a sound. … Wonderful. Listen carefully as you all do it again. What did you hear?”
Lucia replied, “I heard the sound made by the key with a C on it, along with three other ones higher than the one I pushed.”
“Correct, because you’re sitting at the bottom of the keyboard. Now I’ll stand behind you and when I touch each of your shoulders push down on your key, so we can hear each one separately,” Esther instructed. They did it and smiled.
Holly and Val both said, “Ours were in the middle since we are sitting in the middle.”
Willow exclaimed, “Mine was the highest sound because I’m at the top of the keyboard! Could we try another letter?”
“Of course. Let’s try G this time, all together first, … now separately when I touch your shoulder. What did you notice this time,” asked Esther.
Lucia answered, “The G has a higher sound than the C. Is that because it’s toward the top of the keyboard from the C?”
“You're right, Lucia. All of you have made some more good observations, and this time it was by listening, not seeing,” Nathan explained to them. “Next I’d like you all to move one place to the right, except the one at the top of the keyboard will move to the bottom of the keyboard. Take some time to experiment with the keys in your color making sounds with them. … What did you notice this time?” he asked.
The girls had various responses. “It was noisy!” “Mine were all very low now.” “It sounded awful.” “Mine were all very high sounds.” “I like it better when we all play the same note.”
Nathan laughed and exclaimed, “I agree with all of those good observations!”
While Esther was watching Nathan and the four girls, she had a hard time not laughing out loud about how cute the girls looked sitting side by side on the piano benches. She managed to stay quiet, just smile and say, “Those are good observations. You’ve learned a lot today.”
Holly asked, “Papa and Mama, would you please play a duet on the cello and piano like you did the other day, so we can hear something pretty?”
He answered, “Yes we will, but first, so you can end your first piano lesson on a good note, push down twice on a letter B.”
They did that and smiled. Then they got off the benches and sat on the daybed. Nathan took out his cello and tuned it. Esther sat at the piano and arranged the music. They played a lovely duet and the girls applauded.
“Do you girls have any homework to do this evening?” Nathan asked. The girls looked at each other and started giggling. He inquired, “What’s so funny? Please tell us.”
Willow explained, “We’ve already done our homework, because it was to learn something new and be ready to tell our small group about it tomorrow.”
“Thank you for helping us do our homework!” added Lucia. Everyone started laughing.
When it got quiet Esther responded, “You’re welcome.”
Nathan agreed, “Yes, and it was fun too.
Oscar and Vera had ordered the Complete Nature Corner MP3 Set from moodyaudio.com, which contains 494 episodes of Nature Corner in eight different sets: birds, human body, insects, mammals, outer space, plants, weather, and under water. She downloaded all of them to her computer, and started playing an episode many evenings after homework and tasks were done. They were often part of evening devotions.
One evening they listened to Stanley Stirrup, the smallest bone in the human body. Oscar and Vera always listened to the episode first and tried to find pictures to show them, plus additional information to supplement it. This time since they had no good books about human anatomy she entered bones in the human ear in her search engine on the computer and found some excellent pictures after they listened to the story.
Stella exclaimed, “The picture on the computer monitor is way bigger than our heads, and still the bones are so tiny!”
Oscar agreed and then clicked on the stirrup in the picture. It automatically zoomed in and outlined the stirrup in green so it could be clearly seen.
Emma remarked, “Now I can see that it really does look very
much like one of the stirrups on a horse’s saddle.”
Liz agreed, “Yes it does. The other two bones are more than twice as big as the stirrup, but they’re tiny also.”
Nan mentioned “In that picture the hammer and anvil don’t look as much like those tools as the stirrup looks like its name.”
A couple more clicks and Oscar brought up a whole set of drawings of the human ear or just the three bones. One was a photograph of the three bones placed on the end joint of an index finger, giving a clear idea of their size and how they fit together. Below it were actual photographs of the bones separately. They studied some of the pictures and heard the scientific names for the bones.
Liz asked, “Could we please listen to the story again now with these pictures to help us understand it better?”
Vera replied, “Of course, what a good idea!”
When it was over Emma commented, “These little bones are so amazing. And just think we have two sets apiece!”
Oscar agreed, “Yes, and our creator makes them and all the other parts of the ear work together so we can hear.”
Stella prayed, “Thank you great creator God for creating us with ears so we can hear people talking, birds singing, pretty music.…”
She paused and Nan continued, “And thank you that we can hear the wind blowing in the trees, the water rippling over rocks, the horses neighing to each other and to us when we come to see them.”
After the others had added their prayers, Vera closed with, “Jesus, I praise you for I am fearfully and wonderfully made. Your works are marvelous, I know that very well, Psalms 139:14. Thank you that we all realize you are the creator, not evolution or Mother Nature.”
At the next meeting of the Bible Study Group, the girls added what they found in the following verses to their charts.
Proverbs 9:9, Give instruction to a wise person, and he will be still wiser. Teach a just person and he will increase in learning.
Proverbs 10:2,3,7,11,29,32, Treasures of wickedness profit nothing, but righteousness delivers from death. The LORD will not allow the soul of the righteous to famish, but he casts away the substance of the wicked. The memory of the just is blessed, but the name of the wicked shall rot. The mouth of a righteous person is a well of life, but violence covers the mouth of the wicked. The way of the LORD is strength to the upright, but workers of iniquity shall be destroyed. The lips of the righteous know what is acceptable, but the mouth of the wicked speaks disobedience.
Proverbs 11:5, The righteousness of the upright shall direct his way, but the wicked shall fall by his own wickedness.
Karen explained, “The reason we made these charts is to point out the great difference there is between the righteous and the wicked so you can use this knowledge to help you choose the right way. By looking at your chart you can easily see how painful a wicked life can be and decide to NOT live that way. When you look at the benefits of being upright or righteous, you can see the pleasure of living that way and choose to be an upright person.
“Remember, at our last meeting, we all agreed we have bad habits we need to get rid of. Now you’re going to use the idea of pain versus pleasure to help you get rid of a bad habit. Your homework this week is to choose one bad habit you know you need to change. Write down all the bad things about this habit you can think of and the reasons you need to get rid of it. What might happen if you do not free yourself from this bad habit? Write all those things down. How much discomfort, embarrassment, pain, and so on will it cause for you and others.
“Next, think of a good habit you need to add to your life to take the place of the bad one. Choose one that you feel strongly about so you will be motivated. You need to replace the bad habit with a good one so that you will NOT fall back into doing the bad one. A vacuum will be created in your life and it needs to be filled with a good habit so the bad one will have no room to reenter.
“Last, and this is super important, write down the good habit you want to form, and next to it write all the good things that’ll happen to you because of this new, good habit and how pleasant it will be for you. Think of ways it will help you to have this good habit and how happy, joyful, relieved, you and others will feel because you have it. Write it in a way that will encourage you to make it happen so you can feel all those wonderful feelings and even share them with other people around you.
“I’m not saying this will be an easy thing for you to do, because you’ll need to convince yourselves about how bad it would be to keep the bad habit and how fantastic it will be to develop the good habit. Then you’ll need to work hard to put the new habit into your life. I think that when you find how well this plan works, you’ll probably decide to use it on other bad habits.
Vera was visiting with Yolanda where they could watch their girls as they played outside. Sara and Kim taught the other girls a new jump rope rhyme and were turning the rope while the others jumped. They also promised they’d teach all the girls how to play jacks in the winter when they couldn’t be outside as much.
“How are your girls adjusting to the ranch and new family additions, Yolanda?”
She replied, “We all really like the ranch, especially brushing and riding the horses. We had a family meeting before we volunteered and Candy and Sara told us about their desires to help take care of two more girls and move to the ranch. And that was even before they knew about the horses.”
Vera exclaimed, “How wonderful!
Just then Liz and the others came running up to the ladies. “Look!” she exclaimed. “Sara and Candy prayed for my wrist and hand and now it looks and works just like it did before my other dad broke it and wouldn’t take me to the doctor to get it fixed.”
Sara explained, “First, we encouraged her to forgive him for what he had done, so she wouldn’t resent him any longer.”
Candy added, “After she did that, we asked her if we could pray for Jesus to fix her wrist and hand, and HE did!”
Liz went over to Vera and asked, “Will you please tell me again how to ask Jesus to be my Savior? I want to thank and serve him now and for the rest of my life.”
“So do I,” said Emma and Nan, one right after the other. Kim and June joined them while Stella, who had accepted Jesus the first week she was on the ranch, was smiling and resisting the urge to clap. Candy and Sara were also delighted.
Vera responded, “Of course girls, I’ll be glad to tell you again. First you admit that you have sinned and that you’re sorry. Then ask Jesus to forgive your sins and help you change and live for him. You can put it in your own words and just talk to him like you’d talk to one of us. He’s always glad to listen and answer.”
The five girls took turns praying out loud with Liz going first. When all of them were finished, the mothers and daughters all had a rousing praise and thanksgiving time.
Afterward Liz realized, “Now I can ride my horse like the rest of you do instead of neck reining Socks to get him to turn. Now I can use both hands and do direct reining.”
Vera agreed, “Yes, you were doing fine the other way, but it’ll be even nicer now. I was just thinking about how well Romans 8: 28 goes with what happened in Liz’s life. God worked in the bad things that happened to Liz and turned them into good for her. Plus the other girls were saved just now because of this miracle.”
Stella asked, “May we sing ‘Thank you Lord” together because HE saved all of us and just made Liz’s hand whole.”
“Yes, let’s do. And we’ll also sing it because it says that Jesus’ salvation is so rich and free,” agreed Yolanda.
One Saturday morning while Mindy was caring for Timmy, Mary and the twins, Don and Anita went to the ranch and farm to see how those members of his flock were doing a few months after they all were settled with their four new children.
They were amazed and pleased that everyone had adapted so well to their new lifestyles and families.
Ted and Julie invited them to join their family on a horseback ride. Their four kindergarten girls taught the pastor and his wife how to get their horses ready to ride, by showing them how they did it for their little horses and then watching to be sure they did it correctly on the horses they would ride.
Pastor Don said, “Thank you girls! I never knew there was so much involved in getting a horse ready to ride.
Lily responded, “You’re welcome. When the ride’s finished, you get to do all of it over in the opposite order.”
Rose added, “Then you have to clean up the tack.”
Anita asked, “What is the tack?”
Iris answered, “Tack is what they call the saddle and bridle.”
“Oh, I understand now. I just had never heard that word before,” admitted Anita.
Violet asked, “Will you need to have Daddy and Mommy lead your horses from their horses like they did for us when we first started learning how to ride?”
Anita responded, “I don’t think so, because we have both ridden a horse before. Plus they already told us how to use the reins for these horses since they’re different from the ones we rode the other times.”
Pastor Don and Anita related very well to these four girls since their boy, Timmy, and his friends Hope and Joy were in kindergarten. Everyone had a great time on the ride, and lots of conversation while they were cleaning up the tack.
Anita mentioned, “Our son, Timmy, is in the same class at the church school as you are, Violet. He’s told me a little about you.”
“Oh, I like Timmy! He’s one of my new friends at my new school. Do you think he’d like to ride one of the little horses on this ranch sometime with my family?” asked Violet.
Julie smiled and rejoiced when she heard the phrase “my family” being said by one of their four girls.
Anita replied, “Yes, I think he would. Do you think it would be okay for his little sister who is four years old to come also?”
“Yes, there’s one very little horse called Honey, and she’d be just the right size for her,” answered Violet.
Don said, “Good, we’ll bring them both and come enjoy another ride with your family sometime soon.”
Later Don and Anita told Roy and Sherry about their times at the ranch. “Do you think Joy and Hope would enjoy horseback riding?” asked Anita.
Sherry answered, “I know they would, but horses are so big that I would worry about them even if I would be there with them!”
Don declared, “You haven’t seen these horses! They have some of the smallest horses I’ve ever seen and they’re so gentle and well trained that I wasn’t even worried about Mary riding one. The first time we took Mary to go riding, she said, ‘Look at all the baby horses in the field!’ We had to explain to her that they were full grown horses, just very small ones.”
Anita explained, “We started out by leading Timmy and Mary on their first rides, but they learned how to use the reins quickly.”
“How do we go about getting an invitation?” asked Roy.
Don suggested, “Just mention the names Rose and Iris and what Timmy and Mary got to do and I think the invitations will happen naturally.”
Hope and Joy’s friends Iris and Rose did invite them to come and ride also, with Roy and Sherry there to help and join the ride. It was the beginning of alternate fun weekends for them and then for Timmy and Mary. There were only six horses small enough for this age group, so it was best that they didn’t all go at once.
Lily, who was the tallest of the quadruplets, was quick to volunteer to ride the biggest of the small horses, which was a beautiful black horse named Princess. When it came time for the children to mount the horses, they did so from the same platform Nathan and Ted had built for them to groom and saddle the horses. Of course their parents helped them to cinch the saddles tight enough so they wouldn’t slip.
On the alternate weekends when Don, Anita, Timmy, and Mary rode with the Blakes, arrangements were made to let Timmy and Mary play with the quadruplets while Pastor Don and Anita visited with a different family each time for about half an hour. The children enjoyed playing outside, but if it started raining or was too cold they could play a board game or put puzzles together in a game room of the big house.
The boys on the farm had fun playing marbles, catch, or other ball games or tag whenever they had a chance to get together with another family whose children were close to their ages. Their parents also enjoyed those times when they could keep watch and also visit with each other.
Today, even though the ages were pretty far apart, Felix, Sunny, Greg, and Oralie were observing how Pedro and Luis were teaching Cory, Kevin and Jack how to play marbles. Hugo and Jose were doing the same thing with Max and Levi, who were both a little young for this game but they gave it a gallant try.
Greg remarked, “Felix, I like the way Pedro and Luis work so well together while they’re teaching, and how patient Hugo and Jose are with the little boys.”
Felix responded, “They’ve all come a long way since they first arrived here. Learning to be roommates has helped them be able to work together.”
Sunny commented, “I notice that Levi helps Max every chance he gets.”
Oralie replied, “Yes, Levi is a very good older brother and they’re both so grateful they get to be back together on the farm.”
“Oh!” exclaimed Sunny. “I didn’t know they were siblings. I’m glad they were reunited.”
Greg responded, “Yes, we are too. It’s a good feeling to be able to help these boys. Our son, Cory, is enjoying it immensely. He likes being the oldest brother to all of them.”
Felix replied, “I’m glad to hear that he likes what you two and he are doing, and how well it’s working for you. Sunny and I are also thrilled with our place here on the farm and our four boys.
On other occasions, if the boys played a ball game, the men would often join it and the women would have a chance to go back to their houses and complete a sewing or mending project. It was a very busy life for the parents, but it was also very rewarding.
Unice commented one day at the ranch, “Oscar and Vera, I’ve been going for horseback rides every other day with a different one of the families, so we can all get to know each other better.
“Ah,” Vera responded. “This sounds like another one of your good ideas. How’s it going for you?”
She replied, “Great! I’m hoping this will make them feel more at ease when they have a problem that needs my assistance.
“I’m sure it will,” agreed Oscar. “I’m glad that so far they’ve all been well and have had no major incidents.”
Unice concurred, “The same applies for me, because I’d like them to get to know me better so they can feel good about coming to see me whenever they need it. I try to ride beside each girl and converse with her.”
“I’ll bet each one of them feels good and important.” Then Oscar inquired, “How are the horses doing? I see you out there faithfully every day checking one or the other of them.”
She answered, “All of them are doing very well. Nathan helps to make my job easier. Any time he sees a horse limping, he checks it out and removes the rock or burr that’s causing the problem. You hired a gem there.”
Oscar nodded and laughed. “I wanted someone to take over my jobs here on the ranch and that’s exactly what he’s done!”
“Splendid, I’m glad for you.” Then Unice continued, “I ride a different horse each time I go riding with a family and this helps me to keep better tabs on all of the bigger ones. When I ride with the smaller girls I choose smaller horses so they don’t have to look up so far.”
Vera mentioned, “I like Coco so much that I never even consider trying a different horse. I’m glad our girls enjoy riding. This way, I still get to go almost daily.”
“Magnificent!” exclaimed Unice. “I get to enjoy horseback riding now, more than I ever did before.”
Oscar laughed again. “Maybe it’s because you now have enough time to do it more often, and even consider it part of you job.”
Vera laughed too, “Keep it up, Unice! It sounds to me like it’s good for the families and the horses and for you also.”
“Thank you both for the votes of confidence,” responded Unice.
On a Thursday afternoon, while the girls were jumping rope again Yolanda mentioned, “Vera, I was remembering how Pastor Don prepared Candy and Sara for their water baptisms. He has special classes for the small groups he starts, and he made some handouts with all the important information plus a floor plan of the front part of the church. I picked up copies on Sunday and wondered if you’d like to partner with me to prepare our newly believing girls for their baptisms.”
“Absolutely!” exclaimed Vera. “Plus they’ll need to have a small group to teach them how to live their new Christian lives. Pastor Don announced that there will be a special baptismal service the week after this on Tuesday. There have been enough new believers to start a new believers’ small group in our church. Plus the other churches also have new believers’ groups.”
“We also need to ask around the ranch and see if there are any other girls who can be included in this group,” added Yolanda.
She went and asked right then and found no others yet, so when the girls came to sit for a while and rest she introduced the girls to the idea.
She asked, “Candy, do you remember how Pastor Don got you ready to be baptized in water?”
She answered, “Yes, he had our family come to the big meeting of his small groups at the church building. I listened to everything he said, although I can’t remember it all right now.”
“We wouldn't expect you to, Candy,” said Vera. “It’s a lot to remember, so we have copies here of what he said. You and Sara can help us teach what you remember to the rest of these girls.”
Sara replied for both of them, “Okay, we’d like to do that.”
Yolanda said, “Pastor Don wrote about believers being baptized in obedience to what Jesus said in Matthew 28:19b for his disciples to baptize in the name of the Father, and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit. Then he talked about why water baptism is so important.”
Candy stated, “I remember that part. It’s important because it’s like being buried with Jesus because we go all the way down under the water. Then it’s like we’re raised with him when we come up out of the water.”
Sara added, “It’s also a witness to the people we know, that we’ve decided to believe in Jesus, and therefore, follow, and obey him for the rest of our lives.”
Vera agreed, “Yes and furthermore, it’s something we can remember for later, and it can remind us to live our lives for Jesus.”
Yolanda continued, “You’re all correct. Listen as I read Romans 6:3b-6. When we were baptized into Jesus Christ, we were baptized into his death. Therefore we are buried with him by baptism into death, that just as Christ was raised up from the dead by the Father, even so we also should walk in newness of life. For if we are like him in his death, then we shall also be raised like his resurrection. We know that our old man is crucified with him … so we no longer serve sin. Those verses go with what the three of you just said.
“Now I’ll skip to verse 11. Likewise consider yourselves to be dead to sin, but alive to God through Jesus Christ our Lord. That doesn’t mean we'll never sin again though, because that won't happen until we get to heaven. But when we do sin, we can do as 1 John 1:9 says, confess our sins, and God is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness.”
The next day Vera mentioned, “Yesterday Candy and Sara told us some things they remembered from when they were baptized. Today since you all have your Bibles, we’ll look up some verses, take turns reading them, and talk about what they mean. First let’s look up Romans 6:2, which comes before yesterday’s verses, and then 7 and 11, which come after the verses we read yesterday. Who’d like to read them out loud?”
June raised her hand and read, “Verse 2 says, How shall we who are dead to sin, live any longer in it? And verse 7 says, For he who is dead, is freed from sin.”
Yolanda said, “Thank you, June. I like your good expression as you read. Who’d like to tell us what those verses mean to you?”
Kim responded, “For me I think it means I shouldn’t use bad words when I get angry when something goes wrong.”
Vera acknowledged, “That’s a good example, Kim. I’m sure the rest of you could think up more examples, but we’ll just use one today. Next, find Colossians 2:12.” She gave them plenty of time to find it since they were still unfamiliar with the Bible.
Stella read it. “It says we are buried with Jesus in baptism, and are also risen with him through faith in God who raised Jesus from the dead.”
“Good job, Stella,” said Yolanda. “Now someone read Colossians 3:1.”
Nan read, “Since you are risen with Christ, seek those things, which are above, where Christ sits on the right hand of God.”
Yolanda continued, “Very good, thank you, Nan. Those two verses go together perfectly. What do they mean to you?”
Liz responded, “To me they mean that I should want heavenly things, like Jesus would want, since my baptism will mean that I’ve been buried and raised with him.”
Candy exclaimed, “I like the way you put it, Liz! Now it makes more sense to me, also.”
Emma added, “It’s like we stop wanting the things we used to want and instead we want what Jesus does.”
Vera commended them, “Good thinking, all of you!”
The next day, Yolanda had all of them come inside her house and showed them a video about water baptism on the web, so they’d know what to expect. She inquired, “Have any of you been told by your doctor to not go swimming or be immersed in water?”
They all shook their heads.
Afterward they were told that it’s best to keep their mouths closed and to use one hand to gently squeeze their noses shut to keep the water out of them. Their moms would remind them about this again on the day of the baptism.
Vera said, “Tomorrow is Sunday. Let’s all stay after church for a few minutes so we can see what the baptismal area, dressing rooms, and showers look like.”
The girls all nodded, and Candy mentioned, “I remember them. They’re all very nice and they’re clean too.”
Sara recalled, “They even have outlets for blow dryers so you can dry your hair.”
Monday they wrote out their testimonies and practiced them until they were memorized.
At breakfast on Tuesday, Vera told her girls about the need to hurry right to the house from the school bus, so they could all take showers and dress in clean lightweight dark colored clothes before supper. The girls were very excited.
Yolanda’s girls wouldn’t be as rushed since their bus arrived an hour earlier and only two of them had to get ready.
They’d take dry clothes and towels and blow dryers to use after being baptized and taking another shower using the soap and shampoo they’d bring. None of them used hairspray or makeup so those weren’t a problem. They wouldn’t bother to curl their hair either time.
On Tuesday evening at 6:50 PM, the Yardley and Hopkins families arrived at the church sanctuary early for the special baptismal service, and it was already half full. They found seats together near the front and were glad they had come early, because the room was filled to capacity by the time the service started.
There were two other church congregations using the building that evening including #7, which was attended by most of the families at the farm, so it’s no wonder the room was full. All the new believers in the three churches came to be baptized after learning how important it was. Their families and friends came to rejoice with them and support them in their decision to follow Jesus the rest of their lives. Some of them brought unbelievers with them to hear the testimonies and a Gospel presentation by one of the pastors.
Unice came along with all the families who now lived on the ranch. She wanted them to know she cared about them. The farm families all came also, knowing it would be good for the boys to hear the testimonies of new believers.
The girls found the first song and read the words while they waited for the service to start. There were tears in the eyes of several girls as they read verse two because they were thankful to be away from the misery of their former lives. When they read the next song, all of them smiled to remember how they had rejoiced the day they had accepted Jesus as their Savior.
The songs they sang were “No One Ever Cared for Me Like Jesus.” It goes very well with John 15:13, which says, Greater love has no man than this, that a man would lay down his life for his friends. Then they sang “O Happy Day!” which goes with Isaiah 25:9b. It says, … This is our God, … the LORD, we have waited for him and we will be glad and rejoice in his salvation.
After the songs were sung and the verses for them were read to the congregation, one of the other churches was dismissed to get ready for their baptisms. The girls were glad they’d get to see these people before it was their turn. The video they saw was helpful, but this was even better. Besides, it was interesting to listen to their testimonies.
Then it was their turn to go get ready. The dressing room was pretty full. Vera and Yolanda had come with them to help if they were needed. The other ladies encouraged the girls to be first, and Stella was the first of the girls to be baptized, since she had been the first one to accept Jesus.
Stella stepped down into the water and smiled with gratitude, because it was nice and warm. Pastor Don put out his hand to help her get over to the special small platform children could stand on to be seen by the congregation. She smiled as she looked out at the congregation and found her new dad, Oscar, smiling back at her. She noticed that all the other families who lived on the ranch were also present along with Unice the nurse practitioner and vet for the ranch.
Stella was ready with her testimony, “I was rescued from an abusive family and taken to a beautiful ranch to live with my new parents, Oscar and Vera Yardley. First they taught me how to ride a horse, and then they taught me about the Bible and the Good News about Jesus. They made everything so easy to understand and were so loving and gentle that I wanted what they had. After I asked Jesus to be my Savior because he died for my sins, I was able to forgive my other abusive family, and be free of resentment. Now I get to live the rest of my life for Jesus.”
When she was finished, Pastor Don baptized her, and all the rest of the new believers in his church when they finished their testimonies, as Jesus had told the disciples to do in Matthew 28:19b, in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit. She (and the rest of the girls) remembered to hold her nose closed and keep her mouth shut to go under the water. She came up smiling as she wiped the water away from her face. Then he helped her back to the stairs that led back to the dressing room where Vera was waiting to help her the rest of the way.
Liz was next and looked a little nervous but smiled when the pastor smiled at her. She said, “My other father was very mean to me, and one time when he punished me, he broke my right hand and wrist, but he wouldn’t take me to the doctor to get if fixed. So it was deformed and useless and painful most of the time. Even after I was taken out of that house and was able to live with Oscar and Vera Yardley as my new parents, I was very bitter.
“A couple of my new friends at the ranch, Candy and Sara, helped me see that I needed to forgive him so I could be free of my resentment. I did, and then I felt so good inside. Then they asked me if they could pray for Jesus to heal my wrist and hand. They prayed and Jesus did heal them. Look! They’re just as good as the left ones. I ran to tell and show Vera and asked her to tell me again how to ask Jesus to be my Savior. She did and now Jesus is my Savior and I want to live the rest of my life for him!”
The other girls who had seen this miracle were next. Emma said, “When I saw that miracle happen for Liz, I knew I wanted Jesus to be my Savior too. So I asked Jesus to forgive me of my sins and help me to live for him. Also, I’m very thankful for my new parents, the Yardleys, because they’re so patient and have taught me many good things.
Nan exclaimed, “I saw the same miracle and praying a few different words, I did what Liz and Emma had done, and now all the girls who live with our new dad and mom, Oscar and Vera Yardley, are believers, and they both rejoiced because now all of us are a part of God’s forever family!”
Kim came next. “After a life of abuse in my other family, I was rescued, and now I live with Ian and Yolanda Hopkins. They’re wonderful parents and made me feel right at home. They’ve been so patient and loving. Sara and Candy were already believers when I got there and have been such good examples. When I heard them pray for Liz and saw the immediate miracle Jesus did for her, I went with them to see Vera and prayed my own prayer of confession and asked Jesus to save me. I desire to live all the rest of my life for Jesus.”
Next June agreed, “My testimony is the same as Kim’s, plus I want to add a very big thank you to my new mom and dad, Ian and Yolanda Hopkins for letting me be part of their family, for loving me and teaching me about Jesus, and to Candy for being the best friend I’ve ever had, and especially to Jesus for letting me see the miracle he did for Liz, and for helping me to believe in him.”
The girls had practiced their testimonies after much editing and proofreading, and were able to say them loudly and with good expression. With the help of the microphones in the baptismal area, everyone in the sanctuary was able to hear them very well as an observer could see by the tears some people wiped away after each girl finished her testimony.
Jose from the farm was next because Felix and Sunny had continued attending Church #4. He stated, “I’m very thankful a social worker removed me from my old abusive family and took me to live with Felix and Sunny Lucero. They’re my new dad and mom and have taught me so many things, especially the Good News about Jesus. The night we studied about how people who believe in him get to live in Heaven with Jesus and with all the others who also believe in him, but have already died, I knew I wanted that for my future. Plus, I’ll get to see my Grandmother who believed in Jesus and died about a year ago. I had missed her so much because she was the only one in my other family who was good to me. Now I have the hope of seeing her again. I ask Jesus every day to help me live for him, so my life can be a picture of his love to others.”
Sunny was smiling all the way through Jose’s testimony with tears running down her cheeks. She was rejoicing again that one of their boys had already believed in Jesus. The other three boys looked at her in amazement. She wiped away her tears and smiled at them, praying that they’d soon make the same decision Jose had.
Nobody on the ranch or farm had thought to remind these new believers that the testimonies needed to be kept short. But the pastor who would give the closing message about the Good News didn’t mind. He would just mention that some of the children had already helped him explain how to become believers in Jesus, and shorten what he was going to say.
The man Walt and Betty had witnessed to was next, and his testimony was long too. He said, “I'm thankful some old friends of ours took the time to ask us how we were doing and really listened to us. Then when we asked them the same question, he told me how God had healed him of a near fatal heart attack. Both of them told the story and included their search for an answer to how to be sure of going to heaven, and the answer they had found. It was the Gospel I had heard before, but in a way I could relate to this time and it clicked. They helped me pray the same prayer they had, and now I’m a believer too. My wife is overjoyed, because she has been praying for me for years. Thank you Jesus for my wife and for Walt and Betty Evans and for your patience with me for so many years and especially for saving me. Please help me to share your love with others.”
There were many other shorter testimonies from people who had accepted Jesus as a result of two by two ministries or friends loving them into God’s family or inviting them to church.
One of the pastors gave a shortened Gospel message and said, “Let’s bow our heads and close our eyes while we thank our Savior for all he did for us, and while I lead those who would like to accept Jesus as their Savior in a prayer they can repeat after me silently. I’ll say a part of it and then pause so you have time to say it in your mind. Jesus, I realize I am a sinner. … I confess these sins to you. Name silently the ones you remember. … Please forgive me. … Thank you that you already paid the penalty for my sins, … when you died on the cross, … and God raised you from the dead. … I believe in you and ask you to be my Savior. … Amen.
Then he instructed, “If you prayed that prayer with me, tell the people who brought you here, and then come up here and tell me so I can give you a little booklet about what steps you’ll want to take next, and how to live your new life. It has a card you can fill out and give to the pastor of the church you’ll go to on Sunday.”
All over the sanctuary there were people rejoicing and praising God for saving their friends or children. Then people went up to get the booklet from the pastor and he rejoiced with them too and stated, “The angels in heaven are rejoicing with all of us too.”
Chapter 12
Proverbs 17:17a, A friend loves at all times …
It was Thursday evening at the ranch, and the girls were in bed asleep, so there was time for Ted and Julie to have another telephone visit with their friends Larry and Jane.
Ted started, “Hi Larry and Jane, this is Ted and Julie. Do you have time for a visit this evening?
Jane declared, “Of course! I’ve been looking forward to it all day today. It helps me feel like I’m not so far away from Pine City, when we get to talk to the two of you.”
Julie said, “I feel much the same way, and I want to thank you both again for all your help with our move to the ranch when you came for a visit a few months ago.”
Larry replied, “You’re welcome. It was a pleasure to get to see where you’d be living. I was almost jealous, but then I realized we’re living in the city where we had moved with the group who planted a church here. This is where God wants us to be right now, and I’m content.”
Ted asked, “How’s the church doing?”
He answered, “Much like we told you when we were there. We have slow, steady growth, and we’re thankful for it.”
Jane requested, “Please tell us about your girls. What are they like? How are they doing? I wish I could see them.”
Julie shared, “They’re precious. They come home from kindergarten singing songs they’ve learned. I love them so much already. They have an interesting background.” She gave them a quick summary of it, including that they’re quadruplets, but none are identical, and told their names.
Ted continued, “They were so cute the Saturday morning when Pastor Don and Anita came to visit all of the people on the ranch.
We asked them to go horseback riding with our family, and our girls all helped to teach them how to prepare their horses for the ride. They did a very thorough job.”
Julie added, “Later, Anita mentioned that their Timmy was in Violet’s class at school and she invited him to come riding, too, including Mary who could ride the littlest horse on the ranch. They come on alternate Saturday afternoons so that Hope, Joy, Roy and Sherry can ride with their friends Rose and Iris the other Saturday. Since Lily is the tallest of the four girls, she volunteered to ride Princess, a horse that’s taller than the other small ones.”
Jane mentioned, “I’ll bet this is extra nice for both of you since you get a chance to visit with some of your friends from Pine City.”
Ted agreed, “Yes it is! I’ll have to admit that it still seems strange to be living on the ranch instead of in the city, but we really enjoy it here. The girls have settled into their new home very well, and they get to see their father every Sunday at church.”
Larry commented, “I’ll bet it was hard for him to have to put his girls into a foster home. I’m glad he was willing to do it for their sake, to give them a loving, caring home with two parents.”
Julie said, “Yes, I think God worked it out to make their bad situation much better for them.”
Jane observed, “It was helpful that you wanted four girls who were all five years old, so all the sisters could stay together in one home and not have to be separated.”
Ted concurred. “True, since that was the only way their father would put them in a foster home. We could see that he loves his little girls and they love him.”
Julie added, “We were amazed when they didn’t cry the day he left them at our house. He told us later that they had all had their cry at his house when he explained to them why this would be the best thing for them to do. They accepted what he said and it made it easier for them. Every day we feel more like a family.”
After a time of praying together, they all said goodbye.
One evening after the girls were asleep Nathan mentioned, “Honey, I think it’s important for me to keep my friendship with Felix and you to keep yours with Sunny growing and flourishing. We’ve been so busy getting settled and becoming a family with our girls, that there hasn’t been time so far, but maybe we can come up with an idea that’ll work for them and us.”
“Thank you for bringing up this important topic,” responded Esther. “I totally agree with you. Let’s think. Maybe we could call each other on the phone.”
He agreed, “Yes, and sometimes it would be nice to have some actual time in person. Perhaps I could drive to the farm, and Sunny could drive here. Then we could visit with our old best friends while we help supervise the children.”
“I like both of those ideas,” stated Esther. Let’s try them out soon and see how they work.”
Those two ideas accomplished what Nathan and Esther had desired. Their friendships and marriages both thrived.
On a Saturday morning in Pine City while Mindy was taking care of the Ross and Foster children who were good friends, she heard them having the following conversation.
“Mary, you’ve seen the four girls in Mr. and Mrs. Blake’s family at the ranch where we get to ride horses. Did you know they’re all the same age, plus they’re all sisters?” Hope asked her.
“Yes,” she answered. “Timmy told me they are um, … some big word I can’t remember.”
Timmy reminded her, “They’re quadruplets. They were all born on the same day to the same mother, but she died.”
“Does the mother of four at once always die?” asked Mary.
Joy answered, “No, but theirs did, and we aren’t supposed to mention that we know, in case it would make them feel bad.”
Hope remarked, “They think it’s neat that Joy and I look almost exactly alike because we’re identical twins.”
Timmy stated, “I'm glad they aren’t identical quadruplets! I can’t imagine how hard it would be to learn which name went with which girl if they were.”
Mary agreed, “Yeah, I like it better this way, and I like riding on the littlest horse. Her name is Honey, just like her color.”
“Yes, she’s very pretty. Which horse to you ride, Timmy?” asked Hope.
He answered, “I get to ride a pretty black one named Princess, now. She’s a little bigger than the others.”
Joy shared, “Hope and I will get to ride her once in a while. When we go there to ride, we all will take turns riding Princess, Boots, Socks, Rusty, Brownie, and Honey on different Saturdays.”
“My favorite horse is Rusty,” remarked Hope. “He’s a rusty reddish brown just like his name but he’s shinier than rust is.”
Mary mentioned, “I like seeing them all together in the pasture when we first get there.”
Timmy agreed. “Yes, there are so many of them in all different sizes and colors. Some of them are almost identical twins like you, Joy and Hope, but they have special markings so we can tell them apart from a bigger distance than we can with you.”
Joy exclaimed, “I like having an identical twin sister!”
Hope agreed, “So do I! And I’m glad it’s you, Joy!”
Joy nodded and agreed, and they both smiled.
During one of the Bible Story groups at the ranch for the children in grades three through five, Karen was using some of the church materials. This time it was about a wedding, maybe like the one in Cana of Galilee in John chapter 2. It was a video that included some of the customs for the time when Jesus was on earth in an interesting story about how it might have happened. In this case the parents did the choosing of a bride for the young man, and the father paid a price for her to her father.
Then there was a betrothal ceremony where the couple were engaged. They didn’t see or speak very much to each other after that. The young man was busy preparing a place where he and his bride would live close to his father’s house. The young lady was to keep herself pure, and choose her attendants. They were all busy buying material and sewing her bridal gown by hand, since sewing machines hadn’t been invented yet. All this might take about a year.
Then word was sent when both of them were finished. After that, the bride was to be waiting, watching, and ready for the time when her groom would come to get her, but neither she nor he knew when it might be, maybe in the daytime, but often in the middle of the night. The young man had to wait until his father told him it was time to go and get his bride.
People in the town who were invited to the wedding also had to be ready to drop what they were doing or get up in the night to go to the wedding celebration.
Finally after what must have seemed to be a very long wait, his father woke him in the middle of the night and said it was time. He and his friends took torches and hurried down the streets, blowing a trumpet as they went. When he got to his bride’s home, she was waiting and ready, as she had been for many days and nights. Two of the groom’s friends had a special transporting litter, which was like a chair with rods out the back and front for the two friends to hold as they carried her to the groom’s home, while the groom walked beside her. Her attendants came just behind them.
The wedding guests came out of their houses and joined the procession on its way, and when they all reached the father’s house everyone went inside and the door was closed. Anyone who was late and came later wasn’t allowed entrance as it says in Matthew 25:10b and 13, The bridegroom came; and those who were ready went in with him to the marriage and the door was shut. Watch therefore, for you do not know the day or the hour when the Son of man will come.
The narrator compared this wedding to the time when Jesus went back to heaven to prepare a place for believers. In John 14:1-3 Jesus says, Let not your heart be troubled, you believe in God, believe also in me. In my Father’s house are many rooms. If it were not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you, and since I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again and receive you to myself, so you can be where I am.
Jesus is the bridegroom and believers are his bride, and she is to keep herself pure and be watching and waiting and ready to go with him when his Father in Heaven tells him it’s time to go and get his bride.
The way you get to be part of his bride is to believe in Jesus and all he did for people when he came to earth about 2000 years ago, died on the cross, was buried and rose again to pay the penalty for all the sins of all the people who will accept him as their Savior.
At this point, the video ended and Karen invited, “If any of you would like to accept Jesus as your Savior today, please stay after I dismiss the others and I’ll help you.
Lisa, Hanna, and Christi plus two girls who were eight years old and two who were ten years old stayed to accept Jesus as their Savior as Karen led them in a prayer like the one at the baptismal service. Of course she was overjoyed, and would continue to pray for Ellie in her own family and others on the ranch who hadn’t accepted Jesus yet.
Felix and Sunny’s boys on the farm were in the long process of making two wooden go-karts, whenever time permitted. The ten-year-old boys were working on a go-kart to share and the ones who were eleven worked on a different one to share. They got their materials from the area where the farm kept scraps of wood and old things considered useless by most people.
Felix worked with another man who had boys the same ages as his, and were also making two go-karts. Besides, the man knew more about working with wood, so Felix felt he was learning as much as his boys did from this man. In the process, they all became good friends.
They found enough wood, plus some wheels and axles from broken wheelbarrows or old carts that had been used for carrying tools, so they were sturdy enough. The seats would be made from wood. The styles would all be different because of different sized wood pieces and different kinds of wheels. None of the go-karts would have motors since they had a good hill for coasting.
The boys had learned the song, “Kids Under Construction,” and were singing it as they sanded, and sanded, and sanded to get the wood smooth enough to paint.
One of the boys commented, “I know why we need to sand all the pieces of wood until they’re smooth. It’s so we won’t get hurt by rough places or splinters.”
“You’re right,” his dad acknowledged.
Hugo asked, “Is this part smooth enough, Dad?”
Felix went to feel it and answered, “Yes, it’s good. You can go to the next part now.”
Pedro wondered, “When all the parts are smooth enough, will we paint them, or do we wait until they’re put together?”
The other man replied, “We’ll wait until after they’re put together so we won’t hurt the paint with our tools or by rubbing parts against each other.”
“Why do we need to paint it?” asked one of the boys.
His dad answered, “Mainly to protect the wood from the weather, but also to make it look nicer.”
Felix added, “Remember, if you’re going to do something, it’s best to do it right.”
Jose said, “You’re right, Dad. It’s just that sometimes we kids get impatient and want things finished quicker.”
“I understand, Jose,” responded Felix. “When I was a kid, I felt the same way.”
“Thanks, Dad, it’s nice to be understood,” said Jose.
When the day came to assemble the wheels, the man explained how important it was to be very accurate so the kart would be balanced. Then he helped them do it.
Felix had bought the washers and split pins for each kart, and he helped the boys to attach the axles to the center piece, and the wheels to the ends of the axles.
Luis mentioned, “I like the way you help us, Dad.”
Felix smiled and responded, “I’m glad, Luis. You boys are very important to me.”
The man asked the boys, “Are those wheels nice and tight? I want to be sure the wheels won’t come loose when the kart’s being ridden.”
Another boy answered, “This one’s as tight as I can get it. Would you please come and tighten it some more?”
His dad replied, “Sure! I’ll be glad to do that.”
They were using the right lengths of new strong rope to operate the steering on the go-karts. Felix helped the boys to attach the rope to each end of the front axle and tied the correct kind of knot tightly to keep it from coming undone. Then he taught the boys how to make that kind of knot so they’d know how for other things they might make.
Next they figured out how to make brakes for each go-kart. They made them so one foot could step on the control while the other foot helped their body stay in place on the seat. They needed both hands in order to steer with the rope.
Next, they fastened the seat securely in the right place. Since Felix was the smaller sized man, he test drove all the karts before they were painted so he’d know they were safe for the boys to use after the paint dried. When the go-karts were painted, all the boys thanked their dads for teaching and helping them to build go-karts, and their dads said it was their pleasure.
Finally the paint was dry, and the day came for their first rides. The houses on the farm were built on the hillside of one of the mesas that flanked Mercy Valley, so they wouldn’t take up valuable crop space in the valley. Therefore the driveways to the houses made a perfect place to start their ride. The pairs learned how to work together to help each other get started riding, and then waited, as patiently as they could, for their turn. The rider used the brakes to slow down if he felt he was going too fast. Then he continued on as far as the kart would go after the bottom of the hill.
They were cautioned to look for cars on the road before getting started so they could turn the little bit needed to get onto the road at the end of the driveway. Felix’s drive way worked the best so all eight boys used it. They were glad it wasn’t a square corner! If they saw a car coming before they reached the road, they needed to use the brakes and get stopped before reaching the road.
After a few days of practicing, Pedro suggested, “Let’s have a race! Would it be OK, Dad?”
Felix replied, “Yes, I think this driveway is wide enough for all four go-karts to go at once if you’re all very careful. We don’t want anyone getting hurt.”
The other dad mentioned. “I think you’ve all practiced enough times that you can drive safely. Just concentrate more on safe driving rather than on winning.”
Felix added, “Yes, and remember that only one person can win in a race. This will be a good time to practice being good sports and learning how to be a good winner as well as good losers.”
Luis observed, “I think we’ve learned pretty well how to get along with each other while we were working in pairs to build the go-karts.”
“It was fun to work together in pairs,” said one boy.
Hugo agreed, “Yes, it made the work go better and faster to have someone helping and to be able to talk together.”
“Right, I can’t imagine trying to build a go-kart all by myself or without any help from our dads!” exclaimed another boy.
His dad agreed, “Yes, it would be very hard. If you’re ready for the race, decide with your partner who will be in this first one. The other boy will have to hold tight to the back of the kart until I say ‘Ready? Set! Go!’ And then he can give it a push.”
The mothers came out to watch the races. It took a few minutes for them to decide and get ready. One boy had a false start, but used the brakes and helped drag the kart back to the starting line. Everyone checked carefully for any cars coming from either direction. It was clear. The signal was given and they were off! They all started off and stayed together for a little ways, but pretty soon two go-karts got ahead of the other two. The other boys and men were cheering and yelling advice.
One of the boys in the lead got scared that he was going too fast and stepped on his brakes to slow down a little, which resulted in the other two passing him with one a bit behind the other. Of course the first boy reached the finish line first and was able to watch the others come to where he was.
They all shook hands and congratulated the winner. Then they used the steering ropes to pull the go-karts back to the bottom of the hill. Their partners were there, waiting to help them pull the kart back to the top of the driveway. They congratulated the winner and told the rest what a good job they had done. The boy who had used the brakes felt a little bad, but was thankful he hadn’t had a wreck.
For the next race, two different go-karts pulled ahead of the others, and stayed ‘neck and neck’ all the way across the finish line. It was a happy tie, with the other two not very far behind. Again, there were congratulations and hand shaking.
When all the boys reached the top of the driveway, they were ready for rest and refreshment. Their mothers had cool water for everyone and the boys thanked them and then had an interesting discussion as they drank their water.
One boy declared, “That was really fun!”
“All our hard work paid off,” added another.
Luis said, “Two of our wheels are squeaking. Maybe if we could oil them our go-kart would go faster.”
Pedro acknowledged, “I noticed the squeaking too. Dad, would you help us oil them after we get rested?” Felix nodded.
The boy who had used his brakes admitted, “I need some more practice before we have another race.”
His dad replied, “Your idea sounds like a good one for all of you to do tomorrow if we have time and if the weather’s right.”
Jose proposed, “Hugo, I think we need a name for our go-kart.”
Hugo responded, “Oh, I agree. Let’s brainstorm after supper.”
The other boys all decided to name theirs also so they’d be ready for the next race.
At the ranch Yolanda commented to Vera one afternoon as they watched their girls jumping rope again, “I’m glad they get along so well and enjoy doing things together.”
Vera agreed, “So am I. It’s good that we can do things outdoors together where the girls in other families can see us. These girls happiness and friendship will be a good testimony to the ones who haven’t accepted Jesus yet.”
“Yes indeed,” said Yolanda. “It’s hard for me to be patient and not want to push others into believing in Jesus, but it’s always best to go with God’s timing.”
Vera nodded. “As a case in point, all the rest of my girls and your other two all came to Jesus in one day as a result of the miracle Sara and Candy prayed for.”
Meanwhile, the girls were talking together as they jumped or turned the rope.
June remarked, “Kim, I’ve heard some interesting comments from some of my classmates since I’ve become a believer in Jesus.”
“Like what?” Kim asked.
June replied, “Like, ‘Have you noticed how happy June seems lately?’ or ‘June doesn’t get mad as easily as she used to do.’ I’m glad they can see a difference in me. Maybe someday they’ll ask me what happened and I’ll be able to tell them.”
Kim responded, “That would be fantastic, June. I don’t know if I’ve changed very much.”
Sara declared, “Oh yes you have! I’ve lived with you both ways and you’re definitely more compassionate and caring now.”
“Thank you Sara,” said Kim with a big smile.
Candy asked, “Liz, how’s it going for you at school since Jesus healed your hand and wrist.”
She smiled her happiest smile and shared, “I didn’t want any of you to think I was boasting so I didn’t say anything, but since you asked, Candy, I’ll tell you all. My teacher asked me to stay in from recess the day after it happened, and I got to explain the miracle and the Good News to her. She was in church the next Sunday and accepted Jesus too. The friends I had made in my class asked me about my wrist and hand on the playground the day before I talked to my teacher, and I got to tell all of them at once most of the story. During the next recess I got to finish and tell them the Good News. All but one of them prayed with me right then. Most of them brought their parents to church that week and have been continuing to come. I pray their parents will accept Jesus very soon.”
Candy exclaimed, “Wow, Liz! How amazing! Thank you for telling all of us about the ongoing miracles at school.”
Liz humbly said, “You’re welcome, and I thank and praise Jesus for what he has done for me and for letting me share it at school.”
“I’m so happy for you, Liz!” added Stella. “I wish I had a way to tell my story at school.”
Sara encouraged, “Your time will come, Stella. You had to change schools when you were assigned here to the ranch, and you’re still making new friends. They didn’t have much chance to see you the way you were before Jesus saved you because you accepted Jesus the first week you were here.”
“Thanks for the encouragement, Sara,” responded Stella. “I’ll keep praying for my classmates and teacher and be patient.”
Nan admitted, “I guess I haven’t been looking for chances to tell my story at school. Now that I’ve heard all your comments, I’ll be on the lookout. I sure am thankful my old sad life is gone!”
“The same goes for me,” Emma agreed. “But I’m so shy, I need all of you to pray that I’ll be bold enough to share my story if anyone asks.”
Like the good friends they were, they all promised to pray for and encourage her.
During one of the girls’ small group teaching times, Karen said, “I heard a meaningful quote the other day. It says ‘Make the most of present opportunities.’ What does it mean to you?”
Kim shared, “I think I should look at things existing in my life not as problems, but as chances to improve the things.”
Sara said, “For me it means, if I don’t do my best with each circumstance as it happens, I might not get another chance later.”
“Those are both good,” said Karen, and they both smiled.
“Here are some Bible verses to go along with these thoughts.” stated Karen. She gave a reference and asked for a volunteer to read it. Then they discussed what the verse meant before going on to the next one.
Galatians 6:10, Therefore as we have the opportunity, let us do good to all people, especially to those who are believers.”
Ephesians 5:15,16, Be sure to walk carefully, not as fools, but as wise, redeeming the time because the days are evil. So do not be unwise, but be understanding of what the will of the Lord is.
Colossians 4:5,6, Walk or act in wisdom toward those who are not believers, redeeming the time. Let your speech always be with grace … so you may know how to answer everyone.
Then Karen suggested, “Before our next meeting, notice some opportunities you have during the week. Write them down and also write what you did to make the most of them. I’d love to hear about them next week. Just before we leave let’s sing the song, ‘Freely, Freely,’ because it goes so well with this topic. The Bible verse is Matthew 10:8b, Freely you have received, freely give. Jesus has given so much to us and we can share his love with the other people we meet.”
During the following meeting, Nan said, “I did notice a chance to help a girl at school who dropped her books, but by the time I realized I could help, she had already picked them up. I guess I need to think faster.”
Karen agreed. “Good job, anyway. At least you’re looking for opportunities and the next time, your brain will be quicker with a way to help. The chance you had goes well with Galatians 6:10 that we read at our last meeting.”
June shared, “I had a chance to answer a question from a friend at school. She wanted to know why I seem so happy now. I was able to tell her about my new family and how they helped me accept Jesus as my Savior.”
“Wonderful,” said Karen. “We read Colossians 4:5,6, last week, and it told us to be ready to answer those kinds of questions.”
Ted Blake and Tony Valdez call each other, now and then to visit in English and Spanish. Tony asked, “How are your lessons in Spanish going?”
“To be honest,” Ted replied, “I haven’t had any time since we moved and the girls arrived. If you and I didn’t call and talk once in a while I’d probably lose what I’ve already learned.”
“I can see how that would happen,” observed Tony.
Ted continued, “But now that we’ve gotten more used to being parents and we’re becoming a family I’ll try to find more time to study Julie’s books like I was before.”
“Don’t push yourself, Ted,” Tony suggested. “Those girls are far more important than learning more Spanish. Maybe you don’t have a real need to learn Spanish now.”
Ted agreed, “You’re right, Tony. When I started, I desired to be able to converse with you and Maria and Ruth and Esther. We don’t get together as a group any longer, so I don’t know where I’d use my knowledge of the language. If God ever wants me to later, he will make it clear to me and help me.”
“Indeed he will,” Tony concurred, “so we can just keep calling and visit in English. This will continue to help my English and more importantly, I desire for our friendship to continue.”
Ted responded, “So do I. Thank you for helping me to work through my thoughts today.”
At school in Pine City one day during recess, Hope and Joy were talking with their friends Rose and Iris.
Rose mentioned, “Do you remember when I first saw the two of you together I exclaimed, ‘Oh, there are two of you!’ You both laughed. I suppose that happens often.” They nodded.
Iris continued, “We were both surprised because we only had one each of you in our class.”
Rose said, “I can tell you apart now, but at first it was very hard. Do you have fun trying to trick people by changing places?”
Hope answered, “No, because our mother said it would be like lying, so we don’t do it. It’s really more fun to tell them how to tell us apart instead.”
Iris remarked, “Well I’m glad you told us about the two freckles on your right cheek, Hope, so we could tell who is who.”
“That helped a lot,” agreed Rose. “I think it would be fun to have an identical sister, but most people tell us they’re glad we aren’t identical quadruplets. They said we’d have to wear name tags all the time.”
Joy and Hope got a good laugh out of that statement, and Joy said, “It is fun to be identical twins. We have always been best friends, and we hardly ever fight.”
Rose agreed, “The four of us don’t fight much either, and it’s fun having three other girls my age to play with.
Iris looked up and said, “Here come Violet and Lily. Let’s all go play tag with them.”
Another day at recess, Timmy and Max came over to join the six girls as they were playing catch with a soft sponge rubber ball. They were happy to include Timmy and meet his new friend Max, who was living on the farm.
They made sure they didn’t talk about their horseback riding on the ranch in front of Max until after his family had a chance to ride on a Saturday morning. The farm boys would have a field trip up to the ranch at the same time as the girls went to the farm. Max and the rest of his family would get to ride horses some of those times. Then they could all talk about how fun it was.
Small groups at the ranch and farm were becoming a little different than the ones in the city.
Jeff and Karen Spencer were talking with Ian and Yolanda Hopkins while their girls were getting ready to play hopscotch by drawing two playing areas with chalk on the driveway and then they played in mixed age groups.
Ian commented, “I’m glad we were able to stay in your small group when we moved to the ranch. It’s been nice to have that continuity and still know most of the people in the group.”
“Yes,” Jeff replied, “and it’s nice to still have Nathan and Esther continue in our group. They fit right in as a married couple and already the parents of four girls. They’ve adapted very well to being married and becoming parents.”
Karen exclaimed, “They sure have! I miss Sunny and Felix, but it’s better for them to be in a small group on the farm with people of similar interests. I hope they’re doing well.”
“I hope so too. Our group would have been a little smaller because of that,” Yolanda added, “but the new couple who joined our group has fit right into ours.”
Karen said, “I agree. I think we all got to know them more quickly since we all live right here on the ranch and we’re pretty close neighbors.”
Ian remarked, “Yes, we have similar interests and even though the children may be different ages, we all have four of them.
Karen observed, “Four girls is a lot, but they are treasured. Earlier I wondered how it would be to have the couples rotate, taking turns with the children in another room during small group times, but it has been a good idea.”
“Yes,” responded Yolanda, “we get to discuss any problems we’re having without the children hearing us. We’ve come up with some good solutions so far.”
Jeff continued, “Right. During the last meeting I was thinking about asking at our next meeting if another couple would be willing to be trained to be facilitators for next year.”
“It’s a good question,” agreed Karen, “since everyone has had a turn being facilitator while we took our turns with the children. But maybe it would be good to wait until October, so they’ll be ready to take a new group in January.”
Ian said, “In one way I agree, but on the other hand, if we all were trained soon, we’d know better how to facilitate when you two are with the children.”
“I like your idea!” Jeff exclaimed. “When I bring up the question at our next meeting would you please share your thoughts? Then we can find out what the others think and go from there.”
At the next small group meeting Jeff brought up the idea and assured them that the training wasn’t difficult. Ian shared his thoughts, and they all agreed to be trained as facilitators.
Later Jeff and Karen got the other small group facilitators together. Karen explained, “We shared an idea of training all the couples in the group to become facilitators.”
Jeff continued, “We told them it would be easier for them if they were trained how to do it when the main ones take their turn with the children in another room. Plus we told them the training wasn’t difficult.”
The other small group facilitators said they’d discuss this with their groups. Their group members all agreed and soon all the couples on the ranch were trained. Everyone liked the way it had worked.
Ted asked one evening after the girls were in bed, “Honey, do you think the girls might be ready to go out to a restaurant for supper sometime soon?”
Julie replied, “Yes, but I’m wondering if you and I are ready for it. They’re doing very well here at home, but four little girls might act differently in a restaurant.”
“I understand what you mean,” responded Ted. “Here’s an idea. Maybe we could take them to the park to play for a while after school since the weather has cooled down a little.”
She agreed, “Yes, playing could help get rid of pent up energy after school. And we can talk to them about how we’d like them to act in a restaurant. Where would you like to go?”
He answered, “Fiesta Restaurante for them to meet our friend Tony Valdez.”
She exclaimed, “Oh, Yes! I had forgotten that he invited us to come when we thought the girls would be ready.”
“I’d like to see him and see how he’s doing,” shared Ted.
She suggested, “Okay, let’s check the weather so we can be sure of a day when they can play in the park for a while.” She went to the computer and pulled up the weather.
He observed, “Today is Monday. Tomorrow looks good. Since I only volunteer on Mondays and Tuesdays, I vote for tomorrow.”
She replied, “Good idea, and we can talk to them at breakfast and again after they play at the park to go over again how to act when they go to a restaurant.”
“Yes,” he agreed, “We can tell them a little about Tony and that they should call him Mr. Valdez and what to say after we introduce him and tell him their names.”
She nodded and added, “This will be good practice for them since I’m sure the Suehiros would like to have us bring them to their restaurant sometime also.”
He concurred, “Yes, this is an important part of their education, and probably ours too.”
Their plans worked well, and the girls were well behaved. They needed extra help with the menu since they weren't familiar with Mexican food, so that took a little extra time. Tony told them later on the phone that he was impressed with the girls.
On the farm Jose and Pedro had become good friends. Jose mentioned, “I’d like to make a collection of all the different kinds of bugs there are here on the farm.”
Pedro asked, “Do you know how to go about it?”
“No,” admitted Jose. “I was hoping you might know how since you’re older than I am.”
“Well,” … Pedro paused. “I wanted to do it once, but my parents wouldn't let me.”
Jose suggested, “Maybe we could ask our new dad and mom if we could do it, and if they know how.”
“OK, it won’t hurt to ask, they have been very nice.” said Pedro.
Their request brought back pleasant memories for both Felix and Sunny. Felix looked at Sunny with questioning eyes, and when she nodded, he responded, “Yes, I know how, because my foster parents taught me. Are you willing to follow some rules?”
After they both nodded, Felix stated, “The first one is that any bugs you bring in the house must be very dead and not be left in pockets to go through the laundry.”
Sunny concurred, “Yes, it’s truly an important rule. My brother was making a bug collection and I remember live bugs running free in our house. Mom and I didn’t like the live ones. When I helped with the laundry, bugs left in pockets made a big mess. When he learned to follow the rules Mom made, we all enjoyed learning about the bugs in his collection.”
Jose promised, “We’ll be sure and follow that rule, won’t we, Pedro?” Pedro nodded emphatically.
Felix continued, “Before you collect any bugs, you’ll need to learn which bugs are helpful to the farmer and only collect one apiece of those.”
Pedro inquired, “How will we learn which ones are helpful?”
“You and Jose could look in the library at school or do a web search. While you’re at it, find out if there are any poisonous bugs and what they look like so you avoid them completely. I don’t think you need that kind in your collection at all.”
“Absolutely!” exclaimed Sunny. “We don’t want you getting hurt. Even the ones with stingers could be dangerous if either of you is allergic to being stung.”
Jose commented, “I can see now this project is a lot more involved than I thought it would be.”
“But it’ll be worth it if you do it correctly,” encouraged Sunny. “My brother learned a lot while he was finding out all those important facts and then followed all the rules.”
Felix continued, “If you both still desire to make collections after you find out the important facts to keep yourselves and the helpful bugs safe, come tell us what you’ve learned and we’ll be glad to help you with your collections. We’ll buy the necessary equipment at that time.”
Sunny inquired, “Are you planning to only collect insects, or will your collection include spiders?”
Pedro replied, “We didn’t talk about that yet.”
Jose and Pedro did individual research at school about bugs during their class times in the library. They searched the web at home after chores and homework were finished. They found out that bugs are generally called insects, and spiders aren’t insects.
Jose commented, “Pedro I don’t think I’ll include spiders in my collection because they are so small and fragile they’d be hard to mount in the box.”
“I agree,” said Pedro. “I notice that every time I hurt one trying to catch it, the legs just curl up. There would be no way to straighten them out for the collection.”
After their research and discussion, they went with Felix to talk to the owners of Mercy Valley Farm about which bugs were helpful so they’d only collect one apiece of those kinds. Afterward they were able to give Felix and Sunny an oral report and show pictures of the dangerous bugs they’d avoid.
Jose said, “Pedro and I definitely still desire to make bug collections.”
Pedro added, “We decided we’ll only collect insects because spiders are too fragile.”
Felix took them to the city where they learned about, and helped pick out the equipment needed for this project. Then Felix paid for it.
When they returned home, Hugo and Luis were very interested in the purchases and the whole project.
Hugo asked, “Jose, could I help you find bugs for your collection? I don’t want a collection of my own.”
Jose responded, “Sure, Hugo, but I’ll have to teach you everything I learned about the dangerous ones to avoid and we can only collect one each of the helpful bugs for each collection.”
“Thanks, Jose,” said Hugo. “I’d like to learn about them.”
Of course Luis didn’t want to be left out, so he and Pedro agreed to do the same things. Sunny and Felix were thankful all four of them would be working on the same projects. It would be an ongoing learning experience for all of them.
One afternoon before supper at the ranch the Yardleys and Spencers were outside with their girls. Stella asked, “How can we make friends with the girls in that one family who are eight and ten?”
Oscar exclaimed, “What a good question! Let’s brainstorm and see if we can come up with some good ideas. Remember when we brainstorm we just say our idea and nobody comments on it. Then the next person says their idea.”
The parents had an unspoken agreement to let the girls go first. After thinking for a while, Liz suggested, “We could knock on their door and ask if they’d want to come out and play with us.”
Next Christi said, “When we see them outside playing we could go ask them if we could join them.”
Stella mentioned, “We could ask their parents what games their girls like to play.”
Lisa proposed, “If we’re jumping rope and see them outside, we could call for them to come join us.”
Ellie continued, “After church service while there’s a little time to talk, a couple of us could go over and introduce ourselves.”
Nan added, “We could smile at them whenever they look at us.”
Hanna commented, “Maybe we could bake some cookies and take some of them to their house.”
Emma concluded, “If we try one of those ideas every chance we get, they’ll be our friends before long!”
Just then those girls came out of their house, followed by their parents.
Lisa quickly said, “Hurry and get started jumping rope, and I’ll go ask them to join us.”
Liz and Hanna started turning the rope and the others lined up to take their turns. Lisa came back with the four other girls and their parents joined the other parents. The girls mixed the new girls into the line so they could get acquainted with them as they waited for their turns.
Now that the ice was broken, those twelve girls did a lot of playing and talking together. There was no need to use any of the other brainstormed ideas for that family.
In Pine City on a Saturday afternoon, Patrick and Glenda O'Connor went to visit Matt and Fiona and their new grandson, Johnny. Of course since Riley was the new uncle and was now living at home again after graduating from the university, he went with them.
Glenda said, “Fiona, it’s so good to see you in your wonderful new home with your first baby. It brings back many great memories of when you and Riley were babies. You both kept me busy, but you were such a blessing to us.”
Fiona responded, “Thank you both for being such good parents to us all our lives. Hearing about the plan Oscar and Vera have for their ranch, made me aware of the many children who don’t have a good home in this country. Maybe both our homes can be a model of what a good Christian home should be like.”
Riley commented, “Now’s a good time for me to add my thanks to my great parents. Even though I have a good job now, you still like to have me living at home. I like it too. We have more time now to be friends since I don’t have to study so much.”
Matt asked, “How do you like your job, Riley.”
He replied, “It’s great! I get to use what I learned at the university, and it’s with a Christian company! You can’t beat a deal like that.”
Glenda mentioned, “Since he gets to come home early every day when he’s not traveling, I decided to extend my leave of absence from my job permanently, become a homemaker, and enjoy this time with him like I did with you, Fiona.”
Patrick added, “Then when I get home from work, they have a delicious meal ready and we get to spend the evening visiting, or playing fun Bible board games.”
“It sounds ideal, said Matt. “I’m glad for all of you. Oh, I hear Johnny who has just woken up from his nap. I’ll go get him for you, Honey, and you can let him eat while we continue visiting.”
Fiona replied, “Thank you, Dear. Afterward everybody can have a turn holding and loving him. We’re so happy to have his grandparents and uncle living close enough to come visit often.”
“When he gets old enough and you feel up to it, you can bring him over to our house any time you like,” suggested Glenda.
Fiona responded, “Thank you, I sure will.”
Matt added, “We asked Ted Blake to sing ‘Good Shepherd, Take This Little Child” at the service when we have him dedicated. It has such good words in all three verses and will be our continued prayer.”
Patrick agreed, “It’s one of my favorite songs for dedications.”
Church #4 had grown by many new girls and some new boys. Some of the kindergarten and first grade ones were in Sunday school or small groups for new believers during the service. Candy and Sara were sitting with their foster parents and their two new “sisters.” Cory and his new “brothers’ sat with his parents. The other new girls at the ranch and boys at the farm who stayed in Church #4 were sitting with their new families. Plus there were some new believers. Therefore the congregation was much larger than it was a few months ago.
Ted and Julie kept their kindergarten girls in the service so they could sit with their father. They were very well behaved and enjoyed alternating weeks of sitting right beside him or beside Ted or Julie. This way they could all look at the hymnal or Bible and pretend to follow along. They learned the songs and sang them well, and they listened well to the teaching times.
After church the girls would go with their father to a park to play for a while before going to visit their Grandma and Grandpa. Then they’d go out to eat at a restaurant. Or they’d spend some time with him in his house where he’d fix them a good supper before bringing them back to the ranch.
Today Ted and Julie had been invited to Roy and Sherry Foster’s home for supper. The twins, Hope and Joy, had been invited to have playtime and supper with their good friends, Timmy and Mary at the home of their parents, Pastor Don and Anita Ross.
Sherry welcomed Ted and Julie, “We’re so glad you could come today so we can have some time to just visit without all the children for a change. Although all six of them are cherished and we enjoy each one.”
“I agree with all you just said,” Julie stated. “I’m glad you can come on alternate weekends and go horseback riding with our family. We all like having you join us,”
Roy said, “Thank you for continuing to invite us. We all enjoy it too, even though Sherry and I both feel sore and stiff for the next day or so. It’s well worth it.”
Ted observed, “I guess that since our family rides three or four times a week, Julie and I don’t get sore and stiff anymore.”
Julie added, “Horseback riding is one of the things that helped us decide we’d like to take care of four foster girls. I’ve always liked to ride horses. And since the girls are able to prepare the horses before and then groom them again after the rides, they can enjoy a relationship with several of the horses. They like to ride a different horse for each ride and they all take turns riding Honey, the smallest horse.”
Ted tacked on, “We ride a different horse for every ride also, except that we avoid the ones that trot.” They all chuckled.
Sherry mentioned, “We considered taking care of four more girls and moving to the ranch. The horses were a calling card for us also, but we decided six girls would be too many for us.”
“Plus,” Roy went on to say, “it wouldn’t have been fair to our twins to add that many at one time.”
Ted and Julie nodded emphatically, as they moved from the living room into the dining room. Julie helped Sherry put the meal on the table and they enjoyed a delicious supper with more conversation.
Sherry commented, “I really liked all the songs we sang today and I listened more carefully to the music since Julie told me you help prepare the music for the church services and small groups.”
“How many people sing in the group?” asked Roy.
Ted replied, “There are sixteen singers, which provides four for each part of the harmony. Besides those, there are eight musicians.” Then he explained how the people practice at home and then spend a couple hours on Thursdays at the church practicing and recording the songs. “I sing in the bass section, and I especially liked all the songs for today also.”
Julie said, “My favorite today was ‘I Love Thy Kingdom, Lord.’ Some of the verses are so meaningful, and I like to listen for the bass part because it’s so low and has several moving notes in this song. I like to hear them in the music and beside me, plus getting to hear Ted practice at home.”
“What do you and the girls do while he’s at the church on Thursdays?” Sherry inquired.
“Do you know Esther?” asked Julie. Sherry nodded. “She and I take our girls over to one of the game rooms in the big house and they enjoy some of the games there. Or if the weather’s nice enough we play outside with them or watch them play and we have a chance to visit.”
Ted continued, “I truly appreciate Julie’s willingness to have me continue in the music ministry at church. My favorite song today was ‘We Are God’s People.’ The verse that goes with it is excellent.” Ted quoted it. “1 Peter 2:9,You are a chosen generation, a royal priesthood, a holy nation, God’s own people, in order that you should show the praises of him who has called you out of darkness into his marvelous light.”
Roy agreed, “I like that song also because all the verses make a sermon by themselves about our place in the body of Christ, and how we should live as a family in unity using the gifts he gives to do his work on earth.”
Sherry continued, “Yes, and the chorus ‘The Family of God’ is fun and bouncy, even though it’s short. I’m glad we sang it through several times. Romans 8:17a goes so well with the chorus, Since we are God’s children, then we are heirs of God, and joint-heirs with Jesus.”
“Exactly!” Julie concurred. “In addition, the last song, ‘Our God Has made Us One’ was another good sermon. When our hearts are united as children who share his love, it gives him joy. Our love and encouragement to each other are ways to praise him. And when we share each other’s sorrows and burdens, we can all rejoice sooner. The verses were Ephesians 4:3,4, Endeavor to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace. There is one body, and one Spirit, just as you are called in one hope of your calling.”
Ted added, “I could see that the songs and teaching today were extremely good reminders for us believers and excellent things for the new believers to learn.”
Roy agreed, “Yes! I really like our church, and it’s good to see it growing again. The timing of the new church being built with its new school was just perfect for Vera and her brother’s idea to have foster families with four children each living there on the ranch and the farm.”
“Indeed,” stated Ted, “I just heard that when all the boys and girls on the farm and ranch are added together, there are eighty-eight children who have the chance to meet, accept Jesus, and be restored to a happy childhood and where they can learn to be useful adults.”
Sherry exclaimed, “Wow! Isn’t our God amazing to be able to orchestrate things the way he does?”
Everyone nodded emphatically, and a time of praise to God followed. Then they all helped clear the table and clean up the dishes before it was time to leave.
Since the Blake and Mendoza families lived close together on the Mercy Valley Ranch and their children were the youngest on the ranch, they all became good friends.
One day Esther and Nathan stood with their girls outside the Blake's house while Val went to the door and knocked. They did this pretty often when the weather was nice enough. Sometimes they’d take turns on the swings, jump rope, play catch with balls, or play hopscotch.
When Mrs. Blake answered, Val asked, “Hello, Mrs. Blake. May Lily, Violet, Iris, and Rose come outside and play with us? Papa and Mama are here with us and will turn the rope while we jump.”
She answered, “Hi, Val. Yes they may. I’ll go tell them and they’ll be right out.” Then she waved at Nathan and Esther.
The girls hurried out to join in the jump rope activity. Ted and Julie joined the group in a couple minutes. Esther handed her end of the rope to Ted because she wanted some time to speak to Julie, so he took over turning the rope for her.
After they moved away from the jump rope group, Esther said, “While I was turning the rope, I noticed how well the ages of our girls go with our ages, Julie, since I’m a little older than you are, and my girls are a little older than yours. Anyway, I have an idea that might work for you, if any of your girls are interested in learning how to play the piano, and assuming you’d want them to learn. I would need you or Ted to help Nathan entertain our girls or just watch them as they play a game, I could start teaching all four of your girls like I’ve been doing with ours.” Then she explained how she had given them a few lessons and how fun it had been for them.
Julie responded, “I like your idea, then if any or all of them would like to continue learning and are willing to practice between times we can go use the piano in the game room with Ted or I supervising them.”
Esther continued, “Right, as I’m teaching them, all four of them can play at once on our piano until they learn the names of the notes and get good at doing scales with one hand at a time. After that, we’ll need to do two of them at a same time using both hands while the other two join my four who are with you. Then we can switch off so the other two will get their turn. You’d only have to pay for one lesson when all four play at once, and then for two when they need to be in pairs.”
“It sounds like a good plan,” replied Julie. “Maybe it would help if Ted or I would come to watch the lessons so we can know how they are supposed to practice. In fact, we should probably take turns like the girls do so both of us learn.”
Esther nodded, “I agree. To begin with, I think two lessons a week would be good for them. Later when they need more practice time in between, we could cut back to just one a week.”
“When would you like to start?” asked Julie.
Esther replied, “Since it’s already Wednesday, we could try a lesson tomorrow and see how your girls like it.”
“Yes, let’s give it a try, and then play it by ear,” said Julie. Then they went and took their husbands’ places at the rope.
Nathan and Ted went off a little ways and had some time to visit. They talked about how well the platform they had built worked for the girls as they brushed or mounted the horses.
The two families tried Esther’s idea for piano lessons. But after about two weeks Julie and Esther decided the kindergarten girls were still too young. They’d wait a year and try it again. In the meantime, Esther got her plan going with the family who had all second grade girls. They started learning quickly and even enjoyed practicing. That family was extra happy that they had a piano in their home.
Chapter 13
Psalm 34:3, O magnify the LORD with me, and let us exalt his name together.
William and Karen sent e-mails once in a while to share teaching ideas for the different age levels. They used easier things for the younger children. The following idea was for the older children. They started by singing “How Majestic is Your Name,” which begins with Psalm 8:1a.
Then William stated, “All God’s promises are true. He keeps all his promises and covenants. God and the promises he makes are like all the good things mentioned in Philippians 4:8. Who’d like to read that verse for us?”
Luis read, Finally, brothers, whatever things are true, whatever things are honest, whatever things are just, whatever things are pure, whatever things are lovely, whatever things are of good report; if there is any virtue, and if there is any praise, think about these things.”
“Good job, thank you, Luis.” said William. “Now I’d like to read it again leaving out some of the words, and putting ‘boys,’ in the place of ‘Finally brothers,’ Boys, whatever is true, honest, just, pure, lovely, of good report, virtuous and worthy of praise, think about these things.”
He had printed this on a big piece of paper so they could see it from their seats. He continued, “Somehow this is more meaningful and more easily understood without those extra words. Now everyone read it out loud putting your name in the place of boys.”
They all did it together and he asked, “How did that help you?”
Hugo remarked, “It was like I was talking to myself.”
“Yes,” Pedro went on to say, “it was like I was commanding myself to think about those things.”
Another boy continued, “It made the verse be easier to understand without all the ‘whatever’ words in there.”
Jose commented, “It is indeed, but we just learned in school the other day that if the words just had commas after them here in the Bible it would mean that each thing we’d think of would have to have all eight of those attributes, and we wouldn’t be able to find as many things.
“I agree with all of you,” stated William. “Let’s put the word ‘or’ after each attribute in the verse and it’ll mean we can think about things that fit each category. I left the word ‘finally’ out because today, for this lesson, we aren’t going to study the statements that come before this verse.”
A boy asked, “What does virtuous mean?”
“I’m so glad you asked that question,” declared William with a smile. “How many of you have dictionaries in your homes?”
All the boys raised their hands looking rather puzzled at the way he had avoided answering the boy’s question by asking another one.
William admitted, “I know it’s usually not a good practice to respond to a question with another question, but his question was a perfect lead in to your homework for this weekend.”
The boys all started giggling. William had a way of making learning fun.
Jose guessed, “I’ll bet we need to use our dictionaries at home in order to complete our homework.”
“You’re right, Jose,” agreed William. He handed out pages with the verse he had reworded at the top with a blank for the boy to insert his name. Then he had them put ‘or’ after each attribute. The directions stated, “Write the meaning and as many synonyms as you can to go with each word listed under the verse.” He asked, “Where did I get the words under the verse?”
Some of the boys said together, “From the verse!”
Another boy inquired, “Why do you want us to do this?”
“Good question!” exclaimed William. “I have a very good reason! I know that most of you have unhappy thoughts come into your minds now and then. If you dwell on them and think about them, you begin to feel unhappy.”
The boys all nodded and he continued, “2 Corinthians 10:5b tells us to bring into captivity every thought to be obedient to Christ. The best way to do this, is to give the unhappy thought to Jesus and then replace it by thinking about things from the list in Philippians 4:8. Memorize the verse on your paper with your name at the beginning and then follow the command. The meanings you’ll find as your homework will help you have many good things to think about in the place of those sad thoughts.”
Pedro remarked, “I’ll bet the next part of the homework is to practice doing what you said and tell you about it at the next meeting when we bring our homework to show you.”
“You’re exactly right, Pedro,” William praised him. The boys smiled as he said, “See you all on Monday.”
Families with eleven to fourteen year-old girls taught them how to row on Wild Mint Lake. There were enough boats that two families could be out there at the same time, so many families went at the same time as other families with girls their ages.
Oscar and Vera came with them the first time to give them instructions and tell them the safety rules. Then they demonstrated how to put on the life preservers, push the boat into the water and get in, without getting wet feet. They made it look easy. It wasn’t. Many feet got wet in the process until they finally learned how.
The rowing looked easy too, but it wasn’t either. However, after many tries and a lot of practice, they got so they were able to get the boats moving in the direction they wanted to go and also be able to turn around and come back to the shore. It was good exercise and helped to build up the muscles in their arms and backs.
Most of them even decided they liked rowing when they learned how to get in and out without getting their feet wet. But most of them would also admit they’d rather be horseback riding!
When the boys in the age group of ten to fourteen came on alternate Saturdays, William and Anna taught them how, like Oscar and Vera had taught the girls and their parents. After they learned how to do it, they liked it a lot. In fact many of them would say they’d rather be rowing than riding horses!
One goal of the parents at Mercy Valley Ranch and Mercy Valley Truck Farm is to instill a love of reading good books that will teach the children about Christian living, good manners, excellent character and virtues.
The girls could go to the library in the lower game room of the big house at the ranch and be able to check out one book at a time. The boys could use the library in the big farm house. When the book was returned they could check out another one. Many times the child would tell the parent who went with him or her, what he or she had liked or didn’t like about the story. You might hear things like the following.
Stella shared, “I think this will be one of my favorite books because it was about a very special horse that became the sire of all the Morgan horses. There are two Morgan horses on this ranch and I can look at them and remember this book.”
Oscar responded, “Yes, I think our two Morgan horses are a special pair, and it’s nice to know how the breed began.
Sara said, “I’m glad Pollyanna’s dad taught her how to find something to be glad about in hard situations, before he died. Pollyanna was able to tell others in the town how to do it also. Many people in the town began to do it too, and their lives became better also. I saw the movie once. The book’s much better.”
Yolanda agreed, “Yes, I’ve found the same to be true with most movies that were made from books. And getting back to this story, even her aunt learned the value of being glad, and she became a much better person toward the end of the story. I’ve heard too many comments against being a ‘Pollyanna.’ My opinion is that our world would be a much better place if more people would be like she was. Although I know we need to be realistic and try to change the bad things we can change.”
Lisa mentioned, “I've read all of the Louisa May Alcott books in this library now and my favorite is ‘An Old Fashioned Girl,’ because she didn’t long for the riches the other family had. When that family had financial hard times, she encouraged and helped them learn how to remake some of their clothes since they couldn’t afford to buy new ones any longer.”
Karen responded, “Yes, I like it too. The other books she wrote have main characters who also have some outstanding qualities and it would help us if we copied them.”
The same day Ellie shared, “I just finished the first book in the Christy Miller Series. When she asked Jesus to be her Savior, I did the same thing, and now I’m a believer too.”
Karen and the rest of Ellie’s “sisters” had a great time rejoicing, because all of them were now believers and belonged to the forever family of God.
Pedro commented, “All the biographies by David Collins that I read were good ones about real people. I learned a lot.”
Felix replied, “I’m glad. Our country has had a lot of amazing people in its history who believed in Jesus and weren’t ashamed to admit it and live exemplary Christian lives.
Cory stated, “That Mr. Bowditch was an amazing person! He never gave up even when things didn’t go the way he had wanted them to go. He just kept learning and doing good things.”
Greg agreed, “Yes, we can learn a lot from his perseverance and remind ourselves to carry on in the face of difficulties. I was also thinking about how well the song, ‘Jesus, Savior, Pilot Me,’ goes with this story. The words talk about charts and compasses coming from God. God gave persistence and wisdom to Mr. Bowditch so he could make corrections on those man-made charts, and a lot of lives were saved because he did it.”
Here are some of the books included in the library of the big house at Mercy Valley Ranch: “Little Women,” “Eight Cousins,” Rose in Bloom,” and “An Old Fashioned Girl,” all by Louisa May Alcott; “Rebecca of Sunny Brook Farm,” by Kate Douglas Wiggin; “Pollyanna” and “Pollyanna Grows Up,” by Eleanor H. Porter; “What Katy Did,” and “What Katy Did Next,” by Susan Coolidge; “Justin Morgan Had a Horse,” by Marguerite Henry; “Abigail Adams,” by Evelyn Witter; “Florence Nightingale,” by David Collins; “Teresa of Calcutta,” by D. Jeanene Watson; and The Christy Miller Series by Robin Jones Gunn, which emphasizes inner beauty, purity, and dating only Christian boys.
The Mercy Valley Truck Farm library included the following books that the boys would probably be interested in reading: “Carry on Mr. Bowditch,’ by Jean Lee Latham; “Johnny Tremain,” by Esther Forbes; and biographies of famous Americans by David Collins like: “George Washington,” Johnny Appleseed,” Abraham Lincoln,” “Francis Scott Key,” “Charles Lindbergh,” and “George Washington Carver.”
Early in the spring, before his wedding, Felix shared with his employers some of the new techniques he had learned about agriculture at the university. They appreciated his interest and willingness to share and were glad to try out some of his ideas. Some of them helped to make less work, and others helped to increase the yield of some of their crops. Felix was very glad he could be of some help to them.
The next time they got together to visit, Felix mentioned, “Nathan, I just realized that God trained us in advance for the places we’d live and the work we’d be doing!”
Nathan responded, “You’re right, Felix. Isn’t God amazing and wonderful?”
“Yes!” said Felix. “If it had been left up to me to plan our lives, I would have never conceived of doing what we’re doing now, but it’s very fulfilling, and so necessary for these children.”
“Yes!” Then Nathan questioned, “How are your boys doing?”
Felix responded, “They’ve come a long way already. We function pretty well as a family, and they’re doing their chores well and cheerfully. Jose accepted Jesus as his Savior during one of our family Bible Study times. We’re praying the rest will soon follow his example. He’s definitely a new creation and I’m sure it’s a good testimony to his ‘brothers.’ Sunny’s a wonderful wife and mom. God has given me much happiness. How’s Esther and how are your girls doing?”
Nathan replied, “Esther’s amazing, fantastic and extraordinary. I can’t say enough good things about her and all she does for the girls and me. I’m immensely happy too. Our girls have nicely settled into our family and are learning so much about the Bible and Jesus at the church school. I don’t think it’ll be very much longer before they ask Jesus to be their Savior. We’ll keep praying for them and for your other boys, too.”
Occasionally during adult small group meetings on the farm or ranch, the topic of couple’s time would be discussed.
The facilitator might ask, “Who has an idea for spending time as a couple that has worked well for you?”
On the farm Felix shared, “We have an hour after our boys leave for school on the bus before we need to be at our farm jobs. Whenever possible we save some of that time for each other. It gives us a chance to discuss things we don’t want them to hear, or have personal time together that we know won’t be interrupted.”
Anna tacked on, “It works well for us that way also.”
Some others on the farm agreed with them.
Oralie mentioned, “Since our family has children in the church school and I go to the school to volunteer daily, we have no time alone until all the boys are in bed. But we’re making it work because these boys really need us.”
Two or three other families said nearly the same thing.
On the ranch Jeff remarked, “Since I work in Pine City and Karen works here on the ranch, we have to wait until our girls are in bed before we can be alone as a couple.”
Yolanda commented, “Ian and I work during the same hours as our girls are in school, plus we drive them to school and then home again. They go to bed later since they’re older and by that time we are pretty tired too. Therefore we don’t have very much couple’s time. But we’ll make it work.”
The wife of the family with girls the same ages suggested, “Since we have the same situation as your family has, maybe we could have your girls come to our house at least once a week to do something together for an hour or so.”
Yolanda responded, “What a good idea! Then your girls could come to our house another evening and it would give you two some time alone together.”
Karen exclaimed, “I love the way believers can work together in unity to solve problems in such unique ways!”
Ian mentioned, “Yes, it’s fantastic! I really enjoy living in a community where all the adults are believers and all of us are praying for our new children to love and serve Jesus.”
Jeff read Psalm 133:1 aloud, “Behold, how good and how pleasant it is for brothers to dwell together in unity!”
Then Yolanda suggested “Let’s sing the chorus that goes so well with this verse and the way we solve problems together.”
So they closed the discussion by singing it through several times before they started conversational prayer time.
The people in Ted and Julie’s group and the other small group on the ranch said things similar to what Jeff and some of the members in his group had said.
There’s a small vineyard on the Truck Farm to provide fresh grapes to stores and for eating on the farm and ranch. One afternoon as some men and some of the boys were pruning the grape vines, they were talking.
One man commented, “This activity reminds me of John 15:1-3 in the Bible where Jesus states, ‘I am the true vine, and my Father is the gardener. He cuts off every branch that does not bear fruit. Every branch that does bear fruit he prunes so it can bring forth more fruit.’ Then he told the disciples they were already clean because of the word he had spoken to them.”
Another man continued, “I’ll summarize the next part. Jesus told them to abide or remain in him and he in them. Branches can’t bear fruit by themselves, but have to stay on the vine. In the same way people can’t bear fruit in the Kingdom of God, without abiding in Jesus. Those who won’t abide are worthless. But those who do abide in Jesus bear a lot of fruit.”
One of the boys asked, “How can we abide in Jesus?”
Yet another man responded, “Now that you boys have asked Jesus to be your Savior, you abide in him by continuing in his love. In John 15:9-12, Jesus said, ‘As the father has loved me, so have I loved you. Continue in my love. If you keep my commandments, you shall abide in my love, even as I have kept my father’s commandments and abide in his love. These things I have spoken to you that my joy might remain in you and that your joy might be full. This is my commandment, that you love one another, as I have loved you.’ Do these verses answer your question?”
The boy replied, “Yes, and it doesn’t sound too hard. Is that all there is to it?”
The man answered, “No, because Jesus went on to say in verses 13 and 14, ‘No one has greater love than to lay down his life for his friends. You are my friends if you do whatever I command you.’ I think this means we need to study all Jesus said in the Bible and do what he says, plus do what he tells you to do by the guidance of his Holy Spirit who lives in you.”
The first man asked, “Would you boys like to do a Bible study that would help you to find the things Jesus commanded us to do? We could work on it during some of the small group times.”
Another of the boys answered, “Yes, please. I think I’ll need help finding all those things.”
If a child needs counseling, the parents can schedule times with Nathan on Saturdays or when they get home from school. If the time comes at the same time as Karen’s Bible Story or Bible Study Groups, the counseling would take precedence.
Many times his counseling focuses on getting the child to forgive abusive parents. He encourages them to talk to their horse about any bad memories as they prepare it to be ridden, and then throw the memory away as they mount up. Then they can talk to the horse about good, happy things as they groom it after the ride. He stresses that once they throw the memory away it’s best to NOT think or talk about it again, because what we focus on affects how we feel and relate to life.
Nathan’s counseling time is mainly with children who aren’t in the church school, for two reasons. First, the children in the church school are younger than the others and may not have had as much trauma. Second, the school nurses and principals have all been trained in counseling, so the parents can refer their children to them if they need it. But Nathan will gladly help any who need extra time or attention.
Nathan is paid overtime for two afternoons during what would be his normal time off so he can counsel some of the boys on the farm, if their counselor runs out of time, since there are more boys on the farm than girls on the ranch. In each location, he first counsels siblings together, and then separately if they need it.
One Wednesday morning Esther went to visit her mom on the farm. “How’s it going for you on the ranch with Nathan?”
Esther exclaimed, “Oh, Mom, I love it! All my dreams and daydreams have come true in the best ways. Nathan is a wonderful husband and father. We work together very well, and our girls are all unique and special. Last week they came home from school with great news for us!
“What happened?” Anna inquired.
“During the week on different days, each one had asked Jesus to be her Savior after hearing a different story read by their teacher.” shared Esther.
Anna and Esther had a good time of praise and rejoicing. Then Esther asked, “How’s it going for you and Dad here on the farm?”
Anna responded, “We love it here too, and of course you know how I feel about your dad. Our boys are special too. It’s very interesting having four teenagers all in the same house. They’ve come a long way already though.”
“I’m glad to hear it.” Then Esther observed, “This is a big adventure for both of us. Last summer I don’t think I would have believed it, if someone had told me what we’d be doing this summer. But I think this is very good for us and the children.”
Then Esther explained to her mom what she had tried with her girls and the second graders on the piano, and how well it was going so far.
Anna replied, “I’m glad for you. I was disappointed that none of our boys are interested in learning how to play the piano. But there are two families here who might want to try your plan. One has first graders, and the other has second graders. They’re all in the church school and are doing well there.”
“Good, I hope you and they will figure out a way to make it work. Maybe Dad and each of their dads could do something fun or instructive with your four boys while you and the other mom are teaching the other boys piano lessons. If they are big boys, they might need to take turns doing two at a time.” suggested Esther.
“It sounds like a good plan to me,” acknowledge Anna. “Would you like to join me to play some duets on the piano in the big house before you have to go home?”
“Yes, indeed!” Esther exclaimed. I’m glad you thought of it, since it’s one of my favorite things to do with you, Mom.”
At the ranch Oscar, Vera, and their girls led a tour for two other families to show the parents how to open and close the gate into the public land at the upper end of their property after the girls had all gotten proficient at horseback riding.
When they reached the gate Oscar instructed, “Observe how I do it. The bigger horses have all been trained for their part. When you come here alone or with another family, decide which parent will open the gate.” After showing them twice, he had the chosen parents practice two times.
Oscar remarked, “You did a good job. Now I’ll open the gate and close it after all of you go through.”
They watched him again and Vera continued, “You’ll notice several trails take off from this point. All of them have interesting scenery, and they’re all loop trails that end up back here at this gate, so there’s no chance of you getting lost up here if you stay on the trail.”
Oscar mentioned, “If you don’t desire to do the whole loop, you could just turn around and come back the way you came.”
Vera agreed, “Yes, it’s always pretty both directions.”
He continued, “You will need to plan your time and keep track so you don’t need to hurry on the way back. If you do hurry, it won’t save you any time because you’ll have to spend 15 extra minutes when you get back to lead the horses around until they are cool, and then do extra grooming on them. It’s up to you to use good self control.”
She added, “If you want to go fast for a while, do it on the first half of the trail and then walk your horses back to the tack room so they’ll be cooled off when you arrive.”
He suggested, “Let’s take this first trail to the left and be sure to notice the pretty juniper and pinyon forest it goes through.”
When they reached a rough part of the trail, Vera stated, “Always walk your horse when the trail gets rough so they have time to go safely. … Now, since we’re all through the rough area let’s go fast for a while.”
They all enjoyed the canter and when they reached the place where the loop turned to go back, there was an excellent view of the mountains. Everyone was thrilled with the view and discussed it while the horses had a little rest.
They walked their horses back to the gate, which was opened and closed by one of the other parents. It wasn’t very far from there back to the tack room, where they were all glad their horses were properly cooled down from their run.
Nathan and his family taught two other families on another day, and they alternated teaching with Oscar and Vera until all the families on the ranch had learned about the gate and the trails on public land. William and Felix and their families alternated to teach the families on the farm. It added a new dimension to their rides when they had enough time to ride that far.
Cory and his new brothers were playing catch on the farm again when they saw the new boy who had arrived last month in a wheelchair. They motioned for him to come over and join in their game. Since they all knew how to throw a ball gently or make it bounce one time on its way he was able to catch most of the balls and enjoyed being included. They continued to include him whenever they could, and soon all of them became friends.
One day after they had played for a while with the boy’s foster parents and brothers watching them, Cory shared, “I used to be in a wheelchair almost like yours.”
He asked incredulously, “Really? Where is it? How come you’re not in it now?”
Cory responded, “When I was born, my lower legs were paralyzed, so I couldn’t move them. The doctors didn’t know why and said there wasn’t any way to help me. So I grew up that way until part way through second grade.”
The boy said, “Wow! Then what happened?”
“Some very nice people brought their twin girls to the park where I played, and they played ball with me while their parents talked to my parents. The second time they came to the park, they came over and talked to me.”
“What did they say?” he asked.
Cory replied, “They asked me if they could lay their hands on my legs and ask Jesus to heal me. I got very excited and agreed.”
Next the boy asked, “So then what happened?”
Cory answered, “They put their hands on my legs and the man talked to Jesus like he was right there and said he was the creator and Great Physician who knows all about how legs are supposed to work. He asked Jesus to fix my legs. Then he told my legs to be complete, whole, and strong in Jesus name. Right then I could feel my lower legs for the first time ever, and they wanted to move. I got up and walked, and then I ran too.”
The boy looked like he couldn’t believe this story, but Cory’s parents, Greg and Oralie, both nodded and said it was true.
So Cory told the boy, “Jesus wants to heal your legs too. I know he can do it, because he healed mine just last summer! Will you let me and my parents put our hands on your legs and pray the way that man did?”
The boy got very nervous, but he said, “Yes, please do.”
So they did, and Cory prayed just like Roy had last summer. He and his parents could feel God’s power going through them to the boy’s legs. The boy could feel it too, and looked amazed. They got out of the way when he moved his formerly useless legs and stood up carefully. His legs were strong immediately and he started walking around. Then he ran up the road and back to thank Cory and his parents but they told him to thank Jesus instead.
Cory explained, “Jesus wants you and your brothers to know how much he loves you and have you ask him to be your Savior. The man at the park and his wife told us all about the Good News just like your new parents have told you since you started living here. Would you and any of the rest of you boys like to ask Jesus to be your Savior now?”
All of them including Cory’s “brothers” raised their hands and Cory led them in a prayer like Roy had done in the park that day last summer. Then he suggested, “If you have any questions, be sure to ask your new parents when you get home. I’m so glad all of you believe in Jesus. Now we’re all brothers in God’s family!”
Cory shared with the boy and his family what he had done at school right after he was healed and saved. When the boy went to school the next school day, he got to tell his class and teacher what had happened and tell them the Good News about Jesus. They met him on the playground at recess to pray for Jesus to be their Savior too.
Jeff and Karen introduced their girls to photography by taking pictures of the valley, mountains, stream, flowers, sunrises, and sunsets at the ranch. Once in a while they even got a photo of a bird or deer or another animal.
One evening after supper was cleaned up, Jeff and Karen and their girls were walking on the path by the stream.
Jeff suggested, “Let’s see what interesting things we can find about the trees. I’ll take some pictures of the things you talk about when you ladies find something interesting.” The rest nodded and started looking.
Karen went first, “I notice that the leaves are all full grown because it’s past the middle of summer.”
Hanna was next, “I see an empty nest right here. The baby birds have already left their home.”
Ellie observed, “Here are some seeds. They’re not ripe yet.”
Christi mentioned, “Some of the trees are closer to the stream than other’s are.”
Lisa added, “The ones up on the hillside are even further from the stream, and they have very different leaves.”
Ellie noticed, “The leaves of each kind of tree look different than the leaves on other trees.
Lisa commented, “Plus each kind of tree has an overall shape of its own.”
Hanna noticed, “This tree has some of its roots above the ground. I think that’s unusual.”
Christi agreed, “Yes, and there’s another one on the other side of the stream with some of its roots showing by the bank of the stream. It looks like the water washed the dirt away from them.”
Karen remarked, “Most of these trees seem pretty mature. I guess they must have been planted by Oscar Yardley’s parents.”
Jeff stated, “I agree and I like everyone’s observations. Trees are very interesting. Let’s sing the tree song.”
The song was about trees growing in different places, like in the city or by a river. Then Karen asked, “According to the song, how do trees grow?”
Jeff answered, “The song talks of roots taking in water and leaves in the sunshine. I’ll add that it’s by photosynthesis. That big word means their leaves made food from the water, nutrients, carbon dioxide and energy from the sun. The great creator who made them, keeps them growing to become what he desires.”
Karen responded, “Thank you for the good information. In the song, what do the trees provide?”
Lisa answered, “The trees provide shade, and a place for some birds to have their nests, and I’ll add beauty for us to see.”
Hanna commented, “I like trees. I wonder what their names are. Is there a way we can find out?”
Christi replied, “I’ll bet Mrs. Yardley knows all their names.”
Ellie proposed, “Let’s see if she has a book about trees in the library in the game room at her house.”
Of course she did, so they checked it out and spent several enjoyable evenings by the stream learning the names of the trees and many facts about each one. They even found a Bible verse about trees. Genesis 2:9a which says, Out of the ground the LORD God made every tree grow that is pleasant to the sight and good for food.
Yolanda was with Vera one afternoon talking to Karen as their girls were running races. Vera asked, “Karen would you like to use these materials we got from the church to get the girls who have recently believed in Jesus ready for their baptisms?”
Karen responded, “Yes, it’s an excellent idea. I was wondering what to do after I heard the announcement on Sunday about the baptismal service coming up next week.”
Yolanda mentioned, “It worked well for Vera and me to team teach our girls.” She went on to explain what they had done.
“Thank you, Yolanda,” said Karen” I’ll get the other mothers to join me sometime soon and we can go over these materials and then team teach our girls what they need to know.”
“Good, it’ll be helpful for the mothers to be there so they’ll know what they need to do on the day of the special baptismal service. After this group is baptized, could you add classes to your teaching schedule for the next groups also?” Vera inquired.
“Of course, Vera!” stated Karen. “It would be my pleasure. I’ll share this idea with William for the boys on the farm too. At least all the children have now seen water baptisms, so we won’t need to show them a video on the web.”
Yolanda added, “What a good thing. It’s much easier to understand, if you have seen it happening.”
Vera remarked, “Yes, it is. It’s so wonderful to have so many girls and boys accepting Jesus. I expected more from the sermon and invitation at the baptismal service, but these children might take longer than others because of their backgrounds. Anyway we get to rejoice each time a child or another person accepts Jesus.”
Karen and the other mothers enjoyed teaching their girls about water baptism and then helping them get their testimonies ready for the special service coming up next week. They did keep the testimonies shorter after Pastor Don requested it.
It was a meaningful service and several of the boys and girls from the farm and ranch accepted Jesus at the end of it because of hearing the testimonies of friends whose lives Jesus had changed for the better.
William bought the series of Nature Corner stories about plants so he could play them once in a while for the boys’ Bible Study and Bible Story groups since plants were a big part of the farm. One story he liked especially well was “Bryan Buckwheat.” After listening to it himself, he looked buckwheat up on the web and learned more about it so he could share some of the facts with the boys to supplement or agree with the story.
First he read to them Romans chapter 1:19,20, That which can be known of God has been shown to men, for God has shown it to them. The invisible things of God, like his eternal power and divine nature, are clearly seen from the creation of the world, being understood by the things that are made, so men are without excuse.
While the boys listened to the story, William showed them some pictures of buckwheat plants and their seeds. Then he shared the following information with them.
“Buckwheat is not related to wheat, even though the word, ‘wheat,’ is part of its name. Therefore people who have to avoid gluten can eat it. Buckwheat is a good source of fiber and has many vitamins and minerals. When eaten regularly it can help prevent heart disease and diabetes.”
Luis mentioned, “I need to tell my new mom about buckwheat, because she knows I’m not supposed to eat wheat.”
William responded, “That’s a good idea, Luis.” Then he continued, “The buckwheat seeds are used for cereal or can be made into flour to make pancakes, noodles, or muffins. The things made from its flour have a much stronger flavor than when the seeds are cooked to be eaten as a hot cereal or to replace rice in some recipes. When it’s roasted it tastes like some nuts. Some people include it in granola recipes.”
Pedro observed, “Those things sound like something the rest of us would enjoy eating along with you, Luis.”
“Yeah,” Hugo agreed, “I like the sound of muffins and granola.”
Jose added, “They do sound good! We’ll help you tell Mom about all the good things buckwheat does.”
William suggested, “Good, and if she has any questions you guys can’t answer, tell her she can call me about them.”
“OK we will,” responded Luis.
Then Sam asked, “Does this farm grow buckwheat?”
“I think it does,” replied Gary. “I saw a couple fields with plants that looked like the ones in the pictures.”
William continued, “Yes, they do grow buckwheat on this farm, which is one reason I chose this story. The plant grows and matures quickly, so sometimes it’s used as a second crop in the summer. Keep your eyes open and see if you can notice what they do with the crops they plant.”
“Could we go out and see those fields?” asked Carlos.
“Sure, let’s go right after I tell you the rest of these facts,” William responded, “Many times buckwheat is grown as a cash crop and the farm sells the seeds to markets so they can sell them to people who want to use them for food. Other times buckwheat is used as a cover crop to keep weeds from growing and then it can be cut down just before the seeds start to form. The plants can be left as mulch on the surface or can be tilled into the soil to provide nutrients to help the next crop. Also the honeybees like the flowers for making honey.”
Evan exclaimed, “Yum! I’d like to try some of it.”
Then William led the way to the fields that had buckwheat growing in them and the boys got to look at the plants.
One Wednesday, Vera, Karen, and Esther went together to Pine City to look for games and activities that would help the girls of different age levels learn about the Bible. They went to both of the Bible book stores in the city and spent an equal amount of time and money in each one.
Esther found a clerk and said, “I’m looking for ways to help kindergarten through second graders learn important facts and lessons from the Bible.”
The clerk, was eager and willing to show Esther everything she could and also explained the pros and cons of each one.
Vera and another clerk looked especially for ages eight through ten while Karen and a third clerk searched for things appropriate for ages eleven through the teens.
They found many Bible board games, activity books, craft books, workbooks that could be reproduced for a class, plus other ideas like you could find at christianbook.com, if you are interested.
Vera paid for all of them with money they had set aside in the trust fund. They were placed in the upstairs and downstairs game rooms to be used by families to either check out, use at home and then return, or use in the game room, especially on rainy days or cold winter days.
Anna, Sunny and another mother on the farm went on a different day and did the same thing for the farm boys. Since they had no game rooms, the materials were kept in the library in the big house so they could be checked out, used, and returned.
Karen and William taught all their Bible Study and Bible Story groups how to memorize Bible verses. They used short easy ones for the younger children and longer ones for the older boys and girls after learning how with a short verse.
Karen started by saying, “Today you’re going to learn how to memorize a verse from the Bible. Please look up Psalm 119:11.”
When all of them had found it, they read it out loud. “I have hidden your word in my heart so I won’t sin against you, LORD.” Then they sang the song that goes with it.
Karen said, “Good job.” She had the verse written on a chart in the front of the room. She had them read it again from the chart.
Emma asked, “Why do we need to memorize what it says in the Bible when we could just look it up and read it?”
Lisa answered her, “Because maybe we won’t have a Bible with us when we’d want to say the verse.”
“Oh, that’s true. Thank you, Lisa,” said Emma.
Hanna continued, “This verse gives us another reason also: it’s so we won’t sin against God.”
“Good thinking, girls,” Karen commended them. “Now we’ll memorize this verse. The first step was to read it out loud together. Next we looked at what the verse meant. Hanna told us part of the meaning. I’ll help with the rest. What do I hide?”
Stella answered, “God’s word which is the Bible. Wow! Does that mean we need to memorize the whole Bible?”
All the girls looked worried and started to get restless.
Karen relieved their minds by responding, “That’s a very good question, Stella. No, we do NOT need to memorize the whole Bible. I don’t know anyone who has ever memorized the whole Bible, but I suppose it could be done. I think we need to memorize the parts that will help us.”
Liz commented, “This verse will help us to not sin.”
“Right, Liz,” said Karen. “The next question is where do we hide God’s word?”
All the girls said together, “In my heart.”
“Right,” acknowledged Karen, “and in this verse, it’s not the organ that pumps our blood but it’s the central part of who we are, what we desire, how we feel, what we plan to do, … There have been many books written about what the heart is. Right now we want to think about it as a place to hide God’s word. So we could add the word ‘memory’ to the list.”
Ellie shared, “I think the memory is part of the brain where we put things we want or need to remember.”
“Exactly,” Karen agreed. “The easiest way for me to memorize is to divide the verse in half or smaller parts if it’s a long verse. This verse is easy to divide in half.” She underlined the first part and had them say it over and over. Then she covered it up and had them repeat it without looking at it.
Lisa jokingly remarked, “No fair looking at the verse in the Bible!”
Nan replied, “OK, I’ll close mine.”
“I agree,” stated Karen, “let’s all close our Bibles so we won’t be distracted. Good, now everyone say the first half again.”
Most of them did it correctly, so Karen had them learn the last half of the verse. They said it several times and then she had them put the parts back together and say the whole verse. Her timer went off and she exclaimed, “Oh! Our time’s already gone. Next time we’ll say this verse again and learn another one, so review this one at home and bring this paper with you next time,” she instructed as she handed out a page to each girl.
On the farm Cory's whole family planned to go fishing after lunch on Saturday. Before they could go, it took a whole lot of discussion and preparation by Cory and his parents.
When the four younger boys were asleep Wednesday evening, Greg asked Cory, “Do you think Max and Levi are old enough to go fishing?”
“Wow, Dad, you probably know the answer to that question better than I do. I don’t remember how old I was the first time we went fishing. But I was only one boy, without four others who like to run around and make noise,” stated Cory.
Greg acknowledged, “Your point is well made. You were only five the first time we took you fishing, but you’ve always been mature for your age.”
“Thank you, Dad. I think I’m mature because of both of my parent’s good teaching. How would it be if I help Max, Mom helps Levi, and you help both Kevin and Jack? Since they’re older they might not need as much help as the younger ones and you’ll probably be able to keep up with both of them. I don’t think I could though,” Cory admitted.
Greg responded, “Thank you for the compliment, Son. I think your suggestion would probably work if the three of us plan to not fish this time. I have a feeling all our time will be spent helping the boys learn how to fish. Let’s go ask Mom what she thinks.”
Oralie was agreeable and said, “It might even be fun. We already have enough fishing poles, if the three of us don’t fish, since we have an extra one.”
“Right you are, Honey, declared Greg. “Do you desire to take a picnic lunch?”
She exclaimed, “No thanks! I’d rather eat lunch here first.”
Cory laughed, “I know what you mean. A picnic’s enough work by itself. It’ll be easier if we just try one activity this time.”
She smiled at him. “You understand me very well, Son, thank you. I’ll make sure to skip washing their oldest clothes until after our fishing expedition.”
“Good,” said Greg. “I’m sure their clothes will need it more than ever afterward. When do you think we should tell the boys?”
She admitted, “I’d like to say after lunch on Saturday.” Her “men” nodded and they all got a good laugh about her admission. “But I know they’ll need to help find the worms for bait, so we need to tell them before then so they’ll know why they’re collecting worms. I’ll go through the trash and find four cans for the worms.”
Cory added, “Yes, and besides, it’ll give them something fun to look forward to on the weekend.”
“Agreed. Anticipation is a big part of enjoyment,” Greg said.
Oralie asked, “Honey, how would it be to tell them after supper on Friday and then when the chores are finished, you and Cory can teach them how to find worms?”
He chuckled, “I like your idea! Too much of their anticipation might not be as enjoyable for us. They’re good healthy boys, and tend to get overly excited about things. Sometimes it seems like there are more than four of them. But they are delightful and I’m glad we decided to become foster parents.”
She agreed, “I’m glad too. We make a wonderful family.”
“I think so too,” declared Cory. “I like having so many younger brothers, and I think you both are superb parents.”
They beamed at him and thanked him. On Thursday evening Cory and his dad went out in the garage after the other boys were in bed so they could get the fishing gear ready to go. They had enough of everything.
Friday after supper, the boys were ecstatically jumping up and down when they heard the plans for Saturday.
First Kevin exclaimed, “Fishing! Wow! I love to fish!”
Jack asked, “Will you teach me how to fish? I don’t know how.” Greg nodded and smiled as he squeezed his shoulder.
Then Levi added, “Max and I have never been fishing before. Will you teach us too?”
Oralie smiled at him, “Sure! Cory and I will teach you and Max how to fish and it’ll be fun.”
After chores were finished, they put on their old clothes and went with Greg and Cory to find some worms.
Max inquired, “Why do fish like to eat worms? I tasted one once and they’re yucky!”
Greg replied, “It’s just one of the differences between us and fish. They probably would not like to eat most of the things we usually eat.”
Levi inquired, “Will the worms drown in the water?”
“Probably,” answered Jack, “if a fish doesn’t eat them first.”
Kevin admitted, “I don’t think I’ve ever eaten a fish that lived in a stream. Do you think we’ll catch enough to eat for supper?”
“We might if we can stay really quiet at the stream so we don’t scare them all away,” answered Cory.
This conversation took place on the way to the place where they could look for worms. When they got there Greg instructed, “I’ll dig a shovelful for each of you to look through. While I’m digging, Cory will help you put dirt in the bottom of your cans so the worms will have a place to live until we’re ready to use them tomorrow.”
Jack said, “This is a good place to look for worms. There are lots of them in my shovelful.”
“Yes,” Levi agreed, “there are lots in mine too. I think I’ll leave the smallest ones here.”
Kevin added, “Yep, the bigger ones will be easier to put on the hook and will catch bigger fish.”
Max shouted, “Look at this worm! It’s humongous! Maybe I’ll catch a humongous fish with it.” He had just learned that word and was happy to have a place to use it.
The others did look and were properly amazed.
Saturday morning the boys were so excited about going fishing that they had a hard time concentrating on breakfast.
Oralie got them back on track by saying, “This is a good breakfast for fishermen to eat before they go fishing, since they still have chores and homework to do before lunch.”
They all dutifully cleaned up their plates and did their chores and homework. Lunch was eaten without too many reminders and they all helped with the cleanup.
And then it was time to go fishing! Levi hurried and then helped Max to finish getting ready. It was quite a procession that walked from their house and along the edge of a field of watermelons to get to Mercy Stream. Each boy carried a fishing pole and his can of worms and were actually very careful not to hit each other with the poles. Greg carried the tackle boxes and Cory carried folding stools for everyone who didn’t want to sit on the ground or a rock. Oralie came at the end of the line so she could keep an eye on the boys. In her backpack were hand wipes, apples for snacks, and a first aid kit, just in case.
Just before they reached the stream, Greg instructed, “Now everybody be as quiet as you can, so we don’t scare the fish away. Walk along the stream about three feet away from it and choose a spot where you’d like to fish. Jack and Kevin, you pick a place near each other so I can be in the middle and help either of you if you need it, after I teach Jack how to fish, since Kevin already knows how.”
After watching Oralie show Levi how to put a worm on the hook, Max whispered to Cory but loudly enough for Levi and Oralie to hear him, “Cory, I don’t want to put a worm on the hook. It would hurt the poor worm. And I don’t want to drown it in the water either. Can I just fish with the hook?”
Cory whispered, “Not unless you don’t want to catch a fish.”
“Will the hook hurt the fish?” asked Max in his normal voice. “It looks awfully sharp. I know it would hurt me.”
Cory answered, “Yes, it would hurt the fish and of course, if you want to eat the fish for supper we’d have to kill it.”
“Oh,” said a disappointed and disillusioned Max. “I don’t think I like fishing. It hurts too many things.”
“I understand, Max,” soothed Cory. “How would it be if I take off the hook and add a sinker on the end to take the place of the hook and the bait?”
“Would the sinker hurt the fish?” questioned Max.
Cory smiled at him. “I don’t think so, because I doubt if a fish would even look at it since it doesn’t look like something to eat. It will just add enough weight so you can learn how to cast the line out into the water and look like you’re fishing. I’ve done that before when I didn’t really want to catch a fish.”
Max grinned and exclaimed, “Good, then I can still learn how to fish but not hurt anything while I do it!”
He watched with interest as Cory removed that nasty hook, selected a sinker of just the right weight and connected it to the end of the line. Then Cory taught him how to cast the line into the water, sit back down again and watch it, or use two fingers to hold the line to feel when a fish would take the bait.
“There now, you look like a real fisherman!” Cory said to Max who had just done a good job of casting and was waiting for a bite.
In a short time, a fish did bite on Levi’s bait. He got so excited, he almost fell in the water, but Oralie calmed him down and quietly talked him through the directions for bringing in his fish. She then hushed him so he wouldn’t shout and ruin the other boys’ chances to catch a fish. She taught him how to take out the hook and put the fish on a stringer in the water to keep it fresh for supper.
Max whispered, “Oh, that poor fish! Now I really know I don’t want to catch a fish, even though it looked like it was fun for Levi.”
“It is a lot of fun,” Cory whispered back. “Some people just catch a fish and then release it back into the water, but it still must hurt the fish to be caught and have the hook removed.”
Max responded, “I wouldn’t want to do that to a fish. This way’s better for me. I can just pretend to fish.”
“I agree with you, Max, it is the best way for you. Besides, you can enjoy watching your brothers fish too,” added Cory.
Kevin and Jack both caught a fish within the next few minutes, and were just as excited as Levi had been. No more fish were caught this day, but it had been a successful afternoon. When they got to the place where the worms had been dug, on the way home, they all put their unused worms back. Max felt extra happy that he hadn’t hurt any of his worms.
The other three boys ate their fish for supper after learning how to clean them and watching as Oralie cooked them. The rest of the family enjoyed the store bought fish Oralie had cooked at the same time. Then they helped with the dishes and did their other chores before evening devotions.
The next meeting Karen had with the girls at the ranch, she had them repeat Psalm 119:11,“I have hidden your word in my heart so I won’t sin against you, LORD.”
Karen continued, “Now we need to learn to say the reference every time, before and after the verse. It’s like the address of the verse. We do this so other people will know where to find it.”
After they did it correctly several times, Karen explained, “It’s best to memorize the Bible verse exactly as it is in our Bible, so when you copy a verse to memorize, be sure to do it correctly. Today you’ll get to choose the next verse you’ll memorize.”
The girls smiled about it, maybe planning to find a short one.
“I chose three short ones for you to pick from, so please look up Philippians 4:4 and read it with me. Rejoice in the Lord always, and again I say rejoice. Now put a bookmark in this place, and find Colossians 3:20a and read it with me. Children, obey your parents in all things… Put another bookmark here and find Proverbs 15:1a. Read it with me. A soft answer turns away anger.”
They looked up at her and she instructed, “Now read each of these three verses to yourself and think about which one might help you the most. Maybe you’re sad a lot. Which one would help your problem? Or it might be hard for you to obey, or you might have a habit of answering in anger. Choose the one you think will help you the most so you can memorize it.”
It was very quiet while they were reading and thinking. When it looked like they were ready, Karen said, “Okay now copy it correctly on the paper under the first verse we memorized.”
They finished, and she had them stand up with their papers, and went on to say, “You’ll be working in groups to memorize the verse you chose. If you chose Philippians 4:4, go sit in the chairs at the right. If you chose Colossians 3:20a, go sit in the chairs at the left, and if you chose Proverbs 15:1a, go sit in the chairs at the back of the room.”
They followed those directions and she told them, “Now, follow the steps on this chart which says, Say the reference before the verse, divide the verse in half, and say the first part over and over until you’ve learned it. Then say the second part and the reference again. Say the whole verse over and over with the reference before and after it until you feel ready to have someone in your group listen to you and help you if you get stuck. Be helpful and encourage each other.”
By the end of the meeting time each girl had learned another Bible verse and it would help her with a problem she had.
For the next meeting Karen handed out a list of verses they could choose from to continue on their own. They’re listed here: Philippians 4:8, Isaiah 32:17, 2 Corinthians 1:21,22, Psalm 34:1-9, Hebrews 6:17-19, Jude 1:24,25, Psalm 31:19,20, 1 John 5:3-5, Hebrews 11:1,6, Colossians 3:12-17, Isaiah 26:3,4, Jeremiah 17:7,
1 Timothy 6:6,8, Philippians 4:13, 2 Peter 1:5-7, 1 John 3:1-3, Hebrews 4:16, 1 Corinthians 15:51-54, 1 Timothy 6:6, 1 Thessalonians 5:23,24, 2 Thessalonians 3:16, Romans 11:33-36,
1 Corinthians 13:4-8a.
She added, “You can find others as you read the Bible. Here’s an idea you could try. Instead of writing the verses on notebook paper, you could use little three inch by five inch file cards and keep them in a little file box. The verses will be easier to review that way, especially if you rotate through them in an orderly fashion. Before you go, let’s sing ‘Thy Word,’ which is Psalm 119:105 set to music, Thy word is a lamp unto my feet, and a light unto my path.”
In Pine City, Walt and Betty visit with Matt, Fiona, and Johnny every chance they get, but not enough to be a nuisance. Plus they always make arrangements ahead of time instead of impromptu visits. This time they had been invited to come for the evening.
“Welcome Grandma and Grandpa Evans!” exclaimed Matt pretending that Johnny was speaking as he placed Johnny in Walt’s arms.
Walt played along with the game, “Well, thank you, Johnny! It’s always our pleasure to come see you. How much have you grown since we saw you the last time?”
Fiona got in on the game too, “Oh, I think I gained a whole half a pound since last week!”
Betty was laughing as she added, “Very good Johnny. Keep up the good work and you’ll grow big and strong like your daddy.”
They were seated in the living room by this time and Matt asked, “How are you, Betty? I know Walt is fine since I saw him today at the big new house where both crews are working.”
Betty smiled her warm smile, “I’m fine too and we both are enjoying this wonderful time of being ‘grandparents’ and having both of you as ‘adopted’ children. It makes up for all the years of longing in the past.”
Walt admitted, “I guess we didn’t really handle it very well during that time. If we had known Jesus back then, maybe he would have guided us to do things differently.”
“Yes, maybe,” agreed Matt, “but remember you don’t need to have regrets about the past, because Jesus forgave all of it. Now you’re both living your lives for him and he restores the years the locust have eaten like it says in Joel 2:25a.”
“Thank you for the reminder. I needed it,” Walt declared.
Fiona interrupted, “Uh-oh, I just noticed that Johnny is in need of a diaper change. Would you like to join us, Betty? We’ll be back shortly.”
They made the short walk across the open space area through the sewing room and into the nursery.
Betty commented, “I love the way you decorated inside this house and made it into such a comfortable home.”
“Thank you,” responded Fiona, “and I love the way you and Walt gave so much of your time and money to get it all finished and furnished. We really enjoy living here!”
“It was our pleasure,” replied Betty, “and it has been a gift that keeps on giving us much joy also.”
As they returned, Betty was carrying Johnny and kept him as she sat down. “He does feel about a half pound heavier than the last time we saw him. I’m glad he is a healthy, growing boy.”
Matt agreed, “We are too! It’s a big blessing. Plus we have news! Sometime near Johnny’s first birthday, he will have a little brother or sister! Of course we won’t let the doctor tell us which because we like the suspense.”
Walt exclaimed, “Now this is extra grand news because it means we’ll have another grandchild to love and enjoy.”
Betty explained, “We decided it would be better if we do not spoil them. We promise we’ll do our best to help you raise them to know and love Jesus.”
Fiona responded, “We’ll appreciate that very much. We’ve heard alarming stories about grandparents who actually have spoiled the grandchildren and then the parents have to try to undo the spoiling. Your way will be much better!”
When Fiona’s parents heard about the expected grandchild, they were just as thrilled as Walt and Betty were.
At the ranch Nathan, Esther, Ted and Julie were going on an early morning Saturday adventure with their eight girls.
Before they left, Esther explained, “Now remember to stay very, very quiet as we walk to this special place where we can watch for wild animals but they can’t see us.”
Rose asked, “Why can’t they see us?”
Nathan answered, “Because Mr. and Mrs. Yardley asked me to build a place called a blind near Mercy Stream and Wild Mint Lake where the animals often come to get a drink. They’re used to it being there now and we can stand inside looking out small openings at all our different heights so we can watch them come and go if we stay extremely quiet while we’re inside after we ever so quietly walk there.”
Lily complained, “But it’s still dark out and I’m sleepy.”
Willow said, “Papa told us the animals we want to see like the dark and sleep in the daytime.”
“Right,” agreed Holly, “they’re called nocturnal animals like we hear about when we listen to many of the Nature Corner stories.”
“Oh, I understand now, thank you, Willow and Holly,” said Lily, who was more awake now.
Violet remarked, “So if we get to see animals, it’ll be worth getting up really early and waiting to have breakfast until after we get back.”
“What animals might we get to see?” asked Iris.
Lucia responded, “Mama said a whole list, but let’s get going now, or it’ll get light and they won’t come then.”
“Right, added Val, “we can talk about them when we get back.”
Therefore they all went willingly and as silently as possible across the bridge, along the stream and up the hillside a little ways to a funny looking building that had twigs and dead branches attached to the outside. It was long and narrow with the long side facing the stream and lake. Nathan opened the door, which made no noise, and they entered. It was empty inside and had small openings for people to stand and look through.
Nobody talked as they found openings to fit their height and tried to wait patiently as they watched for activity at the stream and lake in the predawn semidarkness. Their patience and stillness paid off, because they got to see a mother fox followed by her four cubs as they left after a drink at the stream. Later a raccoon was fishing with its paws in the stream for a crayfish but was looking around everywhere except at what he was trying to catch. He didn’t need to look, because he has such sensitive feeling in his paws. He caught a crayfish and didn’t even get pinched! Then he washed it and ate it right there. A coyote got a drink from the lake and then caught a mouse. It was fun to watch him listen as he stood still in the grass and then he jumped up high and pounced down on the mouse. They also saw several rabbits.
By that time they were all tired of standing and being quiet, so they stretched and went outside where they discussed all the animals they had seen and how fantastic it was. Esther and Julie sang with them the song about the wonderful world God made.
When they told other families about it, those families also went on other early mornings. They reported seeing different animals like a mother skunk followed by her three kits getting a drink from the lake, a big daddy buck deer, then two does with their twin fawns that also got drinks out of the lake, and finally many different kinds of birds getting drinks and taking baths in the lake or the stream after it got light out.
It was well worth it to not have big dogs running loose on the ranch because they’d scare away the wildlife. The people on the farm did have some big dogs and were glad that they scared away wildlife that would harm the crops.
Chapter 14
Proverbs 4:5a, Get wisdom, get understanding, and do not forget them.
William put together a special lesson for the older farm boys beginning with verses from Proverbs and continuing with a couple from other places.
“Good afternoon, boys. Today we’re going to start with some verses in Proverbs that have words related to farming. Please look up Proverbs 6:8 and read the last part aloud with me, the ant gathers her food in the harvest. Good, now follow along on verses 6 and 7, Go to the ant you lazy person. Consider her ways, and be wise. She has no guide, overseer, or ruler.”
Next he had them listen to a Nature Corner story about an ant, and how it worked with all the other worker ants to bring food for the winter to the ant hill. They didn’t even have a leader. Each one just knew what to do and did it.
Afterward he showed a video he found on YouTube about lessons we can learn from ants.
“Wow!” Carlos exclaimed. “All this information is incredible!”
A boy agreed, “For sure! I never realized ants worked so hard and they don’t even have a boss.”
Evan added, “We have a lot of people working on this farm. We do need a boss, but by working together we get a lot done.”
Gary concurred, “Right, I like working on this farm, I’ve learned a lot in just the short time I’ve been here.”
Another boy continued, “The lessons I learned from the ants today is to work together and keep trying and don’t be lazy.”
“Great comments, boys,” William complimented them. “Let’s look at Proverbs 20:4, to see what can happen when people are lazy. Read it with me, The lazy person will not plow because of the cold. Therefore he shall beg in harvest and have nothing.”
Sam mentioned, “Lazy people can use the heat or the rain or the sun or many other things as an excuse to not work.”
A different boy concurred, “Yes, isn’t there a verse that talks about people who won’t work?”
William replied, “Indeed there is! Find 2 Thessalonians 3:10 and read the last part together. If any will not work, neither should he eat. There were some people there who wouldn’t work at all but were busybodies. In verse 14 Paul said to not associate with them so they’d be ashamed.”
He paused and then smiled, “Enough of the negative side! Write these Bible references down as I read them. Psalm 128:1,2, Blessed is everyone who fears the LORD and walks in his ways. He shall eat from the labor of his hands. He shall be happy and it will be well with him. Proverbs 11:18 the last part, He who sows righteousness will reap a sure reward. And we’ll close today’s lesson with Galatians 6:9, Let us not be weary in well doing, for in due season we shall reap, if we do not faint.”
The boys nodded in agreement with those verses.
Then he had them sing the song that goes with Galatians 6:9.
Last, he instructed, “Choose one or all of those verses and memorize them. For our next meeting you can recite at least one of them from memory using what you learned from our lessons on how to memorize Bible verses. See you all next time!”
One Saturday in Pine City, Timmy and Mary arrived to spend the afternoon at the home of the twins, their friends Hope and Joy.
Joy exclaimed, “Look out there in our yard, Timmy and Mary! See what Daddy and Mama bought for us?”
“I don’t see anything,” stated Mary who was looking everywhere for something big.
“Look on the lawn,” whispered Timmy, who always liked to help his little sister.
“Oh my!” Mary breathed. “It’s really neat!”
“Have you been in it yet?” asked Timmy.
Hope explained, “No, Daddy just brought it home and got it set up in time to be ready when you arrived.”
Then it dawned on Timmy, “Now I know why Mama had us put on our swimming suits under our play clothes before we came over here. She knew about your wading pool before we did.”
Mary smiled, “Hurrah, we get to go outside and get all wet!”
Joy agreed, “Yep, it’s a nice hot summer day. The cool water’s going to feel great.”
“Well, what are we waiting for?” asked Hope. “Let’s go!”
Anna liked Esther's idea for teaching piano. Since Felix and Sunny’s boys on the farm were ten and eleven years old, and wanted to take piano lessons, she taught them in pairs. Sunny stayed with each pair so she could grasp the concepts and know how they were to practice. During lessons, Felix and William would teach the other pair and William and Anna’s four boys about some sport. Anna taught lessons twice a week at first, and then once a week, when more practice time was required between lessons.
Sunny would bring the boys in pairs over to the piano room in the big house to practice while Felix did other activities with the other pair. Sunny took them to the piano room to practice for half an hour every day and they made good progress.
Sunny wished she could learn how to play the piano also, but realized she would NOT have time for lessons or practice. So she put it out of her mind and was content with what she was doing.
Several months later, Felix and Sunny heard the following conversation as the boys were talking about piano lessons.
Luis stated, “Mrs. Beckett is a very good teacher.”
“Yes,” Pedro agreed, “I like the way she’s so patient with us.”
Jose mentioned, “And at our last lesson, she told us she could tell we had been practicing and we were doing a good job.”
Hugo added, “I like the practice songs we get to do now. They’re much more fun than doing scales over and over.”
Pedro stated, “There’s one of the songs that has scales in it, but the way they go to other notes in between makes it sound like regular music.”
Jose said, “I like practicing in pairs like we have been.”
“Yes, it is nice,” Luis concurred, ‘but I remember her saying something about eventually needing separate lessons and practice times.”
Hugo agreed, “Yeah, she said we’d need to be able to have the whole piano for some of the songs.”
Pedro remarked, “Well I guess that’s what we’ll have to do when we get to that point.”
Luis decided, “I think it’ll work. One of us will go to lessons or practice while the other three join whatever sport Dad’s teaching at that time.”
Jose continued, “I’m glad Mom’s willing to stay with us while we have lessons and practice, so she can tell us how we’re doing.”
“Right,” Hugo concurred, “and it’s smart of her to bring hand mending or knitting to work on while we practice.”
Pedro declared, “I’m glad we get to learn how to play the piano because it’s fun, it sounds nice, and it might be useful when we grow up.”
Sunny and Felix both felt good about the piano lessons and practice after listening to the boys, and Anna was very happy to hear about their conversation when Sunny told her about it.
Before going to church, Nathan and Esther and their girls were walking around in the flower gardens that Karen Spencer and Vera Yardley had planted in various places near the houses on the ranch. This Sunday morning there were many flowers in bloom and there were a few butterflies enjoying their nectar.
Val exclaimed, “Look at all the different pretty colors in this flower garden.”
“Yeah,” agreed Lucia. “The shapes and sizes of the flowers are all different too.”
“I’ll bet they all have different names too,” suggested Willow.
Holly added, “Yep, and I only know this one. It’s a rose.”
“The quadruplets are all named after flowers,” Val observed.
Willow agreed, “Yeah, I think it’s neat. Oh, look, there’s a butterfly on one of the flowers!”
“It’s so pretty,” Holly went on, “and I’ll bet it has a name too.”
Lucia asked, “Mama, do you know its name?”
“No, Lucia, I don’t know,” Esther answered, “but I think Mrs. Yardley has some books in her library in the game room that would tell us the names of the butterflies we see now and then, and of all the flowers in this garden.”
“Could we go there now,” asked Lucia, “and check flower and butterfly books out? Then we could come back here and see if we could learn some of their names.”
Esther replied, “Yes, you and I can go over there right now and come back quickly with a couple books.”
The butterfly was gone when they returned, but they looked up pictures of flowers and matched them with the flowers.
Holly declared, “This is fun. The photographs are so good, they make it easy to find the names of the flowers.”
“Here’s a violet,” Val shared.
Willow stated, “Right, and over there is a tiger lily.”
“And next to it was an iris in the spring,” added, Lucia. “So now we’ve seen flowers or the plant to go with each one of the quadruplets.”
Nathan observed, “Look, the butterfly’s back now and it’s on the rose. If we don’t move it might stay longer. Whoever has the butterfly book, see if you can find a matching picture.”
Esther was still holding it so she tried to find it. “Phooey, it flew away already and I didn’t have a chance to find it’s name.”
“It’s OK, Mama,” soothed Lucia, “maybe it’ll come back.”
Esther responded, “You’re right, Lucia, I’ll keep my finger in the place where I left off.”
“Flowers are easier,” exclaimed Willow, “they don’t fly away!”
So they looked up some more flowers and kept on the lookout for the butterfly. It did return and Esther looked some more and decided, “I think it’s a Painted Lady. Even though it’s harder than the flowers, it’s nice to finally find it and learn its name.”
The girls kept looking at the butterfly until it left again and then went to see the picture in the book. They agreed with their mama and then they all went to return the books.
Another day in the evening the family went walking by the lake and Nathan brought a book about birds and one about dragonflies from Vera’s library. The consensus was that finding dragonfly pictures to match those flitting insects was even harder than the butterfly pictures had been. Bird pictures were a little easier than butterflies, because birds sometimes stayed in one place longer, but flowers were definitely the easiest to match with pictures in books.
Nathan explained, “God created all the flowers, birds, butterflies and dragonflies before he created people.”
“Yes, Papa,” agreed Val, “we listened to a song called ‘In Six Days’ just the other day at school.”
Lucia added, “We did also. It tells about God making the heavens and earth and everything in them in just six days.”
Willow exclaimed, “Yep, he must have been very very busy to get it all done in six days!”
“Right,” continued Holly, “when he was done he rested the next day.”
Esther finished, “Exactly, he called that day the Sabbath and said it was to be a day of rest because he rested when he was done with his work. So God also created the seven day week with the last day, Saturday, being a day to rest.”
Later in the evening when the girls were in bed asleep Nathan remarked, “I know the girls are very young, but since they are so interested in butterflies and flowers, I think they’d get a lot out of going to the butterfly pavilion.
“Oh, I definitely agree!” exclaimed Esther, “and I know I’d enjoy it again! They’d probably even enjoy that fantastic restaurant afterwards. And maybe we could buy the poster I looked at in the gift shop that day, and put it up on the wall somewhere in our lovely home. I love you so much, Nathan, and being married to you is my delight!”
Nathan took her in his arms and declared, “And I love you more and more each day, my incredible wife!”
Some families on the ranch and farm experienced the loss of one or more girls or boys, whose birth parents told the social workers they had reformed and would like to have a second chance parenting their children.
For some of the children this worked well. They were even able to tell the Good News to their parents or talk them into coming to the church. These parents also became believers.
Those foster families felt and grieved the loss, but also rejoiced at the reconciliation and restoration of those families. New children were assigned to those foster families and the remaining children were able to help the new ones adjust and learn what they had learned in their families.
But for one child it was the repeat of a nightmare, so he ran away and managed to get a ride back to the farm and his foster parents. Of course they had to tell the social worker who immediately came to visit. After hearing the boy’s experience, he was allowed to stay on the farm in his former family. So it worked out perfectly for him since a new boy hadn’t yet been assigned to them.
Greg brought his family from the farm to the ranch on a Saturday morning for a horseback ride. Greg, Oralie, and Cory had had one riding lesson during their two weeks of getting settled, so they started out in the outdoor riding ring getting reacquainted with the skills they had learned.
But when Cory’s brothers went for their first horseback ride, they had help from seasoned riders. William and Anna Beckett and their four boys all helped Max and Levi who were the youngest and most afraid. Max was on Honey, and Levi was on Rusty. After doing the same exercises that Vera had Ellie do, the boys held onto the saddle as Evan and Sam led the horses. William and Gary walked on either side of Max just in case he lost his balance. Anna and Carlos walked on either side of Levi for the same reason.
Jason and Ruth had come with their parents William and Anna, so they walked and led Kevin and Jack who were on Boots and Socks. Those two boys rode satisfactorily and soon Jason and Ruth mounted the pintos, Patches and Spots, to continue leading the boys from their horses. They rode up and down the road for a while and then went inside the riding ring.
In a short time Max and Levi had relaxed enough that William and Anna could lead Max and Levi from their horses. Their four boys mounted their horses and joined the others in the ring. Toward the end of the ride the four little boys were taught how to use the reins gently to guide the horses. All the boys enjoyed their first ride and were looking forward to their next ride in two weeks.
For that ride, Greg and Oralie and their five boys rode well by themselves in the riding ring. The Beckett family rode up and down the road for a while to observe and help if needed. But soon they realized their help wouldn’t be needed, so they continued their ride on the other side of Mercy Stream.
By their third ride, Cory and his family could all ride well enough to go exploring on the other side of the stream also. Horseback riding became one of their favorite activities on the weeks they got to go to the ranch.
On the way home from church one Sunday, Vern Jones mentioned, “It seems strange to drive past the houses of some of our friends and realize they don’t live there any longer but they still attend the same church as we do.”
Mindy asked, “Do you mean like Jeff and Karen Spencer?”
Vern responded, “Yes, they had lived in that house ever since they first moved to Pine City, but they sold it so they could move to the ranch and be foster parents to four girls!”
“I admire them and the others who went to the ranch or the farm to raise foster children,” said Lora. “I wonder how all of them are doing. Let’s pray for them when we get home.”
They went into the living room and Vern started the prayer time with, “Father in heaven, I’m glad you know the names of all the couples and their new foster children. Please be with them as they adjust to their new lifestyles and families.”
Lora added, “Yes, and please give the parents the wisdom they will need to help these abused children be able to forgive the parents who treated them so badly.”
Mindy continued, “Help the children to not be afraid in their new situations. I remember how hard it was for Candy, but thank you that you saved her and she’s doing so well now.”
Vern prayed, “Yes, please provide friends in school for the ones who need them. Have them be as good as Mindy was to Candy during and after her transition.”
Lora requested, “Lord, please help us remember to continue praying for these people, and guide us in our prayers for them.”
Vern closed with, “I agree. Bless them and give them peace.”
Cory was sharing with Kippy, the koala puppet, at school one afternoon, “I have four new brothers and we’re living at Mercy Valley Farm.”
Mrs. Blake using her Kippy voice had him say with surprise, “Wow! How did that happen?”
Cory responded, “My parents and I discussed it and agreed to sell our house in Pine City and move to a house big enough for us and four foster boys. Max is in kindergarten, his brother Levi is in first grade and Kevin and Jack are both in second grade.”
“And you’re in third grade,” Kippy mentioned. “You have a very big family now.”
‘Yes, and they go to this school now also, so maybe some year you’ll get to meet one of them,” Cory suggested.
Kippy nodded, “I’d like that.”
Cory continued, “The other day, something wonderful happened for my family and another one on the farm.” He went on to describe the miracle of the boy in the wheelchair being healed and then how all the boys in his family and Cory’s also, all asked Jesus to be their Savior. “Now we’re all brothers in God’s big family, and I’m so happy God was able to use me and my parents in the healing miracle and eight miracles of salvation! Then when he went to school and told them the Good News, his teacher and most of his classmates also believed in Jesus. God is so good and powerful and able to do miracles!”
Kippy responded, “Yes he is and I’m glad to hear you giving him the credit because all the glory belongs to him.”
One day during lunch at school Candy asked, “Mindy, would you and your parents like to come to the ranch some Sunday morning and go horseback riding with my family? I already checked with my wonderful foster parents and they said it would be fine with them and the ranch. Other people come from the city to ride with their friends.”
“Wow!” responded Mindy. “Yes! I’d really like to do that. I’ll have to ask if they’d like to. I don’t even know if they have ever ridden a horse before. I haven’t.”
Candy responded, “It’s not very hard. If I can do it, you and they can too. The horses are all very gentle and well trained and you don’t even have to ride ones that’ll bounce you up and down. They even have some small ones you could ride since you’re so slender, if you’re afraid of the larger ones.”
Mindy stated, “It sounds ideal. Thank you for asking me. I’ll let you know tomorrow after I talk to Dad and my new mom.”
Of course they agreed and it was the beginning of an almost weekly outing for Vern, Lora, and Mindy. They all decided it was truly a special way to spend part of Sunday morning in God’s delightful creation riding some of his special creatures with Mindy’s friend and family who quickly became their friends too.
Candy’s parents, Ian and Yolanda Hopkins, had learned how to post on a trotting horse during the first two weeks on the ranch and they decided to teach Mindy and her parents later so they would be able to go horseback riding in other places if they desired to ride, but couldn’t find horses with smooth gaits.
On the farm William was teaching about patience and how it contrasts with temper and anger. “Let’s read Proverbs 14:29 together, He that is slow to get angry has great understanding, but he that is hasty exalts folly.” Now find and read Proverbs 19:11, The discretion of a man defers his anger, and it is to his glory to overlook an offense.”
Hugo asked, “What is discretion?”
“Since the dictionary isn’t here today,” answered William, “I’ll tell you that I think it means carefulness or caution.”
Luis said, “So a careful or cautious person postpones his anger.”
“Yes,” William agreed, “Besides, many times when we delay our anger, it goes away without hurting anyone, which is what the rest of that verse indicates.”
Jose questioned, “So is it better to not show anger, but instead ignore the offense or wrong done to us?”
“Most of the time it is,” responded William. “If we can be slow to get angry or postpone it, we can think more clearly. Then if we need to talk to the person about the offense, like if it keeps happening, then we can get advice from our parents or a counselor who can help us know the best way to confront the person. On the other hand it might be best to not confront. There are times when might be better to not associate with that person any longer instead.”
Pedro shared, “In a case like that it would be best if that person never saw your anger. Some people just like to do things in order to see someone get angry.”
“That’s a great point, Pedro, and it leads right into our next set of verses. Listen as I read Colossians 1:9b-12, We pray that you may be filled with the knowledge of God’s will in all wisdom and spiritual understanding, that you may walk worthy of the Lord, pleasing him and being fruitful in every good work and increasing in the knowledge of God, strengthened with all might according to his glorious power, unto all patience and endurance and joyfulness, giving thanks unto the Father who has made us able to be partakers of the inheritance of the saints in light.”
“Those verses are amazing!” exclaimed Luis. “Who prayed that prayer?”
William replied, “Yes they are! Paul, the apostle who wrote this letter, prayed it for the believers in the church in Colosse. Read the verses again to yourselves and see how it might help you to have patience instead of anger.”
When they finished Jose shared, “Since I accepted Jesus, his Spirit is in my heart. We learned earlier that in Jesus are all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge, so when his Spirit is in us we have access to those treasures and he can help us.”
Luis continued, “The rest of the verses say if we have wisdom and knowledge we can be pleasing to God.”
“Plus,” exclaimed Pedro, “God will strengthen us with his power, resulting in patience!”
Then Hugo admitted, “I don’t know why I’ve waited so long to accept Jesus like you did, Jose. I’ve seen how much he’s helped you because you’re my roommate. Will you please help me pray the way you did that day?”
“I'd be very glad to, said a joy filled Jose. You don’t have to use the exact words I said, but what I prayed was: Jesus, I realize I'm a sinner and I’m sorry for my sins. Please forgive me for sinning. Please be my Savior. Thank you for loving me enough to die and pay the penalty for my sins. Help me to change the way I live so I can live for you instead. Amen.”
So Hugo bowed his head and prayed something very similar, but in his own words. When he opened his eyes he smiled the happiest, joy filled smile in his whole life, and exclaimed, “Thank you, Jesus for being my Savior!”
Pedro, Luis, and all the other boys in that age group took turns praying their version of the prayer and by the end of the class time, there were eleven new believers! The angels in heaven and Jose and William had a wonderful time rejoicing.
William closed the meeting by reading the Colossians verses again and saying, “Now that all of you are believers, Jesus will answer that prayer for your lives, like he has been doing for Jose.”
Then he found the song, “It Is No Secret (What God Can Do), sung by Jim Reeves on the web and played it, while the boys followed along with the words on the monitor. They were nodding and smiling, and even sang along with the ending.
Hugo exclaimed, “This song is so true! God just did for us boys what he had already done for Jose!”
“That’s for sure!” agreed Luis.
And Pedro added, “Exactly! Thank you William for teaching us about the Bible and God and Jesus!”
The rest of them agreed as they left the room so the next group could come in for a lesson.
In Pine City, all through the second time Fiona was expecting, she felt good and energetic. So she planned two days a week to do sewing projects for Johnny and for the new baby. She wanted to spend separate time with her mother, Glenda, and also with Betty, who was kind of like a mother-in-law, since she and Walt were like a mom and dad to Matt. Therefore she asked Glenda to plan to come help care for Johnny and sew while he napped on Tuesdays and then the same for Betty on Thursdays.
When Glenda came one Tuesday, Fiona asked, “Mom, would you help me go through Johnny’s clothes, blankets, etc, and see what can be used again and what needs to be replaced?”
She replied, “Of course, let’s do it right now while he’s still asleep for his morning nap. If we don’t talk, or drop something noisy in his room, he will stay asleep.”
You’re right, Mom,” agreed Fiona. “I'm glad he’s such a good sleeper.”
They made piles of things that needed to be replaced, and put the rest away. Then they carried the piles into the sewing room, where they made lists of new things that needed to be made for the new baby and another list for Johnny since he had out grown many of his clothes. Needless to say, they kept the usable things Johnny had grown out of so the new baby could use them.
When they returned to the living room, Glenda suggested, “How would it be, if Betty and I go shopping tomorrow and buy the material needed to sew all the things on these lists?”
Fiona exclaimed, “I like your idea! It would be so much better than if I’d have to take Johnny with me to the store. You both already know the kind of material I prefer for these things. I’ll send some cash with you to pay for the material and notions. Then Betty and I can start sewing on some of them on Thursday and you and I can continue on Tuesday next week.”
“Excellent,” agreed Glenda. “I enjoy shopping for baby things and material. Betty and I are becoming good friends, so this should be extra fun. Let’s make another list of ready-made things you need for the new baby so we can enjoy shopping for those also tomorrow.”
“You’re full of good ideas, Mom,” said Fiona as she hugged her.
Glenda responded, “Thank you, Fiona. Is there anything I can do to help you with the two missionary couples who are staying in the extra bedrooms?”
“As a matter of fact,” Fiona replied, “there are two loads of laundry that need to be done, but I can do them tomorrow.”
Just then they heard Johnny waking up. Glenda quickly stated, “I’ll go get one load started while you change Johnny and feed him.”
Fiona spoke as she got up to go, “Thank you, Mom.”
They enjoyed the rest of the day taking turns with the laundry and sewing on a pair of new pants for Johnny and caring for him.
The same week when Betty came on Thursday, she brought a shopping bag full of material for the new baby and Johnny.
“Oh, Betty, these are all just right!” Fiona exclaimed. “I notice lots of yellows and greens for the new baby since Matt and I like suspense and won’t let the doctor tell us whether it’ll be a boy or girl. And there’s a lot of blue and some brown and tan for Johnny. What shall we start with today?”
Betty replied. “Let’s make Johnny a new blue shirt. Glenda and I had so much fun shopping yesterday. I’m glad she had such a good idea for us to do.”
“And I’m glad you liked it,” Fiona commented. “Here are some shirt patterns. Choose one you like. We might get it cut out before he wakes up from his morning nap.”
Betty looked through the patterns and said, “I like this one.”
“I like it too,” Fiona said. “Let’s remember to make it bigger since he’s growing like a weed.”
They did get it cut out before he woke up, and Betty started to pin and sew a little of it while Fiona changed and fed Johnny. Then Fiona continued sewing while Betty took care of Johnny. They cut out a little green jumpsuit for the new baby during Johnny’s second nap. It was a fun, productive day.
On Tuesday Glenda arrived with another shopping bag full of the ready made-items from the list. Fiona was thrilled, and she and her mom got them all put away while Johnny was sleeping. Then they took turns sewing on the new baby’s jumpsuit.
One day at the ranch Emma yelled, “Look at that yellow airplane! It’s flying so low. Oh no! It’s going to crash!” then she hid her eyes.
Vera comforted, “Don’t worry, Emma, it's a crop duster, spraying that field down the valley. Look, he’s coming up now at the other end. He will circle around and fly back this direction as he continues spraying.”
“Wow!” said Stella. “It looks like fun! Maybe I’ll be a pilot who dusts crops when I grow up.”
Nan stated, “It looks dangerous to me. One wrong move and he’d be dead.”
Liz agreed, “You’re right. If it were me, I’d pick a safer job. But he’s really good at it.”
Vera said, “Yes, I imagine he has been doing this for years. But before this he had to have a lot of training and practice. They even have helicopters to use on very small fields.”
Stella asked, “Are they yellow too?”
Vera answered, “Yes, and they scare the animals more than the planes do.”
“Oh, look!” exclaimed Nan. “There’s a yellow truck moving along this end of the field where the airplane’s flying. What is it doing?”
“Do you see the white flag above the truck?” Vera asked.
Nan answered, “Yes, and I see the airplane’s flying toward the truck. Now the truck’s moving out of the way before the plane gets to it.”
“Do any of you have an idea about why the truck is there?” questioned Vera.
They thought about it while they watched, and then Stella guessed, “Is the truck showing the plane where to go?”
Vera responded, “Good thinking, you figured it out. The trucks that guide the planes need to be yellow so the pilot won’t get confused by other trucks in the area.”
Emma inquired, “What is the pilot spraying?”
“Probably fertilizer to help the crop grow combined with pesticides to kill pests like insects and weeds,” answered Vera.
Nan asked, “Will they ever come to spray the hay field here?”
“No, we don’t need them to come here because the way we water our fields helps to fertilize them and Nathan takes care of pulling or spraying just the poisonous weeds like milkweed or the foxtail that would hurt the horses if they ate them,” Vera responded.
Liz mentioned, “I like to watch how the wind blows the spray into a curl like a wave on the ocean. It’s really pretty.”
Vera agreed. “I think so too. I guess I better tell you the up to date term for the process. It’s called ‘aerial application.’ The other term I used is old-fashioned, and I guess I am too, but I like it better this way.
Stella exclaimed, “I think you’re wonderful! You know so many things and explain them so well. I’m glad I get to have you for my new mom!” The others nodded and agreed.
Vera felt great! “Thank you, girls. I’m overjoyed that I get to have all of you as my new daughters. So is Oscar. We make a wonderful family.”
In Pine City Ruth, Maria, and Pam were walking in the park one evening after supper. The other member of their four by four group wasn’t able to join them this day.
Pam mentioned, “Here’s the beauty of having a four member group. If one person can’t come, the other three can still go ahead as planned.”
Maria agreed, “I’m so glad I got to join your group. Even Ted Blake would agree that it’s all right for us to go with just three women. He was always so worried. His wife, Julie and I had planned to walk together for exercise and visiting, but he followed along behind us so he could be sure we’d be safe.”
Ruth went on to say, “It was nice of him, though, to be so thoughtful and caring.”
Maria tacked on, “I agree, Julie found a real gem for a husband. She calls him her treasure. As we know there aren’t many like that around.”
“For sure!” exclaimed Pam, “and that’s one of the reasons I decided to stay single. I definitely enjoy living in my little walkout basement apartment without another human being to please. Knowing I can please my Lord is all I need in order to feel content.”
“My feelings, exactly,” Maria remarked.
Ruth added, “Yes, it’s fabulous to be in the center of God’s will.”
Just then they noticed a group of people who had just finished a picnic supper and one couple was trying to help their boy who was about seven years old, go over to the swings. He had braces on both legs and sometimes had trouble with his crutches.
Pam suggested, “Let’s go over there and see if we can build rapport with them so we can offer to pray for him.”
Ruth and Maria agreed, and they joined the three at the swings. When they got close, they could hear all of them speaking Spanish. Since they knew Pam didn’t know Spanish, they asked her to pray for them as they conversed with the three. Of course she was glad to pray, and stayed at a distance.
Ruth and Maria were good at working together. So they introduced themselves and carried on a lengthy Spanish conversation with the parents and the boy. Before long the three had relaxed and were willing to share what the problem was for the boy.
As soon as they felt they had the confidence of the parents, Ruth asked them if they’d like to have Maria and herself pray for Jesus to heal the boy’s legs. The parents were surprised and pleased that someone would even care enough and take their time to offer to pray, so they agreed.
Maria convinced them to take the braces off so the boy could walk on his own when Jesus healed him. This took tremendous faith on the part of each person involved. Then Ruth and Maria placed their hands on the boy’s legs and asked the Great Physician, Jesus, to heal and make the legs whole. As soon as Ruth commanded the legs, in Jesus name, to be whole and able to walk and run, they could feel Jesus power flowing through their hands to the legs. When the boy felt it he jumped up and started walking and running around.
The rest of the picnic group, who had been watching from a distance, immediately ran over to find out what had happened. The couple explained it to them and then they all listened to Ruth and Maria as they told everyone the Good News about Jesus. They stressed how Jesus had healed the boy so they could see his great love for the boy, and then each one could believe in him individually as his or her own personal Savior.
Every single one of them did it right then and there. Maria gave each family a booklet and card in Spanish. There were about twenty new believers who would begin attending the Spanish services of Faith ‘n’ Grace Church. They could get into a new believers group and also be encouraged to learn English at the evening classes available at the church.
When his parents took him to school the next day, his teacher and classmates were all amazed. When they heard the whole story and the Good News, they all became believers also. Ruth, Maria and Pam were so grateful to have been used as Jesus hands to heal and then tell the Good News!
On one of their couple’s times while Mindy took care of the children, Don mentioned to Anita, “Honey, I miss having some of the people who moved to the ranch be close enough to come over for a quick visit.”
Anita replied, “I understand what you mean, Dear, like when Ted and Julie Blake first moved here, we had them come over for several question and answer sessions.”
“Yes,” Don agreed. “I’m glad they’re still in our church anyway, and it’s a pleasure to see how they have grown in the Lord. Plus they’re parenting those four little girls nicely.”
Anita added, “I was surprised that they’d volunteer because they had never mentioned wanting a big family.”
“I was too,” he agreed, “but they’re good parents. The way those girls have settled in and respond to them proves it.”
She shared, “Julie told me this works better than adopting an infant would have for them. This way she can continue teaching in the church school. I’ve heard from several sources about what a good teacher she is.”
He exclaimed, “Yes! It was a brilliant plan that works well for them and the school and those four girls.”
“Another couple who surprised me is Jeff and Karen Spencer,” observed Anita. “They said many times they didn’t want to bring any more children into this messed up world, but they jumped at the chance to help some who were already here.”
Don concurred, “And they’re doing a great job of it. They’ll love their girls right into the kingdom of God. Besides that, Karen gets to teach small groups of the girls on the ranch about the Bible and the Good News, and she’s very effective.”
Anita agreed, “Indeed, it’s a big advantage for the ranch to have them living there.”
“Without a doubt,” he agreed and then observed, “I really wasn't too surprised about Cory’s family. Greg Iverson told me how enthusiastic Cory was, about the chance to have some brothers and all the ways they could help them.”
“Oralie told me the same thing,” Anita mentioned.
Don prayed, “Father in heaven thank you so much for giving Oscar and Vera Yardley the idea for Mercy Valley Ranch and Farm, places where abused girls and boys can be in loving, caring homes, learn about Jesus, accept him as their Savior, and he can restore them.”
Anita added, “”Yes, and thank you for the couples who are already doing so well with the children you placed in their homes. Please continue to give them wisdom, patience and love.”
He concluded, “And bless them with the knowledge that they’re doing a valuable job in your kingdom. Give them your joy as they continue. We pray in Jesus name. Amen.”
William was teaching the newly believing boys on the farm about honesty and truthfulness as opposed to lying and dishonesty. First he read Proverbs 12:19,22, “The lips of truth shall be established forever, but a lying tongue is but for a moment. Lying lips are an abomination to the LORD, but those who deal truly are his delight. These verses mean he hates lying but delights in the truth.”
Hugo stated, “Thank you for explaining those verses to us.”
“You’re welcome,” William replied. “What do you think this verse means? Ephesians 4:25, Put away lying, speak every man truth with his neighbor, for we are members one of another.”
Pedro thought, “Since we are now believers we all belong to God’s family and we should be truthful.”
“Exactly,” William commended him. “Accuracy fits in this same category. Read Proverbs 11:1 with me, A false balance is an abomination to the LORD, but a just weight is his delight.”
Jose shared, “We need to be accurate in our homework and in what we say in class so we’ll be truthful.”
“Absolutely, Jose,” said William. “There are many wise sayings in Proverbs. For our next Bible Study lesson, please read Proverbs 22 and 23 and find one or more wise sayings you like and that’ll help you as you live your life for Jesus. Be ready to tell why you like it or how it’ll help you.”
Luis observed, “This should be interesting.”
At the next meeting these are the verses from Proverbs 22 and 23 chosen by the group members.
One boy said, “I chose Proverbs 22:1, A good name is to be chosen rather than great riches, and loving favor rather than silver and gold. It tells about things that are more valuable than money. It’ll help me build a good reputation.”
Luis shared, “I liked many verses, but this is my favorite. Proverbs 22:17: Listen and hear the words of the wise and apply your heart to knowledge. I like it because it’ll remind me to listen to wise people like my new dad and you and Pastor Don.”
Pedro stated, “I chose Proverbs 22:24,25a, Do not make a friendship with an angry man, and don’t go with a furious man, lest you learn his ways. It’ll help me choose friends wisely.”
Another boy continued, “I like my summary of Proverbs 22:26,27. ‘Don’t say you will pay somebody’s loan because you might lose all you have.’ These verses will help me so I won’t have to learn this the hard way.”
Jose declared, “I chose Proverbs 23:12, Apply your heart to instruction and your ears to the words of knowledge. I like it because I enjoy learning and if someone makes fun of me for being a bookworm, I’ll just smile and repeat this verse in my mind or out loud if it’s an appropriate time and place.”
Hugo continued with “I made this summary of Proverbs 23:20,21, Don’t join with wine drinkers or drunkards or gluttons or you shall come to poverty like they do. I like these verses because if someone invites me to drink alcohol, I’ll just say ‘No thank you,’ and walk away repeating these verses to myself.”
Several of the other boys in the group had chosen some of the same verses. Two others had lame excuses for not doing their homework. The last one admitted, “I looked ahead into chapter 24 and chose verse 13 because I like honey and I can use this verse to ask for more honey at home. My son, eat honey, because it is good, and the honeycomb, which is sweet to your taste. But I also have to add verse 14, because I know my new parents know it, plus it’s a good verse for you, Jose. So shall the knowledge of wisdom be for your soul. When you have found it, then there shall be a reward, and your expectation shall not be cut off.”
At the ranch Nathan and Esther’s girls were listening to a good story read by both of their parents who were taking turns reading what the boy and the girl in the story said. In between, they’d read the narrative parts of the story in a different sounding voice.
When they finished the story Val said, “I liked this story as much as if I could see a movie of the book.”
“Yes,” Holly agreed, “and I could imagine what the boy and girl looked like because of how they sounded.”
Lucia observed, “I didn’t need pictures to look at because when you described the scenery, I could ‘see’ it in my mind.”
Willow added, “Both of you are very good readers and use excellent expression, as my teacher would say, so it was very fun to listen. Thank you for reading to us!” The others nodded.
“You’re welcome, and thank you for the compliments,” Nathan responded.
Esther added, “We’re glad you enjoyed it. We enjoyed doing it too. I’m so glad we don’t have a TV because TV’s help so many people waste their time.
“I agree,” continued, Holly. “I missed it at first, but we truly have more fun without one.”
Lucia tacked on, “My teacher said that watching too much TV makes our brains get lazy.”
“I don’t want a lazy brain!” exclaimed Val, “so I’m also glad we don’t have a TV.
Willow stated, “We have a wonderful family.”
“Yes we surely do!” exclaimed Nathan. “And it’s even better that we all belong to God’s forever family too.”
Then they all sang together, “The Family of God.”
After the girls were asleep for the night, Nathan and Esther went out on the porch as they often did to gaze at the stars and reaffirm their love for each other.
Nathan murmured, “Esther, my love, I’m so glad I was finally able to find you and that you agreed to let Felix and me carry out our project to let you choose the man who’d be the best husband for you.”
“Dearest Nathan!” she emphasized quietly, “I’m incredibly happy that you persevered until you found me, and I didn’t end up having to choose one of you because it would have hurt the other one. Instead, God chose, and you are definitely the perfect husband for me!”
He responded, “Thank you, Darling. I’m extremely grateful God chose me to be your husband. The more I get to know about you the more I fall in love with you!”
“The same happens for me, Honey,” stated Esther. “Just like this evening reading to the girls, your idea to read it to them like a play worked superbly. I could tell they really enjoyed it. I’m glad we’re parents and that we’re a married couple who is very much in love with each other!”
“Indeed we are!” he agreed as he kissed and caressed her.
In Pine City Ernest and Connie Clay and their family arrived home from church and decided to relax for a while.
After they were seated and comfortable in the living room, Connie asked, “How are all of you doing?”
Ernest answered, “I’m doing great. I really enjoyed the church service today. We sang some of my favorite psalms, hymns and spiritual songs today, and the teaching was outstanding as usual. I have to admit though that it still seems strange to be to going church on Saturday instead of Sunday.
Ben observed, “Yes it does, but our service time at Church #4 would have moved to Saturday in a couple years anyway, since we rotate through the service times every April.”
Amelia commented, “True, we just changed early. I’m glad the new church building is just like the other one. I still know right where everything is.”
“And I’m really glad your youth group and our adult group all moved with us to the new church,” added Connie. “But I’ll have to admit that I miss our other friends in Church #4.”
Ernest inquired, “What shall we do about it?”
Connie replied, “Let’s ask a family over for a meal sometime soon.” After they nodded she asked, “What day would work well for all of us?”
Earnest answered, “Today, tomorrow, or any evening next week would work for me.”
Ben and Amelia agreed it would be almost the same for them, except for today. They had planned to go visit Matt and Fiona.
Connie thanked them. “Okay then, which family shall we invite? It probably shouldn’t be one of the families who moved to the farm or the ranch to be foster parents. They might not be settled into their new lives yet.”
Ernest agreed, “You’re right, my love.” Then he suggested, “We could ask Vern, Lora and Mindy Jones.”
“I’d like to see them,” remarked Amelia. “I’m glad they invited all the people who had moved to the late Saturday service last year to their wedding last September, because I really enjoyed it. And I’m truly glad Mindy now has a mother.”
Everyone nodded and Connie inquired, “Ernest would you please call and invite them at a time that would be good for them since we have so many times available to us?”
He smiled, nodded and got up to go call them. When he returned, he informed them, “They’ll be coming tomorrow for lunch and Lora will bring dessert.”
“Thank you, Honey! I look forward to seeing them. Amelia, let’s go to the kitchen and plan what we’ll cook,” said Connie.
At the ranch Oscar and Vera were watching from their front yard as Nathan and his family were leaving for a horseback ride.
Vera exclaimed, “Look! Nathan and Esther are riding the palomino Tennessee Walking Horses, Blaze and Star, which look like twins, and their twins, Holly and Willow, are riding Boots and Socks, and they also look like twins.”
Oscar laughed loudly and mentioned, “Yes, and then there are the other two girls. Lucia is on Princess. She is as black as night and is the tallest of the small horses, and Val is on Honey, one of the prettiest of the horses, and the smallest horse on our ranch.”
“Indeed. I should have had my camera out here so I could get a picture of them and their grand procession,” Vera realized.
“You could go get it now,” suggested Oscar. Then you can be ready when the riders return. I’ll keep an eye on our girls while they play catch with each other.”
Vera replied, “Thank you, Dear, I like your idea. That way I’ll get the heads instead of the tails of the horses. I’ll be right back.”
When she got back, she hugged Oscar, put the camera in a safe, shady spot, and then she and Oscar joined the girls. Time went swiftly and soon she excused herself to take some pictures of the returning horseback riders and then of the girls and Oscar.
Vera was saving memories to share later with her beloved husband and their girls, who were becoming a family. They both enjoyed being parents again and watching the other families with their girls, especially when they were riding horses.
During another lunchtime together at the school Julie asked, “Pam, I’m wondering if you still like your apartment in the basement of that house?”
Pam replied, “I love it! I can’t think of a better place for me to live. It’s really home for me, and I like it so much better than my old apartment. It’s just the right size for a single person and the people who live upstairs are super nice to me. Last winter when it snowed they invited me to ride with them to church.”
“I’m glad it’s working well for you,” Julie said.
Pam inquired, “How’s it going for you at the ranch?”
“It’s excellent. I like living in a house so much better than in an apartment. Our girls are adorable and they’ve adapted nicely to their new home.” She filled Pam in on their background. “It has been interesting getting to know their personalities, and Ted has enjoyed being able to see them interact with the other kindergarten children and their teachers when he volunteers.”
“What will you do when all four of them are in third grade?”
Julie responded, “Maybe I’ll ask Beth if we can suspend our rule of no siblings in the same classroom, because it wouldn’t be fair for one of them to have her mommy be her teacher at school.”
Pam suggested, “Could you switch grade levels for that year?”
Julie exclaimed, “I like your suggestion! It would be just right. Even though it’s two and a half years away, I think I might talk to Beth soon and see if it could be done. Thank you, Pam.”
She replied, “You’re welcome. It's time for our classes to come back inside. Have a good afternoon.”
Julie waved as she went to the door. “You do the same!”
Ruth and Maria continued using time during lunch on Mondays and Fridays to talk about various things or plan how to reach their co-workers with the Good News.
Maria mentioned, “I'm glad our present plan to take our co-workers to lunch is working, even though the results are slow.”
Ruth agreed, “Yes, it’s still a good idea. The first two converts are still working with us, and so far each pair of us has rejoiced to have another coworker accept Jesus.”
“You’re right,” responded Maria. “So if we keep it up, maybe all the others will eventually become believers also.”
Ruth nodded. “We’ll keep praying for that outcome. How’s the rest of your life, Maria?”
“It's terrific!” she exclaimed. “I'm so glad I decided to remain single. I was disappointed when Ted and Julie moved to the ranch and I was no longer part of their small group, but I really like being in the same one you’re in. And I like our four by four ministry group.”
Ruth responded, “I’m glad, because I like having you in both of them. It’s another example of how God works things for our good.”
“Yes,” Maria agreed, “and he also worked it out so I get to see how the plan for the ranch is working, plus I get to continue my friendships with Julie and Esther. Furthermore, I enjoy doing things with both of their girls. It’s really like another ministry for me to do for Jesus.”
Ruth shared, “That’s wonderful, and it’s the same for me, plus I get to go every weekend either to the farm or the ranch and therefore, I get to go horseback riding almost every Saturday or Sunday. I’m getting acquainted with my four ‘little brothers’ at the farm, and I have four ‘nieces’ at the ranch.”
“I’m glad for you, Ruth,” remarked Maria. “I’m more busy, enriched, and fulfilled now, than when I was wishing for a husband or that Ted and Julie would stay in town.”
“Indeed, it’s great when we can accept God’s will.” Then Ruth mentioned, “Jason feels the same way we do, since he decided to stay single. Now he goes to the farm to do things with his ‘little brothers’ every Saturday.”
Maria responded, “I’m glad. Thank you, Jesus for working out all the things in our lives according to your will instead of what we thought we wanted in our lives. Your way is so much better!”
Chapter 15
Proverbs 3:3, Keep mercy and truth with you. Bind them to you and write them in your heart.
William did a Bible Study about mercy especially for the boys who were twelve years old on the farm, since the ones who were ten and eleven had already accepted Jesus. They already had a different lesson on another day for new believers.
“All of you boys know that this is Mercy Valley Truck Farm. It’s called that for at least two reasons. First, it’s in the valley containing Mercy Stream, and second, it reminds us of God’s mercy. Find and read with me James 5:11b, The Lord is very compassionate and of tender mercy. Someone look up the first term and tell us what it means.”
One boy did and responded, “Compassionate means to feel or show sympathy and concern. A few synonyms are: caring, loving, understanding, and kind.”
“Thank you, said William. “In the Greek language of the New Testament, it means to suffer together and do something to relieve the other person’s suffering. Now hand the dictionary to the boy next to you so he can look up mercy.”
The other boy said, “Mercy is a noun and means forgiveness is given instead of punishment. It has synonyms like leniency, grace, compassion and pity.”
“Yes,” agreed William. “So mercy is what makes it possible for God to give us forgiveness even though we don’t deserve it. Find Micah 7:18 and read aloud with me. Who is a God like you, who pardons iniquity … and does not remain angry forever because he delights in mercy.”
A boy mentioned, “I’ve heard awful stories about gods in ancient times having no mercy and doing horrid things.”
“Exactly,” William concurred, “and that’s why this verse is so meaningful to us today. But God’s compassion and mercy aren’t automatic. We have to do our part.”
Another boy asked, “What’s our part?”
William responded, “The next two verses we’ll read together have the answer. Proverbs 28:13, He who covers up his sins shall not prosper, but whoever confesses and forsakes them shall have mercy. And Isaiah 55:7, Let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts. Let him return to the LORD, and he will have mercy on him, and to our God, for he will abundantly pardon. Do you see the answer?”
The boy replied, “Yes, it’s just like you have told us before. We need to confess that we sin, be willing to not do those sins, and ask God to have mercy on us and forgive us.”
“You’re completely right,” responded William. “Both of those verses are from the Old Testament. Who remembers what God did in the New Testament to pay the penalty for all sins and be able to forgive all who do what?”
A different boy answered, “God sent his Son, Jesus who lived a perfect life and willingly died to pay the penalty, and what each person can do is to believe in Jesus, confess his sins, and ask Jesus to be his Savior.”
“I understand now!” exclaimed the other boy. “I'll do it right now!” He bowed his head, closed his eyes and sincerely prayed the sinners’ prayer including things he had just learned.
Each one of the other seven boys in the group took turns praying their own prayer and asked Jesus to be their Savior, followed by a time of thanksgiving and praise.
Karen did the same lesson for the girls who were eleven and twelve years old on the ranch. All eight of them were also saved!
Tony, Aneko, and Yoshi became friends since they were in a three by three ministry team in Pine City. Tony had told them that he’d continue his other ministry with the Spanish man he partners with to tell children in the parks stories of Jesus. So one Sunday morning, Aneko and Yoshi came to watch Tony and his partner.
Afterward Yoshi remarked, “I enjoyed listening to both of you tremendously even though I didn’t understand a word the Spanish man said.”
Aneko added, “Both of you use extremely good expression and I could see all the children listening with rapt attention.”
“Yes,” agreed Yoshi, “and I think God has gifted both of you with the ability to reach these little children with the Good News.
Aneko went on, “I’m really glad we got to see you both in action today.”
“I could see the parents listening attentively, also,” said Yoshi.
Tony smiled and responded humbly, “Thank you both for the compliments, and I thank God for his help, and that he led me to help this man in his ministry.”
During the early summer on the farm some of the crops they had planted grew quickly and were ready to harvest. The adults and boys learned how to pick the leaf lettuce that was ready for market and leave the others for another day.
Cory and his brothers were helping to thin the onions now. Max got to pull every other one carefully and see how it had grown, then place it in a box with others to be sent to grocery markets where they’d be sold as green onions.
Max observed, “These onions have grown a lot since I pulled some and we replanted them, haven’t they, Cory?”
“Yes they have,” Cory responded, “It’s fun to see how things grow and change. We’re growing and changing too. We’re just much slower than these plants are.”
Max agreed, “Yeah, we’re so slow that I never think about it.”
Another day the adults were picking ripe strawberries and placing them in small containers so they could be sold. None of the boys were allowed to help. The temptation to eat as many as would be picked would be too great, since they hadn’t developed good self-control yet.
When the men and boys weren’t busy outside in the fields, they helped the ladies in the building where they prepared and boxed up the produce for transport to the markets.
Radishes were a fun crop to harvest. Levi said, “Look, Max, these radishes are a different color and shape than the ones we pulled yesterday.”
Max agreed, “Yes, they’re completely white today, and they’re long instead of round and red.”
Jack mentioned, “I liked the ones we pulled the day before that. They were round red ones with white tips.”
Kevin said, “I wonder if we’ll get to pull some light purple ones like I saw in the store once.”
Cory enjoyed listening to them and added, “I like those long red ones with the white tips.”
Besides harvesting, the weeding and other chores were continual. One chore the boys liked, was finding and picking the caterpillars off the tomato plants. The large green tomato hornworm is easy to find and since most boys like creepy crawlers, it was no problem for them. Each two boys would have a bucket of water between them where they’d drop each caterpillar they found. This way they didn’t have to use spray to kill them.
In Pine City Roy and Sherry were watching Hope and Joy as they played in the wading pool after supper on Monday.
Sherry commented as she looked at her notebook and Bible, “The songs and teaching time at church yesterday were extra special.”
“I agree,” stated Roy “God’s mercy and love are so amazing!”
Sherry went on, “I memorized the verse in James 3:17, a long time ago and he started the teaching time with it. The wisdom that is from above is pure, peaceable, gentle, and easy to be entreated, full of mercy and good fruit, without partiality and without hypocrisy.”
Roy added, “Yes, it’s an outstanding verse including many of God’s virtues. I liked the way he used it to introduce the topic of God’s mercy on the Gentiles, as it says in 1 Peter 2:10, In time past you were not a people, but now are the people of God, … who have obtained mercy.”
“Right,” Sherry agreed, “and then he highlighted God’s mercy some more in the next summary of verses, Romans 11:30-33, In past times we did not believe God, but have now obtained mercy through Israel's unbelief. They will again obtain mercy so that God will have mercy on all. O the depths of the riches of the wisdom and knowledge of God! How unsearchable his judgments and his ways are.”
Then Roy continued, “Indeed, and next he used those verses as a lead in for Hebrews 4:16, Let us therefore come boldly to the throne of grace so we may obtain mercy and find grace to help in time of need.”
Sherry observed, “Then he brought it all together with the verses in Jude 1:2,20,21. Mercy unto you, and peace and love be multiplied. Build yourselves up in your most holy faith, praying in the Holy Spirit. Keep yourselves in the love of God, looking for the mercy of our Lord Jesus the Messiah unto eternal life.”
Roy shared, “It felt different to not sing songs at the beginning as we usually do, but they were so much more meaningful after the teaching time.”
“Absolutely!” exclaimed Sherry. “The first one, ‘There’s a Wideness in God’s Mercy,’ is one of my favorites. Every verse of the song went so well with the teaching time.”
“Yes,” Roy concurred, “and the next one did too. ‘The Wonder of It All’ is that God would love us and have mercy on us.
Sherry finished, “I like the way the service ended with us singing praise to God in the chorus ‘Thy Loving Kindness.’ It was appropriate for all of us to raise our hands in praise to him.”
Ian and Yolanda and their girls were out walking up the road on the ranch one Saturday afternoon. They had already enjoyed their horseback ride in the morning. The clouds were especially noteworthy this day.
“Look at that huge cloud over the mountain range! It reminds me of one of those lionfish in the ocean, but this one’s all in white and gray. Do you see its nose?” asked June.
“Yes, and the lion fish is a good description for it. I like to watch the clouds and find creatures in their forms,” answered Candy.
Kim remarked, “I agree, and it’s also fun to learn the cloud names. That one’s a cumulonimbus cloud. See it’s flat bottom and the billows rising up from it? Notice how it changes in form because of the wind blowing the moisture around inside it."
Sara commented, “I like cloud names also. The light wispy clouds above the big one are called cirrus clouds and there are some stratus clouds behind it.”
June said, “I’m glad the big cloud only covers up part of the mountains. I like the way we can see many different kinds of clouds in the sky and still get to see the mountains.”
Ian agreed, “We do live in a place that’s even prettier than a picture. I’m glad I brought our camera along. I was taking pictures of the clouds you girls were discussing.
Yolanda suggested, “Let’s go on over to the library in the big house and see if we can check out a book about clouds. I’d like to start learning their names also.”
Another day, those girls were out observing the sky again and June said, “Today the sky’s a brilliant blue and the only real clouds I can see are those cirrus ones that the wind has blown into interesting strings that look like the tentacles on a jellyfish. The other straight lines are just contrails left by jets.”
Candy remarked, “I like the way you describe the things you see in the sky. Maybe someday you’ll write a book about them.”
“Thank you,” responded June, “the next time we go for a walk, I’ll bring my notebook with me and write some of my descriptions, in case I decide to try your idea.”
Vera and Karen were out on a walk with their girls in the early summer. Pretty soon they stopped to gaze down at a group of wildflowers.
Nan stated, “I like these flowers. They look like they have lavender colored rays coming out from a bright yellow sun. Could we take time now to see if we can find their name in our wildflower books?”
Vera answered, “Of course we can. We came on this walk just so we could find and learn the names of some more of the flowers we see around here. Let’s find a rock or patch of grass to sit on while we look in our books.”
All of them sat and looked in their books. Occasionally one or more got up to take a closer look at the flower in question and compare it with the photographs in the book. Finally Lisa declared, “They look mostly like the alpine aster in this book, but those only grow in the high mountains, so they must be the showy daisy on the same page.”
Vera was pleased and smiled as she said, “Terrific, Lisa. You thought about all the facts carefully before deciding. Shall we see if we can find the name for the yellow ones in the same area? They look like the sun I used to color as a child, with a darker yellow center with wide yellow rays attached all the way around and going from there, down to a point.”
“But, Vera there are a lot of flowers in this book that look similar to that flower! How can we find the right name?” asked Ellie.
Hanna answered, “We’ll have to look at the leaves carefully also and then read about the flowers in the printed section of the book and see if everything matches up.”
“Yes, it may take a little longer, but if we keep at it, we will find the name, and we’ll probably remember it better,” Vera mentioned.
After a longer time of looking and comparing this time, Liz and Christi collaborated and agreed that this flower must be the golden aster.
Just shortly after that, Stella looked up and exclaimed, “Look up in the sky! I see a big bird circling in the air above us. I’ve never seen a bird as big as that, and it’s just gliding.”
None of the girls knew the name of the bird so Vera told them about it. “It’s a red tailed hawk. Notice his red tail, and the pretty colors on his wing feathers as we look up at them. See his big sharp beak? God gave it to him to catch mice and rats, and made his eyes large and they can focus like binoculars on a mouse as he flies up there so high.”
She continued, “Hawks like to live away from the city where there are big open spaces. They can soar like that for a long time without flapping their wings because they ride on thermals which are warm air currents going up from the warm ground into the air.”
Emma exclaimed, “Wow! He looks so magnificent. Thank you for telling us about him.”
“You’re very welcome,” Vera replied. “I enjoy seeing and talking about God’s creation.”
Jason found time every weekend to spend several hours with his dad and mom, William and Anna, and their four foster boys on the farm. One hot Saturday afternoon they were out working in a field of strawberries, when a quick rain shower came and went. It was just enough to cool them off.
Jason looked up at the sky and exclaimed, “Look at the Rainbow! I love to watch rainbows. Not very long ago I looked up the verses that tell about the day when the first rainbow happened. It’s in Genesis chapters 8 and 9. After the great flood, when the water had dried up, Noah built an alter for a burnt offering to God. Then in Genesis 8:22, God promised, While the earth remains, seed time and harvest, cold and heat, summer and winter, and day and night shall not cease.”
William remarked, “It’s a wonderful promise.”
Jason agreed, “Yes, then in chapter 9, verses 8-11 he made a covenant that there would never be another flood to destroy the earth. Verses 12-17 explain the rainbow, God said, ‘This is the token of the covenant which I make between me and you and every living creature that is with you, for unceasing generations. I set my bow in the cloud, and it shall be for a token of a covenant between me and the earth. And it shall come to pass, when I bring a cloud over the earth, that the bow shall be seen in the cloud. I will remember my covenant, which is between me and you and every living creature of all flesh, that the waters shall no more become a flood to destroy all flesh. The bow shall be in the cloud, and I will look upon it, that I may remember the everlasting covenant between God and every living creature of all flesh that is upon the earth.’ And God said to Noah, ‘This is the token of the covenant which I have established between me and all flesh on the earth.’ Now every time I see a rainbow I remember what those verses say and realize what a great promise God made, and he has never again destroyed all the living things at one time on the whole earth with a flood.”
Evan asked, “Why did God destroy them the first time?”
William answered, “It was because all the people on the earth had become so wicked. This happened in Genesis chapter 6. But Noah and his family weren’t wicked, so God graciously told him to build an ark to save themselves and enough animals to repopulate the earth after the floodwaters finally dried. That was before the part Jason just told you about the rainbow.”
Carlos said, “I remember hearing about that before.”
Gary added, “A lot of things happened in the first chapters of Genesis. I need to read them over again.”
“Did God just kill all the others with no warning?” asked Sam.
Jason responded, “No, God is so good and always gives people many warnings. The problem is that people often ignore him. God gave them years to repent and change, because Noah preached while he built the ark for 120 years but they did not repent. It says in 2 Peter 2:5 that Noah was a preacher of righteousness and in 1 Peter 3:20 it says that God waited while Noah build the ark because he is patient.”
William agreed, “Yes, and 2 Peter 3:9b says, the Lord … is long
suffering or patient with us, not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance. But we shouldn’t wait too long. He did eventually stop waiting and sent the flood.”
One Saturday on the ranch all eight girls went with Ted and Julie and Nathan and Esther to see Lavender Falls. Esther had made sure the fox cubs had grown up enough to be gone from their den by asking Vera about it. They didn’t want to scare them away, but it would have been nice to get to see them. Instead they’d look at pictures of them in a book. Besides, they had gotten to see them at the lake the early morning they were in the blind.
Everybody helped to carry their own picnic lunch, water and something to sit on. It made quite a procession. By this time all the girls were good friends so they had a lot to talk about.
They went from their houses and crossed the bridge over Mercy Stream and then walked along the trail beside the stream, with the whole herd of horses following them as far as they could, until they reached the fence in their pasture.
Willow stopped, looked back at them and remarked, “They look like they’d like to come with us.”
Iris agreed, “Yes, that would have been fun and they could have helped us to carry all this stuff!”
Holly mentioned, “I don’t think there are enough small horses for all eight of us to ride horses at the same time.”
Iris responded, “You’re right. I never thought of that.”
“Besides, there might not be enough room at the falls for all those horses at once,” added Lucia.
Lily observed, “I like walking for a change. We get to be closer to the pretty wildflowers.”
“Plus it’s easier to talk to each other this way than when we’re riding,” agreed Violet.
When they reached the confluence, they followed Little Mercy Stream up the hillside, examining the trees, watching birds flying here and there, and seeing more flowers of many kinds.
At one of their many rest stops along the way up the hillside, Val exclaimed, “Rose, look at this pretty wild rose!”
“Thank you for showing me, Val,” replied Rose as she stooped to smell it. “It smells wonderful.”
When they reached Lavender Falls, lots of oohs and aahs for several minutes showed everyone’s pleasure.
Julie exclaimed, “This is the most beautiful place I’ve ever seen! I was getting a little tired of going up hill, but this makes it well worth all the effort.”
Esther agreed, “Sometimes it’s good for us to have to work for something. Then we enjoy it even more.”
Lucia stated, “The water looks so clean and clear and cool. It should be good to drink, but Papa said it would not be safe, so I’m glad we brought our own.”
Violet observed, “Same here, and now I understand the color lavender much better. Mommy said that it was a light purple. Here there are lavender things all around and in the falls.”
Rose agreed, “Yes, there are even some lavender violets, Violet, and other lavender flowers.”
Lily declared, “There’s even a wild iris, Iris, and it’s even a lavender color, not dark purple like the ones at Grandma’s house.”
Violet exclaimed, “I didn’t know I’d get to see my namesake in this pretty lavender color today!”
“Or mine either,” added Iris.
“I don’t think wild lilies and wild roses grow in lavender colors,” mentioned Val, “but it would be neat if they did, because then you’d all have a flower like your names here at the falls.”
A little while later Nathan asked, “Did you notice the color of the rocks?”
Holly answered, “Yes, there are dark lavender and light lavender colored rocks all over the place.”
He instructed, “Right, and now I want each of you eight girls to pick up a small dry rock and compare it to one in the water.” They did that and then he said, “Now hold on tightly to your rock and put it just part way into the water.”
Exclamations were heard such as, “Burr, the water’s cold! You weren't supposed to get your hand in the water! Wow! Oh, my! How neat! It turned darker lavender like the others in the water! It’s amazing! What a great place this is! I’m so glad we came here today.” And one final comment, “I’m hungry!” Everybody laughed and agreed.
They found places to sit on the things they brought with them, washed their hands with wet wipes, and took out the lunches and water they had carried. Ted prayed, “Great creator, we praise you for all of your marvelous creation. Thank you for the privilege of being able to come here today and enjoy this part of it. Thank you for the good food we’re about to eat, and please bless it to our bodies. Help us to always remember YOU are the creator. I pray in Jesus precious name. Amen.”
They were all thoughtfully silent during lunch and on the way home, as if mentally trying to remember all they had seen. Ted and Nathan had taken many pictures and they’d help bring back memories later. Plus, as a souvenir, each family chose one small rock to take back to their homes. They’d put the rock near a plastic dish with some water, so they could get part of it wet and enjoy the surprising change it made again.
No scraped knees or slivers or other problems needed the use of the first aid kits the parents had brought along. When they reached the pasture the horses all came running from the other side whinnying greetings to welcome the hikers back. They made sure all the horses were talked to and stroked before they continued on their way home.
When the other families heard about what they had done, they copied it, for example, Jeff and Karen and the other family who has eight and ten-year-old girls went as a group. Oscar, Vera, and their girls went with the family who had girls who were all seven years old. The two families with girls who were eleven and twelve went as a group. The Hopkins and the family who has girls their ages also enjoyed a hike to the falls.
On some of the alternate Saturdays the farm people went as three families at a time with boys of near the same ages when they came to the ranch for their field trips. Greg and Oralie and Cory went with two other families with children in their age group, Felix and Sunny’s family did the same with two other families with children about their same ages. William and Anna’s family went with the boys they’d build birdhouses with in the winter, plus another family. The other families grouped together until all of them had gotten to see Lavender Falls. All the families enjoyed the hike as much or maybe even more in their own ways. The families all learned a lot and the Great Creator received much praise.
One day when Karen was taking a break from flower garden work while the girls were in school, she received a phone call from her former coworker at Subs are Great.
“Hi, Karen, I just wanted to call and tell you I am doing better by using all those ideas from the lady you talked to who was in a similar situation as mine.”
“I’m so glad for you.” Karen responded, “Thank you for telling me.”
She continued, “You’re welcome. Plus I finally realized it doesn’t help me feel better to tell others how bad I have it, it just makes me feel worse! Besides, it doesn’t help them feel good either. So I quit doing it and I’m trying to just dismiss the sad thoughts and think about something positive or happy instead.”
“Those sound like extremely good ideas,” agreed Karen.
She went on to say, “It really has helped, because I don’t feel nearly as stressed out as I used to. How’s your life going?”
“It’s wonderful. Thank you for asking,” responded Karen. “I’m feeling more fulfilled and useful than I ever did before, and I thank God for giving me this job on the ranch and four precious girls to tale care of and raise for Jesus.”
She responded, “It’s good to hear about your life. I was too wrapped up in my problems to even think of asking before. Please tell me more.”
So Karen explained many of the things she and Jeff had been doing so far on the ranch with their four foster girls. The rest of their conversation was uplifting for both of them. The coworker ended it with this verse from 1 Timothy 1:2b, Grace, mercy and peace to you from God our Father and our Lord Jesus, the Messiah.
Nathan helped the children to solve some problems by listening carefully, praying with them and finding helpful Bible verses like 2 Corinthians 10:5, which says to cast down imaginations and everything that exalts itself against the knowledge of God, and bring every thought into captivity to obey Jesus.
During counseling he often told them, “It never helps to think a lot about your problem, by reviewing and analyzing it or telling others about it to get their pity. The only thing that does, is to help you remember it better and it often grows bigger and worse as you think or talk about it.”
One day a girl asked, “How can I get rid of this anger I feel toward my dad for what he did to me?”
Nathan responded, “I know what he did was wrong and hurtful. The best thing for you to do is forgive him. Forgiveness doesn’t mean that what he did wasn’t wrong. It just means you pardon him. When you forgive someone, it lets you be free. Then you can hold those horrible memories out and give them to Jesus. Ask him to erase them. You need to replace them with good memories of things you like here. For example, you can be thankful you don’t live there any longer so you have no fear of those things being repeated.”
“What do I do if the memories come back?” she inquired.
He replied, “Either you take your bad memories captive by giving them to Jesus again and remember that you already forgave your dad or else those bad memories will hold you as their captive to self-pity.”
“So I just keep doing that?” She was incredulous.
Nathan emphasized, “Yes, if you really mean your forgiveness and you really want to be rid of the bad memories, keep doing it, but be sure to fill your mind with good things to take their place. Before long the good ones will crowd out the old bad ones.”
She agreed, “Okay, I’ll do it. Do I have to go see him?”
He replied, “No! Don’t put yourself back in his power to harm you again. You can just pretend he’s sitting in this empty chair and talk to him like he is there.”
She stated, “Sir, what you did to me was wrong, but I forgive you, and I’m glad I’m in a safe place now.” Then she held the memories out in her hands and prayed, “Jesus please take all these bad memories and help me forget them.”
“Good for you!” Nathan encouraged. “Now tell me some good things you like about living here on this ranch.”
“My new parents are very nice and never harm me. Plus, I like horseback riding,” she shared.
Nathan said, “Those are good things to think about instead of the bad memories. Another thing that helps is to tell your horse other bad memories if they come back to you. Talk to him as you prepare him for the ride and mentally throw them away. Don’t pick them up again later, either. The good thing about horses is, they will listen, but they’ll never remind you about the bad memories. Then during the ride and as you groom him again, tell him the things you like about riding and what a good horse he is. The next time we meet, please tell me how it’s going for you.”
She replied as she left, “OK. Thank you. I’ll see you next time.”
The Mendoza parents came to visit the ranch and the farm. Since Nathan and Esther had an extra room in their house it was nice for all of them that they could stay there with the family. They alternated days between the farm and the ranch, and made sure they found time to visit with William and Anna on the farm so they could reminisce about fun times on the dude ranch. They also spent some time with Oscar and Vera while the children were at school, so they could tell them they thought it was an exceptional idea to turn the dude ranch into homes for abused girls.
They were introduced to the children as Grandpa and Grandma Mendoza, and the children were happy to meet and get to know them. Many of them didn’t have grandparents, so this was a very good experience for them to interact with such nice ones.
One day they went with each boy to hear him practice on the piano in the big house. Each one played a different song he had been practicing for this occasion ever since they had heard about the upcoming visit. It was kind of scary, but also good for them to perform.
Afterward, the boys had this conversation. Hugo mentioned, “Mrs. Beckett, our piano teacher, told us how important it was to learn how to do scales in every key before we learned any songs.”
Pedro confessed, “I'll have to admit it got pretty boring, but it was good for us. Some of the songs have scales or at least parts of scales in them.”
Jose added, “She had told us that as soon as we got good at doing scales we could start playing songs. It was a good incentive for us to practice hard.”
Luis stated, “The more we practice, the better we’ll get. Who knows? Maybe someday we or at least one of us will become a good pianist.”
Grandpa said, “I like to hear about your lessons and I’m glad you have such good attitudes about them.”
Later he talked to his wife and they questioned Felix and Sunny about their idea. Before they left to return to their home they presented the Luceros and their boys with a good used console piano for their home on the farm and had it tuned so they could practice more easily and more often since Sunny could listen as she did work around the house. She was just as thrilled as the boys were.
At the ranch the ‘grandparents’ got to listen to the girls practicing on the piano. Since they were younger, and maybe not as interested as the boys, they hadn’t advanced as quickly, but were doing well for their ages.
What they especially enjoyed were the many horseback rides they were able to go on with Nathan’s family. Since they already knew how, from their other times at the dude ranch, the girls didn’t have to teach them anything about horse care or riding.
On one of the horseback rides, they went through the gate into public land and Grandpa opened and closed it. Val looked up at him on King, the tallest horse on the ranch, from way down on Honey, the shortest horse on the ranch, and asked, “When did Papa teach you how to open and close the gate? You weren’t with us on any of the tours when he taught the other parents.”
He answered, “Oscar taught me how over 20 years ago when this was the Yardley Dude Ranch, and I’ve done it many times.”
Val gasped and exclaimed, “Wow! What a long time ago!
He agreed, “Yes it was. It’s amazing how fast time flies especially when you are as old as I am.”
“You don’t look very old. Your hair isn’t even gray yet. You don’t look very much older than my papa. You two look almost enough alike to be identical twins, and both of you are very handsome.”
Grandpa looked truly pleased and surprised. “Thank you, Val, for the nice compliments.”
She responded, “You’re welcome, Grandpa.” Then she left to catch up with the rest of the family and he followed smiling.
Lucia had chosen to ride Princess so her horse would be a little taller and black like Grandpa and Grandma’s. She was riding
beside Grandma, who was on Queen. She didn’t have as far to look up at her, so they could converse more easily than Val could with Grandpa.
Lucia asked, “Grandma, do you like to ride horses?”
“Yes, Lucia, I do very much!” Grandma exclaimed. “We spent a lot of weekends coming to this ranch when it was a dude ranch for many years before you were born, and horseback riding was always my favorite activity.”
Lucia responded, “It’s my favorite too. I usually ride Rusty, but I wanted to be on a horse the same color as yours today.”
Grandma remarked, “I’m glad, and I think all the horses on this ranch are very pretty. I like trying different ones. Mostly I like the ones who don’t trot because I don’t like to post or bounce.”
Lucia agreed, “The same goes for me, plus all the ones who trot are taller than I’d want to ride.”
They rode along in comfortable silence and enjoyed the scenery for a while, and then the leaders picked up the pace and it was harder to talk anyway, because the larger horse went faster than the smaller one.
On the way back there was a wide part of the trail and the twins, Holly and Willow, were able to ride on either side of Grandma, who mentioned, “I see you two are on Brownie and Rusty today instead of Boots and Socks.”
Holly replied, “Yes, another family wanted to use them, so we didn’t get to today. We like to ride them because they look like identical twins.”
Willow added, “The palominos, Blaze and Star, are also like twins, but they’re much bigger than we want to ride. It’s fun being identical twins, but we don’t try to trick people anymore because Papa told us it was like telling a lie.”
Grandma responded, “I’m glad you listened to him and have stopped trying to trick people. He’s a very smart person.”
Holly agreed, “Yes, he told us the best way to get rid of the bad memories of our other parents would be to tell them to the horse we’re going to ride while we got it ready to ride, and then throw them away forever.”
Willow said, “We did that and all the bad memories are gone.”
Holly added, “Now we get to tell the horse what we like about living on this beautiful ranch.”
Grandma concurred, “Yes, it’s a great idea, because horses are terrific listeners, and they won’t remind you later about what you said.” All three of them laughed, and then the trail narrowed down so only one horse could go at a time.
At the end of the visit everyone was sad about having to part, but they’d look forward to another visit, hopefully soon. The Mendoza grandparents were pleased and impressed with both families and the progress they were making. They were glad they had been able to come and get to know the children. Plus they had become better acquainted with their own boys’ wives, and they could see how in love both couples were.
After the Mendoza parents went back to their home, Sunny’s parents came, off and on from Pine City to visit with Sunny and her new husband and spend time with their “grandchildren.’”
Other parents came to visit their grown children who had moved to the ranch or the farm to be foster parents. They were able to stay in the small cabin for visitors for less than a motel would cost. This way they could meet their foster grandchildren and be another blessing in their lives. Oscar and Vera were happy to schedule times for those people to stay in the cabin. It worked great for those who were willing to plan ahead.
William did a Bible Study on the farm about Jesus as God’s beloved Son who is the creator and our redeemer with the older boys on the farm, and Karen did the same with the older girls on the ranch.
A volunteer read Colossians 1:15-20, Jesus is the image of the invisible God, the firstborn of every creature. For by him all things were created that are in heaven and earth, visible and invisible. Whether they are thrones, dominions, principalities or powers, all things were created by him and for him. And he is before all things, and by him all things consist. He is the head of the body, the church, and is the beginning, the firstborn from the dead, so that in all things he might have the preeminence. For it pleased the Father that in him should all fullness dwell. Jesus made peace through the blood of his cross and reconciled all things in heaven and earth to the Father.
Just listening to those verses generated some questions and comments. “What does firstborn mean?” asked Gary. William handed him the dictionary. He looked it up and said, “Firstborn means the one who was born first in a family and has the right to inherit his father’s estate.”
Evan commented, “A footnote for verses 15 and 18 in this Bible says firstborn is the one who has preeminence and authority.”
Gary handed the dictionary to Sam who looked up the word “preeminence” and informed them, “A synonym for preeminence is dominance.”
Another boy looked in his concordance and found a reference for “firstborn” in Hebrews 12:23 where it mentions the church of the firstborn, but he decided it didn’t add anything to the meaning, so he didn’t mention it.
Later he found Matthew 7:29 about authority, so he read it to the group, “Jesus taught them as one having authority, and not as the scribes did.”
Carlos added, “Authority can mean the same as power, so I’ll read Matthew 28:18. Jesus spoke to the disciples saying, ‘All power is given to me in heaven and in earth.’ Then in the next verses he says for them to go and teach about him.”
Next William asked a different boy to read John 1:1-14 and 18 as the others followed along. In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. He was in the beginning with God. All things were made by him, and without him was not anything made that was made. In him was life, and life was the light of men. The light shines in darkness and the darkness did not comprehend it. There was a man sent from God, whose name was John. He came to bear witness of the Light, so that all men might believe through him. John was not the Light, but was sent to bear witness of the Light. That was the true Light, which lights every man who comes into the world. Jesus was in the world, and the world was made by him, and the world did not know him. He came to his own, but his own did not receive him. But to as many as received Jesus, he gave power to become the sons of God, who were born, not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God. And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, and we beheld his glory, the glory of the only begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth. No man has seen God at any time. The only begotten Son who is with the Father, has made him known.
The boy next to the reader asked, “Why is ‘Word’ capitalized in this section?”
William answered, “Because Word is another name for Jesus. The same goes for ‘Light’ in this section.”
Sam mentioned, “I saw a big poster in the entry way to our church that has at least twenty different names for Jesus, and I remember seeing Word and Light on it.”
“Yes, I’ve seen the same poster.” Then William suggested, “It would be a good thing for the rest of you to look at that poster this coming Sunday. Write down any names you might want to ask questions about for our next meeting.”
A boy questioned, “Does verse three mean that Jesus made everything?”
William responded, “Yes it does. It means that Jesus is the creator of everything in the universe, like it states in Colossians 1:16, which we read earlier today.”
“Wow!” exclaimed Evan, “therefore if we believe the Bible is true, then evolution must be a lie. At the public school, we’ve been taught that everything evolved, and there is no mention of the Bible or a divine creator.”
Gary remarked, “I’d rather believe Jesus made everything, because there’s no way all the plants we work with here on the farm could have evolved. They’re too intricate, and each one makes seeds that grow into the same exact plant. Plus it happens over and over again every year. Evolution can’t explain how that happens.”
William said, “Good thinking you guys! Now let’s look at Hebrews 1:1-6,8,10. Carlos, will you read those verses for us?”
Carlos nodded and when everyone had found the place so they could follow along, he read. God who many times and in many ways spoke in the past to us by the prophets, has in these last days spoken to us by his Son, whom he has appointed to be heir of all things, and by whom also he made the universe. Jesus is the brightness of God’s glory and the exact image of his person, and upholds all things by the word of his power. When Jesus had by himself cleansed us from our sins, he sat down at the right hand of the Majesty on high. He was made so much better than the angels, as he has by inheritance obtained a more excellent name than they. For to which of the angels did God ever say, “You are my son, this day I have begotten you?” And again, “I will be to him a father, and he shall be to me a Son?” And again, when he brought the firstborn into the world, he said, “Let all the angels of God worship him.” … But unto the Son he says, “Your throne, O God, is forever and ever, a scepter of righteousness is the scepter of your kingdom. … And in the beginning you laid the foundation of the earth, and the heavens are the work of your hands.
Sam declared, “Those verses clearly go with the other long sections we heard earlier today.”
“Yes,” responded William, “Jesus is God’s beloved Son. He is also God and is the creator of everything, and on top of those things, he cleanses believers from their sins, as it says here in Hebrews 1:3. With credentials like Jesus has, we can be sure he is safe to believe in for our salvation and to be in control of our lives.
“If any of you have not done this yet and would like to today, please stay after the meeting and I’ll pray with you. If anyone isn’t ready yet, read these verses over tonight and think about them. This is an important decision and you need to be sure. I’m not trying to rush you, just asking you to think about it.”
Don and Anita and their children, Timmy and Mary, looked forward to the weekends they’d go to the ranch to ride horses with Ted, Julie and the quadruplets. This particular day the adults all chose to ride horses that trot instead of the smooth single-foot gait of the other horses on the ranch. They wanted to show their children the big difference in the two kinds. Don and Ted were on the buckskin quarter horses, Bronze and Topaz. Anita and Julie were on the matching bay Morgans, Diamond and Comet. They were all beautiful and magnificent horses, but were very bouncy when they trotted.
Ted mentioned, “This reminds me of some of the rides Julie and I went on before coming to this ranch. I’m glad we learned how to post the trot so we only have half as many bounces.”
“Right, Honey,” agreed Julie as the bounces punctuated her speaking, “we didn’t know such wonderful horses without bounces existed until we moved here!”
Iris giggled and exclaimed as she rode smoothly on Boots keeping up with the adults, “Look at Mommy and Daddy. They’re bouncing up and down in a strange way!”
Ted called back to her, “I think it’s called a syncopated rhythm in music and it makes music very interesting.”
“I like the way Socks is so smooth,” Rose stated. “I'd much rather go smoothly then bounce up and down in that strange way.”
Julie asked her as she quit posting and her words were punctuated in the rhythm of the trot, “Would you rather bounce up and down like this? It feels worse than posting.”
Rose and Iris were laughing too hard to speak, so Violet, riding Brownie answered, “No! Poor Mommy! I feel sorry for you.”
“I do too, Mommy, “Lily agreed as she came smoothly along on Rusty. “Can your horses canter?”
Timmy, who was riding Princess this day suggested, “I think it would be smoother than that trot.”
Mary added, “Honey’s the best horse for me!”
Julie responded, “Sure they can canter. Let’s do that for a little while.”
So they all sped up to a canter and in a short while the adults had left the children in the dust, since their horses were so much bigger and were well known for their speed. The adults halted their horses and turned them around to watch the children catch up as the dust cleared.
Don stated, “Their canter is a lot smoother than their trot. But our horses are a lot faster than yours are when they canter!
Anita laughed as she agreed, “Absolutely! Next time we ride with you girls, I’ll definitely choose a Tennessee Walking Horse or a Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horse!
“So will I,” concurred Julie, “but this has been a very good reminder to me about how special those two breeds are.”
“The same applies for me!” laughed Ted. Don agreed and then Ted suggested, “Let’s all walk our horses back to the tack room so they’ll be properly cooled off by the time we get there.”
On the way back to the tack room, the ladies led the way while they visited, and the men came in the rear to visit as they kept an eye on the children.
On the farm Greg and Oralie Iverson were watching their five boys as they practiced catching and throwing balls.
Greg mentioned, “I see that Cory is carefully and slowly throwing to Max and his brother Levi, and is easily catching what they throw back.”
“Yes,” agreed Oralie, “the little boys have made a lot of progress since they arrived. Cory doesn’t have to bounce the ball before it gets to them any longer, since he throws it slowly and right to them.”
Greg replied, “Right, he makes a fine older brother to all of them. He’s so patient with them.”
“Indeed,” she continued, “I think he learned that patience from you when he was in the wheelchair.”
He responded, “Thank you, Dear. I know it was a hard time for him and us too, but we all learned a lot from it.”
“We surely did,” she concurred, and later she commented, “I like the way Kevin and Jack have become almost like fraternal twin brothers. They like to do everything together and get along with each other so well.”
He added, “Yes, I’m thankful God chose just the right boys to be in our family and that we have become a real family.”
“I’m glad about that also,” Oralie concurred. “Oh, look. Now Cory’s teaching Kevin and Jack a new skill, and he’s having fun showing them how to do it.”
Greg laughed, “I had fun too, all the while I was teaching Cory new skills.”
Oralie suggested, “Let’s go join in the fun!”
“By all means, let’s do!” exclaimed Greg.
The Labor Day week vacation didn’t catch the ranch people unprepared. They all made plans before it and were looking forward to time they could spend as a family, especially if both parents could get the same week off at their jobs.
Jeff couldn’t, so Karen and her girls planned to go horseback riding every morning right after breakfast with Oscar and Vera and their girls.
Karen asked, “What other things would you like to do girls?”
Ellie suggested, “Since it’s still so hot, maybe we could go swimming in the lake.”
“I’ll need to ask Vera if that’s allowed on the ranch, but even if it is, I’m sure the water’s very cold!” exclaimed Karen.
“If swimming is not allowed,” tried Lisa, “or the water’s too cold, maybe we could play in the sprinklers on the lawn of the big house if we can get permission.”
Christi stated, “That sounds like more fun than freezing in the lake where the water isn’t very clean.”
“Right, Christi,” agreed Hanna. “It could take the place of our showers on those days if we played in the sprinklers.”
Ellie commented, “Unless the water for the sprinklers comes from the lake. Then it would be just as dirty as the lake.”
“True, and it would be just as cold,” declared Karen.
Christi inquired, “What else could we do to cool off?”
“How about a water fight,” proposed Lisa. “We could use our spray bottles and put our own clean house water in them and let it warm up during the morning in the sunshine.”
“Super idea!” exclaimed Ellie. “We can stay on the driveway and we won’t get dirty or too cold.”
Hanna emphasized, “Let’s make a rule that we can’t spray water in anyone’s face.”
“Good idea, Hanna,” concurred Lisa. “And maybe the Yardley girls would like to join us.”
Christi added, “Yes, and the family who has girls who are eight and ten years old. It would be the same group as in our Bible Study with you, Mom.”
“Correct, Christi, and it would be fun,” Karen agreed. “If you desire, you can announce it and invite them at the next meeting.”
They all came and had a lot of fun. Afterward they planned other things they could also do as a group during the week.
The Blake girls, Mendoza girls and the four girls in second grade also planned activities they could do together some days, including the water fight idea when they heard about it.
So did all the girls in the eleven through fourteen age group, but they skipped the water fight. They were getting to the age where they didn’t want their hair to get messed up.
On the farm Felix and Sunny were talking one morning after the boys had gone to school.
He asked, “Sunny, would you like to learn how to play the piano?”
She jerked around to look at him with surprise. “Why did you ask that question?”
“Because,” he answered, “I have seen you look at the piano sometimes with longing in your eyes.”
She looked a little uncomfortable and admitted, “I thought I had put that desire out of my mind, but when your parents bought this piano for the boys so they could practice here in the house while I do housework and listen, I guess it flamed into life again. Yes, I would like to learn how to play the piano, but I had told myself I didn’t have time to go over to the big house and practice.”
“Oh, my dearest Sunny,” Felix said as he hugged her, “now that we have this piano in our home, you can take time to learn how to play it. Which one of your chores could I do for you so you could practice at least Monday through Friday while the boys are gone to school? I know the weekends are too busy.”
Sunny was laughing as she listened and hugged him right back. “Oh, my wonderful Felix!” she exclaimed, “I’m constantly amazed by you and the way you show your love and care for me! Let me think. It takes me about half an hour to do the breakfast dishes and clean the dining room table and floor each morning. If you’d like to do that for me I could practice while you do it.”
“I’ll be glad to, my dear wife!” Felix emphasized. “You do so many things for me and the boys, and I appreciate you so much. Would you like to take lessons from Anna?”
Sunny responded, “I’m surprised by that question also. It’s sweet of you to ask, but I don’t think I’ll need lessons. I paid very close attention while she was teaching the boys and we have the books they use. I think all I need to do is practice scales until I get as good as the boys did, and then I can start playing the songs in those books because I learned to read notes while they did.”
He expressed, “OK, but don’t hesitate to ask her for lessons any time you need, or would like to have some. We can afford it. Now go get started while I go take care of the dishes and the dining room.” He gave her a gentle push toward the piano and she gladly went and started her first scale.
Later when both of them had finished and still had some time before going to work, she went to hug him and shared, “Felix, my fantastic husband, I’m so grateful God chose us to be husband and wife and to take care of raising four foster boys. Then he filled me with such an intense love for you. As I’ve gotten to know you better, my love has grown immensely.”
“I’m so glad, Sweetheart,” he responded, hugging her closer, “the same has happened for me. I’m grateful right along with you that God put us together, even though at the time, it seemed like an improbable prospect. He knew we’d be perfect for each other and these boys. Only a God like ours could make a love like
ours happen, and I’m so glad he did!”
Sunny continued, “I am too. I enjoy your sense of humor and we have so much fun together, and with the boys.”
“You have a great sense of humor too. We make a very good match, my love!” he exclaimed, then he gently took her with him to their bedroom.
Karen and William were both teaching about thinking and how it relates to how we feel and what we become.
Karen began her lesson with the older girls by asking, “How many of you girls desire to become a grouchy woman who’s hard to get along with and not easy to please?”
They laughed and gave her thumbs down!
So she said, “Find Proverbs 23:7 and read the first part with me, as a man thinks in his heart so is he.”
Sara asked, “Does the verse mean we become like what we think about the most?”
“Yes, I think it does,” answered Karen. “If we think sad thoughts we feel sad but if we think cheerful thoughts we feel cheerful. Our hearts are where we store our desires. It’s the central part of us, how we feel, things we plan to do, what we think about most.”
A girl inquired, “Can those things be both good or bad?”
“Indeed they can be,” Karen replied. “So it’s important to be aware of the things we desire, our plans, feelings, and what we think about. Otherwise we might just end up being a grouchy woman who’s hard to get along with and isn’t easy to please!”
Kim questioned, “How can we be aware of what’s in our heart? Is it different than what’s in our mind?”
“Those are good questions, Kim,” Karen responded. “They are hard to answer because no person can know what’s in our heart unless we tell them. I think we could have the same thoughts in our minds as are in our hearts. Like Sara asked a few minutes ago, ‘do we become like what we think about the most?’ If we think about something a lot, it could mean that it’s in our hearts.
“Listen while I read 1 Corinthians 2:11,12, What man knows the things of that man except the spirit of the man in him? Even so, no man knows the things of God, except the Spirit of God. Now, we have received not the spirit of the world, but the Spirit, which is of God, so that we can know the things that are freely given to us by God.
“What is our spirit?” another girl asked.
Karen answered, “I looked it up and the dictionary said something like, it’s the emotions and character, or the inner being of a person.”
“So,” … Candy paused to think. “I’m the only human who knows what’s in my spirit unless I tell someone?”
Karen replied, “Yes, but we often tell others just by the things we say. Find Matthew 12:34-37 and follow along. Jesus was talking to bad people and said, ‘O generation of serpents, how can you, being evil, speak good things? For out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks. A good man out of the good treasure of the heart speaks good things. An evil man out of the evil treasure says evil things. But I say to you that every idle word that men shall speak, they shall give account of in the day of judgment. For by your words you shall be justified … or condemned.”
June exclaimed, “Wow! Those are scary verses!”
“I agree, they are indeed!” stated Karen. “And therefore we need to be super careful what we allow ourselves to think. Find
Proverbs 4:23 and read it out loud with me. Keep your heart with all diligence, for out if it are the issues of life.”
Another girl asked, “What does this verse mean?”
Karen responded, “It means to be careful what you put into your heart by what you think about, listen to, and read. If you fill your heart with bad things then bad things will come out of it. But if you fill your heart with good things like the truth of God’s word and think about how to live your life as he wants a believer to live, then you become more and more like what God wants you to be. Read the rest of Proverbs chapter 4 and tell me what you need to do in order to guard your heart.”
After reading, one girl stated, “We need to get rid of perverse lips, but what does ‘perverse’ mean?”
Karen handed her the dictionary and requested, “Please look it up and tell the rest of us.”
“It means unreasonable, not cooperative, inappropriate, and a lot more bad things,” reported the girl.
Karen said, “Thank you. It’s really helpful to know what it means, so we can keep from doing those wrong things.”
After getting the dictionary from the other girl, June added, “I just looked up ‘froward,’ and it means close to the same things and includes contrary, disobedient, not yielding, headstrong. So we need to get rid of all those kinds of things.”
Sara agreed, “Yes, those are the behaviors we need to avoid.” then she mentioned, “Verse 25 says to look straight ahead two times, so it must be important.”
Kim added, “Verses 26 and 27a, continue that thought by saying to be sure you’re on the right path and don’t leave it.”
“Then 27 tells us to remove our feet from evil,” finished Candy.
Karen commended them, “You all did an excellent job of summarizing those verses. Now let’s all try to remember to do what they told us to do.”
Next she had them find Philippians 2:5 and read it aloud together, Let this mind be in you, which was in Christ Jesus. Then they sang the first four verses of “May the Mind of Christ, My Savior” … as a prayer.
She concluded, “We’ll close with a very positive promise. Please look up Isaiah 26:3,4, and read it with me. You, LORD, will keep him in perfect peace, whose mind remains focused on you, because he trusts in you. So trust in the LORD forever, because he is everlasting strength.”
A girl observed, “If we focus on Jesus, he will help us to guard our hearts from all those harmful things.”
“Exactly right,” agreed Karen. “Plus we can do it with his help!”
The quadruplets went to school on a special Thursday. It was special because it was their birthday, September 15. They would all turn six years old today. Each one was wearing a pretty new dress for the occasion and had promised to keep it clean and neat for the Sunday coming up. Of course the styles and colors were all different, since they weren’t identical. They were just as individual as regular sisters were.
During story time each of their teachers read the same story to their classes since they all stayed at the same place in their lesson plans every day. It was a story in a big format book with beautiful, colorful pictures to go with the story.
It was about creation and how perfect the world had been at first, but the man and woman sinned and were put out of the Garden of Eden. Life became very hard for them, but God planned a way for them and the whole world to be forgiven.
Then the story included God’s plan to send his only Son, Jesus, to be the sacrifice for sins of all time. He died on the cross and his death paid the price for all sins. God raised him from the dead and now he’s in Heaven at God’s right hand.
Everyone who would believe in what Jesus did, and would repent, confess their sins, and ask for forgiveness would be saved and have everlasting life. Then they sang the song, “Believe in the Lord Jesus Christ.”
Their teachers then asked the children in their classes how many had already done that. Many children raised their hands. Then she asked if any of the others would like to do it today. Several in each class raised their hands including each of the quadruplets. Without the others knowing it they all accepted Jesus as their Savior on the same day and near the same time.
Their teachers were all thrilled and rejoiced over the new believers in their classes. During sharing time near the end of the school day, each of the quadruplets shared that today was her birthday and she had also asked Jesus to be her Savior today. Each class and teacher congratulated them.
After school they went to their mommy’s classroom to help her until it was time to ride home with her. When they got the chance, each one told her about her decision.
Julie exclaimed, “What wonderful news! From now on, you can all celebrate two birthdays on the same day, because today you were all born into God’s big, wonderful, forever family.”
On Sunday, they told their father what they had done and how it had happened. He’d been coming to church every Sunday, but hadn’t accepted Jesus yet. Today there was a special teaching that explained the Good News to him again and he listened more carefully this time. When the pastor led the prayer time for those who wanted to be saved, he prayed it with all his heart.
After church he went up front to tell the pastor and was given the booklet with a card to fill out. Soon he’d be in a new believers’ small group. His girls and Ted and Julie rejoiced with him. It was a wonderful day!
Since Sunny now lived on the farm, her mom missed having her in town to visit like they did before the wedding, so Sunny called her every week at the same time on Wednesday mornings, fifteen minutes before leaving for work.
On one occasion Sunny mentioned, “I have this neat phone I can plug a headphone into and walk around the house dusting things while we talk.”
Her mom responded, “How nice for you. I know you never liked to talk on the phone unless you could be busy with handiwork or something else while you talked.”
“Right, Mom,” replied Sunny, “and now I can even get some exercise at the same time.”
“But,” worried her mom, “it sounds to me like you must be awfully busy to have to do three things at once. Did you ever hear that poem titled, “Dust If You Must”? It talks about there being more to life than dusting. I hope you have time in your busy life to live.”
Sunny soothed, “Don’t worry, Mom. I’m so fulfilled now with Felix to love and cherish, and four boys to raise. And now I get to learn how to play the piano too.” She explained how that came about and finished, “I agree, I am very busy, but it sure beats being bored!”
Later that day Sunny looked up the poem on the web and read it. The next time she talked to her mom on the phone, she said, “I agreed with most of the poem you told me about, but then I decided to write my own version. I’ll read it to you now.”
Dusting
Yes, I will dust,
But not because I must,
And I won’t write a letter,
Because the phone works so much better.
So I’ll dust while we talk,
And even as I walk.
Then the house will seem clean,
Since the dust won’t be seen.
So if you want to take a peek,
I only dust once a week.
I won’t dust for very long,
Then I’ll sing a praise song.
I’ll do other things too,
There’s so much good to do!
So don’t fret about me dusting,
It makes time for our discussing.
Her mom cracked up as she listened and she declared, “Sunny, you always bring so much sunshine into my life.
Spontaneously, they sang “Sunshine in My Soul” and quoted the verse that goes with it so well, 2 Corinthians 4:6, For God, who commanded the light to shine out of darkness has shined in our hearts, to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ.
Then Sunny laughed, “I really like that verse and the song. They help me remember I need to live up to my name.”
“And I love your sense of humor!” stated her mom. “Please include a copy of your poem next time you send me an email.”
“By all means, Mom,” she responded. “I love you. Thank you for your encouragement all these years.”
She replied, “You’re welcome. I’m glad we can talk on the phone every week. I look forward to it. Bye for now.”
Chapter 16
Isaiah 9:3b, … they have joy before you according to the joy in harvest …
The harvest was in full swing on the farm all during the summer and early fall because the crops had been planted in such a way as to have parts of each of them ripen before others so there was always fresh produce to send to markets and grocery stores. Therefore, the families had less free time than they would have during the winter months.
William encouraged the boys in his teaching groups to memorize the following verses. Acts 14:17, God gave us rain from heaven and fruitful seasons, filling our hearts with food and gladness.
And Hebrews 6:7 The earth drinks in the rain that often comes upon it, and brings forth plants for those who planted them and it receives blessing from God.
Then he read Psalm 65:9-11 in the New International Version of the Holy Bible to them since it went so well with this season. They learned to be thankful for the bountiful, ongoing harvest and not complain about the extra work. Everyone was happier because they didn’t have to listen to others griping. They put the part of Isaiah 9:3 that speaks of joy in the harvest into practice and were grateful that the harvest of the farm was plentiful.
Many days you could hear them singing songs of praise in the fields as the workers gathered whatever was ripe to take to the women who were also singing praise songs as they’d pack them in boxes to be sent to places where people could buy them and be thankful for and enjoy the good food.
The farmhouse tables also had fresh food that didn’t look good enough to be sold, but still tasted just as good.
One day as the men and boys were harvesting ripe table grapes they were singing the song about Jesus being the vine and believers being the branches.
At the end of the song one man prayed, “Jesus, please help us to keep abiding in you so the world will see your power to save and heal, and many will believe in you.”
In the early fall, Jeff and Karen decided it was time to take their girls to Ami’s Japanese restaurant to meet the Suehiros.
“We have a surprise for you, girls,” said Karen.
Christi asked, “What is it?” Of course the other three asked the same thing in their own way.
When they had quieted down Jeff explained, “We have some friends in Pine City who’d like to meet you.”
That statement was met with groans.
“Now hold on a minute, girls,” stated Karen. “It won’t be so bad, because they have a very nice restaurant where we’ll get to eat outside in a beautiful Japanese garden.”
Jeff continued, “While we are there, each of the four Suehiros will come to meet you girls. You will just need to be polite and answer their questions if they ask you any. And in between times you get to enjoy the beautiful garden and delicious food they make to sell in their restaurant.
Lisa apologized, “I’m sorry I groaned. It’s a bad habit I have and I need to get rid of it. Thank you for the surprise.” The other three nodded and added their apologies.
Jeff responded, “Thank you all for apologizing. We forgive you. Now let’s review how you need to act in a restaurant.”
When that was taken care of Ellie asked, “When are we going?”
Karen answered, “We have reservations for a table in the garden tomorrow evening for supper at 6:00 PM. It’ll give you time to get your homework finished, clothes changed, and be ready to leave here at 5:30 PM, so we can get there on time.
Hanna observed, “It takes a lot of planning to get a surprise like this ready, doesn’t it?”
Jeff replied, “Yes, but it’ll be worth it, you’ll see.”
The next evening they arrived on time at the restaurant.
Lisa exclaimed, “Wow! This is a pretty Japanese building. I’ve seen pictures like this in books.”
Karen agreed, “Yes it is, and the inside is just as pretty.”
They were met at the door by Ami who introduced herself, “Welcome to Ami’s Japanese Restaurant. My name is Ami, which means friend.”
The girls all said, “It’s nice to meet you,”
Then Ami continued, “I’m glad you came. Please follow me to your table in the garden.”
All eyes were looking everywhere as they went to the garden.
Jeff helped them get seated and then told Ami the girls’ names. Ami exclaimed, “What beautiful names you have, but I’ll need name tags to help me remember them. Please put these on while I go after some water and menus for you.” She handed them each a name tag with their names done in calligraphy. While she was gone they exclaimed how pretty the writing was and then put on the name tag.
Hanna asked, “Did you tell her our names when you made the reservations? She must have made these afterward.”
Karen nodded and replied, “You’re right, Hanna. She wanted to be able to call you by name, because names are so important. She told me you could keep the name tags as a souvenir of your time here.”
Ellie remarked, “She’s a very nice lady.”
Jeff and Karen nodded as Ami came back with their water and menus for them to look at and decide what to eat.
Lisa said, “Thank you, Ami, for the name tags. They’re very pretty. I have a special little box at home where I keep things that I want to look at later.”
Ami responded, “You’re welcome, Lisa. I’m glad you like it. Now I’ll give you time to decide what you’d like to eat.” She inclined her head slightly and left again.
Christi requested, “Dad, will you please help me with the menu? I don’t know what these Japanese meals will be like.” The others agreed, so Jeff explained what was in a few of them and mentioned his favorites. Then they were able to choose by the time Ami returned with Aneko, who wrote down their orders after she and the girls were introduced. Then she went to help her dad start preparing the orders.
Ami was impressed that each girl was able to give her own order. Next she asked, “Ellie, what’s your favorite thing to do on the ranch where you live?”
“I like to talk to Brownie, the horse I ride, as I get him ready to be ridden and after the ride too. He’s so well behaved and I never have to bounce as I ride like Dad does on some of the horses he rides,” she said.
Jeff was greatly pleased to hear Ellie call him Dad.
Ami responded, “He sounds like a nice horse. Christi, what do you like about the ranch?”
She answered, “I was very scared of the horses at first, but now I really like riding. The horse I ride is called Honey. She’s the smallest horse on the ranch and is just the right size for me. It’s fun to see the pretty things on the ranch while we’re riding.”
Ami said, “Christi, I’m glad you aren’t scared any more! Lisa, please tell me about the house you live in at the ranch.”
Lisa smiled and shared, “Our house is a cabin that was too small for a family, so Dad helped to add two bedrooms and a bathroom and laundry room to make it big enough. I like the room I share with Ellie. Hanna and Christi are right across the hall from us. The dining room has a wonderful view of the mountains.”
Ami said, “It sounds like a terrific place to live. Hanna, what do you like about living on the ranch?”
Hanna exclaimed, “I like having a family which isn’t going to move every time I just get settled! We have a very nice family!”
“Thank you girls for sharing with me about your home. Now I’ll go help to finish getting your meals ready,” said Ami as she left.
In the meantime, Tomo came to meet the girls. He asked, “Do you girls have any questions about this restaurant?”
Lisa said, “Yes, is it hard work to have a restaurant?”
“Yes, Lisa,” Tomo answered, “it is hard work, but we all enjoy doing it. It’s not as hard now that our grown children have come back home to live with us and help us.”
Ellie asked, “How many children do you have?”
Tomo replied, “Just two, you already met Aneko. Her younger brother’s name is Yoshi. You’ll meet him when he comes to deliver your meals with Aneko.”
Hanna inquired, “Do all the plants here in the garden grow in Japan also?”
Tomo smiled, “Yes, we tried to make this garden look authentic by choosing plants that would grow both places.”
Christi inquired, “Do you speak Japanese also.?” He nodded and she continued, “Would you say something in Japanese and then in English so we know what you said?”
Tomo responded, “I’ll be glad to.” He said a couple sentences in Japanese and the English version was: “I’m very glad I met you four girls. It has been a pleasure answering your questions.”
The girls responded separately about being glad to meet him and learn about the restaurant. Tomo left and soon Aneko and Yoshi came with their meals. Yoshi was introduced and he helped put the meals on the table, but didn’t have much to say. The girls made various statements of how pretty and big and good smelling each meal was.
After they left, Jeff prayed, “Thank you Jesus for our friends, the Suehiros who own this restaurant. Please bless and prosper them. Thank you also for this food and the time we get to spend in this delightful garden. I pray in Jesus name. Amen.”
Hanna requested, “Mom, would you please teach me how to use the chopsticks?”
Karen admitted, “I wish I could, Hanna, but I don’t know how either. Honey, would you please teach us both how?”
Jeff answered, “I’ll be glad to.” He showed them how to hold the chopsticks, pick up a bite of food and put it in his mouth. Karen and all the girls tried it and pretty soon they were all giggling quietly about how funny it felt and looked. After a little practice they all did pretty well and enjoyed the taste of the food too.
When they were finished, Aneko and Yoshi came with their dessert. She put the plate on the table and asked, “What did you girls like about eating here today?”
Christi stated, “I liked how pretty the restaurant is on the outside and the inside and in the garden.”
Hanna shared, “I enjoyed learning how to eat with chopsticks, and how good every bite tasted.”
Lisa replied, “I liked getting to meet our parents’ friends and I was glad the questions weren't very hard to answer.”
Ellie added, “I agree with all three of my ‘sisters’ and I’m very glad we got to have this interesting, delicious experience.”
Yoshi responded, “Thank you for sharing those thoughts with us. We’ve enjoyed having all of you come eat at our restaurant, and we hope you’ll come again sometime.”
Aneko agreed and the girls thanked them. After they left, Karen showed the girls how she opened her “Fortune cookie” and the girls and Jeff opened theirs. They took turns reading the scripture verses they found inside out loud. Then the girls thanked their dad and mom for what a good surprise this had been.
At the ranch Unice made little cards with her name and cell phone number on them plus a note that she’d make house calls if only one parent was home with the girls, and any of them needed her care. She delivered a card to each family and explained how it would work. In this way no girls would have to be left alone while another one was brought to her office.
This idea worked effectively, especially for families who had a parent working in the city during the time after the girls arrived home on the bus from school, or if more than one had to stay home from school with a cold or childhood illness.
Unice had bought a black bag like doctors in the past would carry when they did house calls, and it was always ready for her to take with her when she got a call to care for a sick or injured girl or parent. She made sure she carried her cell phone with her when she was out in the pasture with the horses, giving them checkups. She even had it with her when she went horseback riding with a family, so she could excuse herself from the ride and go quickly to the house that called her.
There was a family in the house closest to her cabin and office who had told her to leave the horse with them and they’d remove its tack, take care of cooling it down from her hurried return, and then and groom it and return it to the pasture. This way she could grab her black bag and hurry to the house where she was needed. It didn’t happen very often, but it was good to have a plan in place.
One of the times the plan did pay off, was when Sara slipped with the knife she was using to slice tomatoes for supper that evening. Ian was busy working outside. The finger was bleeding profusely so Yolanda wrapped it and had Sara hold her hand up over her head while she called Unice who came running with her black bag.
The other girls were sent to the living room to do homework while Yolanda stood in the doorway to be near wherever she would be needed.
Unice commended her, “You did just the right thing to slow down the bleeding the way you did. This way she didn’t loose too much blood. Let’s have her lie here on the kitchen counter so I can work on it.”
They pushed a chair close to the counter so Sara could climb up and lie down. Then Unice unwrapped the finger and Sara made the mistake of looking at it. She fainted.
Unice commented, “It’s OK, in fact this will help her not to hurt so much as I disinfect the area and put in some stitches. Just be ready to come hold her still if she comes to, before I finish.”
She worked in silence until the job was complete. Then she and Yolanda carried Sara into the living room sofa and covered her with an afghan. The other girls gasped as they watched.
Then Unice explained, “Now I’ll use a little smelling salts to bring her out of her faint. I’m thankful I got to finish first. Girls, please stay quiet for a while.”
After just one little whiff, Sara came to and was completely disoriented for a few moments. Yolanda talked soothingly to her and she settled right down.
Then Unice explained, “Your finger’s going to be very sore and probably painful while it’s healing, but you didn’t loose too much blood. I put in several stitches to hold the skin in place while it heals. I’ll come every day to change the bandage. Please do NOT get it wet and try to keep from banging it into anything.”
Sara meekly said, “OK. Thank you for fixing my finger. Will I ever be able to use it again?”
“Yes, of course!” Unice exclaimed. “if you keep it dry and let me come every day to check it and replace the bandage, it should heal very well. And if it does get wet, call me and I’ll come right away, because I don’t want it to get infected, which could cause a big problem.”
Sara promised, “I’ll be extra careful.” Then she admitted, “It does hurt a lot right now.”
Unice responded, “I'll bet it does. Here are several pain pills that don’t have blood thinners in them. You can take one every four hours if you need to.”
Yolanda went for a glass of water and they helped Sara sit up to take a pill and drink the water.
Then Unice continued, “It will be good for you to drink extra water today to help your body rebuild the blood you lost. You should probably rest here for thirty minutes before you get up and walk around.”
Yolanda questioned, “Is there anything else we need to know or do to help in the healing process?”
Unice replied, “No, just follow my instructions and Sara, I think you can probably continue most activities carefully. Just keep that hand out of the water! You can do you homework and your tasks with your other hand.”
Sara commented, “Yes, and thank you, Miss Logan. I’m glad tomorrow’s Saturday and I don’t have to go to school,” and then she asked, “But what about horseback riding? Would I be able to go riding?”
“Well that is a hard one,” answered Unice. “I think it will depend on how you feel tomorrow and if your sisters would be willing to groom and saddle and unsaddle and groom your horse again for you until your finger is completely healed.”
Unice looked pointedly in their direction and Candy answered, “I’ll be glad to do that for you, Sara, if you feel up to riding.”
Kim mentioned, “I’ll help too!”
And June added, “So will I. Also I remember hearing Vera say that Socks knows how to neck rein, so you won’t have to use your wounded hand when you ride.”
“Good job girls!” exclaimed Unice. “With these kind sisters, I can tell you’ll be well taken care of until you’re back to normal. From now on everybody be extra careful with knives!”
Kim responded, “We’ll be sure to be even more careful than before.”
“Thank you for taking such good care of Sara!” added Candy.
June continued, “And thank you for getting here so quickly!”
Yolanda added her thanks, and Unice smiled and quietly said,” you're all very welcome,” as she put a finger to her lips and with the other hand pointed to Sara, who had fallen asleep.
One Saturday at the ranch, Jason’s parents agreed with a plan he had, so he asked them to pray for God to use it. Then he talked one on one to Carlos telling him the story of his life and his testimony. He included how long he had waited to ask Jesus to be his Savior. Carlos was truly impressed and wanted the rest of the boys to hear what Jason had told him.
So Jason repeated to them his story and testimony. “I grew up as the middle child between two sisters. They were always well behaved, but I had this awful medical problem called bi-polar disorder. I’d get angry for no apparent reason, and most of the time I was down in the dumps.
“For many years we didn’t know what was wrong, and I remember going to many doctors before they finally figured out what it was. The last doctor tried many kinds of medication until he found one that was effective. So I thought I was pretty well fixed, unless I forgot to take it. Then all the old problems showed up again, and I’d be quick to take my medicine.
“I was able to go to the university here in Pine City and get my degree in accounting, which is like bookkeeping. My dad put me in charge of one of his CPA office buildings and I thought I had it made. I did fine there as long as I remembered to take my medicine.
“One weekend my family went to a bigger city near here and listened to an evangelist who told them the Good News. I didn’t go with them. All four of them went forward and accepted Jesus as their Savior. They came home all excited about it and tried to tell me I needed to do the same thing they had done. I told them I didn’t want to hear another thing about it, so they quit.
“This went on for about five years, and I treated my sisters very badly, I’m ashamed to say. During that time, I had hired a young woman, Maria, to work in one of the offices in ‘my’ office building. After asking her to do many hard and even unpleasant tasks, I noticed how willing and capable she was. After about two years of observing her, I fell in love with her and decided I’d like to marry her, so I asked her to work at my dad’s office building so I could court her without having people in ‘my’ building talk about it.
“Maria asked me right then what I believed about Jesus Christ, and I told her I didn’t want to talk about it at work, but she could ask me again on our first date. Secretly I was hoping she’d forget about it, but she didn’t, so when I told her on our first date that I would get to heaven by doing good deeds and by giving money to charity and by going to church once in a while, she thanked me for telling her. Then she proceeded to tell me how she knew she was going to go to heaven, but that it was NOT by her own good works. She told me a very good summary of the Good News including many scriptures, which she quoted from memory with excellent expression.
“Maria completely captured my attention and I listened very carefully all the way through until she asked me what I would do to make sure I’d go to Heaven when I died. I was immediately angry and I don’t remember what I said or did, but she looked stressed and scared until she saw a couple she knew who were motioning for her to come talk to them. She went over and talked to them a little while. When she returned to the table, she thanked me for the meal and dessert. She said they had told her there was an emergency and that this couple would take her with them. She took her purse and coat and they left. I just sat there surprised.
“The next day I drove over to my dad’s office to talk to Maria and find out what had happened, but she wasn’t there. I stormed into my dad’s office and demanded to know where she was. Dad told me he had transferred her to his other office to which I had no access, because of the way I had treated my sisters.
“I was angry all over again, and very hurt after I read her note in the Bible she gave me where she asked me to think about the verses she had shared again. Then she listed all the scripture references. I wouldn’t be able to see her again. She told me her father wouldn’t allow her to be courted by me or to accept my proposal.
“For many weeks I really tried to read those verses again, but they made no sense to me. Every time I thought about her father, I got angry with him, and couldn’t focus on the verses.
“Finally one Saturday I went walking and ended up at my parent's house. Remember that my parents are also your new parents. They graciously asked me in and fed me breakfast even though I hadn’t been very nice to them either. After breakfast, I asked if they’d have time to answer some questions. They spent the next hour showing and reading to me verses in the Bible that prove we aren’t saved by good works, and how those verses fit in with the ones Maria had quoted to me. I have all those verses printed on papers here with me.
“The light finally got through to me and I knew I had been wrong all those years. So I asked my parents to help me pray so I’d do it right. After we prayed, we had a time of rejoicing and then I asked my mom if she thought my sisters would come over to my parents’ house so I could apologize to them. They did come and they graciously forgave me.
“Then Dad said that Jesus would like to heal me of my bi-polar disorder. They all laid their hands on me and prayed for Jesus to heal me. Dad told me that Jesus completely healed me. And I was completely healed. I went to the doctor for tests the next week and he agreed that my disorder was completely gone. When I told the doctor and his technician how I knew that it was Jesus who had healed me, they listened carefully and I asked them if they’d like to accept Jesus as their Savior. After I explained all the verses about how to do it, they did ask Jesus to be their Savior.”
Evan admitted, “Your story’s difficult for me to believe because you’re such a nice person. It’s hard to think of you having low moods or getting angry about things.”
Jason said, “It’s actually hard for me to believe it now also, since Jesus made me into a completely new person when he saved me, but I know Maria was scared of me when I got angry about her telling me there was only one way to get to heaven. I don’t blame her for going with her two friends, leaving me there in the restaurant. She had no idea what I might do next.”
“What would you have done?” questioned Carlos.
Jason responded, “I really don’t know. Bi-polar disorder is unpredictable. I had forgotten to take my medication that day. Besides, I was so surprised about her abrupt departure that my anger just fizzled out that time.”
Gary inquired, “Have you ever had another problem with the disorder after your family laid their hands on you and prayed for you, and your dad said you were healed?”
“No, Gary, I haven’t,” replied Jason. “The doctor and technician did all those tests the next week and found out that I was completely healed and I have stayed that way. When Jesus healed me he did it completely, just the same way he saved me!”
Sam requested, “Could I see the verses you mentioned earlier? I’d like to read them.”
Jason responded, “Of course, Sam. I made a copy for each of you to read.” He passed copies of the verses around so they could all see and read them for themselves, and gave them time to read and think about them. The following are the scriptures he gave them to read.
Titus 3:4-7, After the kindness and love of God our Savior toward man appeared, he saved us, not by works of righteousness which we have done, but according to his mercy. He saved us by the washing of regeneration and renewing of the Holy Spirit, whom he shed on us abundantly through Jesus Christ our Savior. Since we are justified by his grace, we are made heirs according to the hope of eternal life.
Galatians 2:16,21b, We know that man is not justified by the works of the law, but by faith in Jesus Christ. We have believed in Jesus Christ that we might be justified by faith in Christ, and not by the works of the law. For by the works of the law shall no flesh be justified. … If righteousness came by the law, then Christ died in vain.
Romans 3:20,24,26b-28, Therefore by the deeds of the law there shall no flesh be justified in God's sight, for by the law is the knowledge of sin. We are justified freely by God's grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus, … that he might be just and the justifier of the ones who believe in Jesus. Where is boasting then? It is excluded, not by the law or by works, but by faith. Therefore, we conclude that man is justified by faith without the deeds or works of the law.
James 2:10, For whoever shall keep the whole law, and yet offend in one point, he is guilty of it all."
2 Timothy 1:9,10, God saved us and called us with a holy calling, not according to our works, but according to his own purpose and grace, which was given to us in Christ Jesus before the world began, but is now made manifest by the appearing of our Savior Jesus Christ who has abolished death, and has brought life and immortality to light through the gospel.
Ephesians 2:8,9 says, For by grace you are saved, through faith; and not of yourselves; it is the gift of God: not of works, lest any man should boast.
1 Corinthians 15:1-4, (Paul) declared the gospel which (the Corinthians) received and by which they were saved … … For I told you first of all … … that Christ died for our sins according to the scriptures, and that he was buried, and that he rose again the third day according to the scriptures, and that he was seen … by many witnesses.
Romans 3:10 says, there is none righteous, no not one.
Romans 3:23 says, All have sinned and come short of the glory of God. And Romans 6:23 says, the wages of sin is death.
John 3:16 states, God so loved the world that he gave his only begotten Son, that whoever believes in him should not perish, but have everlasting life.
It says in Mathew 1:20b, 21, that which is conceived in (Mary) is of the Holy Spirit. She shall have a son, and you shall call him Jesus, for he shall save his people from their sins.
Philippians 2:7,8, Jesus, made himself of no reputation and took on himself the form of a servant, and was made in the likeness of men. Being found in the form of a man, he humbled himself, and became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross.
In John 1:29, John the Baptist called Jesus, the Lamb of God, who takes away the sins of the world.
Hebrews 10:12 &14 says, But Jesus, after he had offered one sacrifice for sins, forever, sat down on the right hand of God … for by one offering he has made perfect forever those who are sanctified.
Acts 16:31 says, Believe in the Lord Jesus Christ, and you shall be saved. And Romans 10: 9,10 says, If you shall confess with your mouth the Lord Jesus and shall believe in your heart that God has raised him from the dead, you shall be saved. For with the heart man believes unto righteousness, and with the mouth confession is made unto salvation.
When they finished reading and rereading parts of it, they had some more questions and comments.
Sam asked, “What are the works or deeds of the law?”
Jason explained, “I learned in the Bible that deeds of the law are keeping the Ten Commandments and obeying all the other laws God gave to the Jews in Exodus and Leviticus. No person except Jesus has ever been able to do it.”
“No,” stated Carlos, “The verse in James proves that. Just one goof-up and we’re guilty of breaking all of them.”
Gary inquired, “So there’s no way any human can get to heaven by keeping the law and doing good works?”
“Right, Gary, even though I thought so for most of my life. I’m glad I finally found out how wrong I had been and was given the chance to correct my mistake,” admitted Jason.
“So,” … Sam paused looking for words. “How can a person be sure of going to heaven after death?”
Jason responded, “Each person has to admit to being a sinner, confess all sins, ask God for forgiveness, and believe that Jesus paid for all those sins when he died on Calvary and was raised from the dead. Look again at Romans 3:10 and 23, and 6:23.”
Sam looked and observed, “Everyone has sinned and deserves death. Well, everyone will die sometime.”
Jason explained, “True, unless they’re believers and Jesus returns to take all living believers to heaven before they die. Believers who already died will be raised to life when Jesus returns and they also will go to heaven with Jesus. The kind of death in 3:23 means being eternally separated from God in hell.”
“Oh,” Sam exclaimed, “that would be a terrible eternity!”
Evan agreed, “I sure don’t want that to happen to me!”
“I’d much rather spend eternity in heaven,” stated Gary.
Carlos suggested, “Your dad and mom are now also our new dad and mom. They helped you pray correctly. Would they help me pray?” Jason nodded emphatically. “Would you ask them to come here and help me?”
The other three boys all wanted their help also.
Jason happily responded, “I’ll go get them right now and I know they’ll be very glad to help all of you.”
In a short time he returned with William and Anna who were overjoyed that their boys all wanted to accept Jesus as their own personal Savior. They led them in a prayer like Pastor Don used at church and had them repeat it out loud.
“Father in heaven, I admit that I’m a sinner and that I can do nothing to save myself. … I confess my sins to you. … Silently name the ones you can think of right now. … Please forgive me. … Thank you that Jesus was the perfect sacrifice. … He paid for my sins by dying on the cross and being raised from the dead. … I believe in you, Jesus, and ask you to be my Savior. … Please help me live the way you want me to live. … Thank you, Jesus.”
Evan was able to express what all of the boys felt when they finished. “Wow! I have never felt so peaceful and full of joy as I do now. Everything we’ve been learning about Jesus and the Bible makes sense now.”
Sam declared, “Thank you Dad and Mom for moving here to the farm and letting us come to live with you as a family.”
William and Anna were extremely happy and pleased with all of their boys. He expressed, “You’re all welcome. It has been, and will continue to be our pleasure to have you in our family.”
Anna agreed, “Plus it’s extra wonderful to know we’ll all be in heaven together for eternity. Let’s sing the song about being glad we’re a part of the family of God.”
So they did and then Carlos sincerely declared, “Thank you, Jason, for telling us the story of your life and your testimony, and for letting us read and think about those verses from the Bible you had printed out.”
Jason responded, “You’re very welcome, and now we’re all really brothers in God’s big forever family. I’m glad I could be your older brother and help you realize you need Jesus too.”
Gary, continued, “I thank all of you for what you have taught us about the Bible and about Jesus and for being patient with us while we learned, but didn’t do anything about what we had learned. I’m glad we finally saw the light and didn’t wait any longer. Now none of us have to worry about waiting too long.”
Oscar and Vera called the people who had given Honey to them and invited them to come to the ranch for a visit.
Oscar said, “Hi, you guys, this is Oscar and Vera. Everybody on our new Mercy Valley Ranch is settled, so this would be a good time for you to come and visit.”
Vera added, “We kept the honeymoon cabin its original size so visitors would have a place to stay. We’d like to treat you to a weekend or more in the cabin and you can have meals with our family, so you can see in person how well Honey is doing.”
They said they’d be honored to visit and would plan to be there the next weekend. They arrived just like they had when it was a dude ranch and put their suitcases in the little cabin before going to see Oscar and Vera.
Vera welcomed them, “We’re immensely glad you could find time to come visit us. It’s so good to see you again!”
She responded, “Thank you for asking us. It feels almost like old times right now, but we can see how much busier the ranch is now than the last time we were here.”
Oscar agreed, “It definitely is busier! Come to the living room so you can meet our four girls.” Introductions were made, and the girls were very polite.
Stella declared, “I’m so glad to meet the people who raise my favorite kind of horse!”
Liz added, “I hope you can come riding with our family.”
Emma mentioned, “But since you own a horse farm, you probably get to ride pretty often anyway.”
The man stated, “We’d love to go riding with you.”
Nan exclaimed, “Oh good! You’ll get to choose whatever horses you want to ride since you’re such special visitors.”
The woman replied, “Thank you, it’s an honor!”
“You might even pick one that trots,” mentioned Emma, “since you probably don’t have that kind on your ranch.”
Oscar explained to the girls, “We bought many of our horses from their ranch, and last May they gave us the smallest horse we have on the ranch. She had been abused, and they wanted to find a good home for her where she could be loved and restored to a useful life.”
“Just like us!” exclaimed Stella. “Honey’s so pretty and so sweet! I’d like to ride her, but I’m already too big for her.”
Liz informed them, “You’ll get to see her today when we go riding with the Mendoza family. Val’s very small so she always rides Honey.”
“We scheduled all the families who have a rider for Honey,” explained Vera, “so you’ll get to see her in action. But first, let’s go see her in the pasture. She has adapted very well.”
When they reached the pasture, Honey came with all the other horses to greet the visitors. She had even better conformation now and vied with the other horses for attention. Just then the Blake family and Pastor Don and his family came to the pasture to choose their horses for the first ride of the day. The horse farm owners were pleasantly amazed to see tiny little Mary walk right up to Honey and stroke her as Timmy helped put her halter on to lead her to the tack room.
Pastor Don and Anita greeted the visitors by name since they had attended the church several times with Oscar and Vera. Then the visitors and Yardleys followed the families and horses to the tack room and enjoyed watching every rider expertly groom and tack up his or her own horse.
Nan mentioned, “We get to ride when they return and the Mendoza family will join us. Since the Blake girls ride the smaller horses, two of the Mendoza girls won’t need to get them ready.”
Oscar continued, “So we have time to change clothes. Then we can go choose our horses so we can be ready when they return and you’ll get to talk to Nathan and Esther again and meet their girls.”
“Excellent,” stated the man. “I can see he did a great job of rehabilitating Honey. I’m glad she’s doing so well here!”
In a little while they were all back at the pasture choosing which horse to ride. The man chose Spots, and Oscar picked Patches. Vera of course chose Coco and the woman picked Dark Coco. Nathan and Esther chose King and Queen.
Oscar and Vera’s girls had a harder time choosing, because the twins Holly and Willow would ride Boots and Socks, so Stella and Liz got very brave and chose Coffee and Tea who are six inches taller than Boots and Socks. Emma would ride Brownie and Nan would ride Princess. Both of those horses would be saddled already. So they helped Stella and Liz prepare their horses and then just checked their horses’ feet. The saddles were inspected to see if they were still tight enough.
Nathan and Esther had a lovely time introducing their girls and talking with the visitors. Nathan explained how he and Esther had worked with Honey and how long it had taken, then he mentioned, “There are nine different children who love to ride Honey and I think she loves it too. She’s getting lots of attention and exercise.”
Then they all enjoyed a long ride through the gate to the public land and along one of the trails there. It was a beautiful day and the weather had cooled down.
It was a peaceful change from the busy horse farm. They were so glad they had come. They were amazed and pleased to see how well Honey had recovered and been trained. The rest of the weekend was just as delightful, and they even got to attend church with the family on Sunday afternoon before going back home to their busy horse farm.
They got to see that many of the girls had already made as much progress as Honey had, with the love and care of the foster parents on Mercy Valley Ranch.
Don and Anita were watching as Timmy pushed Mary in a swing at the park after supper on the day after another baptismal service.
Anita questioned, “Did you notice how many boys and girls you got to baptize last night?”
“Indeed I did!” exclaimed Don. “They just kept coming into the water and giving great testimonies about why and how they had accepted Jesus.”
Anita added, “Plus, most of them were either from the farm or the ranch.”
Don admitted, “I guess that’s why I was so surprised, because Karen, William and their parents all took care of getting them prepared for the special service, so I had no idea how many there would be.”
“I tried to keep count,” continued Anita, “but I probably missed some. There were Ted and Julie’s quadruplets, who were saved at school and their birth father, who was won over by their testimonies and the service at church, William and Anna’s boys, who all accepted Jesus after hearing Jason’s testimony, all the boys on the farm who were twelve years old and all the girls on the ranch who were eleven and twelve, who accepted Jesus because of a lesson about mercy, and then I lost count.”
“Wow!” Don stated, “That lesson on mercy must have been outstanding. I would like to have been there with all those eleven and twelve year old boys and girls.”
Anita agreed, “So would I! They have a good program going on the ranch and the farm. Some of those kids even quoted a verse from that lesson that had helped to convince them.”
“Yes, I was so proud of them.” remarked Don. “The songs were extra good also at the service and this time I even got to hear the scriptures that went with them. ‘Now I Belong to Jesus,’ Romans 14:8b, Whether we live or die therefore, we are the Lord’s. The next song was ‘O, How I Love Jesus,’ 1 Peter 1:8, Even having not seen (Jesus,) we love him and by believing we rejoice with joy unspeakable and full of glory. Both of those songs and their verses were perfect for the baptismal service.”
Anita declared, “Yes, and your memory’s amazing. You didn’t even have those written down and could remember the songs and had their verses memorized.”
“Thank you, Dear,” he replied. “I liked the way they saved the last song for the closing after the message and invitation. It was ‘Wonderful Peace,’ 2 Thessalonians 3:16, Now the Lord of peace himself give you peace always by all means. The Lord be with you all.”
She concurred, “Indeed, it was very fitting. And since many of the boys and girls had invited their friends from school and their families, and some of them responded to the invitation, there was much rejoicing and praising God for saving them and their children.”
“Right,” responded Don, “I think our baptismal services are extra special, just like our church and all its members are!”
Just then Timmy and Mary joined them and sat down to listen as their parents continued talking.
Anita commented, “I'm glad the new church and school they built has made room for the new students and extra children in church, as a result of so many couples moving to the ranch or the farm to raise foster children. Besides all of those, are the people being saved through two by two ministries or by being brought to church by friends.
Don exclaimed with a smile, “It’s growing, it’s growing. Our church is growing again!”
Timmy asked, “What will they do this time, build another one?”
“No,” his dad answered, “The church plant that was sent out last October was so successful that each church will send out another church plant when they reach about 200 people in their congregation.
“Where to this time?” questioned Timmy.
Anita replied, “To some city that needs one, or even to an area here in Pine City.”
“Yes,” agreed Don, “Send them out!”
On a Saturday afternoon in the fall, Walt and Betty Evans had been invited to visit Oscar and Vera and meet their girls. Oscar introduced them, “Girls, we’d like you to meet our friends Mr. and Mrs. Evans.” Clapping Walt on the shoulder he said, “This is the man who drew up all the plans and brought his work crews to remodel this house and add rooms to the small cabins on the ranch. His wife helps him by being a wonderful homemaker and cook.”
The girls responded in their own ways that they were pleased to meet both of them.
Walt replied, “We’re glad to meet you girls too. It was a pleasure to get to see all of you baptized at the special service before the last one. Your testimonies were all very good.”
Betty added, “Yes, they were excellent, and we’re so glad you’re all a part of this family and the big family of God.”
The girls responded separately that they were glad also.
Then Vera interrupted, “Let’s go into the living room so we can sit comfortably while we visit.”
When they got settled Betty asked, “Girls, what are some things you like about being a part of God’s big family?”
Stella answered, “I like knowing God’s great love and having the salvation Jesus provided for me.”
Nan went on to say, “I like having three sisters in this family who are also in God’s family.
Emma continued, “I like knowing I’ll spend eternity in Heaven.
Liz shared, “I like being able to tell other people what Jesus did for me by healing my hand and wrist and then saving me.”
Walt mentioned, “We heard about that in your testimony and I’m so happy for you. Plus, you and I have something in common. I like being able to tell other people how Jesus healed my almost dead heart and then saved me.”
The girls said “Wow!” and Liz asked, “Would you please tell us about those miracles?”
So Walt and Betty told them a summary of Walt’s story.
And Stella exclaimed, “Thank you, I love to hear about the things God does for people! He’s awesome!”
Emma added, “Yes he is! Dad and Mom have been telling us about many of the miracles Jesus did when he was here on earth.”
“Right,” agreed Nan, “They’ve been reading and explaining many of them in the Gospel of Matthew.”
Betty interjected, “Excellent! I'm so thankful that Jesus is still doing miracles in this present world, and uses them to help other people believe in him. A lot of people became and are becoming believers because of what Jesus did for my husband.”
Vera agreed, “You’re right, and the same thing is happening because of the miracle Jesus did for Liz. We praise and thank you, Jesus. Please continue your good work.”
Walt added, “Yes, please do, and help me be ready for any opportunities you send my way.”
Liz continued, “And keep me alert for the same thing. Plus thank you for what Karen has been teaching us about being missionaries at school.”
Stella went on, “Right, and even though I haven’t had a physical miracle, thank you that I’m ready to tell others about the miracle Jesus did by giving me salvation.”
Emma prayed, “Thank you Jesus for helping me to not be so shy and that I was able to tell one of my friends about what you did for me.”
Nan added, “Yes, and thank you that I have become more aware of opportunities and that I’m ready to tell my story too.”
Oscar closed the prayer time, “Jesus, I thank you that all four of our girls are believers and that they’re growing in the knowledge of you and are bearing fruit in your kingdom.”
Felix fondly remembered stargazing on the dude ranch and suggested going out on this nice cool fall night on the farm to praise the Creator for the way he created the stars.
“It sounds like fun,” agreed Hugo. “Do you know the names of the constellations?”
Felix replied, “I only know a few, but here’s a book I checked out of the farm library. Maybe it’ll help us.”
“Good idea,” said Pedro. “If we look at the book after supper and chores, we might remember the way some of them look.”
Jose asked, “Should we take a flashlight with us in case we’d like to look at the book outside too?”
“Yes, let’s do that,” agreed Luis. “Would binoculars work in the dark? I notice the calendar says today’s a new moon, so there won’t be any moonlight.”
Felix responded, “We can take the binoculars and try them. I chose tonight because of the new moon. The stars will show up better without its light. Plus it’s nice to be out here on the farm away from the city lights.”
“True, I could never see many stars in the city,” commented Hugo, “and if we go to the other side of the big tree near the worm digging area, the lights from the houses won’t bother us as much.”
“All your ideas sound good to me,” remarked Sunny. Then she questioned, “Do you think we’ll need mosquito repellent? They were terrible the evening we went fishing about a month ago.”
“I agree,” Pedro stated, “but I think it was because it was hotter then and we were fishing so close to the pond where most of their life cycle is. They might not be as bad on the other side of the big tree.”
Jose suggested, “Let’s take the repellent with us and we can put it on there, if we need it.”
“Yes, let’s do,” concurred Hugo. “Mom, how can we help you with supper so we can start looking at the book about stars sooner?”
“Thank you, Hugo and everyone,” she responded. “Two of you can clear the table, wash it and set it. Two of you can make the tossed salad. Dad and I will get the rest of the food ready.”
After supper and chores, they gathered around the book, found the pages for the area of the sky where they lived and for this season and started studying.
Felix proposed, “Let’s just look for the easy ones first, and if we have time we’ll use the flashlight to check the book for some more.”
“It’s a good thing it’s getting dark earlier,” commented Sunny. “We won’t have so long to wait before we go out.”
Soon they were out by the big tree looking up at the sky, pointing out constellations they remembered from the book or knew about before. Binoculars weren’t much help, but at least the mosquitoes weren’t too bad. The problem was, their necks got stiff before very long. So they took a break and looked at the book again with the flashlight. Then they looked at the sky some more.
When they told their friends in William’s class about the fun they’d had, some of their families also went stargazing. Felix told Nathan the next time they had a phone visit, and soon many of the ranch families also went out and gave praise to the creator of the stars as they enjoyed looking at them.
William and Karen had a lesson soon after, including the following verses. Psalm 8:1,3, O LORD, our LORD, how excellent is your name in all the earth! You have set your glory above the heavens. … I consider your heavens, the work of your fingers, the moon and stars, which you have ordained…
Colossians 1:16,17, By Jesus all things were created that are in heaven and in earth, visible and invisible, … all things were created by him and for him, and he is before all things and by him all things exist.
Psalm 19:1, The heavens declare the glory of God, and the sky shows his handiwork.
Jeff, Karen, Oscar, Vera and all eight of their girls were walking along the path by Mercy Stream. When they stopped for a rest, Vera exclaimed, “This is one of the most gorgeous autumns we have ever had here in Mercy Valley!”
Oscar stressed, “I agree, Honey, and we’ve been here for a lot of them. Our creator has gone all out this fall to paint the trees in so many delightful colors.”
Jeff mentioned, “The trees in Pine City are also more colorful this year than they have been other years. I enjoy getting to drive to and from work and see the show both ways.”
Karen agreed, “Yes, that’s one benefit of working in the city.”
Lisa commented, “I like riding the bus to and from school, because I get to see all the colors out of the windows.”
“I like seeing them too,” Ellie concurred, “especially since you and I change places every day so one of us can sit by the window.”
Hanna continued, “Christi and I do that also since you told us about your idea two months ago.”
“Yes,” Christi added, “it makes the ride more fun.”
Stella remarked, “It’ll be interesting to watch the rest of the seasons as we ride the bus too. My favorite season is spring, because of all the new greens after the browns of winter.”
Liz tacked on, “For sure, and there are so many different shades of green. The thing I like about winter is the way the snow makes the mountains show up more and look majestic.”
“Yeah,” Emma continued, “but spring is still my favorite too, because of all the flowers. I like to watch their progression from tulips and daffodils, to trees that bloom, and then the lilacs, followed by the iris, roses, and other summer flowers.”
Nan concluded, “Those are my feelings exactly, Emma. Plus I really enjoyed going on walks here in Mercy Valley to find and identify the wildflowers growing here.” All the girls nodded emphatically, and Oscar and Vera were very pleased.
“Oh,” exclaimed Stella, “I just remembered about the pinyon pine trees and the seeds in the cones! Do you think we might be early enough to beat the squirrels and birds so we could taste one apiece?”
Vera replied, “Yes, I think we might be. I’m so glad you remembered.” Then she quickly told the Spencer family about those seeds, and they all went up the hillside to carefully look at the cones. There were actually many seeds in them, so they all got a chance to taste as many as they wanted, since none of them were allergic to nuts.
“Hmm,” observed Liz, they taste a lot like the tree smells. It’s an interesting taste.”
Nan remarked, “Yes, interesting is a good way to put it. I think I’ll leave the rest of them for the birds and squirrels.”
“I kinda like it,” admitted Stella, “and I’m so glad we got here in time to taste them.”
Emma suggested, “Maybe it’s a taste a person gets used to and later enjoys it.”
“Indeed,” and then Karen informed them, “these seeds are available for people to buy at some stores that sell specialty items. So there must be many people who like to eat them.”
Oscar agreed, “Our great creator made a lot of variety.”
“Yes he did,” then Jeff suggested, “Let’s sing ‘How Great Thou Art’ before we walk back to our homes.”
Early in October, Julie started teaching her class about evangelism and how to be missionaries in the public school and for the rest of their lives. She was thankful she had been the one to revise the curriculum for those lessons last year, so she was familiar with the content.
She began by saying, “Class, today we get to start learning how to do what Jesus told his disciples to do in Mark 16:15, Go into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature. You’ll notice that the next verse says it’s up to the people what they do with what they hear. Our privilege and responsibility is to tell them the Good News.”
She remembered how important it was to build excitement and reassure the children about how capable they were since they’ve learned so much in the Church school.
“Open your Bibles to 2 Corinthians 5:17-21,” she instructed. “Follow along as I read it. … If any man is in Christ, he is a new creature, old things have passed away, behold, all things have become new. All things are of God, who has reconciled us to himself by Jesus Christ, and has given to us the ministry of reconciliation. God was in Christ, reconciling the world to himself, not counting men’s sins against them. He has committed to us the message of reconciliation. Therefore we are ambassadors for Christ. It’s like God pleaded with you through us, to be reconciled to God. He made Jesus who had no sin, become sin for us, so that we could be made the righteousness of God in Jesus. It’s a privilege and a big responsibility to be God’s ambassadors. Does anyone know what reconcile means?”
Cory raised his hand, and when she called on him he answered, “It means to repair a relationship and restore or reunite people who’ve disagreed or fought. Before we confessed our sins, we were disagreeing with God, because we thought we weren't sinners. That’s the way unbelievers are, so they need to be reconciled to God.”
“Exactly. Thank you, Cory,” Mrs. Blake responded, “An ambassador in this verse is a person who represents God and who promotes or tells others about what God did for mankind through his Son, Jesus. That’s what you get to be next year in fourth grade and for the rest of your lives.”
Cory continued being a blessing for Julie to have in her classroom. He asked her and the fourth graders who came to help them, lots of good questions and gave good answers when he was asked questions. He was so excited himself, that it was contagious.
Each child wrote his or her own testimony of how and when he or she had accepted Jesus, then memorized it and practiced telling a partner in the class. She reminded them that it’s best to make friends with people first, and to not be surprised if someone makes fun of them.
She also taught them other ways to present the gospel. The fourth graders who came on Wednesdays after their early dismissal, did role-plays of how they shared the gospel at school. Then she reminded her class, “The most important thing for you to do, is to pray every morning for Jesus to guide you to the right person, at the right time, and help you to say the right things.”
In October Parents at both the ranch and the farm taught their children about Halloween. They said something like, “The name of this holiday has been changed by society. It used to be All Hallows Eve, which means All Saints’ evening. It was the day before All Saints’ Day on November first. Most of the Halloween customs of today are pagan and ungodly. We’re better off to NOT celebrate it and focus on the next day being about saints, because that’s what we are if we believe in Jesus.”
In the Hopkins family, the girls nodded and later Sara described to Kim and June, “Last year Candy and I went to Guess my Bible Character Night at church instead of going trick or treating. We got to choose a character out of the Bible and dress up and act like that person. Then people could guess who we were.”
Candy suggested, “Since we’re all believers now, we could go to the Guess my Bible Character Night at church as SAINTS. I learned at a small group meeting a few months ago the meaning of the word ‘saint’ is a person who believes in Jesus. So we could go without dressing up as a Bible character and just be ourselves.”
Sara agreed but observed, “Yes, but we’d miss out on the fun of choosing, planning, figuring out a costume and how to act, plus having people guess who we are.”
“You’re right, Sara,” admitted Candy. “Kim and June both need to have a chance to enjoy doing that too. And we have almost two months to plan for it since this is just the first of September.”
June acknowledged, “It does sound like fun, but I don’t know very much about the Bible or its characters yet.”
Sara explained, “We didn’t either, but our new parents helped us and they’ll help all of us. Let’s go ask them.”
After they asked, Ian and Yolanda said they’d be glad to help. Yolanda showed them a book about who is who in the Bible. They spent about a week reading and talking about many different possibilities in the evenings after homework was finished.
They chose the four named women, Mary Magdalene, Joanna, Mary the mother of James, and Salome, who along with other women were at a distance at the cross and who came to the tomb on Easter, which is Resurrection Sunday. (See Luke 24:10, Mark 16:1 and 37-41 and Matthew 27:55,56.)
They brainstormed what to do for costumes. Then they had fun spending a little bit of time in the evenings working on them as they looked forward to having people guess who they were.
Soon the girls came up with a plan in order to be able to use their costumes for another occasion, so they talked to their foster parents about it. Their conversation went like this:
Sara began, “Dad and Mom, we asked for this family meeting so we could tell you about an idea we have for next spring on Resurrection Day at church.”
Kim continued, “You know the characters we chose and the costumes we have been making go with the Bible verses about Jesus crucifixion, burial and resurrection.”
June added, “We were thinking we could save our costumes and use them in a skit for the church service on Resurrection Sunday next spring.”
Candy finished, “We could get some other girls from the ranch to act out other parts of the resurrection, but we’d have the important parts of the scripture be read by someone like Mr. Blake who has such a good voice.”
Ian looked at Yolanda in pleased surprise and she smiled. He exclaimed, “What a good and useful idea! I’ll talk to Pastor Don and see what he thinks.”
Yolanda remarked, “Even if he might not want to use it at church, we could do it here on the ranch anyway, on Resurrection Sunday. We’re extremely pleased with all you girls. Your lives are a good example to the other girls on this ranch.”
Sara responded, “Thank you for the complement and for listening to our idea. We’re very glad you like it. We’ll do an extra nice job on our costumes so they’ll last for both occasions.”
Candy agreed, “Yes, this project has made Jesus death and resurrection come to life for me and be more meaningful.”
Kim asked, “Do you think we could go next door and talk to the family who has girls who are our ages. Maybe we could interest them in dressing up for other parts of the skit.”
June added, “They might even like to be the other women who went with us to the tomb.”
Yolanda answered, “Yes, I’ll call and see when they’d have time to listen to, and consider your plan.”
The girls next door liked the plan very much and did choose to be the other women. So all the girls were able to work together on their costumes some evenings and get better acquainted.
Working together gave them many chances to share what Jesus had done in their lives and witness to these four girls who hadn’t accepted Jesus yet. It wasn’t long before all four of the other girls also became believers! What a time of rejoicing the two families had together then!
Karen was teaching a lesson about trusting in God, instead of ourselves to the older girls. First she instructed, “Be sure you write down all the scripture references today, because you’ll need them for your homework.”
Then she asked, “How many of you would like to do what it says in Proverbs 28:26a, He who trusts in his own heart is a fool…”
Naturally, nobody raised a hand!
Next she asked, “How many of you would like to be happy?”
They all raised their hands, of course!
Karen continued, “The best way to be happy is by doing what it says in Proverbs 16:20b, Whoever trusts in the LORD is happy. Let’s sing ‘Rejoice in the Lord Always,’ which is based on Philippians 4:4.” Then Karen went on, “Psalm 33:21 agrees with it. Our hearts shall rejoice in the LORD, because we have trusted in his holy name.”
One of the girls asked, “But how can we trust in someone we can’t see?”
Karen responded, “Your question is a good one. Many people think they have to be able to see something or someone first, before they can trust, but everyday all day, people trust in electricity, which can NOT be seen. They do it by faith in their knowledge and experience of how it works. It’s the same way with God. We trust or rely on him because of what we know about him from the Bible and our experience.”
Sara shared, “It took me a long time to learn enough from the Bible and from what my new parents taught me to be able to trust in God.”
Karen agreed, “But your patience and perseverance paid off, and now I’ll bet it’s easier for you. Let’s read Proverbs 3:5,6 together, Trust in the LORD with all your heart, and lean not to your own understanding. In all your ways acknowledge him, and he shall direct your paths.”
Candy admitted, “When I first came to live with my new parents and Sara, I was very skeptical, but it only took a little while of watching them, listening and learning, to convince me that I could trust in the Lord. My own understanding had only gotten me into trouble.”
“I understand how that could happen, Candy,” said Karen and then she instructed, “Now read Psalm 9:10 with me, They who know your name, Lord, will put their trust in you, for you have not forsaken those who seek you. If you seek him, you will find him!”
A different girl asked, “How can we seek God?”
“That’s another good question, replied Karen. “Listen to Proverbs 16:3a, Commit your works to the LORD, and your thoughts shall be established. If you dedicate all the things you do to God, then he will help your thoughts to focus on doing them for him, and you’ll see how much better you do them.”
Karen continued, “Another way to seek God is to Trust in the Lord and do good, as it says in Psalm 37:3a. Your homework for this weekend is to read all these verses again and notice how they can help you. We’ll close with Romans 15:13, Now may the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing (trusting), that you may abound in hope, through the power of the Holy Spirit.”
Oscar wanted to show Nathan and Esther how competent the Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses are off of the trails. So he persuaded Vera to ride a different horse so he could ride Coco and Nathan could ride Dark Coco since they’re the largest of that breed. They are also remarkably flashy with their light or dark chocolate color and their flaxen manes and tails. Therefore, on a cool Wednesday morning after the children were all in school, Oscar, Vera, Nathan and Esther went for a totally different horseback ride.
Vera rode a coppery colored horse called Tea, and Esther rode Coffee, a dark brown one. They rode onto the public lands and took the trail to the far right. After a little way on that trail Oscar and Vera turned to the right off the trail into an area that had trees growing pretty close together with a lot of fallen trees on the ground.
Oscar instructed, “Just follow me and Vera, and let the reins go very slack so your horse can see where it’s going and pick the best footing.”
Nathan was a little skeptical but he replied, “OK, we’re right behind you.”
The fallen trees weren’t too big and most of the branches were gone so the horses were able to just step over them. They had no problem at all. They also navigated through the upright trees without the riders getting their legs rubbed.
Pretty soon they came to an open place where they stopped to talk. Esther exclaimed, “I never would have believed we could get through that mess if I hadn’t just seen us do it!”
Nathan added, “I’m impressed, these horses are amazing!”
“I thought you’d think so,” Oscar replied as he patted and praised Coco. The rest followed his example with the horses they were riding.
He continued, “We won’t ever show the girls, because there’s too much chance of them doing something wrong that would make the horse have a problem and they might both get hurt.”
Vera added, “But every once in a while we like to ride in places like this and the next one so we can remember their skills.”
The next one was a very rough hillside with watermelon sized and bigger boulders. The horses picked their way over the ones they could manage and around the others all the way to the top of the hill.
Oscar mentioned, “We could go back down the same way, but it’s more fun to go over there and have them come straight down that steep sandy hillside.”
Vera instructed, “Just lean back slightly and put your weight on the stirrups. Let the horse choose its own speed and you’ll do fine.”
Esther looked at Nathan with a “They’ve got to be kidding!” expression, but they followed their leaders and all went well.
Nathan exclaimed, “They did it!”
Esther added, “This has been the most exhilarating ride I’ve ever been on. I’m glad we never have to tell the girls, but I’d enjoy going with you two again sometime.”
On the way back to the tack room, Oscar and Vera had their horses slide down the stream bank, splash into and down the middle of Mercy stream for a while and then climb up the bank on the other side, instead of fording at the usual place. It was just one last surprise to amaze Nathan and Esther. The horses didn’t hesitate even once and seemed to enjoy the obstacle courses they had just navigated.
There was lots of talking about how well the horses performed as they rode the horses up and down the road until they were dry enough to be groomed properly with lots of strokes, rubbing and praises. On another warm day in the fall they all went again to different areas with different obstacles. It would not be safe to go in the winter since the snow would make things too slick.
Chapter 17
Psalm 92:1, It is a good thing to give thanks to the LORD, and to sing praises to your name, O most High.
Early in November, Karen and William had their boys and girls start a “Thankful Notebook.”
Karen told the girls, “I really like the Thanksgiving holiday, but we don’t have to wait for the holiday in order to be thankful. Two or three years ago I began writing things I was thankful for in a notebook.” She held it up showing the title, “Thankful Notebook,” and then had them look at some of the pages inside.
Candy observed, “It’s colorful and your handwriting’s so nice!”
“Thank you, Candy,” she replied. “I like colors and they make it enjoyable while I’m writing. Since I enjoy reading the verses again later, I try to write neatly. I used colored ink pens for a while but some of the colors bled through the pages and then I couldn’t read what I had written on the other side. So I decided erasable colored pencils would work better. Then I could even fix my mistakes. So that’s what you see on these later pages.”
Kim questioned, “Where do you get your ideas about what to write?”
A girl agreed, “Yeah, I’d run out of things to write too soon.”
Karen responded, “Here’s the easy part, I find a Bible verse containing something I’m thankful about and copy the reference and verse in my notebook. Since it’s so easy, it’s something I can do everyday and because it doesn’t take very long, I can include it in my own personal Bible study time.”
June asked, “But how do you decide which verse to use?”
“I made that easy for myself too,” replied Karen. “I use the concordance in the back of my Bible! Can you find the one at the end of your Bible?”
Another girl exclaimed, “Wow! There are lots of words here! It goes on, page after page.”
Sara concurred, “I’ll say! Plus each word has a list of Bible references with part of the verse and the word in it.”
“Right,” said Karen, and you’ll notice they only write the first letter of the word in order to save space. I look at some of the words and look for one I’m thankful for on the page. Like on this first page of the concordance, I know I wouldn’t chose ‘abhor’ which means to hate. But ‘abound’ might have a verse or more that would work for me. So I’d look up one of the references and read the verse. If it didn’t work, I’d try another one in the list. Try it now for yourselves.”
She gave them time to find a verse to use and then said, “Put a book mark there and come up here and get a notebook in a color you like, then go back and put your name inside it.”
When they thanked her, she said, “You’re very welcome.”
After they were seated again she continued, “At the top of each page I like to write, ‘I’m ‘thankful’ or ‘I’m grateful’ with a colon. Then I write the date and the verse’s scripture reference on the next line and copy the verse carefully after the reference. Then I underline the word I used from the concordance. I do this to help me keep a record of the words I’ve used, since I go in alphabetical order. The next day I use a different color and keep alternating the colors. The red and green pencils I gave you when you received your Bibles are erasable and if you desire more colors, each of you may come to this table at the end of this meeting and take a box with the rest of the colors.”
There were more words of appreciation after that statement.
Karen responded, “You’re all welcome, it’s my pleasure.”
They worked in silence until they finished the verse. Then Karen concluded, “It’s fine if you use more than one verse. When I have two or more verses, I change colors every four lines or so, and usually do just one of the verses each day. Take these notebooks home with you today and try to write a verse each day. You could make a title to put on the cover of your notebook. Next time we meet, bring it and share it with another girl in this group who isn’t in your family, because the girls in your family will probably see it at your home. Being thankful is a good way to start each day. See if you can remember the word you used, and the verse, from time to time during the day, especially if you get bored, or something happens that bothers you.”
Family devotions for all the families on the ranch and the farm include reading “Keys for Kids” for the younger children and “Unlocked” for teens. There are questions included to get them thinking and encourage discussion.
(If you’re interested in additional information about these two devotionals, you can look for them on the web.)
Families with young children bought Bible storybooks and other appropriate Christian stories to read to their children just before bedtime. These were so much better than fairy tales and scary stories so many other children hear.
Many mothers of various ages of children have another special time during the day when they can read longer chapter books which teach good values to their children. They can check out some from the ranch or farm library or use some from their childhood homes or buy some they can choose from places like Christian bookstores.
All of these activities helped to instill a love for good literature and for learning more about the Bible and good ways to live.
One warm, fall Saturday afternoon in Pine City, Roy, Sherry and the twins, and Greg, Oralie and their five boys met at the park where Jesus had healed Cory so the children could get acquainted and play together while their parents visited.
Roy mentioned, “I’ve been wanting to find out how your lives are going there on the farm with your new big family.”
“We’re all doing very well, thank you,” responded Greg. “I'll have to admit it has been a huge change for all of us, but we and the children are adjusting very well.”
Oralie commented, “I’m glad you had this idea to meet here, because I’ve been wondering how you two and the twins are doing. I can see they’ve grown quite a bit since the last time we got together.”
Sherry agreed, “We’re all doing well too. They’ve had a growth spurt lately, and I see that Cory has added about an inch also. I had to get busy and take out hems in some of their clothes.”
Roy asked, “Greg, how do you like working on the farm?”
He replied, “It’s the fabulous fulfillment of a dream I’ve had for a long time, so it’s an extra blessing on top of being able to have a big family.”
“Yes,” Oralie added, “that was another dream we had, but we had talked ourselves out of it for fear of having other handicapped children.”
Sherry remarked, “I can understand why you did that. How do you like volunteering at the church school?”
“It’s a full-time job for me,” answered Oralie, “but I like it immensely! I’m learning even more than the boys are. By spending a day or two in each grade level, I know what they’re expected to do and can help them at home.”
Sherry agreed, “I enjoy volunteering also, and I like seeing in person how our girls are doing. I also feel it’s an extra benefit for me to only be there four days a week so I get to have an uninterrupted day to sew new clothes for the twins or Roy or me.
Oralie admitted, “That is nice for you, but I’ve never enjoyed sewing very much.”
Roy observed, “Oh, look, the children are all playing catch.”
“Yes,” said Greg, “and the twins have improved a lot over the last time I watched them. You must have been working with them. Cory has taught his brothers many of the things I taught him and they’re all getting better.”
They continued visiting and watching the children play. Sometimes they got quiet and listened as the children sang songs they had learned in the church school. Later Sherry suggested, “Since the children get along so well, and we enjoy visiting, maybe we can do this again sometime.”
“Yes, let’s do!” exclaimed Oralie.
Since Thanksgiving is one of Karen’s favorite holidays, she had their girls help decorate the house at the ranch with pretty colored fall leaves. During the week before the holiday, she asked her girls to write some things they were thankful for and be ready to share them after the Thanksgiving meal.
Karen’s parents came to spend a week at Thanksgiving time with her and Jeff and their girls. They stayed in the Visitors’ Cabin and were introduced as Grandpa and Grandma Brown.
Her mom stated on Wednesday just before the girls got home, “Karen, I’m so pleased to see how you and Jeff and your girls have become a real family.”
“Thank you, Mom!” exclaimed Karen. “It has been a real adventure. The girls have all made a lot of progress.”
“Besides,” her mom continued, “I’m glad you get to use your gift of teaching with the groups of girls. It’s been such fun to watch this week.”
Karen responded, “I’m grateful for this opportunity also. It’s so much more fulfilling than my job was at Subs are Great. Although, God did use me to minister to one of my co-workers.” Karen went on to share her last communication with that lady.
“How amazing!” replied her mom. “It usually takes years of good counseling to make that kind of progress. But too often some counselors just encourage their clients to talk about how bad they have it, and it doesn’t help them at all.”
Karen agreed and then they heard the school bus arrive. So the two of them went to greet the older girls who were in the first class of the afternoon.
The next day, Thanksgiving, after a nice horseback ride in the unusually warm late fall weather, all hands pitched in to finish cooking the big dinner, set the table, carve the turkey, put the food in serving bowls and set them on the table.
Jeff asked, “Grandpa Brown would you pray before we eat?”
“I’d be honored,” he replied and prayed, “Father in heaven, Grandma and I are so privileged to be able to spend Thanksgiving with this delightful family you put together. Thank you for the food we’re about to eat. Please bless it to our bodies and bless our time together.”
For the girls this whole week was a time of gaining good new memories about Thanksgiving and grandparents. In addition, the food was more delicious than any they had eaten before coming to the ranch, since it was prepared with love and they got to help so much.
At the end of the meal, everyone helped with the cleanup and soon all of them were seated in the living room with the things they had written to share.
Karen explained, “We’ll start with our youngest, Hanna, and every person will have a turn, ending with Grandpa. But first I want to read 1 Chronicles 16:34, O give thanks to the LORD, for he is good, for his mercy endures forever.”
Hanna said, “Yes, I do thank the LORD. He is awesome. I’m thankful for all the things I’ve learned so far in Mom’s classes, especially about how to accept Jesus as my Savior. I’m so glad everyone in this family believes now. And I’m thankful for my new grandparents.”
Christi shared, “My first one is the same as Hanna’s. Second, I’m thankful nobody made fun of me being afraid to ride a horse. Instead they all helped me get over it and learn how to ride.”
Ellie was nervous, but was learning how to work through her fears. “I’m very thankful I got to come live with my new mom and dad here on this beautiful ranch, and that they helped me get over my fear of horses also and learn how to ride one. Now it’s one of my favorite fun activities. Plus I’m glad I read a story that convinced me to ask Jesus to be my Savior. And I’m thankful for Grandma and Grandpa Brown.”
“I agree with Hanna,” added Lisa, “and with Ellie about horseback riding being my favorite activity. It helped me so much when I first came here! Plus I’ll add that I’m very thankful to be in such a loving, caring home.”
Jeff went next, knowing for sure that his wife couldn’t talk right now because she was just about ready to cry with joy. “I’m thankful that Jesus led us to come to this ranch and that he put these four girls into our family, and especially that all of them believe in Jesus now. In addition, I want to read Psalm 147: 7,8 to you, Sing unto the LORD with thanksgiving. Sing Praise on the Harp to our God, who covers the heaven with clouds and prepares rain for the earth and makes grass to grow…”
Karen was ready now. “I’m bubbling over with thankfulness right now for being able to hear what the others have shared. And I’m thankful my parents can be here to see first hand how happy this family is. Plus I’m thankful for the Thanksgiving holiday.”
Grandma shared, “I'm thankful we could come and see how happy you all are, and I’m thankful to be a grandma to four precious girls.”
Grandpa declared, “I’m thankful for every person in this room, and that we all belong to God’s big forever family. I love being a grandpa to four beautiful girls, and I’m glad all of us like to ride horses. Plus I’m thankful for this ranch and its mission of mercy.”
The next three days were filled with fun activities, including a horseback ride each day and a hike to Lavender Falls. Besides those things, all of them got up very early one morning and went quietly to the blind to watch some animals come get their drinks at the lake and stream. Since Karen’s parents didn’t have to leave until Monday morning, they were able to attend church with the family on Sunday afternoon.
The other families on the ranch and farm enjoyed Thanksgiving time in many of the same ways as Jeff and Karen had.
One set of Cory’s grandparents came to visit during the week of Thanksgiving. All the boys sang two songs they had learned at school about being thankful. One song went with James 1:17a, every good gift and every perfect gift is from above coming down from the Father… The other song says there are many reasons to be thankful every day.
Oralie remarked, “What you boys just sang goes perfectly with a verse I read just this morning in Psalm 95:2,3, Let us come before his presence with thanksgiving and make a joyful noise to him with psalms. For the LORD is a great God, and a great King above all gods.”
The other grandparents came for a week at Christmas time. Both sets were amazed and grateful for the way God had blended the boys into the family and that all of them were already saved.
At the Hopkins home after the Thanksgiving meal, Candy exclaimed, “I’m so thankful for a caring mom and dad who really love me, and that all my sisters know Jesus too. We’re all part of God’s big happy forever family!” Of course that made the day especially happy for Ian and Yolanda.
Ruth and Jason Beckett both went to spend the day with William and Anna and their boys on Thanksgiving Day.
During the morning William and Jason went fishing with the boys, so Ruth and Anna a chance to visit as they prepared the rest of Thanksgiving dinner including what Ruth had brought with her.
Ruth spent the rest of the weekend with Nathan, Esther and their girls. She was especially glad for the nice weather making it possible to go riding with them those three days.
Julie had asked their girls at a family meeting, “What did you girls do last year for Thanksgiving?”
Three of them didn’t remember, but Lily answered, “We were still living at Grandpa and Grandma’s house and we helped clean it up and helped her cook dinner for us and Father.”
Iris mentioned, “They can’t do things like that anymore.”
Rose questioned, “Could we invite them to have Thanksgiving with our family this year?”
“Oh, could we, and have Father come here too?” Violet chimed in. “We’d help you clean up this house and you could tell us how to help you cook dinner.”
Julie looked to Ted, and they were able to communicate their agreement silently. So Ted responded, “Yes! It sounds like a very good idea unless your father already has other plans. I’ll call and ask him right now.” He left the room and when he came back he continued, “Your father said he likes your idea and would like to spend Thanksgiving here with all of us and your Grandpa and Grandma. He’s going to call and ask them if they would feel up to coming here. Then he will call us back and let us know.”
In a short time he called back and told them they would all come, so Ted, Julie and all four girls were very busy getting everything ready for their special guests. With everyone working together, the day, the meal, and the time visiting were great.
Sunny’s parents came to spend Thanksgiving with Felix, Sunny and their boys. They brought about half the meal with them, so Sunny only had the other half to get ready. The adults all enjoyed watching the boys take turns in their go-karts. Then Sunny and her mother went in to finish preparing the meal. After they ate and everyone helped with the cleanup, they had a nice time visiting and talking about things for which they were thankful.
They ended the day with Psalm 100:4b,5, we are thankful to the Lord and bless his name. For the LORD is good, his mercy is everlasting, and his truth endures to all generations.
Felix, Sunny and their boys along with most of the families on the farm were very thankful for the good harvest, and that it was finally over so they could spend some extra time together as families doing many fun activities.
Early in December, at the church school after lunch, Kippy asked during sharing time, “Who can remember the name of one of your third grade plays in which you were an actor this year?”
Cory’s hand shot up and Kippy called on him. “I got to be an Indian in the Thanksgiving play just last month.”
A girl went next, “I was Betsy in the play we did for Flag Day. It was called ‘Betsy Ross and the Making of our Flag.”
A boy mentioned, “I was the person who was always griping about having to make do, but I don’t remember the name of the play.”
Another girl exclaimed, “I was in that one too! I was the lady who had an onion to add to the stew. The name of the play was ‘Make Do Stew,’ and it taught us to not gripe.”
Kippy declared, “I liked that play a lot! It did teach a good lesson about not complaining and also one about sharing what we have with others.”
On another day at a different sharing time Kippy inquired, “What were some things you enjoyed about third grade this year?
One boy shared, “It was fun and interesting to learn how to be missionaries in fourth grade next year.”
One girl stated, “Yes, and it was hard, but very fun to learn how to write with cursive letters instead of printing.”
Another girl agreed, “I thought so too, and I especially enjoyed hearing the chapter books Mrs. Blake read to us while we practiced the letters.”
A boy remarked, “I liked all the stories she read this year, and I found out we were lucky to get to have two story times each day. Most classes don’t.”
Cory commented, “I agree with all of those, and I really enjoyed all the Nature Corner stories we listened to during the lessons on proofs about creation. They convinced me that only a very wise creator could have made the heavens and earth and everything in them. I’m glad we learned to ignore what they teach about evolution and not argue about it, but to be ready to tell what I believe if someone asks me.”
Another boy expressed, “Math was harder this year, but I learned a lot. It was very helpful to be able to use the materials the parent volunteer made for us, so we could understand how to divide and multiply fractions.”
“I liked the experiments we did in Science, especially the one we did about melting ice,” a girl added.
A different boy shared, “I enjoyed all the songs we sang, and the way they went so well with the things we were learning.”
“I like the songs too,” one other girl agreed, “and I really liked having the little booklets with word and number puzzles to do at our desks if we finished another task sooner than the others did. That way I was never bored by having to wait.”
The second weekend in December there was a big snow in Mercy Valley, so some people believed they’d have an early winter and maybe a lot of snow. People who liked to play in the snow were thrilled. The families had already bought winter coats, boots, gloves or mittens and there was some commotion when they were getting ready to go out and enjoy the snow.
Many of the boys on the farm built snow forts and made lots of snowballs so they could have snowball fights with others. Cory was thrilled with the chance to help his brothers get theirs ready. There were other boys close to their ages who were doing the same thing, and pretty soon the air was filled with flying snowballs and lots of yelling and laughter.
On the farm, some families had inner tubes to pull up the hill and then slide back down again.
A few of the girls on the ranch did the same things. Others built snowmen or made snow angels on the ground. Some of them were disappointed that the snow made the ground too slick to be able to do anything with the horses.
By Monday the snow was mostly gone and the weather warmed up a little. There was no more snow until the middle of January. Of course there were mixed emotions about that!
Winter on the farm meant that the type of work changed for the workers and the boys. All the equipment needed to be cleaned, inspected, oiled, and repaired if necessary. A couple of the men who had moved to the farm were good at repairs.
While the others were doing those tasks, Felix and the owners prepared for the coming year by studying the budget, planning crop rotation so they’d know where to plant the crops in the spring. Then they purchased seeds for the crops if there weren’t enough of the ones they had gathered from this year’s crops.
A few men and women found part-time jobs in town, since there were plenty of others to do the winter farm work. Other women were glad to have some time off to be homemakers.
Since the weather had turned nice again for a while, Felix encouraged the boys in whatever sports interested them. His boys and the other family had more time to practice driving their go-karts and have some more races.
Many families had time to go fishing in Mercy Stream or do a little hiking to explore the hillsides on both sides of the farm.
Before the third week in December, Clara invited all the people who were in last year’s small group and those in her present group to come to the graduation and commissioning ceremony in the church sanctuary for the evangelism classes. A commencement speech would be given by the pastor of Church #1. Everyone she asked, who didn’t have to work that night, attended it. They wanted to congratulate and show their support for all the hard work they and the other people had accomplished. Jeff and Karen were especially glad they could bring their girls and attend it.
Clara and her husband had finished all the studies in those classes plus they had graduated from their nurses training at the university.
The church had received permission from the couple who wrote a special song for the graduation last year, to be able to use it for every graduation ceremony. Two couples had practiced it as a quartet and sang without instruments. It sounded beautiful.
Everywhere There’s a Sunrise
Verse one
Everywhere there’s a sunrise,
Let’s tell the Good News!
Work together and be wise.
Show people what to choose.
So many people need to hear,
Before it is too late,
How they can have Jesus near,
And that Heaven is so great.
Chorus
They might be far away,
Or right next door to you.
Since sunrise still starts each day,
Please tell them the Good News!
Verse two (see 1 Peter 3:15)
Always be prepared to give
An answer to all who ask,
The reason you have incentive,
And in such hope can bask.
With humility and meekness,
Tell them to confess their sin,
Which can cause them great distress,
Then ask the Savior in.
Chorus
They might be far away,
Or right next door to you.
Since sunrise still starts each day,
Please tell them the Good News!
When the song was finished and the audience applauded, each graduate had a few minutes to tell about their plans and thank the people who had helped them get this far.
Clara was exceptionally joyful and grateful this evening. Her speech included: “I want to thank everyone in church #4, for their support while I was doing my studies. I especially thank Pastor Don for his counsel, the lady who spoke God’s word of knowledge to me, Jeff and Karen Spencer who explained how God would make it happen, and then guided me through the steps, and for all the members of my small groups who prayed for and encouraged my wonderful husband and me.”
Her husband’s speech contained their plans after listing all the people he was grateful for: “We’ll be moving to the small city in the southeastern part of the United States, where my wife’s parents live. We both have jobs lined up and waiting for us when we arrive there. Plus there’s a whole home mission field ripe to be harvested. We’re eagerly anticipating being able to serve Jesus there together.”
Then the pastors of all the churches these people had been attending placed their hands on the graduates and prayed for God to bless and empower them for his service.
Christmas time on the farm and ranch was very special for all the families. The children were making happy, new memories. If the children had bad memories, like coal or rocks in a Christmas stocking or wrong teachings about Santa, the parents helped them to forgive the people involved. Then they helped to replace those memories with positive traditions chosen by each family to enjoy.
William and Karen spent several weeks in early December teaching their groups about the real meaning of Christmas. Plus they sang many Christmas songs with the used hymnals they had bought from the church and SD cards to go with the songs. The children in the church school received the same kind of teaching.
Many families went shopping together to find a nice nativity scene they could afford and would use year after year as a centerpiece of their Christmas decorations.
Of course most of them decorated a tree, since it was usually a positive memory for the children. But they all made sure to have mostly decorations that would remind them of the real story of Christmas.
Ted, Julie, and their girls had their Christmas celebration on Christmas Eve. Ted read the Christmas Story from Luke 2:1-20 and parts of the story in Matthew while the girls looked at the nativity scene. They finished opening the last window of the Advent calendar that they had started on December first. Then they looked at all the pictures again. The girls spent Christmas Day with their Father and Grandpa and Grandma.
The quadruplets family didn’t exchanged gifts at Christmas but did receive gifts on their birthday. So Ted and Julie introduced them to the idea of giving a birthday gift to Jesus. Ted and Julie always gave a special offering for Jesus’ birthday to be used to spread the Good News of why Jesus was born at Christmas. Each of the four girls could add to that amount by giving some of the money they had received in various ways.
The rest of the families decided together what they’d like to do about exchanging gifts and/or a special birthday gift for Jesus.
The Mendoza parents came for Christmas and to visit again for a week. They stayed with Nathan and Esther again, spending alternate days with them and Felix’s family. The favorite tradition for both ranch and farm families was making decorations for the Christmas tree. And of course Grandpa and Grandma Mendoza enjoyed riding horses with Nathan’s family.
Jeff’s parents came to stay in the Visitors’ Cabin to spend Christmas with him and Karen and their girls. They were introduced as Grandpa and Grandma Spencer and had a wonderful time getting to know their new grand children. Karen and Grandma Spencer and the girls had fun making cookies shaped like Christmas trees and stars.
Ruth and Jason again went to spend Christmas Day with their parents and the boys. But Ruth didn’t spend time with Esther and her girls while the Mendoza grandparents were there.
Since it hadn’t snowed, Ruth and William took the boys on a hike up one of the hillsides. This time Jason got to stay inside and visit with Anna while he helped her cook the meal.
Ian and Yolanda had a family meeting to discuss their options. Ian began with, “As you know, both our parents live so far away that they can’t afford to come visit us here on the ranch, so we won’t get to have their company. But we could do what we did on Thanksgiving and send them special email greetings including photographs we have taken since then.”
“Besides doing that,” added Yolanda, “what ideas do you girls have for Christmas traditions you’d like to start or continue?”
Sara remarked, “I like the things we did last year in Pine City, before we moved here to the ranch. We each made our own gifts to give each other and it didn’t cost very much.”
“Yes,” agreed Candy, “and it was fun to decorate the tree with our own handmade decorations and strings of popcorn.”
Kim observed, “Both of those ideas do sound fun.”
“I agree,” added June, “plus maybe we could go caroling here on the ranch since we’ve learned so many Christmas carols.”
Yolanda continued, “Yes, and we can work together on a menu for a special meal for Christmas day.
“Those are all terrific ideas, Ian concurred, “and since we have two whole weeks of vacation time, I hope the weather will be good enough to go horseback riding often.”
Oscar and Vera of course, had no parents to come visit, so they tried to make their quiet Christmas special anyway.
Vera instructed, “Girls, please take some time right now to write a list of some things you’d like to do to celebrate Christmas this year. It can be things you’ve done before or things you’d like to try. Don’t put your name on it.”
Oscar and Vera wrote their ideas also and then they all got together and Oscar suggested, “Could we pass the lists around so everyone can read the others’ ideas?”
They all nodded, and Vera tacked on, “As we read we could
put a straight mark by the ones we like a lot and then we’ll have a tally of which ones are liked the most. Of course if we have time we can probably do all of them anyway.”
They all had fun reading and marking ideas and when they finished, they laid them out on the kitchen counter so they could be seen together. There were several duplicate ideas and many with six marks in the tally. One of those included being thankful for Jesus being born on Christmas so long ago, and reading Bible verses like Matthew 1:18-24, Luke 1:26-2:20, and John 1:1-18.
Vera suggested, “Stella and Liz, since you’re older, would you compile the lists into one, being sure to put the ones with six marks first and so on down the line. Don’t miss any, because I think all of them would be fun to try and we have a whole week before Christmas when you aren’t in school and another one after if we don’t get finished by Christmas.”
The girls nodded, took the lists to the table and got started. When they finished, they showed the others and decided there were some things they could even do before the weeks of vacation. The whole family had a delightful time working through the list, and thoroughly enjoyed the Christmas season.
At the ranch during the two week vacation in December and January, Ted made sure to give Julie time so she could study all the records and photographs of the new third grade class that would be coming to her schoolroom right after vacation. She’d memorize names and find out where each student was academically, so they could get started learning right away. Also Julie made sure she had personal time to spend with Ted and fun times as a family. Extra riding times were the favorite activity the family had planned.
Rose asked, “Daddy, since Hope and Joy and Timmy and Mary are on vacation at the same time we are, may we invite them to come for extra horseback rides with our family?”
“It sounds like a good idea,” he replied. “Would you like for me to call their parents and invite them?”
She answered, “Yes, please. And thank you, Daddy.”
Lily handed him a paper and suggested, “Here’s the list of the times our family can go riding. Mommy told me if they could come in the afternoons it might be warmer and we could ride outside on the ranch instead of in the inside riding ring.”
Iris added, “Yes, I think we’d all enjoy it more that way.”
Violet tacked on, “We remember that they have to come on different days since there are only six horses small enough for us to ride.”
“Thank you, Lily and Iris and Violet.” he responded. “I’ll call them separately, tell them the information, and we’ll see what will work for them.”
The girls waited quietly with interest to see what he’d find out about each family.
Soon Ted had good news for them. Each family would be able to come riding one extra time each week in the afternoon on alternate days. The girls were eagerly looking forward to it. The weather cooperated, and all their rides were delightful.
The two weeks of vacation flew by, as is so often the case when people are having fun. Now it was time to begin a new year at school. Everyone had mixed emotions. They were sad because the vacation was over, but most of them looked forward to the new school year starting. Everybody had at least a little apprehension along with the anticipation.
Don and Anita Ross were enjoying the way Mary looked forward to kindergarten in the church school. She already knew so much about it from listening to Timmy, Hope and Joy, that she wasn’t the least bit afraid. She was especially happy that her mom would be spending two or three days a week in her classroom and the same in Timmy’s.
Anita was glad too, because this way she wouldn’t feel sad about not having a day care job any longer. After so many years of working together, she and Mindy said their farewells to the day care and moved on to new jobs. Mindy would begin helping Fiona every afternoon after school. She was looking forward to it also. She’d be adding Saturday mornings shortly after Fiona’s second son was born.
Cory actually had the most of both anticipation and apprehension since, he was starting fourth grade after a fabulous year in the church school. Just before bedtime, He mentioned, “Dad and Mom, I don’t know if I’m really ready to go back to the public school. I wish the church school had a fourth grade, too, and that Mrs. Blake would teach it. She’s such a good teacher!”
Greg responded, “I can understand how you feel, Cory. At a time like this it’s very hard to want to leave what’s familiar and enjoyable. Let’s pray about it.” Cory nodded and Greg began, “Father in heaven, you’ve heard what we already said, and know how Cory is feeling. Please give him your peace about this situation.”
Oralie added, “Yes, and please fill him with the confidence he needs to go be your ambassador in fourth grade where so many boys and girls don’t know Jesus.”
“Yes, Jesus,” continued Cory, “make me feel your presence and help every day, so I can be a good student and also tell others about you.”
Greg finished, “Give Cory a good night’s sleep and we thank you in advance for all your answers. We pray in Jesus name.”
And they all said, “Amen” together.
In the morning Cory was peacefully excited about this new opportunity, and he went to school with a good attitude.
Mindy, Candy, and June were leaving middle school and starting high school, so they also had a small measure of what Cory was feeling. They were thankful for their parents praying with them about it. The first day is always the hardest. The next few days were easier, and they all adjusted nicely to their new situations.
Ernest and Connie Clay were thankful for the slower season at the Garden Shop.
Ernest suggested, “Let’s take a day off this coming Saturday and go do something fun. Patrick O’Connor and our own Amelia plus the clerk can handle the shop for most of the day.”
“It’s a great idea,” agreed Connie. “Then we can get back early enough to help close up and go home for supper.”
Ernest said, “I have another suggestion. If you plan a meal and put it in the crock pot it’ll be ready for supper when we all get home.”
“I'll do it!” exclaimed Connie. “Thanks for the good suggestion. Do you also have an idea for where we can go?”
“Yes,” he replied, “I have several. I’ll name them, and you can choose the one you’d like the best.”
She was curious now, “OK, go ahead.”
He smiled and said, “Here goes: ice skating, shopping, a different museum than we went to the last time, a game arcade, a movie, a drive in the snowy mountains since the road has been cleared off now, and we could have lunch at that interesting restaurant Fiona told us about after her honeymoon.”
“I like the last one the best!” Connie exclaimed getting up to give him a big hug and kiss.
Right after supper, she called Fiona and made arrangements to see her the next day. After greetings and explaining their plans, Connie asked, “What was the name of the restaurant you and Matt went to on your honeymoon in that mountain town?”
Fiona answered, “I don’t know. It was just a cafe. There was no name outside or inside. But you can’t miss it. The sign has pictures of one girl in a chef’s hat and several others with pretty waitress aprons and they’re all smiling. It’s in the middle of the third block on the north side of Main Street.”
“With your good directions, Fiona,” said Connie, “we should be able to find it with no problems.”
“Please give them our greetings,” requested Fiona.
Connie responded, “I’ll be glad to. I’m really looking forward to Saturday. It’s been a long time since we had a date.”
“I’m sure it’ll be fun for you,” replied Fiona. “I’ll enjoy hearing about it when you get back and have time. Oh, I just had an idea. Come with me to the office so I can show you something I prepared for my friend, Esther, to use while she was dating.”
Fiona brought a document up on the computer monitor and continued, “This is very much like what I told those girls the second day we went to their cafe. It’s about things to look for in the man they would marry. Would you sit here and read it to see if you think it would be good enough for me to send it with you so you can give it to them from me?”
Connie nodded and sat down to read. Just then Johnny awoke and Fiona went to take care of and feed him. By the time she returned with him to the office, Connie was just finishing, and she held out her arms to hold Johnny as she declared, “This is excellent, Fiona. If you want to print out a copy, I’ll be glad to deliver it for you. Johnny gets cuter every time I see him.”
“Thank you, Connie,” said Fiona. “I’ve often wished I had gotten an email address so we could have kept in contact.”
Connie stated, “Don’t worry. This will be just as good. I’ll come over sometime next week and tell you all about our day and their response to your gift.”
Later in January at the ranch, Ted started his choir with girls eleven years old and up, who were interested, meeting two times a week at the Blake’s house. They started out with sixteen girls, and it was pretty crowded, but four of the girls dropped out, leaving a dozen girls who continued coming.
First he taught them how to read notes and count rhythms for a song in the used hymnals he had bought from the church. He used his guitar to pluck each melody note so they could hear the difference. Then they listened to the SD card from Church. Afterward they’d sing the hymn in unison until they thought it was easy. Whenever they needed exercise, he had them march in place, counting in tempo with the song they were singing.
After the girls went home one evening, Violet shared, “Daddy, I like your voice. It’s so low.”
“Thank you, Violet,” replied Ted. “God gave this voice to me and I’m thankful to him for it.”
After a few weeks Ted asked the choir girls, “Do any of you know how to harmonize with the melody?”
Nobody did. However, Sara replied, “I don’t, but I’ve often wanted to know how. I hear some of the people around me at church who can, and it sounds pretty with the melody.”
Ted responded, “I think it’s pretty too, and I’ll try to teach you how to do it if you’d like to acquire that skill. We’ll just study one harmony part today. Look carefully at the notes above the words. The top notes are the melody of the song, and are the highest voice in this four-part song. The notes just under the top notes are the second highest voice, which is called ‘alto.’ Notice that sometimes they’re right under the melody notes and sometimes they’re separated by several lines.”
Each girl studied the notes and lines in the song, and Ted continued, “Listen as I pluck each note of the melody on the guitar and notice how the notes move up or down on the lines.”
They listened and observed the notes.
June observed, “When a note sounds high it’s higher up on the lines. The lower sounds are near the bottom or under the lines.”
Ted commended her, “Good observation, June. Knowing this can help you know how to change your voice from high to low and so on, to go with the notes written on the lines.”
Kim remarked, “I never realized there was so much information on each page of the hymnal. Maybe sometime you will tell us what the other strange looking symbols mean.”
“I’ll be glad to, Kim,” replied Ted. “We’ll do it a little at a time so it won’t seem overwhelming.”
Next he played the alto notes of the song and had them listen.
Candy commented, “It doesn’t sound like the melody. When the notes are close together it follows the melody closer.”
“You’re right, Candy,” Ted responded. “If you’re singing the alto part this will help you know if you’re doing it right. Now listen to the song on the boom box and see if you can hear the alto part.”
Some of them could, and some of them couldn’t. So Ted encouraged, “Don’t worry if you can’t hear it right now. It takes practice and you’ll hear it soon. I see that we have just enough time to sing the song one more time and as we do, listen for the alto part.”
When they finished they thanked him and he said, “You’re welcome. See you next time.”
Nathan and Esther went to visit William and Anna at the farm on a Wednesday after lunch while all the children were still at school.
After greetings and asking and answering each other about how things were going, Esther asked, “Do you think it’s important or even a good idea to tell our girls about the other grandparents and their boys on the farm?”
“I don’t know,” Anna replied, “I’ve had the related question about whether it would be good to tell the boys about another sister and a brother-in-law at the ranch with their girls.”
William added, “Our boys are so much older than your girls that I doubt there would be much interest either direction.”
Nathan agreed, “Correct. It could be confusing or even counterproductive to introduce them. We can’t easily spend time together as families anyway.”
“I know,” continued Esther, “it’s hard enough to even find time to visit as dad, mom and children. However, we’ve been able to connect on the phone pretty often, and see each other once in a while, so I’m thankful.”
William responded in his practical way, “We all knew this adventure would really change our lives, so we can accept it and do our best with it.”
“Exactly,” concurred Anna, “so I think it’ll be better for the boys and girls if we leave things as they are, unless they ask questions, and then we could answer, but I doubt they will ask.”
Nathan said, “I think you’re right. We’re all doing very well right now and we don’t need to make anything more difficult for the children or for any of us.
William concluded, “Precisely. As long as we continue our open, loving communications and keep praying for each other we’ll keep doing just fine. I’ll mention to Ruth and Jason what we’ve decided so they won’t say anything to the children either.”
With all of that decided, they continued visiting and even set up a time when William and Anna could come to the ranch on a warm Wednesday afternoon for a couples’ horseback ride.
Back at the ranch Nathan had an idea so he went to see Oscar. “Do you think it would work to put a small obstacle course inside the big riding building so it would be more interesting to ride there on cold days in the winter?”
“Yes, I think it would,” replied Oscar. “Tell me more about your idea, please.”
Nathan brought out a piece of paper where he had sketched some plans. “We could have a series of small logs for the horses to step over, a short bridge for the horses to cross, a fake tree with ribbons and scarves fluttering in the breeze from a fan. The horses would have to pass it going one way and then on the other side of it coming back. This can help keep them used to things like that.
“I like it.” Oscar declared, “Would there be a line of slalom poles set up with enough space between them for the horses to walk the course?”
“Yes,” replied Nathan. “That’s what this line is, with the little circles every so often.”
Oscar said, “Good. Plus I notice that you have only used a center oval in the building, leaving the outside edges for traditional riding for any who’d rather do it.”
“Yes,” agreed Nathan. “We could embed arrows in the ground to show the direction they’d go with a start sign and a finish sign or the signs could say ‘Enter’ and ‘Exit’. All travel in it would be one way since the building’s too small to go both directions, but the horses will have plenty of turning all the way through to keep them in good shape.”
“Agreed,” stated Oscar. “Plus we could change places with the signs every few days so they go the other direction. We will also need a sign at the beginning of the course saying ‘Walk ONLY, on this course,’ because it would be dangerous for the horses to go any faster. If riders want to go faster they can stay over on the outside edges of the building.”
Nathan admitted, “I got some of these ideas from those fantastic rides where you and Vera took Esther and I on public lands off the trails. If you’d like, we could bring some different sized rocks for the horses to step over or around.”
“Yes, I’d like that,” agreed Oscar. “And I think it would be safe enough to do these things in the big building where there are adults ready to help if a girl gets into trouble anywhere along the obstacle course. It’ll keep the horses used to obstacles, and give the riders practice in letting the horses pick their footing.”
Therefore, Nathan got permission for Ted to use some of his ranch handyman time to help set up the course. Oscar checked every now and then to see how it was going and give some more suggestions here and there.
When it was finished, it got a lot of use on cold, snowy days from the people who enjoyed that kind of riding better than just going around the edge of the building. The girls especially liked the added interest on days when it was too cold or the snow made it unsafe to ride outside.
The weather had been cold long enough that Wild Mint Lake and the pond on the farm had frozen thick enough for ice skating.
Nathan kept the lake cleared off, and on the farm, some of the men took turns clearing the pond.
Not everybody enjoyed being outdoors in the cold, but those who did, bought ice skates and made good use of the smooth ice. Karen and William decided to have their classes after supper, so the people could skate or go riding while it was still light out. Some of them hurried right out there after school, or on warm afternoons of the weekends. It was good exercise and they came back inside with rosy cheeks and big appetites.
The game rooms on the ranch provided many activities for those who preferred staying warm. The activities bought by the ladies earlier were put to good use. The farm families who’d rather be warm, often found things to do inside their houses from those purchases placed in the farm library. So everybody had enjoyment to balance out the extra chores of winter on the ranch or the farm.
The longer darkness in the evenings made good times to get in some extra reading also, so the libraries at the ranch and farm got a lot of visitors. Some families took turns reading the stories out loud if the children had learned how to read. If not, the parents read to them.
Of course, if it snowed most people were outside enjoying the snow in the daytime like they did in early December.
In Pine City after their trip to the mountains, Connie went to see Fiona and handed her a big envelope, which Fiona took with a questioning look. When she opened it, she exclaimed, “Oh, how nice of them! One of the girls wrote a nice thank you letter and all of them signed it. She even gave me her email address, so we can correspond.”
“Yes, it is very nice,” Connie agreed. “She showed it to me before putting it in the envelope.”
Fiona asked, “Oh I see. What did you think about the cafe, and how was your lunch?”
Connie replied, “It was just as fun as you said it was on your honeymoon. I think they might have slowed down a little, but it still was very entertaining, and I didn’t have to worry about them running so fast that they might run into other waitresses while they were delivering meals or refilling glasses. The meal was delicious, and the drive there and back was delightful. Ernest said that he hadn’t had so much fun in a long time.”
Fiona responded, “I’m glad for both of you and I hope you’ll remember to take some more time for fun together. If we can find a warm Saturday sometime soon, I’d like Matt and I to take Johnny up there to show him off to them.”
“What a good idea,” said Connie. “I'm sure they’d all be pleased to see both of you and your new little one.”
Karen and William taught about respecting authority to the older children. Karen began by saying, “It’s important to respect those who have authority over us. First and foremost we need to respect God’s authority. Please find Daniel 2:20-22 and read it with me, … blessed be the name of God forever and ever, for wisdom and might are his. He changes the time and the seasons. He removes kings and sets up kings, he gives wisdom to the wise and knowledge to them that know understanding. He reveals the deep and secret things. He knows what is in the darkness and light dwells with him.”
Then she continued, “These verses were written by a young man who had been taken captive to Babylon, a country far from his home in Jerusalem. He submitted to his new rulers but also knew that the God he had learned about in Jerusalem was the supreme ruler above all others. So Daniel gave God the credit for all the help he gave him.”
Sara asked, “So if people praise us for something we did, what should we say?”
Karen responded, “I think it would be OK to thank them for the compliment, and then thank God for the abilities and help he has given to you, but don’t act proud of yourself.”
Sara nodded, and Karen went on, “The next verses were written by Paul in Romans 13:1-3. I’ll read you a summary of what he said, Let everyone be subject to the higher powers, for there is no power but the ones ordained of God. Whoever resists the power, resists the ordinance of God, and will be condemned. Rulers are not a terror to those who do good works, but to those who do evil. … Do good and you will not be afraid, but will have their praise.”
A girl remarked, “It’s like when someone’s driving too fast and the driver sees a police car, he immediately slows down.”
“Exactly,” agreed Kim, “but I've seen my new dad or mom who always drive the speed limit just keep going that speed without worrying about the police car. They don’t have to be afraid.”
Karen nodded, “Yes, it’s a good feeling to not have to worry because you know you’re following the rules. This next verse in John 19:11, explains more about how a ruler gets power. Jesus answered, you could have no power at all against me, except that given from above. Therefore he who delivered me to you has the greater sin. Jesus said this to Pilate when he was on trial. Jesus knew he was sinless in God’s eyes and therefore let the people carry out their plan to crucify him, so he could make the way to forgive all people who would believe in him and what he did.”
“I’m so glad Jesus did that for us!” Candy exclaimed.
The rest of the girls and Karen nodded emphatically. Then she continued, “The apostle, Paul, told a young pastor named Titus to remind them (his congregation)to be subject to principalities and powers, to obey magistrates, to be ready to do every good work, to speak evil of no man, to not be brawlers, but gentle showing meekness to all people. This is found in Titus 3:1,2.”
June remarked, “I’ll bet he said that so the other people would be able to see the difference it makes to be a Christian.”
“Precisely,” commended Karen, “look up 1 Peter 2:13-15, and you’ll see something similar in the last verse. Submit yourselves to every ordinance of man for the Lord’s sake, whether it be to the king, as supreme, or to governors, as if they are sent by the king for the punishment of evildoers, and for the praise of those who do well. For it is the will of God, that by doing well you may silence the ignorance of foolish men.”
Another girl declared, “Oh, I do see it.” The others nodded.
“Very good.” Karen stated, “knowing the command and the reason for it, will make it easier for us to do what it says. For our last set of verses please find 1 Timothy 2:1-4.”
Karen had one of the other girls read it, “I urge you … to pray, intercede, and give thanks for all men: for kings, and for all who are in authority, so that we may lead a quiet and peaceful life in all godliness and honesty. For this is good and acceptable in the sight of God our Savior, who wants all men to be saved, and to come to the knowledge of the truth.”
Karen finished, “I’ve noticed that when I pray for the people who are in authority, it’s easier for me to respect them and do the things they say to do. You might want to try it.”
William and Anna’s boys on the farm were building birdhouses for bluebirds to be ready for springtime when the birds would return. They were working with the other family who had boys of the same ages. Both of the dads were good with woodworking, so they were able to teach the boys a lot. They used redwood and did not paint them outside or inside.
Sam declared, “I like working with wood. It smells good, especially when it has just been cut with the saw.”
One of the other boys noted, “It does take a long time to cut the pieces with the hand saw, but I know it’s safer for us, than using a power saw.”
Carlos suggested, “Maybe in another year or two we’ll be old enough to learn how to use the power saw.”
Evan admitted, “Yeah, but I’m glad we get to use a hand saw now so we can make something useful. Maybe more bluebirds will come here to make their homes and we’ll get to enjoy seeing them this summer.”
His friend from the other family agreed, “Yes, and I’m glad we have two adults helping us learn how to use hand tools safely.”
Gary commented, “This is a good activity for the cold weather of winter. It sure beats watching TV.”
Sam exclaimed, “I haven’t missed having a TV at all here on the farm! We’re always busy doing something useful or fun.”
Another boy agreed, “Yes, and I’m sure it’s better for us.”
As William listened to his boys, he was very pleased with the good attitudes reflected in the things they said. Gary was no longer sullen and silent. Evan’s comment showed gratitude and deep thinking. Sam and Carlos gave the others their chance to talk instead of dominating the conversation.
In the meantime those two moms were able to get caught up on some things that needed attention in their homes.
Lucia was having trouble seeing some of the things in second grade, but didn’t realize it in a way that she could tell someone about it. So on Wednesday, Nathan and Esther went to have a conference with her teacher during her lunch hour.
Esther mentioned, “I’ve been watching Lucia when you read out of the big books and she tries to follow your finger under the words. She has been squinting a lot, and finally gives up. She didn’t do that in first grade last year.”
“Ah!” said her teacher. “I’m so glad you noticed what she’s doing, because while I’m reading I can’t focus on the children.”
While she paused, Nathan and Esther waited and wondered what she’d say next.
She continued, “I think her behavior is telling us that she can’t see the book and my finger well enough. She wants to and is trying, but gets frustrated and quits. I don’t blame her. She’s always quiet and doesn’t complain, so if you hadn’t noticed we wouldn’t be able to help her.”
Nathan asked, “What do you suggest for us to do?”
She responded, “Make an eye appointment for her with an optometrist for an eye exam. Tell the doctor what you’ve noticed, and maybe he can prescribe glasses that will help Lucia be able to see much better.”
Esther gave a sigh of relief. “Thank you so much. We’ll call right away. We have good insurance that will help cover the exam and glasses and then Lucia can start making the progress she obviously desires.”
She responded, “You're very welcome. I’m so glad you came to talk with me!”
As soon as they returned home that day, they called for an appointment, and were able to get her in right after school in two days, since someone else had canceled theirs. After Esther went and brought the girls home from school, they explained to them in a simplified manner what they planned to do on Friday.
Nathan came to town on Friday to take the rest of the girls to a park to play while Esther took Lucia to see the doctor. Esther filled out the proper forms and the receptionist took copies of the insurance card. Then the doctor had Esther come into the room to watch the examination.
He did a thorough exam and told them, “Lucia has myopia, which means that she can see near things clearly, but not things far away. She’s also seeing double. So I’ve written a prescription that will take care of both problems when she wears the glasses.”
Lucia asked, “You mean I’ll be able to see the big book my teacher’s reading? I could see it better last year, but not this year. With that big thing in front of my eyes I could see better.”
The doctor answered, “Yes, Lucia, the glasses will help you see the book and everything else better.”
“Thank you, Doctor!” Lucia exclaimed.
Esther added, “I thank you very much also. We’ll go now and pick out some frames and get her glasses on order.”
“Good, they should be ready in about a week.” He smiled and opened the exam room door for them.
Lucia found some frames she liked and the optician made sure they’d fit correctly and then put them and the prescription in a little box to be sent to the lab. Nathan received a phone call on Thursday of the next week saying the glasses were ready. Esther and the girls went to pick them up the next day after school. Lucia was thrilled to be able to see everything clearly and not double.
Then on Monday her teacher was thrilled to see Lucia smiling because she was able to see the book and other things in the classroom better.
The day Esther came to her classroom to volunteer, the teacher informed her, “Lucia seems so happy with her new glasses. Will you watch her today and see if they’re working properly when I read the Big Book?”
Esther responded, “Of course!”
Next she asked her, “Would you be willing to observe the rest of this class on other days once in a while, during Big Book times to see if any other students are having trouble seeing the book?”
Esther replied, “I’d be glad to. I’ll just leave what I’m working on long enough to come and watch like I did with Lucia.”
“Thank you,” said the teacher. “I’m glad you noticed so soon in the school year and came to tell me about it. We’ve averted a much bigger problem by getting her vision corrected right away. I talked with the other second grade teachers on Friday and they’d like you to do the same observations in their rooms also.”
“What a smart thing to do,” agreed Esther. “I think having a volunteer everyday in each classroom is a brilliant idea.”
She said, “I agree. I really appreciate all of you volunteers because you free up my time to be able to teach more effectively.”
Esther added, “And I’m extremely glad I can observe each of my girls’ progress in their classrooms. We both win!”
Every year thereafter, the second grade teachers chose a volunteer to observe the children occasionally to notice any vision problems.
On the farm Cory mentioned one evening, “Fourth grade’s going fine for me now that I’m used to the changes.”
“I’m glad to hear that,” responded Ian. “Change is hard to go through, but in most cases it’s good for us.”
Cory agreed, “Yes, and it really helped me to have us pray together about it. Also I’m extremely happy that one of my best friends is also in my class and we get to team up as missionaries to our class.”
“I remember,” commented Yolanda, “when Mrs. Blake taught you and your class how to be missionaries, she told you that the public schools had agreed to have at least two boys and two girls from the church school in each class.”
Cory nodded, “Right, and my friend and I are following her directions by making friends before we try to share the Good News. It takes more time than I expected to make friends. Public schools are definitely not as friendly as the church school was. It didn’t bother me in kindergarten through second grade. Since I was in a wheelchair, one or two nice children always talked or played with me.”
“It did make a difference,” Ian concurred. “Now you’re just like the rest of the students and it doesn’t happen that way.”
Cory giggled, “Of course I’m immensely thankful and happy to be like the rest of them. It’ll just take longer and more effort to make friends, and that’s all right. It’s been less than a month, so I’ll be patient and keep working at it.”
Other boys and girls from the ranch and farm who were now believers had been taught the same things as Cory had. William and Karen had used the lesson plans supplied by Julie, and now those children were busy making new friends in their new classes. Many of them weren’t in as favorable a situation as Cory was, to have a believing friend already in their class, so they had to go it alone.
Nobody told them it was going to be easy, but they and Cory and the other children from the church school understood how important their jobs were. So they did their best and with Jesus helping them, they’d be successful.
At the small group meetings near the end of January people shared ways they could make Valentine’s Day special for their children, besides what they’d do at school.
As a result, many of the mothers bought craft items for their children to make Valentine’s Day cards for each other in the family including the parents. The mothers made one for each child plus her husband. The husbands did something special for their wives just like they had been doing before they moved to the farm or ranch. But they did it in ways the children could observe how much they valued their wives.
Valentine’s Day took on a new meaning for most of them who had only heard about it or done things at school. They had fun making cards for the other members of their family, and each card included a special written message, which would be encouraging to the person who received it.
Good penmanship was stressed and therefore the cards were more special and were worth keeping in some special place the child had for keepsakes. It was another tradition they could do every year.
The first part of March was windy and cold that year, so it wasn’t as much fun to be outside. Therefore most people continued doing the activities they had been doing during the winter.
Gary mentioned, “This winter seems longer than usual.”
“I agree,” said Carlos. “I'd like it to warm up so the bluebirds can come to use the birdhouses we finished last month.”
Evan remarked, “I feel the same way. I enjoyed building those birdhouses. We need to figure out places to put them where we’ll be able to see the birds go in and come out.”
“Right,” said Sam. “We could look out our house windows now and decide where we can see them from the windows.”
“I like your idea, Sam.” stated Gary. “It’ll give us something productive to do on this cold, windy day.”
Evan continued, “Yes, and since each of us made one, we’ll need four different places.”
“Let’s go to the dining room table first,” suggested Carlos.
“Look,” said Sam, “There are two possible places from here,” and he pointed them out to the others.
Then they went to look out the kitchen window where they found one place. From the living room window they found one more place, so they asked William to get his approval and then his help later to put them up when it warmed up enough.
On the ranch, the inside riding arena got a lot of use. Oscar and Vera enjoyed listening to the following conversation as they cleaned their tack after a ride one day.
Liz remarked, “I'm glad Mr. Mendoza had the idea to make an obstacle course for the inside arena.”
“Absolutely,” agreed Stella. “It’s a lot more fun than just going around in circles along the outside of the arena.”
Nan continued, “Yes, I like the way the horses can pick their way through it without much help from us.”
“Right,” said Emma. “It’s like they watch the horse ahead of them and copy what it does.”
Stella observed, “Yeah. They seem to know how high to pick up their feet to go over the logs and rocks.”
“I think they’re amazing,” added Liz. “I hardly ever hear one of their feet touch the log or rock.”
Emma continued, “We’re really fortunate because we get to ride these wonderful horses so often.”
“Absolutely!” exclaimed Nan. “I often look forward to it when a lesson at school gets boring.”
When it finally warmed up a little and the wind slowed down, most people on the farm and ranch dressed warmly and went outside for fresh air, exercise, and sunshine.
Life in Pine City was going on as it usually did through the winter and people were just as glad to see signs of spring as the ones on the farm and ranch were.
Mindy had exclaimed near the middle of March, “I'm glad we went exploring in a warmer southern state for most of the two week vacation in December and January!”
Lora agreed, “Yes, indeed, it broke up the length of the winter, and it’s good to be able to look back on our trip when it’s snowing or blowing outside.”
“I agree,” said Vern, “but I still prefer to live here instead of there. I like to experience the changing seasons.
Mindy declared, “I feel precisely the same way! It’s fun to go traveling, but it’s even better to come back to our home.”
Matt and Fiona did go to the mountain town one Saturday in January for lunch and to show Johnny to the girls at the cafe. Also Walt and Betty enjoyed taking care of Johnny at their home once in a while so Matt and Fiona could do something as a couple.
Ernest and Connie Clay had been able to take time away from The Garden Shop for two more fun times together.
One day Patrick said to Glenda. “Listen, Honey, after hearing Ernest tell about their day in the mountains and lunch at the special cafe I’d like for us to go there some Sunday soon.”
“Definitely,” agreed Glenda. “I’ve heard Fiona tell about it twice now, and it really sounds like fun. Maybe Riley would enjoy going with us too.”
Riley agreed and it was a good outing for all of them.
Near the end of March, Maria mentioned, “Ruth, I’m getting tired of walking in the inside mall to have our four by four ministry.”
“I am too,” agreed Ruth. “Let’s watch the weather and plan our next one for a day when it’ll be warm enough to go to a park.”
“Perfect,” said Maria, “and we can look for signs of spring too.”
Ruth stated, “Yes, I’d like to see a crocus or even just one green blade of grass.”
Pam and their other partner happily agreed to the plan.
Near the end of March Tomo suggested during breakfast, “Ami, Aneko and Yoshi, how would it be to begin walking outside again for our exercise rather than taking turns on the treadmill in the house?”
“Yes, let’s do,” Ami agreed, “just as soon as it’s warm enough in the mornings.”
Yoshi continued, “Since we’re all trying to stay in good shape, walking together would be much better than plodding along on the treadmill.”
“We might need to eat breakfast a little earlier,” remarked Aneko, “so it’ll have a chance to digest before we go.”
Ami added, “Correct, and then during the summer we’ll need to walk before breakfast so it won’t be too hot outside.”
“Aren’t the seasons wonderful?” asked Tomo. “We get to use our brains to make adjustments to our routines!”
Yoshi laughed. “By all means. It is good for us! I’ll bet Tony Valdez will be glad when it’s warm enough for his partner and him to resume their stories for children in the parks.”
“For sure,” Aneko concurred, “they’re very dedicated.”
Chapter 18
John 10:10b, Jesus said, “I have come that (you) might have life
and that (you) might have it more abundantly.”
During their first spring on the farm, the boys got to learn a lot about how the ground was prepared for the crops by seeing it actually happen and being a part of the work.
One evening Luis commented, “It’s so much more meaningful to be part of the preparation, than to hear about how it had been done last year.”
Hugo agreed, “Exactly, I can understand it better now.”
Pedro added, “Yeah, and I like working together with the men and seeing if I can keep up with them.”
“And even though I can’t keep up,” continued Jose, “I feel good about what we all accomplish each day.”
Hugo went on to say, “But after we finished harvesting last fall, all I wanted to do was rest. I can see now, how important it was to keep doing the things we did.”
“Yep,” concurred Luis, “it actually saved time this spring to do part of the work in the fall.”
Jose tacked on, “And I’m glad Dad explained about crop rotation so we won’t expect to see the same crops in the same places as they were last year.”
“Absolutely!” exclaimed Pedro. “Plus if he hadn’t told us, it wouldn't have made any sense to me at all to plant mustard and then after it grew for a while to plow it all back under the dirt in order to improve the soil.”
Felix, who had been listening commended them, “Great job, boys! You’ve learned a lot, and it also won’t bother you to see them do the same thing with the other crops that can help build up the nitrogen in the soil. I’m glad the owners of this farm try to do as much as they can, naturally instead of using artificial fertilizer. It takes a lot of work but they get better crops.”
Many of the girls on the ranch were eagerly anticipating Resurrection Day, (their preferred name for Easter), because they were now believers and had learned the real meaning of the holiday (holy day.) This would be the first time they wouldn’t celebrate with colored eggs and the Easter Bunny, which have nothing whatever to do with the Bible holiday.
Since the church service was going to be in the afternoon, the families at the ranch had planned a special sunrise service to have outside if the weather permitted, or in the big inside riding arena if it was raining or snowing on Resurrection Day. It would be a time of singing praises to the glorious risen Savior. They even invited the rest of their church members to come join them if desired.
The songs they used were: “Celebrate Jesus,” “He Is NOT Here,” “My Redeemer Lives,” “Crown Him With Many Crowns,” “Amazing Grace (My Chains are Gone),” “The Hallelujah Chorus,” Glorious Day (Living He Loved Me),” “He Arose,” “Christ is Risen,” “I Know That My Redeemer Lives,” and “In Christ Alone.” It was a fantastic way to begin the day.
Ian and Yolanda Hopkins’ girls, Candy, June, Sara, Kim, and the four other girls their age have been looking forward to Resurrection Day since last October, when they were planning and making their costumes for Guess My Bible Character Night at church which took the place of trick or treating on the night before All Saints Day.
Pastor Don had liked the idea the girls had come up with, so he and his family had come out to the ranch to help them practice on alternate Saturday afternoons in the early spring. Anita, Timmy, and Mary went horseback riding with Julie, the quadruplets. Ted helped with the practice times and read his parts of the scripture.
They all decided this part of the service would follow the regular songs and teaching time, which Pastor Don would shorten a little. All the girls agreed that having other actors for the other parts would be too cumbersome and difficult to carry out on the church stage. Pastor Don had found a slide show to use while Ted read the Bible verses about the crucifixion, burial and the empty tomb, and the angels at the tomb. They would use the last scene for the eight girls to come up on the stage in their costumes with burial spices and act out their parts. Ted read the following scriptures:
Mark 15:12-15, Pilate asked, “What then shall I do to him whom you call the King of the Jews?” and they cried out again, “Crucify him.” Then Pilate said to them, “Why, what evil has he done?” and they cried out the more exceedingly, “Crucify him.” So Pilate, willing to satisfy the people, released Barabbas to them and delivered Jesus, when he had had him whipped, to be crucified.
Luke 23:33, When they reached the place called Calvary, they crucified him there, Mark 15:27,28 … with two thieves, one on his right hand, and the other on his left. And the scripture was fulfilled, which said, “He was numbered with the transgressors.”
Luke 23:34-36a, 39-45a, Then Jesus said, “Father, forgive them, for they know not what they do.” … And the people stood watching, and the rulers also with them deriding him saying, “He saved others. Let him save himself, if he is Christ, the chosen of God.” The soldiers also mocked him. … One of the thieves (on the cross beside him) berated Jesus, saying, “If you are Christ, save yourself and us.” But the other answering, rebuked him, saying, “Don’t you fear God, seeing you are in the same condemnation? And we are indeed justly, for we receive the due reward of our deeds, but this man has done nothing wrong.” And he said to Jesus, “Lord, remember me when you come into your kingdom.” And Jesus said to him, “Truly I say to you, today you shall be with me in paradise.” … about noon, the sun was darkened. and there was darkness over all the earth until 3:00.
Mark 15:37-41, Jesus cried with a loud voice (saying in Luke 23:46, “Father, into your hands I commend my spirit,”) and gave up his spirit. And the veil of the temple was torn in two from the top to the bottom. And when the centurion, who stood near him saw that he cried out and gave up his spirit, he said, “Truly this man was the Son of God.
There were also women looking on from a distance, among whom were Mary Magdalene, Mary the mother of James the less …, and Salome. (Luke 24:10 adds the woman Joanna.) When he was in Galilee these and other women followed him and ministered to him and came up with him to Jerusalem.
Luke 23:50-56,There was a man named Joseph, a counselor, and he was a good man and just. He had not consented to the counsel and their decision to crucify Jesus. He was from Arimathaea a city of the Jews, and he also waited for the kingdom of God. He went to Pilate and begged for the body of Jesus. He took it down and wrapped it in linen and laid it in a tomb that was cut into stone, and had never been used. That day was the day of preparation for the sabbath which was close. The women who came with Jesus from Galilee followed and saw the tomb and how Jesus’ body was laid. And they returned and rested the sabbath day according to the commandment.
The next slide showed the first part of a sunrise. The eight girls came up on the stage and Ted continued reading. Luke 24:1-10, Now on the first day of the week, very early in the morning, the women came to the tomb bringing the spices they had prepared. They found the stone already rolled away from the tomb. They entered in, and did not find the body of the Lord Jesus. As they were very puzzled about this, two men in shining garments stood near them. The women were afraid and bowed their faces down to the earth. The men said to them, “Why do you seek the living among the dead? He is not here but is risen. Remember how he told you when he was still in Galilee, “The Son of man must be delivered into the hands of sinful men and be crucified and rise again on the third day.” Then they remembered his words. And they returned from the tomb and told all these things to the eleven disciples and to all the rest. It was Mary Magdalene and Joanna and Mary the mother of James (and Salome), and other women that were with them.
After Ted finished reading, the “women” left the empty tomb rejoicing and saying back and forth to each other, “Jesus is risen!” and “He is risen indeed!”
For Mother’s Day, the children in the church school made cards for their mothers at school with hand written notes and scripture verses inside.
Julie wasn’t surprised, but was definitely pleased when Lily, Violet, Iris, and Rose all gave her a card after breakfast on Mother’s Day with a special personal note inside. She exclaimed, “These are wonderful! You all did such a nice job of drawing a picture and coloring it. And I love the notes and Bible verses each of you wrote inside.”
Iris explained, “I had a lot of help from the parent volunteer, and made sure Daddy wasn’t there the day I needed the help. I didn’t want him to tell you about it and spoil the surprise.”
Ted laughed, “You know me well already, Iris. We like to tell each other everything that goes on in our lives.”
Rose shared, “I wanted to write a poem for you, Mommy, but I didn’t know how. The volunteer who helped me had me tell her what I wanted to say in it. Then she used a rhyming dictionary to find words that would rhyme. She was able to make my thoughts into a poem for you. I made sure I thanked her a lot.”
Julie responded, “You and she did a very good job. I like it very much. Plus, you did a nice job of copying it.”
Lily admitted, “My handwriting isn’t very good yet, but my teacher said it’s better than it was when I first came into her class.”
“I agree,” said Julie. “Your handwriting is much better than it was when you first came here to live, and it will continue to improve as you keep practicing.”
Violet had quietly waited for her turn to speak. “I was so glad when my teacher said we’d get to make a card for you, Mommy. I’ve been wanting a chance to thank you for wanting to be our mommy. We had a lot of years without one.”
Julie wiped the tears of joy away and smiled. She explained, “Sometimes I cry because I’m so happy. I’m so glad I get to be your mommy and a mommy for your sisters too.” Then she went to each of them and gave them big hugs. After that, she and Ted looked more carefully at the pictures they had drawn.
Ted observed, “I see that each one of you drew a picture of something here on the ranch. Lily’s has our family going on a horseback ride, Iris made a picture of our family eating a meal, Rose drew a picture of our house in the valley with the mountains in the distance, and Violet’s has all of us up at Lavender Falls.”
Julie declared, “They’re all very good. I’ll put them up on the refrigerator and later put them in a big scrapbook I’m making about our time together as a family.”
This was Julie’s first year as a mother on Mother’s Day, since that holiday was already over last year when the girls were assigned to them. After all these years of waiting and wondering if she’d ever be a mother, this was a wonderful celebration.
She looked forward to Ted getting Father’s Day cards on his special day in June. When it did happen, he was surprised because all the teachers had the classes work on cards when fathers weren’t there to volunteer. Since there were fewer of them volunteering, it was easier to do this than with the mothers. The cards the girls made for him were just as special as the ones they made for their mommy, and he was tremendously pleased. They had made another card apiece for their birth father also and gave them to him at church that day. Of course he was pleased also.
All the other parents on the ranch and Farm who had children in the church school received cards from their children on their special days in May and June. The nicest thing about the cards was the personal note carefully written inside, and a scripture verse the child had chosen and copied in the card.
Cory’s mom and dad also enjoyed the Mother’s and Father’s Day cards all five of their boys made for them at school.
Later, after they had been on the farm for about a year, Greg, Oralie and Cory had a discussion after the younger boys were asleep.
Greg started, “This has been an outstanding year for me here on the farm. I had always had a dream of working on a farm and learning about how farming is done. Since I’ve gotten to talk to the owners of Mercy Valley Farm, and to Felix Lucero a lot, I feel like I’ve taken a university course, but it’s even better than that, because it has been followed up by the actual experience here.”
Cory responded, “I never knew about your dream until now. I’m really glad we got to move here so it could come true for you.”
Oralie agreed, “Indeed! I knew about it, but we could never figure out a way to make it happen.”
“God knew about it all along,” stated Greg, “and HE made it happen, so I praise his name!”
Oralie shared, “I praise God too. This has been a good year for me also. I’ve learned so much about children and especially what they’re taught in kindergarten, first, second and third grades since I’ve been going every day to volunteer in the classrooms.
“Yes,” Greg agreed, “plus having boys of those ages to raise as our family has given us many more experiences and things to learn as parents.”
“My turn,” stated Cory. “I feel like the active part of my childhood was restored by being able to play with my little brothers and teach them many of the things you two have taught me. I no longer feel like I missed out on things other boys got to do.”
Oralie exclaimed, “How wonderful, Cory! I’m glad for you.”
“So am I,” added Greg. “Your mother and I are very thankful for this time of restoration and pray the same will happen for the other boys as we live together as a Christian family.”
On Mercy Valley Farm the boys learn a lot about preparing the ground, planting, weeding, thinning, and other procedures. Their new parents and William teach them about the Creator who made everything, including the plants they grow on the farm.
During the Bible Story and Bible Study Groups William taught the boys about plants and seeds.
William explained, “Every year our Creator makes the seeds planted from prior harvests germinate, sprout and come up to be the same as the plant that made them.”
“Does it talk about this in the Bible?” asked Hugo.
William replied, “Yes it does. Who’d like to read Genesis 1:11-13 to us?”
Luis volunteered. And God said, ‘Let the earth bring forth grass, and herb yielding seed, and the fruit tree yielding fruit after its kind, whose seed is in itself, on the earth, and it was so. And the earth brought forth grass and herb yielding seed after its kind, and the tree yielding fruit, whose seed was in itself, after its kind. And God saw that it was good. And the evening and the morning were the third day.”
A boy commented, “These verses seem very wordy and hard to understand.”
“I agree,” said William. “My shortened paraphrase would say, ‘On the third day of creation, God said for the earth to produce plants that would yield seeds to grow into more plants just like them. Each plant did that, and it was good.’ Is it more clear to you now?”
The boy responded, “Yes, thank you.”
Pedro inquired, “Do the farm workers gather seeds from the plants growing in the fields to use for the next year? I’ve noticed the seeds they use don’t come in colorful packages like I see in some of the stores in the spring.”
“Yes, Pedro,” answered William. “You observed correctly. Parts of each field are reserved so the plants can keep their seeds until they are mature and then workers collect them in special bags and label them. Most farms don’t do it this way. Instead they use seeds they buy every year to grow into GMO plants that have been genetically modified.”
Another boy asked, “Are they as good as the originals?”
“That’s a question I’m not qualified to answer,” replied William. The last article I read, stated that more research needs to be done about the pros and cons of GMO plants. You might want to look the topic up on the web and see what they have to say.”
Jose mentioned, “I think the main thing is that the ones we use on this farm continue to work over and over every year, making new plants that produce more seeds for the next year.”
“Exactly!” William exclaimed. “Your statement is a good summary of this short lesson today.”
In Pine City in the late spring Fiona had another baby boy and they named him Patrick Walter Anderson for his other two grandfathers. She brought him home after a short stay in the hospital. During that time, the grandmothers had taken turns caring for Johnny at their homes. Then they alternated coming during the daytime to help Fiona with both boys until she was totally recovered and could do it on her own.
One day they were both there at the same time. Fiona exclaimed, “Thank you both so much for all your help!”
Glenda responded, “You can be sure it was a pleasure. It’s such fun dressing them both in clothes we helped to make.”
Betty added, “I totally agree, and they’re both so precious!”
“Yes, I thank God for them every day.” concurred Fiona. “It’s so amazing to see God’s creation of new little human beings, and realize they are a gift to us to take care of and raise to know and love him. It’s a big responsibility and I ask him daily for his help.”
Glenda responded, “You’re doing an excellent job, Fiona, but I’ll pray for you every day too.”
“Yes,” agreed Betty, “I can see Jesus’ love through your actions toward everyone you meet. These boys are privileged to have you for their mother. Walt and I will pray for you too.”
Fiona smiled and said, “Again, I thank you both. I know it will help, plus they have two wonderful sets of grandparents who are helping to love and care for them.”
“What song will you use at his dedication?” asked Glenda.
Fiona responded, “This time I’d like the whole congregation to join in singing ‘This Child We Dedicate to Thee.’ Its two verses make a perfect prayer that we can all pray in unity.”
During the summer and fall of this year, plus springs, summers, and falls of the following years, Jason and Ruth went with their parents, William and Anna Beckett, and their boys to the ranch some Saturday mornings to ride horses or row on the lake or hike to Lavender falls. It brought back many fond memories and helped them to get to know the boys.
One Saturday William and Anna decided to ride King and Queen, the black Tennessee Walking Horses. Jason chose Patches, the brown and white pinto, and Gary and Carlos chose Blaze and Star, also Tennessee Walking Horses. Ruth would ride Dark Coco, a Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horse. Sam and Evan chose Coffee and Tea, also Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses.
As they were preparing their horses, William asked, “Where would you like to ride today, Ruth?”
She replied, “I’d like to ride up the valley, through the gate onto public land, and continue on the middle trail. All of those trails are pretty, but the center one is my favorite.”
Anna commented, “It’s a good choice. Boys, see if you can figure out why this particular trail is Ruth’s favorite.”
They all laughed a little nervously, but nodded.
Jason stated, “I know why, but I won’t tell you guys. See if you can remember some of the things she has said on other days and it might give you some clues.”
“Carlos chuckled, “You have an unfair advantage, Jason, since you have known her so much longer than we have.”
“I agree,” said Jason, “but you guys are smart and I think you’ll figure it out.”
All together they made a pretty picture as they rode up the valley to the gate. Jason opened it, let the others go through and then closed it. Ruth was in the lead, and the four boys stayed as close to her as they could, so they could listen to her and see how she reacted to things as they rode.
Ruth observed, “The trees are pretty close together as we go up the trail here.”
Gary who was now right behind her agreed, “Right, they’re so close that we have to ride single file.”
In a few minutes the trail leveled out a little and they all picked up the pace to a canter. Soon the trees ended and they came out into an open place, where Ruth pulled on the reins and said, “Whoa,” to her horse. It obediently stopped and Ruth sighed, smiled with satisfaction, and looked around. The boys looked around also and listened for what she might say, but as they looked in the same way she was looking, they suddenly understood why this was her favorite trail. Then what she said next confirmed it for them.
“Look!” she exclaimed. “There’s Little Mercy Stream in a miniature valley with a view of the spectacular mountains, just like we get to see as we come around the corner into the bigger valley where the ranch is located.”
William clicked pictures with his camera of everyone on their horses with this view as a background. The boys all smiled and turned to wave at Anna and Jason, who smiled and nodded that they were right. Now they knew why this was Ruth’s favorite trail. It was fun to have an older sister and brother in this wonderful new family!
Near the one year anniversary of when their girls had arrived at the ranch, Oscar and Vera were chatting with Ted and Julie while the older girls pushed the quadruplets in the swings.
Vera asked, “How do you like living on the ranch after being here for about a year?”
“I love it!” Julie exclaimed, “I can’t think of a better place to live! One of our goals was to get more exercise after moving to the ranch. Four active girls have really helped us meet that goal.”
Ted added, “Right, and apartment living can’t even begin to compare with this wonderful place!”
Julie continued, “Indeed, we never even got acquainted with our next door neighbors in the apartment complex. Everyone just came and went like no one else even existed.”
“In fact, at one time,” Ted went on to say, “we considered buying a house in a subdivision, but I’ve heard that people are just as unfriendly in those places.”
Julie explained, “I think the big difference here, is caused by having believing couples who all are committed to raising four formerly abused girls in Christian homes.”
“Right,” agreed Ted, “we spend a lot more time talking and doing things with the families who live here and on top of that, part of them are in our small group.”
Julie tacked on, “I think all of us have become a loving, caring community, kind of like I would imagine some of the churches were in the New Testament.”
“Wow!” Vera exclaimed, “You two hit the nail right on the head!” After a pause she asked, “Oscar, what do you think about the ways the ranch has changed in the last year or so?”
He replied, “I agree with everything Ted and Julie said, and I truly love what the ranch has become. We lived here all those years with people coming and going. Several families were repeat visitors and we did get to know them a little, but nothing like the closeness we feel with all the families who live here now.”
Vera felt like dancing as she admitted, “I’m so thankful we were able to get beyond our dead end thinking and turn this beautiful ranch into loving homes for abused girls.”
Ted started singing “Happy the Home When God is There,” and the rest joined in on all four verses, with the last one being their prayer for God’s help to continue building Christian homes.
William taught ongoing lessons to the older boys about how to become real men and good husbands and fathers if God desired for them to be married and have children. He used verses from Proverbs, and other books in the Bible.
He started one lesson by saying, “Please don’t raise your hands to answer this question. Do you ever fear that you might grow up to be like your birth father? If so that fear isn’t unusual, but it’s usually not one you’d need to have, because being abusive isn’t inherited. Most people who are abusive just never learned how to control their own feelings and actions. If you really do NOT desire to be like him, you can do it! But it will take a lot of effort on your part.”
Gary commented, “I’ll openly admit that many times I have thought to myself that I should never get married or have children, because I’ve been so afraid I might abuse them like he did. But you make it sound like there might be hope.”
“Indeed there is!” exclaimed William. “I appreciate your honesty, Gary. I’m going to tell you about some Bible verses and things you can do so you will never be abusive. A lot of these verses come from the book of Proverbs where we have studied other topics, off and on. Please find Proverbs 25:28, He who has no rule over his own spirit is like a city that is broken down and without walls. During the time this proverb was written, cities all needed strong walls to protect them from being attacked.”
The boys nodded and he asked a boy to read Proverbs 16:32, “He who is slow to anger is better than the mighty, and he who rules his spirit than he who takes a city.”
William explained, “This verse means it’s good to be strong, but it’s better to be slow to get angry, and it’s better to have control over ourselves than to conquer a city.”
He continued, “We studied Proverbs 19:11 already and it would be a good one to memorize so let’s read it again together. The discretion of a man defers his anger, and it is to his glory to overlook an offense. Remember, defer means to postpone or delay. You guys had some good comments the day we studied this verse.”
They nodded, remembering that lesson.
Next he said, “The same thing goes for Proverbs 14:29, He that is slow to get angry has great understanding, but he that is hasty exalts folly.”
Again the boys nodded.
“Now find 2 Peter 1:5-9 and look at the verses while I read you a shorter paraphrase I made, Be diligent to add to your faith virtue, knowledge, self-control, patience, godliness, brotherly kindness, and love. If these things abound in you they will make you fruitful in the knowledge of Jesus. But he who lacks these things is blind and has forgotten he was cleansed from his old sins.”
A boy remarked, “Those things sound wonderful.”
“They surely do,” agreed William. Look at Galatians 5:22-25. It’s another long one, but it’s an important passage to memorize, think about, and live. The fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, patience, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, and self-control. Against these things there is no law. Those who are Christ's have crucified the flesh with its affections and lusts. If we live in the Spirit, let us also walk in the Spirit. Look above these verses and read verses 19-21 to yourselves.”
“Wow!” exclaimed Carlos, “that’s an extensive list of horrid behaviors we need to avoid!”
“Precisely,” concurred William. “A good way to avoid those behaviors is to remember that Jesus died to forgive them and the Holy Spirit now lives in us to produce his fruit listed in the other verses, and help us add the virtues recorded in 2 Peter to our lives. We’ll be so full of good fruit, there will be no room for the horrid weeds to grow.”
Evan observed, “So this is where the hard work comes in for us. We need to give our lives totally to Jesus and let his Spirit who lives in us produce his fruit.”
“Yes!” Sam added, “And if we notice even the smallest sprout of one of those horrid weeds, we should pull it right out.”
“Exactly!” laughed William. “You boys are right on target. Those were my next points to make and if you’ll do this all your life there will never be a chance that you’ll be abusive to anybody!”`
Karen used the same verses with the older girls on the ranch, because at times it was the mother who was abusive in the family.
This second summer at the ranch before Karen and her girls went out to identify wildflowers with Vera and her girls, they all met together to discuss some things.
Karen began, “We had an idea and we’d like to hear what you think about it, Vera.”
Ellie explained, “We were thinking that your family and ours could make a small scrapbook with a pressed flower with its stem and a couple leaves on each page, including the name of the flower and some of the information from the books.”
“But,” Lisa added, “we don’t know if it would be wrong for us to pick the flowers needed to make the scrapbook.”
Christi continued, “Besides, if it is OK to pick them, we don’t know anything about pressing them.”
“So we knew you’d have all the answers for us,” finished Hanna.
Vera chuckled, “Thank you for your votes of confidence. I like your idea. It’s not wrong to pick the wildflowers, especially since we’d be taking so few. And yes, I know how to press flowers the way my mother taught me. It’s a long process, so you need a lot of patience. Do you have some heavy books in your house that you don’t use very often?”
The girls smiled and Karen answered, “Yes, we do have some encyclopedias which don’t get much use because it’s easier and faster to use the web.”
“Those books should work well,” agreed Vera. “My mother told me it’s best to pick the flowers right after the morning dew has dried. We tried to find ones that had just opened so they were as fresh as possible. We only picked as many different kinds as would fit under one book at a time. Then we took them right in the house and pressed them.
Karen questioned, “What materials will we need to buy and have on hand before we start?”
“We used newsprint,” Vera responded, “but tissue paper also works, along with newspaper to absorb the moisture. Or you can use an old phone book instead of the newspaper. Just be sure to have blank newsprint or tissue paper so the ink or colors won’t get on the flowers. You’ll also need a piece of cardboard to put under the tissue paper and newspaper or a few pages out of the phone book.”
Christi asked, “Mom, do we have an old phone book? I know our family doesn’t get a newspaper.”
“Yes, Christi, we do,” Karen answered. “We just got a new one yesterday in the mail and I can get the old one out of the recycle bin. So we’ll only need to buy some tissue paper or newsprint.”
Lisa suggested, “For the cardboard, do you think we could use some empty cereal boxes we could cut to size?”
“Yes, I’ve done it and it works well,” Vera replied.
Ellie inquired, “Which do you think would work better, the newsprint or the tissue paper?”
“We tried tissue paper once,” answered Vera, “but it tends to curl up and not stay where we put it, so we liked newsprint better. Besides, you can write the names of the flowers on the newsprint.”
Hanna asked, “Can you only do one set a day?”
Vera responded, “Well, if we got those finished quickly, we might go and get enough to do another set, but it usually worked better to do just one set each day.”
Vera’s girls had been listening with interest and now had some questions and comments of their own.
Nan mentioned, “I’ll bet some flowers outside wilt when it’s later in the day since it gets hotter then.”
“Exactly,” agreed Vera. “The next day we’d put another piece of cardboard, some more newspaper or phone book pages, and newsprint on top of the book from yesterday and go in the morning to find some different flowers. After you get a few sets in a pile it’s best to leave them alone for about four weeks. Don’t yield to the temptation of looking at them until then.”
“Why?” Emma wanted to know.
Liz remarked, “I think I know. If we lift the book and paper up off the flowers we might disturb or even break them, and they won’t dry correctly.”
“Good thinking, Liz,” commended Vera. “Even after four weeks we need to be extremely careful when we look at them since dried flowers are much more fragile than the fresh ones.”
Stella observed, “This sounds like a very fun project for us, but we’ll need to be patient, since it’ll take a lot of time.”
“Yes, Vera agreed, “It might take us the rest of the summer and early fall to find all the flowers we want to press. Besides flowers, we might wish to include green tree leaves of summer and their colored partners in the fall.”
Karen tacked on, “By all means! In the meantime, if we keep track of the kinds of flowers and leaves we’ve picked, we could start preparing each page of the notebook with the name and any information we desire to write on the page so the scrapbook will be ready for the pressed flowers and leaves.”
“Precisely,” finished Vera, “so next time we go to the discount store lets look for just the right kind of scrapbook to put our flowers in, plus I’ve been thinking just now that since this is such a good learning project, the ranch could contribute enough flowers for each family to make five books apiece, so each of us ladies will have one to save as a keepsake and reward for our labors!”
The girls all gave a cheer and thanked Vera.
Ruth, Maria, and Pam were on their own again since the other member of their four by four group wasn’t feeling well today. They were enjoying a walk in the cool shade of the trees in the park on this summer evening.
Pam mentioned, “Well, we haven’t had a chance to minister to anyone this evening, but we sure have had a pleasant walk.”
“Yes,” agreed Maria, “I really enjoy this park since Mercy River runs through it and this is such a nice path beside the river with so many shade trees.”
Ruth continued, “True, and the city has planted many nice flowers along this path and they keep this park so clean. I think it helps that they’ve put trash containers along the way, and require pet owners to clean up after their pets.”
“Right,” Pam concurred, “I’m glad we all like this park, because it’s one of my favorites. We choose it often.”
After walking for a little while longer, they came to two benches facing each other and sat with one of them facing the other two, so they could close their ministry time with prayer. First they prayed for the other people in the park.
Ruth began, “Father in heaven, we thank you for knowing about each person in this park this evening and about his or her needs.”
Maria continued, “I’m sure many of them need to learn about Jesus and his love. Please draw them with your Holy Spirit, and send people to tell them the Good News.”
Pam added, “Guide us to someone even as we leave here this evening, if it’s your will.”
“Let’s try something different for the rest of our prayer time,” suggested Ruth. “Find the prayer in Ephesians 3:14-21, and let’s take turns praying a verse or two aloud, personalizing them for ourselves.”
They nodded and Maria began, “We bow our heads to you, Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, of whom the whole family in heaven and earth is named.”
Pam continued, “Please grant us, according to the riches of your glory, to be strengthened with might by your spirit in our inner person,”
Ruth went on, “so that Christ may dwell in our hearts by faith, and that we being rooted and grounded in love,”
Maria added, “may be able to comprehend with all the saints what is the breadth and length and depth and height;”
Pam prayed, “and we may know the love of Christ, which passes knowledge, that we may be filled with all the fullness of God.”
Ruth instructed, “When I finish verse 20, we can all praise God in unison with verse 21. Now unto him who is able to do exceeding abundantly above all that we ask or think, according to the power that works in us,”
They ended in a crescendo of praise: Unto you, Lord, be glory in the church by Christ Jesus throughout all ages, world without end. Amen!”
The three women looked up in surprise at the cheers and applause they heard. Tony, Yoshi, and Aneko were standing near with a young man they had just led to the Lord, and all of them were smiling.
Tony declared, “We got to listen to you all the way through that prayer and we liked it a lot!”
“Yes,” Aneko tacked on, “it was the perfect way to finish our evening of ministry in the park.”
Then Yoshi introduced the three women to the young man and they all had a good time of rejoicing over the new believer.
During the next Fourth of July week when the schools were on vacation, Ted and Julie took their four girls shopping at their favorite thrift store. It was a good place to buy books, games and puzzles. Many times they were able to find clothes in good shape also.
“Look over there, Mommy!” exclaimed Iris. “There’s a piano and it’s smaller than the one Mrs. Mendoza has.”
Lily added, “It has two benches like hers has.”
Rose mentioned, “We’re all six years old now. Maybe we’re old enough that we can learn how to play the piano.”
Violet asked, “Daddy, Mommy, do you think we could?”
Julie replied, “It has been a year. Yes, I think you could learn now, if you really want to and are willing to practice a lot.”
As they were talking the family walked over toward the piano. It was a console piano, so it was shorter than Esther’s upright antique. The outside looked to be in good condition.
Ted sat on one of the benches and the girls crowded in, on either side of him. “I don’t know much about pianos,” he admitted as he opened the keyboard cover. “At least the keys aren’t chipped or broken.”
Lily observed, “These keys don’t have colors or names on them. I wonder why.”
“Because their mommy put them on her piano just for them. One of the twins told me so,” responded Rose.
Violet added, “Yes, that was Holly. And she said her mommy would take them off just as soon as they knew all their names.”
Iris finished, “I remember the colors were to show each of us which keys we could play on when we sat in front of them.”
Ted stated, “Right, you all have very good memories. Do you remember where a C key is on the keys in front of you?”
They all looked and tried to remember, then pointed to the one they thought might be right, but Ted said, “No, you all made a good try, but the one thing I remember from my few piano lessons when I was about your age is that a C key is always the one before the two black keys, not the set of three black keys.”
They all nodded and smiled, remembering the same thing.
Julie instructed, “Good, now all of you find one and push it down softly when I say ‘go.’ Remember, we’re in a store so do it softly.” She said “Go,” and they did it.
Ted commented, “It sounded a little strange because the piano is out of tune, but you all did it correctly. I wonder if there’s anything else wrong with the piano.”
The store manager had been watching and listening, so he walked over at that point and replied, “No, there’s nothing else wrong with the piano. I know the people very well who brought it in yesterday, and I trust what they said. They had just bought a newer one and didn’t have room for two. This one has two benches because their new one came with a bench, but they wanted a stool instead.
Julie thanked him and he continued, “I’ll knock $20 off the price, since it’s out of tune and we’ll deliver the piano and benches to your home.”
Ted commented, “This seems to be a nice piano and that does make it a better price. It would be nice to have one in our home so we wouldn’t have to go over to practice in the game room of the big house. But where would we put it?”
“We could put it in one of our bedrooms if we changed the furniture around a little,” suggested Violet.
Julie smiled at all the hopeful faces. “Would you promise to not play it after bedtime?”
“Yes, Mommy,” they said in unison and nodded in all seriousness. Then they wisely kept quiet as they watched Ted and Julie’s silent communication. They could tell when they had agreed to the purchase of the piano, but still they politely kept quiet.
After the check was written, arrangements were made for its delivery. Then when they were all outside, each girl hugged and thanked Mommy and Daddy. These girls had learned a lot in the last year.
William asked the boys in one of his Bible Study Groups, “Do you know where this farm gets its water?”
One boy remarked, “I think this might be a trick question, but I’ll try anyway. The water comes from the pond at the high end of their property.”
“Correct,” William smiled. “And where does the pond get its water?”
Another boy answered, “Mercy Stream goes into and out of the pond like it does at Wild Mint Lake on the ranch.”
“You’re right,” stated William. “Where does the stream get its water?”
Pedro replied, “From rain and melted snow running into it and smaller streams that join it.”
“Correct again,” William almost laughed, but he stayed serious. “How about the rain and snow?”
Jose answered, “In science we learned how water in the clouds condenses around a dust particle and keeps getting larger until it’s heavy enough to fall as rain. In the winter it forms snowflakes.”
“You’re right too,” continued William. “How about the water in the clouds?”
Luis responded, “We learned about that in science also. The water in streams, ponds, lakes, and the ocean evaporates and rises in the air until it cools and condenses, making a cloud.”
“Right, said William, “what all of you just described is called the water cycle, and you did a good job of it. One more question and you’ll see where I’m headed. “Who made the water cycle?”
They all laughed, catching on immediately and they shouted, “God made the water cycle!”
“Precisely!” exclaimed William. “We all realize that something as complicated as the water cycle could not have just happened. It needed a very wise creator just like everything else he created. Listen to Psalm 104:1,10,11,14, Bless the LORD, O my soul. O LORD my God, you are very great. You are clothed with honor and majesty… You send the springs into the valleys which go among the hills. They give drink to every beast of the field. The wild donkeys quench their thirst. He causes the grass to grow for cattle, and vegetables for man, that he may bring forth food out of the earth.”
Hugo observed, “Those verses say God created everything and keeps it all working together to provide the animals and men with food and water.”
“Very true!” Then William suggested, “Let’s see if we can find a couple more verses about rain. I usually give you the references, but today I want you to try to find them.”
One boy asked, “How can we find them? We aren’t as smart as you are. How do you find them?”
William laughed. “You don’t have to be as smart as I am, you just have to learn how to use the concordance at the back of your Bible. Find the end of Revelation, the last book in the Bible, and then keep going and you’ll find the concordance.”
There were exclamations and comments like: “Wow!” “What a lot of words!” “They’re in alphabetical order.” “It’s kind of like an index but gives Bible references instead of page numbers.” “I found the word rain, and there are lots of references for it.” “How do we choose the right verse?”
William replied, “There are probably a lot of right verses. You’ll notice that there are some words before the reference that can give you a clue as to what the verse is about. Spend some time right now and look up a few of them. See if you can find any that relate to what we talked about earlier today.”
The boys looked diligently for about ten minutes and several found the following verses:
Hebrews 6:7a, The earth drinks in the rain that often comes upon it, and brings forth vegetables for those who planted them.
Acts 14:15b,17b, God made heaven and earth and the sea and all that are in them. … God gave us rain from heaven and fruitful seasons, filling us with food and gladness.
William congratulated all the boys, “You all did a good job of learning how to use the concordance today, and I especially like the verses you found. They’d also be good to use for next Thanksgiving. Practice using your concordance to find other verses you might be interested in, and I’ll see you next time.”
At the ranch one Thursday evening, Ted and Julie called Larry and Jane. “We just had to tell you our latest news,” Ted declared. Then he told them about their recent shopping trip to the thrift store and some of the things the girls had said.
“We ended up buying the piano,” continued Julie, “and the girls all enjoy sitting on the two benches practicing their scales. Esther is teaching them in our house using the new piano. She put colors and note names on the keys until the girls learn their names. The colors tell them which keys they can use as all four of them sit on the two benches at the piano. Ted and I take turns staying with them during the lessons so we’ll know how they are to practice.”
Jane exclaimed, “Well, this is exciting news.”
Larry asked, “Are the two of you going to learn how to play your beautiful ‘new’ piano?”
“Actually,” replied Ted, “I think we both could do that, since we each hear half the lessons and listen to the girls practice. I already know how to read notes, and Julie is learning how right along with the girls.”
Julie added, “We thought we’d have to put the piano in one of the girls’ bedrooms, but we were able to squeeze it into the living room instead. So we could easily practice while the girls are putting puzzles together or doing homework.”
Jane questioned, “What does Esther do with her girls while she teaches yours?”
Ted responded, “Either Julie or I go outside with the girls and Nathan if the weather’s nice. Otherwise we take them to one of the game rooms. In order to avoid even the appearance of evil we stay in public places so no reputations get tarnished.”
“Esther and I do that also on Thursday evenings with all eight girls. We take them to the game room or let them play outside.” Then Julie changed the subject, “How are Grandma and Grandpa doing with their grandson, and how are your daughter and her husband?”
“Oh, we love being grandparents,” stated Larry. “Jonathan’s growing and developing into a fun little boy. Can you believe he’s already over two years old?”
Ted agreed, “Really? The time really has flown by. We’re always so busy the weeks just go ticking by. We’ve been here on the ranch now for over a year and we still love it. And soon you will have been there in that city for two years!”
Jane went on to say, “Yes, it’s amazing how fast time goes. As I get older, it seems to go even faster. Our daughter, Lucy and her husband are doing just fine. We get to take care of Jonathan sometimes in the evening while they go out and have a couples date. Then they come pick up their son and we don’t even have to put him to bed.”
“I’m glad you get to be there to enjoy them,” stressed Julie.
“We’re glad also,” agreed Jane. I just realized, the way your lives have turned out, we would not have had a continuing time to visit like we did on Thursday evenings before we moved anyway.”
Julie admitted, “You’re so right, Jane. My upset was unnecessary that evening, as it has turned out. Phone calls have been a good way to continue our friendship. Thank you, Father in heaven, for always knowing what’s best for all of us, and for the way you work things to fulfill your good and perfect will.”
Larry continued, “Yes, and we thank you for clear guidance so we can do your will.”
Ted went on, “We thank you for our good friends, Larry and Jane and that things are going well for them.”
“Yes,” concluded Jane, “and we thank you for our good friends Ted and Julie and the blessings you continue giving them.”
The ranch families liked activities and games they could play outside, especially on the big lawn in front of the big house. The Yardleys had told them, “Since there are no lawns by your houses, you’re welcome to play on this big lawn anytime, except after bedtime of course.” Everybody laughed.
The lawn got a lot of use. They often used a racket to hit a shuttlecock around the yard since there was no net.
Sometimes they played a game that was like baseball but they kicked a medium-sized ball rather than using a bat. They’d lay carpet pieces on the grass to be the bases.
It was fun to throw balls at each other that were so soft, they didn’t hurt when they hit. Of course they tried to dodge the balls and not get hit.
Another fun game was to toss beanbags toward various goals to see who could get the closest to the goal. They made up their own rules for this game.
Oscar showed them how to play a game he called by the old- fashioned name, ‘pall-mall,” using wooden mallets he had made to hit tennis balls through wire hoops on the lawn. Sometimes they used the mallets to hit the balls to other goals or around the edge of the lawn.
They also had fun seeing if they could kick a ball all the way around the edge of the lawn without it going off into the gravel.
And of course they played tag or threw balls to each other to practice catching and throwing. The lawn was extra nice for this, since the ball didn’t roll as far away when somebody missed one.
William taught again from some verses that would help the older boys become real men, good husbands, and fathers. He began, “If you know God wants for you to be married, this first verse is for you. Listen as I read 1 Peter 3:7, “You husbands, dwell with your wives according to knowledge, giving honor to your wife, as to a weaker vessel, and as being heirs together of the grace of life, so that your prayers will not be hindered. This verse clearly states that men should know how to respect their wives and be in unity with them since both are believers. Otherwise their prayers will be hindered, meaning they will be delayed, held up, even stopped.”
William continued, “1Timothy 3:1-15, lists good qualities and bad behaviors for men and women, which in my opinion, would be good for all people to develop or to avoid, not just bishops and deacons. If you ever want to be one, though, you need to start developing these qualities now. Follow along as I read one or two verses at a time. We can discuss them as we go.
“This is a true saying, if a man desires the office of a bishop, he desires a good work. A bishop must be blameless, the husband of one wife, be vigilant, sober, of good behavior, be hospitable, be able to teach,”
William explained, “A bishop here, means an overseer, not a high leader in the church, as many modern dictionaries say.”
Sam had looked up “vigilant” in the dictionary and added, “Vigilant means to be watchful, observant, attentive, and alert.”
Another boy took the dictionary and found, “Sober means not drunk, but other synonyms are: clearheaded, abstinent, and someone who does not drink.”
“Thank you, boys,” said William. “Knowing what the words mean helps us understand the verses better. I’ll continue,
not likely to drink wine, not a striker, not greedy for money, but patient, not a brawler, not covetous,”
The dictionary was passed around and a boy explained, “A striker is someone who hits or assaults with his hands.”
Evan read, “A brawler is a person who’s in the habit of having noisy, rough fights or quarrels. I can see why neither of those would be good qualities for a church leader.”
Another boy read, “Covetous means wanting to have something that belongs to someone else.”
William agreed with them and continued, “one who rules his own house well, having his children in subjection with all gravity. (For if a man does not know how to rule his own house, how shall he take care of the church of God?) Here, ‘in subjection’ means that he can control them in a good way.”
Carlos found and read, “With gravity means with seriousness.”
Gary mentioned, “I like the words inside the parentheses. They make very good sense.”
“I agree with you, Carlos and Gary. I’ll continue reading. He should not be a novice, lest being lifted up with pride he could fall into condemnation … A novice is a beginner, or learner, or new believer.”
A different boy commented, “It takes time to learn the things a person would need to know to be a good leader.”
“Yes, it does,” agreed William. “The next verse says, Moreover, he must have a good report of those who are outside the church, …”
Sam exclaimed, “Yeah, it wouldn’t look good to have a person nonbelievers didn’t respect leading the church!”
“Exactly,” agreed William and then he continued, Likewise, the deacons must be grave, not double-tongued, not likely to drink much wine, not greedy for money, holding the mystery of the faith in a pure conscience.”
From the dictionary, Evan read, “A double-tongued person lacks integrity, honesty, and isn’t sincere. He’d make a terrible leader!”
“Yes he would,” William concurred, “and he’d also be a terrible man, husband and father. Here’s the next verse, First, these should also be proven, then let them have the office of a deacon, if they are found blameless.”
Carlos asked, “Does proven mean it’s like they have to pass a test to show they have the necessary qualities for being a deacon?”
“Yes,” said William, “I think that’s a good way to put it. The next verse is exceptionally important for you to do as you look for a wife. Be sure she has the correct qualities and no bad behaviors.
Their wives must also be grave, not slanderers, sober, faithful in all things. Slanders make false statements about others that damage the person’s character.”
Gary remarked, “She needs to be a very good woman.”
“You’re right, indeed!” emphasized William. “Women like this cannot be found just anywhere. You need to look in your church, preferably in your small group and observe them long enough to know a lot about their character before you even consider dating them. … The next verse says, The deacons should be the husband of one wife, ruling their children and their own houses well.
A boy mentioned, “There are several qualities repeated for both kinds of church leaders. Usually repetition means it’s very important.”
William nodded emphatically and then read the next verse. “Those who do well in the office of a deacon will purchase for themselves respect, and great boldness in the faith which is in Christ Jesus.”
Then he explained, “Paul was writing to Timothy, a leader in the church in Ephesus, as it says in chapter 1, verse 3. Then he said, ‘I write these things to you hoping to come to you soon, but if it is a long time, you now know how you ought to behave yourself in the house of God, which is the church of the living God, the pillar and ground of the truth.’ Now that we’ve read and understood these verses, we also know how to behave ourselves in God’s church. If you DO what these verses say to do, then you will become real men, good husbands, and fathers. Plus you can be deacons or overseers in God’s church here on earth. I pray that all of you will work hard with God’s help to DO this!”
The boys nodded in serious agreement and left quietly.
Karen used the same verses for discussion and then focused on the parts about the men’s wives for the older girls on the ranch. She concluded, “It would be a very good idea for you to add those qualities for the men to the list Fiona supplied for you about things to look for in the man you might marry, IF you know for sure it’s God’s will for you to be married. If you can find a man as good as the ones described here and in Fiona’s list, you’ll save yourself a lot of misery in your life, and have a happy, loving marriage where both of you can serve the Lord together. That’s my prayer for you!”
The girls nodded emphatically and left talking to each other about how important and helpful this lesson had been.
Life at the ranch with Ted and Julie is almost always fun and they’re always kind even when discipline is needed. Reality discipline or natural consequences are usually all it took. The girls rarely made the same mistake twice.
One day they were talking about family resemblances and Ted observed, “You four girls do look like sisters, but not very much like each other. Has anyone ever told you who in your family you look like?”
Lily answered, “Grandma says I look a little like Father.”
“He says I look like my mother,” shared Violet.
Rose added, “Grandpa says I look a little like both of them.”
Iris said, Grandma says I look like Grandpa and that we all have his kind, sweet disposition because he gave it to our mother and she passed it on to all of us. So we all try hard to live up to it.”
Julie questioned, “Do you have any pictures of your Father and mother and Grandpa and Grandma? It would be interesting to look at the pictures and then at you.”
Rose ran to get a little picture album with those pictures in it, and it was interesting to compare them to the girls. Julie had a little mirror in her purse and the girls even compared themselves to the pictures. Even they could see that what they had been told was true.
The quadruplets’ grandma and grandpa were saved the second year that the girls were in Ted and Julie’s family. They had watched and listened and seen the changes in the girl’s father, so they were convinced they needed Jesus too.
The same year, the quadruplets went in person to forgive their grandfather and grandmother who then listened to their testimonies and were saved. They apologized and told the girls they had thought they were doing what would help the girls learn to obey, but they didn’t realize how mean they were being. It was the beginning of a much better relationship with that set of grandparents.
Chapter 19
John 4:36b, … both he who sows and he who reaps may rejoice together …
After a couple years on the farm, the boys had learned how to plow, prepare, sow, care for, and harvest crops. So William decided to teach the boys about the parable of the sower. First, he played them the fun song by the Medical Mission Sisters about the sower who went out to sow seed.
Then he read to them the parable of the sower: Matthew 13:3-8. A sower went out to sow seed, and when he did, some seeds fell by the wayside, and the birds came and ate them up. Some fell on stony places, where there was not much dirt. They came up quickly, … but they were scorched and withered away, because they had no good roots. Some seeds fell among thorns, but the thorns choked them. But other seeds fell into good ground and produced thirty, sixty, or one hundred times as much as was planted.
Next William asked, “How is this different from the way we do it here on this truck farm?
Sam stated, “We make sure the seed isn’t wasted on places like the edge of a road, stony ground, or where there are thorns.”
Evan added, “Yes, we prepare the ground carefully before planting anything.”
One of the boys said, “Right, I remember picking up rocks and throwing them into the bucket on a front loader after we plowed.”
Gary mentioned, “Plus, we irrigate and pull or spray weeds regularly.”
Another boy complained, “All of those things add up to a lot of hard work!”
Carlos laughed, “But we get a good harvest from every seed!”
William praised them, “Those are all good comparisons. The next verses in Matthew tell why Jesus taught in parables. Then in verses 18-23, Jesus explained how the parable of the sower related to people hearing the Word of God. Who will read it aloud?”
Evan read it. Therefore hear the parable of the sower. When anyone hears the word of the kingdom and does not understand it, the wicked one comes and takes away what was sown in his heart. This is like the seed by the wayside. He who received the seed into stony places is the one who hears the word and receives it with joy, but he does not have any root in himself and only lasts for a while. When tribulation or persecution arises because of the word, he is offended. He who received the seed among the thorns is he who hears the word and the cares of this world, and the deceitfulness of riches choke the word and he becomes unfruitful. But he who received seed into the good ground is he who hears the word, and understands it. He produces thirty, sixty or one hundred times as much fruit as was sown.
Carlos exclaimed, “I get it! We need to prepare our minds like we do the soil so we can understand the Bible and produce a good harvest.”
A boy added, “We need to get rid of rocks like doubts, fears and any sin in our minds.”
Sam agreed, “Right, and not let desire for the things of the world choke out what we are learning about Jesus.”
Gary suggested, “Plus before we tell others about Jesus we need to work first on preparing their soil by praying, making friends, and living an exemplary Christian life.”
Another boy joked, “It sounds like a lot of hard work!”
William joined in the laughter and stated, “Thank you, guys, for your comments. You’ve all learned a lot since you started living here on Mercy Valley Truck Farm. Keep up the good work!”
In Pine City Walt mentioned, “Betty, we have a wedding anniversary coming up soon. Do you have any ideas about how we could celebrate?”
She exclaimed, “We surely have had a lot of good years together, my dear husband! Anything we do together is a celebration of our loving marriage.”
“Very true and well spoken, my sweet wife,” Walt responded, “but I’d like us to do something you enjoy, but don’t do often.”
She thought for a few moments and then suggested, “Okay then, how about lunch at the Healthy Eating Restaurant where Matt and Fiona took us that time when they were still dating? Since our anniversary is on a Saturday, lunch would be nice.”
“I like your delicious idea!” he replied. “Then I know I’ll get a tasty meal without you having to cook, and we can just enjoy being together without all the work for you beforehand.”
“Right,” she agreed, “and we won’t even have to clean up all the cooking and eating dishes, so we’ll both get a rest.”
Walt said, “Good, I’ll be looking forward to it.”
“So will I,” agreed Betty.
Besides playing on the lawn at the big house at the ranch, many of the younger girls enjoyed making mud pies in old muffin tins or plastic cups or saucers, then letting them dry in the sun. After they were dry the girls would decorate them with dandelions, leaves or pretty little rocks. Sometimes before they were dry the girls would use a little stick and draw letters on the pies.
In a couple years, these same girls would help their moms with real cooking and baking. Many of them would even help make the family’s bread the old-fashioned way by mixing and kneading the bread by hand, letting it rise and kneading it again before putting it in the oiled baking pans to rise again before putting it in the oven. The houses smelled so good on days when they were baking.
Girls who liked to play with dolls, would have tea parties for their dolls with inexpensive plastic dishes and cups, so there would be no broken glass to hurt someone. Later, they also learned how to make simple clothes for their dolls with the help of their moms, as soon as they could safely use a sewing needle and scissors. Making doll clothes was fun and good training. They learned how to stitch a straight seam with small stitches, make gathers, put in hems, and later even make their own patterns.
When they knew how to do simple sewing, many mothers would teach them how to embroider different stitches like the running stitch, back stitch, chain stitch, blanket stitch and many others. A lot of the girls used this knowledge to make pretty designs and pictures on pillowcases, dishtowels, or other things they could put in their collection of things they’d take with them when they were old enough to leave the ranch and make their own homes.
The girls learned about hair care, cleanliness, modesty and dressing sensibly. When they were old enough, they got to see the budget and figure ways they could be thrifty and still provide for needs, and even have enough to buy some of their desires. They learned how to make do, and use what they had as long as it kept working. Then they’d be able to upgrade, by buying good, well made things that would last.
Karen and William used Ephesians chapters one, two, and three as a homework assignment for all the girls and boys in their classes who were eleven or more years old.
Karen instructed, “Please open your Bibles to Ephesians chapter one, and read the first three verses to yourself.”
After they finished she said, “Now focus on the last part of verse 3 which says God has blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ. If I asked you to personalize that part of the verse, I would mean for you to say it in a way that has either your name or a personal pronoun. For example I’d personalize this verse for me like this: God has blessed me with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ.”
The girls nodded in understanding, so she continued, “Who’d like to try personalizing verse 4?”
Kim responded, “I will. God has chosen me in him before the foundation of the world, that I would be holy and without blame before him in love.”
“Excellent,” commended Karen. “Now somebody do verse 5.”
A girl who was 12 years old read, “God predestined me to be adopted as his child by Jesus Christ, according to the good pleasure of his will.”
Karen continued having all the girls do a verse and then commended them and remarked, “I see that you understand how to do this and therefore your homework for the next class is to read the rest of chapter one and all of chapters two and three in the same manner. Be sure to use your name in some of the places. The next part of the homework is to write down in your notebooks how you felt when you read it this way and how it helped you.”
They all smiled and nodded and she said, “See you next time.”
Felix and William took all their boys fishing one Saturday morning while Sunny and Anna had a chance to visit at Sunny’s house. In a little while, Anna sat down at the piano and played a few pieces.
Then she invited, “Come join me Sunny. I brought the first duet book with me today that Ruth and Esther and I used for playing duets. Felix told me how well you’re doing, so I know you’ll be able to play these.”
“Thank you Anna,” responded Sunny, “it sounds like fun, but I’m a little nervous to be playing with ‘my’ piano teacher. Even though I’m not officially taking lessons from you, you’ve taught me everything I know. I feel a little guilty that we haven’t paid you for my lessons too, since I learn just as much as the boys do.”
Anna exclaimed, “Nonsense, Sunny! You don’t need to feel guilty! You come faithfully to every lesson with all four boys and jump right in and help them as they practice at home, because you’re such a good listener. They’ve made excellent progress because of your efforts and I’m thrilled that you decided to practice on your own.”
Sunny smiled and nodded in agreement as she sat down beside “her” piano teacher and learned to play a few duets. It was so fun, and now she didn’t feel guilty anymore!
As William and Felix sat near each other on the stream bank, Felix declared, “We have a bigger group of boys today, and it’s fun to be able to leave the piano lesson area and do something different.”
“Right,” William agreed, “we don’t have to be ready to exchange one or two boys at a time to go for their lessons. How are they all doing?”
Felix answered, “Each one of them practices faithfully. When I’m there I can hear the good progress they’re making. It’s amazing to me that all four of them, coming to us from different families, decided they’d like to take piano lessons. It’s been very good for them.”
“I’m glad,” remarked William, “because Anna enjoys teaching them. “She’s happy they want to continue coming for lessons.”
Felix observed, “I’m glad to hear she enjoys them. Look, the boys are all spread out on either side of us concentrating on their lines in the water. Maybe we’ll each have enough fish to take home for lunch.”
“Yes,” William agreed, “it would be a nice surprise for the ladies, especially since we’ll have them cleaned and ready to cook.”
Felix continued, “Indeed. My boys have really improved in their fishing skills. I rarely have to interrupt my fishing to help them.”
Just then two of the boys each caught a fish, and Felix and William realized they should quit visiting and move farther apart so they could catch some fish too. It paid off. Each person caught two fish that day, so there were plenty for lunch.
While they were eating lunch, William played a Nature Corner story about the rainbow trout and the way God created them so they could swim upstream, or be almost stationary in the current of the stream, or zip quickly away to safety. The whole family went back to the stream and stood on the bridge so they could watch the fish. Later William played the same story to the group with Felix's boys in it. Their families also went and were fascinated as they watched the fish.
Then of course William sent an email to Karen so she could share the story with her groups. Naturally most of those families went to watch and enjoy the fish also, and the Great Creator got all the praise.
Unice asked her foster parents to come visit her at the ranch. They stayed in the Visitors’ Cabin and brought enough groceries with them to fix meals for themselves and Unice during the week they’d be there, since their cabin was bigger than the one Unice lived in on the ranch.
Her mom exclaimed, “Unice, this ranch is just as beautiful as you described to us! No wonder you like it here so much. I’m so happy for you!”
Her dad agreed, “Those are my feelings exactly. You’ve told us about your duties here, and I want to see the horses, but first I want to see your black doctor’s bag.”
Unice showed him and told about some of the times she had used it. They were both impressed.
“It’s just like the ones I’ve seen in museums,” he stated, “and it’s such a good useful idea, now that you need to be able to make house calls. We’re so delighted with your home here and all of your accomplishments.”
Her mom concurred, “Yes we are, and the doctor’s bag is indeed a good idea.” then she suggested, “Maybe someday you could write a story about your life and career on this ranch. I’ve saved all your email letters so far. They would make a good start for a book.”
“Thank you, Dad and Mom, for the compliments,” responded Unice. “I like your idea, Mom. I’ve also saved all my letters and your replies. This job keeps me busy most of the time, but someday I might be able to start a book. I’ll think about it.”
Just then her cell phone rang and she took off running with her black bag to take care of a sick girl in one of the houses.
When she returned, she informed them the girl would be okay. Then they told her about the other foster children they had raised, one or two at a time since she had left.
He said, “Right now we don’t have any foster children and we’re glad, because it makes it easier for us to travel and visit with you and some of the others.”
“Absolutely,” her mom agreed, “we are really happy we get spend some time with you here on the ranch.”
Her dad proposed, “Since you’re back now, would you have time to show us the horses?”
“Of course!” Unice replied. “These horses are the best I’ve ever seen! It’s my pleasure to take care of them. Actually I am on vacation this week, but I’ll show you some of the things I do and of course I’ll take care of emergencies like the one just a few minutes ago.”
By then they had reached the pasture and the horses all came running to greet Unice. To them, she was an important person on the ranch because she took such good care of them. She ducked under the wire, spoke to, and stroked each one as she described it and told her parents it’s name and something special about it.
When she finished, she mentioned, “I want to introduce you to my employers and their foster girls. Then we can go riding with them right after supper.”
After being introduced, Vera exclaimed, “I’m so glad you both could come visit here at the ranch and we could meet you. Unice told us what wonderful foster parents you were for her.”
Her mom said, “We could tell Unice was a very special girl and it was our pleasure to help her reach her potential and be able to do what God had planned for her to do.”
Later while they were preparing the horses for the ride, her dad commented, “I could hardly believe it when I walked up to this horse with a halter and lead rope, and he didn’t run away, even though I’m a stranger.”
Unice explained, “They were all trained to stand still when any person approached, because this was a dude ranch and they got used to having new people do that all the time. It’s part of their charm. These horses are eager to please people.”
During the ride, her mom exclaimed, “I see what you mean about these horses! It’s unbelievably nice to not have to trot.”
“I think so too,” agreed Unice. “there are five horses on this ranch that do trot if you get so you really miss the trot.”
The three of them, and the Yardleys, and their girls got a good laugh about Unice’s humorous statement.
The whole week turned out to be incredibly wonderful for all three of them and Unice felt refreshed and extremely happy because of their visit.
Before, or by the end of their second year in the church school, all the farm and ranch children had accepted Jesus as their Savior and would be learning how to be missionaries in third grade in the church school, just like Julie taught her classes every year. By the time the children finished third grade, they were so well trained that the things taught in the public schools wouldn’t affect them adversely, and they’d be good soul winners.
Any Christian parents who were able to put their children in the church school were at a big advantage, because every Bible truth taught to their children at home and in church or Sunday School was reinforced in the church school. The children who were able to attend the church school had the same advantage, because they didn’t have to listen to things at school that conflicted with what they were learning at home and in church or Sunday School.
Many of the parents sent thank-you notes to the teachers at the church school after their child had come home to tell them they had accepted Jesus or about some other valuable lesson they had learned.
Of course the teachers were thrilled to receive these notes and they quickly thanked God for the privilege of being able to teach in this school. Then they’d make a copy of the note to give to the principal, who read it happily and gave it to the pastor of church #1 who had originally designed the church school for just the above reasons. He was delighted to know his plan was working.
The small groups were studying about trusting God. At the ranch Ted began the teaching time saying, “Think about some things you trust in every day.” He gave them time to think and then continued, “We have to be able to trust a lot of things and people in life, but there’s always the possibility one or more of them might fail. Since we are believers, we know there’s only one person who will never fail. Find Psalm 18:1,2a. Who’d like to read it?”
Unice volunteered, “I will love you, O LORD, my strength. The LORD is my rock, my fortress, and my deliverer, My God, my strength, in whom I will trust…”
“Thank you, Unice,” said Ted. “You’ll notice that all the letters in LORD are capitalized. Most translations use this in the Old Testament when it means God’s name, YHWH, which the Jewish people considered to be very sacred, so they didn’t pronounce it. They even left out the vowels when they wrote this name.
“The name probably came from a root meaning ‘to be’. God’s sacred name can mean he has always existed; he is eternal. As he told Moses in Exodus 3:14b, You shall say to the children of Israel, I AM has sent me to you. This is why the people in Jerusalem were so upset when Jesus used that name in John 8:58, I tell you truly, Before Abraham was, I am. They were going to stone Jesus for using God’s name for himself, because they didn’t believe he was who he said he was.”
Oscar mentioned, “The New Testament translations don’t use that distinction. Instead they just say ‘Lord’, with a capital ‘L’ only. I really wish they’d use all capital letters whenever it would be appropriate, especially when they are quoting a verse from the Old Testament.”
Most of the people nodded in agreement.
Then a man shared, “I've always liked those verses in Psalm 18, because they make it clear that he didn’t trust in a man made god, but in the LORD to be his God, strength, fortress, rock, deliverer, and the one he would trust.”
Ted commented, “You both made good points.” Then he continued, “Lets read Psalm 56:11 together, I have put my trust in God. I will not be afraid of what man can do to me.”
A woman commented, “This verse has been very helpful to me many times when I needed to get rid of fear.”
Ted agreed, “Yes, it’s a good one to memorize and have ready to shoot as an arrow against fear. Now who’d like to read Lamentations 3:22-26?”
Vera read, “It is because of the LORD’s mercies that we are not consumed, because his compassions do not fail. They are new every morning, great is his faithfulness. The LORD is my portion, … therefore I will hope in him. The LORD is good to those who wait for him and seek him. It is good that a man should both hope and quietly wait for the salvation of the LORD.”
Julie observed, “These verses go so well with the hymn we sang earlier, ‘Great Is Thy Faithfulness,’ Our God, the LORD, which I say with all capital letters, never changes. We can count on him every time!”
Ted exclaimed, “What a wonderful truth for us to rely on in hard times! We’ll see it again as we read Psalm 145:13,14 together, O LORD, your kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and your dominion endures through all generations. The LORD upholds all who fall and raises up all those who are bowed down.”
Unice stated, “I’m glad his kingdom is everlasting because it means we’ll never ever have to worry.”
“Exactly,” Ted concurred, “and this is why we can pray Isaiah 26:3,4 as a personalized prayer. Join me. Thank you, LORD, that you will keep us in perfect peace if our minds are stayed on you because we trust in you. Help us trust in the LORD forever for in him is everlasting strength.”
Less than two years after Patrick Walter was born, Fiona gave birth to twin girls. The twins were named Glenda Faith Anderson and Betty Grace Anderson in honor of their grandmothers and the name of the church. Betty was also the name of Matt's deceased mother, so their names worked out perfectly.
Fiona and Matt were totally surprised by twins, and decided it wasn’t such a good idea to be in suspense after all, because they weren’t prepared. Therefore they were both immensely grateful when Sherry and her twins, Joy and Hope, came the week after she got home from the hospital with the fabulous present of all the clothes Sherry had made for her twins from infancy through about age seven. Depending on how fast they would grow, these twins would be very well dressed for many years.
Before Sherry left Fiona asked, “Would you, Hope, and Joy please sing the beautiful song you sang here today asking God to bless these precious babies at the service when we have these twins dedicated? I like way you changed the wording to include plural words since the song, ‘May Blessings Be Upon You Precious Baby’ was written for only one baby.”
The girls nodded and Sherry replied, “We’d be glad to!”
Both sets of grandparents came to visit often, but usually at separate times. They enjoyed all four of the children, and gave useful presents at birthday times. They also helped the young family in a myriad of ways, especially by encouragement and prayers.
Fiona was also extremely thankful for all the help Mindy gave her when she came in the afternoons after school and on Saturday mornings.
One day Fiona exclaimed, “Mindy you are such a blessing to me and these children! You know so much about taking care of infants and toddlers because you’ve been doing it for so many years. I just want you to know that I appreciate you very much!”
“You’re very welcome!” responded Mindy. “It truly is my pleasure, and like I told you before, I’d be glad to do it even without you paying me.”
“I know,” agreed Fiona, “and that’s part of what makes you so special. Furthermore, I can count on you coming every day after school, as regular as clockwork, and on Saturday mornings also. Those are both very unusual traits for young people these days.”
Mindy responded, “Well, I’m glad I can be different from them. Jesus has blessed me so much that I want to be a blessing.”
“You certainly are a blessing to us!” Fiona reiterated. “I'm also glad we can be friends.”
“Same here!” emphasized Mindy. “I guess it’s easier for me to be friends with adults than kids my age, since I spent so many years helping Anita with her day care. I don’t have much in common with my own age group.”
“Does that bother you at all?” asked Fiona.
Mindy answered honestly, “Not at all, since I have you and Anita for friends! I do have one friend in my grade level at school. Her name’s Candy and she and her family are living at Mercy Valley Ranch. She invited my family to go horseback riding with her family. We get to enjoy it most Sunday mornings.”
“I’m glad for you.” responded Fiona. “I’ve heard that the horses on that ranch are extra special.”
“They definitely are!” exclaimed Mindy. “Most of them don’t trot, which is such a bouncy gait. Instead they do a very fast walk, which makes an unusually comfortable ride.”
The people on the farm were planning to have a simple field day on a Saturday afternoon near the end of May. Felix had gotten together with the other dads and they planned some activities in which the children could perform and compete by age and ability levels. They each gave a different idea.
One man suggested, “The younger ones could have a sack race. It’s always fun to watch them trying to hop to the finish line.”
Another one said, “Yeah, it is, and those who are a little older could do a three-legged race. It takes a lot of cooperation and works best if they can practice before they have the race.”
Someone mentioned, “A tug of war for whole families with similar ages of boys would be interesting.”
“For sure, and wheelbarrow races are fun to watch,” said another.
Another man tacked on, “So are Crab walk races.”
William commented, “The older ones could do a relay race.”
Someone else said, “By all means, and how about a spoon race with a small potato instead of an egg?”
Ian added, “I like that one, and we could have them do some races including balls, like throwing one up and catching it as they run, or dribbling it along with them as they run.”
One man said, “Right, and we could have certain length dashes for different age levels.”
Felix continued, “Absolutely, and the boys can demonstrate some of the sports they’ve learned so far like soccer, tag football, and a kick ball game.”
They continued planning and added other ideas. When the day arrived, the boys were excited and ready because they had been practicing some of the ideas.
When the people at the ranch heard about what the farm people were going to do, they chose a lot of the same activities and had their own fun field day.
Karen taught the older girls some things the Bible says about being a good single woman or wife. She started with Proverbs 14:1, Every wise woman builds her house, but the foolish plucks it down with her hands.
Kim observed, “This is a hard verse for me to understand. I don’t think we can take it literally.”
“You’re right, Kim,” responded Karen. “No women in the days when the Proverbs were written constructed actual houses or tore them down either. Even today, not many women are in the construction business. But I think we can get the picture meant here. Wise women do things to make a happy, harmonious home, but foolish ones neglect and even do things that ruin the harmony in their homes.”
One girl commented, “I think this could go for either a married woman or one who remains single.”
Karen said, “I agree. Now let’s look at Proverbs 11:16a, A gracious woman retains honor…”
Sara mentioned, “This verse is true for both single and married women too. We all need to be gracious, which has synonyms like, courteous, well mannered, merciful, kind, and compassionate, as it says here in the dictionary.”
“Thank you, Sara,” stated Karen. “I like all those synonyms! I wish all of us could always act and respond graciously! It’s a worthy goal and one we need to keep trying to reach.”
The girls all nodded and Karen continued, “The rest of these verses are written about wives, but if any of you are led by Jesus to be single, you can learn much from these verses also. Proverbs 12:4 says, A virtuous woman is a crown to her husband, but she that makes him ashamed is like rottenness in his bones.”
A girl remarked, “I think this verse is saying women shouldn’t make people ashamed of them, but be virtuous, or good, moral upright, a good example, law abiding,” she read synonyms from the dictionary Sara had handed to her.
“Exactly,” agreed Karen. “As women we should all be virtuous, and all those good synonyms you read for us. The next verses are Proverbs 19:13b,14b which say, … the contentions of a wife are a continual dripping. … a prudent wife is from the LORD.”
Another girl looked in the dictionary and read, “Contention means a heated disagreement, or a dispute or argument, discord, hostility, conflict, and a lot more bad things.” She handed the dictionary to June.
June exclaimed, “I sure don’t want to be like that! I’d much rather be prudent which means to act or show care and thought about the future or to be wise, sensible, cautious, economical, and so forth.”
“Indeed,” Karen concurred. “I wish all of us could always be prudent. Find and read Proverbs 31:10-12,30 with me. Who can find a virtuous woman? Her price is far above rubies. The heart of her husband safely trusts in her. … She will do him good and not evil all the days of her life. … Favor is deceitful and beauty is vain, but a woman who fears the LORD shall be praised.”
Candy noticed, “I see several things all women should be in these verses. They should be virtuous, trustworthy, fear the LORD, and not do things to harm others. Those are some more worthy goals we can work on with Jesus help.”
“Precisely, Candy!” Karen commended. “I think all of you’ve gotten the point of these verses. The last ones are Ephesians 5:22,23,25, Wives, submit yourselves to your own husbands as unto the Lord, for the husband is the head of the wife, even as Christ is the head of the church, and he is the Savior of the body. … Husbands, love your wives as Christ loved the church and gave himself for it… If you stay single, Jesus is your head and you can submit to him.
If you get married you must agree to submit to your husband, but it is terrifically important that you only marry a real committed Christian man who really has Jesus as his head and will love you like the last verse says to love. Otherwise you might end up being very miserable, like a woman I’ve known for many years has been, who married a man who said he was a Christian, but as it turned out he wasn’t really one.”
The girls nodded seriously.
But Karen repeated, “I can’t stress it enough: BE VERY CAREFUL. I would rather you stay single than to end up like she did. Remember, marriage is a life long commitment. Of course if your husband turned out to be mean and abusive, you’d have to separate from him in order to keep yourself safe. Or if he was unfaithful and committed adultery, you could get a divorce, but I pray none of these horrible things ever happens to any of you! You’re all so precious to me.”
Sara stated, “Thank You, Karen, we promise we’ll be very careful and we’ll also work on becoming virtuous women, won’t we girls?” They all nodded and Karen smiled back at them as they left the room quietly.
After two years of study, Ben finished his schooling at the trade school in Pine City and had learned a lot about being a contractor. Now he needed experience, so he took his resume and interviewed with Walt Evans in hopes of getting a job working on Matt Anderson’s crew.
With Matt’s recommendation on Ben’s resume, Walt was glad to hire him, and Ben was ecstatic. Matt was glad to have him on his crew, because he was an unusually good worker. The knowledge he had gained from the trade school was put to good use, and Ben got experience in every aspect of building.
Later Ben worked with Walt on his crew to get the experience of working with a different boss.
Ben’s sister, Amelia also finished her schooling in only one year at the trade school, learning everything she’d need to know about business for small enterprises. Her goal was to work full-time at The Garden Shop with her parents and help especially with the business part. They were thrilled to have her there full-time.
Ben and Amelia still enjoyed going to visit Matt and Fiona some Saturday mornings. It was even more fun now that the two boys were getting big enough so they could play with them. The twin girls were adorable. Amelia enjoyed helping Mindy take care of them, and Ben liked watching. Mindy liked having them come also and the three of them became good friends.
Without realizing it, Vera was teaching her girls at the ranch bird watching skills. She kept her bird book near the sink, but not where it could get wet.
“Oh Look,” she’d say quietly once in a while as she washed dishes, “Can you see the robin over there by the big tree?” Or, “There's a bird out there I haven’t seen before.” Then she’d quickly dry her hands all the while observing the bird. The girls got so one of them would hand her the book before she could move to get it herself. This way the bird didn’t get scared away by sudden movements or noise.
“I noticed it flying just before it landed,” she explained. “I think it’s a swallow of some kind, but it’s not as big as the barn swallows we have around here.”
So she quickly opened the book to the pages with swallows, and continued, “It has dark colored wings, but its breast is light colored instead of dark. It’s not clean and white like the Bank Swallow, so I would guess he’s a Northern Rough-winged Swallow.”
She read some facts aloud from the page and then commented, “Maybe he or she will stay around for a little while since we have the lake and stream, because it says they often catch insects flying over the water. But we don’t have places it can build its nest in crevices or holes in rock faces, so it won’t be here for very long.”
Vera also had another bird book and her binoculars on the buffet near her chair at the dining room table. Once in a while she’d interrupt her own meal to study a bird in the front yard. Oscar and the girls enjoyed her enthusiasm and learned a lot about birds in the process.
Several years after the children had been assigned to the parents at the ranch and the farm, all the churches that met at different times in both sanctuaries on Saturday or Sunday had very important services. The songs for today were sung one at a time with the scripture and teaching time right after each one.
The first song was “Lo! He Comes, with Clouds Descending.” The scripture for this hymn is Acts 1:9-11 which says, When Jesus had spoken to them (his followers), while they were watching, he was taken up, and a cloud received him out of their sight. While they looked steadfastly toward heaven as he went up, two men stood near them in white clothes who said, “You men of Galilee, why are you standing here gazing up into heaven? This same Jesus who is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as you have seen him go into heaven.”
After reading this out loud to the congregation, Pastor Don said, “Like the song says, Jesus will come descending with clouds when he returns. Just before he was taken up in a cloud, he had told the disciples that the Holy Spirit would give them power to be his witnesses. So they went back to Jerusalem and waited to be baptized by the Holy Spirit. Afterward, they served Jesus by preaching, healing in his name, and telling people the Good News of salvation. You can read about this in the rest of the book of Acts. I’m sure they were looking and ready every day for him to return as he said he would.”
The next song was “Christ Returneth” and its scriptures came from Matthew 24:3b-9, 24-27, 30b, 36, 42, and 44a. The disciples came to Jesus privately asking, … What shall be the sign of your coming and of the end of the world? Jesus answered, “Take heed that no man deceive you, for many shall come in my name, saying, I am Christ, and shall deceive many. And you shall hear of wars and rumors of wars. See that you do not be troubled, for all these things must come to pass, but the end is not yet. For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. There shall be famines and pestilences, and earthquakes in various places. All these are the beginning of sorrows.
They shall deliver you up to be punished or killed and you shall be hated by all nations for my name’s sake. … False Christs and prophets shall arise and show great signs and wonders and if possible they shall deceive the elect. I told you this now, so if they tell you that he is in the desert or in a secret chamber, don’t believe it. For as the lightning comes out of the east and shines to the west, so shall the coming of the Son of man be, … and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory. … But of that day and hour no man knows, not the angels of heaven but only my Father… Watch therefore, for you do not know what hour you Lord will come. … Therefore be ready.”
Then Don continued, “I’ve read these verses for you here today but it would be a good idea for you to read all of Matthew chapters 24 and 25 at home. There is a lot in those two chapters, including that Jesus said several times to watch, to be ready, and to be doing what he told them to do.”
The last song they sang was “What if it Were Today?” Pastor Don read 2 Peter 3:3,4,9,10a, 11b, 12a,14, 17, and 18. Know this first, that there shall come in the last days scoffers living for their own lusts, and saying, “Where is the promise of his coming? For since our fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of creation.”… But the Lord is not slack concerning his promise, … but is patient to us, not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance. But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night. … So live to be holy and godly, looking for and hasting unto the coming of the day of God. … Therefore, beloved, seeing that you look for such things be diligent that you may be found by him in peace, without spot and blameless. … Consequently, seeing that you know these things before, beware of being led away by the wicked, and fall from your own steadfastness. Instead, grow in grace and in the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ. To him be glory both now and forever. Amen.”
Then he said, “The promises, warnings, and instructions given in the verses I just read to you are very important. I urge you to read the whole book of Revelation asking the Holy Spirit to help you understand it. Especially pay close attention to chapter13: verses16-18, that talk about the mark of the beast. If any of us are still here on earth then, we should NOT ever get that mark, because chapters 19 and 20 tells what will happen to all who do get the mark.”
He paused and looked at the congregation. “I’m telling you these things because of all that has happened because of the pandemic. We’re still wearing masks in some public places, at times our temperatures have been taken by touchless thermometers aimed at our foreheads. That’s one of the places the mark might be put. So, I have a feeling that our society it being desensitized, and it would be so easy to follow along with all the others and get the mark so you could buy food.”
Then very sternly he said, “Don’t get pulled along with all the rest of the ‘sheep.’ Be strong and courageous! Stand firm! It would be much better to die of starvation or be killed for not cooperating with the beast than live for the beast and be lost for all eternity.
“Remember, the spirits of believers who die, go immediately to be with Jesus and later their bodies will be resurrected also. So be aware and keep up with the news about these topics. Nobody knows for sure if Jesus will rapture believers before all the terrible happenings of the end times. If he does, then we have no worries, but if not, we’ll need to be on guard and continue to work as hard as we can to warn others about the coming dangers.”
In closing he suggested, “Parents, if any of your children haven’t asked Jesus to be their Savior, keep praying and teaching them about him. They need to learn that this decision has eternal consequences, so they don’t put it off too long. Parents, talk to all your children, answer their questions give them ideas about how to stand strong. This has been a wake up call for all of us. Be sure you and your family are all ready and watching for Jesus to return. Remember that whenever Jesus does return it will be a joyous time for all who believe in him. Let’s sing ‘What If It Were Today?’ again before we go home.”
At home the people did just what their pastor had suggested, and there were many conversations and much Bible study in all the homes. They were all thankful for his honesty and warnings.
The few stragglers who hadn’t yet believed on the farm accepted Jesus after asking their parents questions about the sermon and getting their answers. Their parents were so relieved and happy!
Daily life continued, but people now had a different attitude and were even more motivated. As time went on, the people were more aware and were watching for Jesus return as they worked with more fervor to tell others the Good News.
As their piano teacher at the ranch, Esther set up times when her girls or the family that started lessons when they were in second grade or Julie’s girls would do recitals for their family, but not for other families, because Esther’s girls and the other family were at an advantage being older and having an added year of lessons more than the quadruplets had. It was easier for Esther to manage just one family at a time anyway.
The girls were always nervous even though they had practiced their pieces well before they played at the recital. It was good for them to learn how to perform for an audience, even if it was a small one.
Nathan was always present at the recitals for their own girls, but needed to take the girls on a walk or to the game room while the other families had their recitals.
After their girls’ recitals, Nathan made sure to comment positively to each girl with encouragement about how well they were doing on the piano. Of course this encouraged his wife, Esther, also.
When their girls had gone to bed on those days Nathan also told Esther things like, “Honey, I’m so privileged to be married to you.” or “I’m amazed at your ability to teach children how to play the piano.” or “Wow! You’re doing recitals with three families now. That’s 12 girls!” or “What an incredible woman you are my dear wife!”
Of course she thanked him for his support and encouragement each time, and they enjoyed the rest of the evening together.
Off and on at the farm, Anna would have the boys in Felix and Sunny’s family practice two pieces each in preparation to perform at a recital at their own home. Then Anna would invite one other family who lived on the farm to come to the recital so the boys would have a real audience. The other families enjoyed listening to and clapping for the boys.
On one occasion, when the invited family returned home, the boys who were all nine years old talked to their parents and told them they’d like to learn how to play the piano. So Anna began teaching them two at a time, and was very glad some more boys wanted to learn.
Karen and William talked to their study groups about Jesus’ command to love one another.
Karen began, “Think about how we can follow Jesus command in John chapters 13 and 14 to love each other. … Write a few of them in your notebook.”
After giving them some time she continued, “We can get some more ideas from the Bible verses we’ll read today. After we read them I’ll give you time to look at the ideas you already wrote in your notebooks. If you find different ideas in the verses, you’ll also have time to add them to the ones you have.”
The girls nodded that they understood, so Karen instructed, “Look up Romans 12:10,16a and read them out loud with me. Be caring and devoted to one another with brotherly love; honor and build up each other. … Be of the same mind toward one another. …”
Karen observed the girls doing what she had instructed. When most of them were finished she went on, “Now find Ephesians 4:32, and let’s read it aloud. Be kind to one another, tenderhearted, forgiving one another, even as God for Christ’s sake forgave you.”
She gave enough time to do it, and then said, “The next verse “is 1 Peter 3:8.” They read it together. All of you be of one mind, having compassion on one another. Love as brothers, be merciful, be courteous. They wrote those ideas in their notebooks.
“Last, we’ll read Philippians 2:2b,3 out loud.” Be like minded, have love for each other, be of one accord or of one mind. Let nothing be done through strife or pride, but with humility, let each one consider others better than themselves.
The girls wrote diligently for a more lengthy time since these verses had so many ideas.
When they finished, the class time was also over. One of the girls invariably said something like, “Thank you, Karen, for this lesson. Now we have many ways we can follow Jesus command to love each other.”
And Karen would respond, “You’re very welcome. All these ways came right out of the verses we read today. You could probably find some more by using the concordance in your Bibles. In fact you could use this method for many topics.”
At home on the farm, William exclaimed, “Anna my dear, I was so glad when one of the pastors at the baptismal service tonight, mentioned that all the children on both the ranch and the farm are now believers!”
“Oh, Honey,” she responded, “so was I, because I was getting concerned about those boys who hadn’t accepted Jesus yet. I noticed they were the older boys, and I’ve heard it’s much harder to reach them.”
“Yes,” he agreed, “but now they’re all safely in the fold and I can start teaching them the same lessons I taught the other boys when they were new believers.”
Wonderful,” she said, “I know you take your job of teaching the boys very seriously and that you’re really good at it.”
He responded, “Thank you, Dear, and I appreciate you praying for me faithfully as I study and as I’m teaching. I think I’ll use Colossians 2:9,10,12 in my first lesson for them. It says, In Jesus dwells all the fullness of the godhead bodily. You are complete in him who is the head of all principality and power. You were buried with him in baptism and also raised with him through faith in God who raised Jesus from the dead.”
“Perfect choice, Honey,” she concurred. “Those are exceptionally good verses that go very well with their baptisms.”
At the ranch one evening as Lisa was looking out the window toward the west, she noticed a spectacular sunset. She called loudly, “Everyone, please come see this sunset! And someone please bring the camera!”
Every member of this family had learned to come running to see whatever someone else thought was pretty or interesting. Nobody wanted to be left out of the excitement. So they all gathered quickly and went outside to get a better view and not have to take pictures through the window. The whole sky was aflame with different shades of red, pink and peach, because the clouds in separate areas of the sky were reflecting different colors. There were clouds of different types today also, which added variety to the show they saw.
The six of them watched for about fifteen minutes as the colors changed and each of them took turns taking pictures of their favorite parts.
Jeff exclaimed, “Great Creator, I’m always amazed at the beauty and variety in your fabulous creation! The colors tonight are exceptional.”
“Yes, we surely have been enjoying them.” Karen continued, “Thank you for the marvelous eyes and brains you also created, so we are able to see this and the rest of your beautiful creation.”
“Right,” agreed Hanna, “We are wonderfully made by you.”
Lisa went on, “Jesus, thank you that I looked outside in time to see this sunset and ask the rest of my family to come join me.”
“Yes,” added Ellie, “It’s extra fun to enjoy things like this together.”
Christi finished, “And thank you for this great family and that we live here on this ranch where we can enjoy your creation.”
Then Karen led them in singing “Fearfully and Wonderfully Made,” which contains part of Psalm 139:14, praising God for the way he created us.
On the farm Cory told his dad, “I’d like to learn how to play the guitar like you do, but how would it work with my littlest brothers? I don’t think they’re old enough yet to learn how themselves and they might hurt the guitar. Jack and Kevin might be old enough.”
Ian replied, “I understand what you mean, Cory. Let’s think about it and talk to your mom. Maybe she’ll have some ideas.”
She did so she said, “First of all we don’t know if any of them would even want to try, but we could buy one inexpensive guitar for you to begin on, Cory. Then if any of them wish to try, and it gets damaged, it wouldn’t be as bad as if it was Dad’s guitar.”
“Right,” agreed Greg, “and if any of them try it and like it, we can buy another one or two guitars and even get smaller ones for Max and Levi.”
Cory exclaimed, “Plus we could get a guitar for you, Mom, and have a whole family band!”
“Wow!” Oralie also exclaimed, “This idea is mushrooming! But I like the sound of it. If all the other boys decide to get involved and stick with it, then I’ll agree to join the band. If one or more of them don’t want to learn, then I better be available to keep an eye on them while the rest of you practice.”
Greg responded, “You’re right my dear. It would be a fun family activity if every person desires to do it, but we can’t force it on any of them.”
“I’m glad both of you are so wise,” stated Cory. “I never would have thought about those facts.”
They both thanked him, and the next time Greg came home from the city, he had a nice looking inexpensive guitar for Cory to use as he began to learn. Without explaining anything to the other four boys the two of them sat in the living room with the guitar and Greg began his lesson. They wanted to see what the boys’ reactions might be.
The boys knew their dad could play the guitar, because he often accompanied them as they sang in the evenings. The boys had learned to be polite and didn’t interrupt the lesson, but they watched with interest all the way through, Then they made comments like: “That looks hard.” “I think it looks fun.” “Cory’s going to learn how to play the guitar.” “I’d like to learn how too.” “So would I,” repeated two times. And Max finished, “I would also, but the guitar’s so big and I’m still pretty small.”
Greg responded, “If you really want to learn, Max, we could get you a smaller guitar. Let’s try lessons for each of you using this guitar for a while, and if you like it and want to continue, we’ll get guitars of the right size for Levi and Max so they can hold them more easily, and two more guitars for Jack and Kevin.”
The boys nodded and Greg taught each one separately for a couple weeks. Since they all continued to like it and improved as they practiced, he came home with guitars for each of them plus one for their mom. So the Mercy Valley Guitar Septet was started, and it was a great way for them to spend time together.
Roy, Sherry, and their twins, Hope and Joy, were discussing the songs and Bible verses from a church service when they got home, referring back to the notes they had taken.
Joy mentioned, “I liked singing the song, ‘Standing on the Promises.’ The chorus was fun, now that I know how to sing the alto part. The verse that goes with the song in 2 Peter 1:4a was really good too, because it said, … exceeding great and precious promises are given to us… and I know God keeps his promises.
Hope agreed, “Yes, that song was fun, and the Bible verse was like an exclamation about God’s promises. I liked the next song also, ‘Wonderful Words of Life.’ I’m glad we have so many of Jesus words in the Bible, because in John 6:63b, Jesus said, “The words I speak to you are spirit and life. Someplace else Jesus said that his words would never pass away.”
“Yes,” concurred Roy, “I just looked in the concordance and that verse is in Matthew 24:35. We are privileged to have Jesus words and all the other words in the Bible. It’s like it says even in the title of the next song we sang, ‘God’s Word is the Bible.’ The verses in
2 Timothy 3:16,17, make it very clear! All scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness, that the man of God may be perfect, thoroughly furnished for all good works.”
“Exactly,” Sherry agreed. “The songs and verses along with the order they were sung and read, made a very good teaching time. The next song was ‘Holy Bible, Book Divine.’ It agreed and elaborated on the one before it. So did the verse in 2 Peter 1:21, … prophecy did not come by the will of man, but holy men of God spoke as they were moved by the Holy Spirit.”
Roy concluded, “Then Pastor Don tied it all together with the song, Thy Word is Like a Garden Lord, and the verse in Psalm 119:16,
I will delight myself in your statutes. I will not forget your word. Pastor Don finished the teaching time by reminding us how important it is to continue memorizing scripture verses and reviewing the ones we already know.”
Chapter 20
Psalm 72:18,19, Blessed be the LORD God, the God of Israel, who alone does wondrous things.
And blessed be his glorious name forever. Let the whole earth be filled with his Glory. …
The fourth spring after the girls and boys had been assigned to the ranch or farm, Oscar and Vera had a discussion.
She began, “I’m so pleased and thankful to God for all he has done so far on the ranch and farm since we changed them to homes for foster children.”
“I feel the same way,” continued Oscar. “I praise him for it and give him all the glory. There’s no way we could have done any of this without his assistance!”
Vera nodded and then remarked, “I wonder if it would be good for the older girls and boys to learn how to post while a horse is trotting.”
“Positively,” he agreed, “Horses that can do smooth gaits like the Tennessee Walking Horses and Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses are rare in the United States, so if they want to continue riding horses after they ‘graduate’ from the farm or ranch they’ll need to learn how to ride the other kind.”
Since Oscar and Nathan were both good at posting the trot, they’d take turns teaching the girls who wanted to learn on the ranch. The Hopkins’ girls all desired to learn, so Oscar rode Bronze while Vera came along on her favorite, Coco, so there would be enough trotting horses for the girls. Nathan taught the other family of girls who were seventeen and eighteen and Esther came along, riding her favorite horse, Dark Coco.
Sara declared, “I’m way up here, at least five inches higher than when I’m on Blaze or Star. But Topaz is a pretty buckskin color and is a nice, well trained horse, just like all the horses on this ranch.”
June observed, “This pretty dapple-gray is the same height as Queen, so that part feels good to me.”
Kim added, “And the Morgan horses are both the same height as Blaze and Star, so Comet feels OK for me.
When they started trotting, Candy, who was riding Diamond started humming only one note, and the trot gave it a rhythm. Later when she learned how to post the trot she hummed again and the rhythm changed. The others laughed and enjoyed her sense of humor.
William and Felix took turns teaching the farm boys on their weekend field trips to the ranch.
The boys chose to ride the big buckskin quarter horses, Bronze and Topaz and the matching bay Morgans, Diamond and Comet. So William or Felix rode Dappled when they took turns teaching the boys who were seventeen and eighteen years old on the farm.
The girls would rather ride the Morgans or the dapple-gray quarter horse named Dappled, because the buckskins looked so big and tall. But one girl would have to ride a buckskin each time, since there were only five horses that did trot. So the girls took turns riding on Bronze or Topaz.
Many of the boys enjoyed the challenge and continued riding those horses. A couple girls did also, but most of them preferred the horses with the comfortable gaits, so they only rode one of those horses once in a while to keep their skills up in case they would ever get to ride someplace else when they were old enough to leave the ranch.
Yolanda was listening to the girls as they answered Ian’s question, “Do you girls have any ideas about what kind of work you’d like to do to support yourselves when you leave the ranch after your nineteenth birthday?”
Candy answered frankly, “I haven’t wanted to think about it yet, because I like it so well here, but I know the time will come even faster after Sara and Kim leave, so I will start thinking.”
Sara responded, “I understand how you feel, Candy, but I have been considering many options. Instead of taking university preparation classes this year, I chose to take business math classes. I think I’d like to learn how to be a secretary or office manager.”
“I’m taking business math this year also,” added Kim,” because I know I won’t be attending the university. I’m not sure what kind of work I’d like, so I think I’ll get a job as a clerk or stocker at a store and see if I like it.”
June had listened to the others and admitted, “It hasn’t even crossed my mind, but I guess I better get busy and think!”
Yolanda encouraged, “It’s OK, June and Candy, you two do have an extra year to think and plan, so don’t start worrying, but now is a good time to begin thinking seriously about what you want to be when you grow up.”
Ian nodded and commented, “Definitely, girls. Your thinking is good, Sara and Kim. Business math will be helpful to you all through your lives. Sara, if you’d like to attend the trade school, we’ll help as much as we can with your tuition, and maybe you can get a part-time job to pay the rest.”
Yolanda was nodding encouragingly.
“Thank you very much, Dad and Mom. I’ll check with the school and see if I can take classes and also work part-time somewhere.”
Ian continued, “After you both graduate from high school we can plan in more detail. Kim, if you want to try working at the Discount Mart where Mom and I work, and if Sara can find hours that would work for part-time there, we’ll help you both with the applications. Plus, we’ll talk to them to see if we can coordinate the working hours so we can still ride together every day.
Kim exclaimed, “Thank you both very much. You are the best dad and mom a girl could ever hope to have!” Sara agreed.
Ian smiled, “You’re both very welcome. We love you a lot.”
Yolanda nodded, smiling joyfully as she opened her arms so they could have a three-way hug.
Many things happened during the year after high school graduation for those who were still eighteen but couldn’t leave the ranch or farm until they were nineteen. The graduates explored and discussed options like: go into the military, get a job, or go to the trade school for a year to learn a trade so they could get a better job. Many parents offered to help pay for them to attend the trade school since they could still live at home and get a ride with someone who worked in town.
Before they would learn how to drive, get licenses, and buy cars, their parents would have them read the owners manual for the family car and the state drivers book to learn all the rules while they were sixteen. Then they could get a learners permit and the parents would teach them how to drive.
When they turned seventeen, they could get their drivers’ license and keep practicing by using the family vehicle on outings with the family. This would help them realize the responsibility of driving safely since the whole family would be depending on them. If the family owned more than one vehicle, the teen could get a job in the city, using the extra vehicle to drive to and from work, and helping to pay for the insurance and for the gas used, while saving money to buy a vehicle plus pay rent the next year.
This way they’d learn how much money it costs to own and drive a car, including insurance and upkeep. Therefore many of them decided to find a place close enough to where they’d work so they could walk to work, like Tony Valdez does, or buy a bicycle, or ride the bus.
They could begin looking for a place to live just before they turned nineteen. Choices included boarding houses, renting a room in a family’s home in town, renting a studio apartment, or an apartment with two bedrooms and sharing the costs. They learned how to write checks and balance a checkbook, and were encouraged to budget their money so they could stay out of debt. They learned that being in debt ended up making whatever they had bought cost way more than its original price. They were especially encouraged to not use credit cards, unless they could always pay it off every month.
Boys were counseled to get established in a career that would support themselves and a wife and family before they would even consider dating. Then they should only date Christian young women, first in group situations, then on double dates, with agreements to have NO sex before marriage.
Girls were urged in the same way as the boys were about dating, and that the only safe place to look for a possible mate would be in church, preferably in a small group. If they did find a possibility, they should use the document Fiona printed out and gave the parents on the ranch to give to their girls when they turned seventeen. The girls were also advised to get good jobs so they could provide for themselves while they would pray for God to lead them about marriage or singleness.
Moms taught the boys how to plan and cook nutritious meals while living on their own and how to keep their apartments clean and neat by remembering to do all the things they had learned to do in their homes on the farm, like cleaning the bathroom, dusting, vacuuming, doing dishes, staying organized, picking things up and putting them away. They even learned how to sew on buttons, do easy hand mending, and do their own laundry. That way if they remained single, they could take care of themselves.
The girls of course learned the same things and more, including baking, menu planning, and becoming good at the skills that would make them good homemakers, whether they’d make a home for a husband and maybe a family, or a home in which to remain single and serve God in other ways. Each girl used money from her allowance to start a box of things to take with her, putting in things she made on the sewing machine, or embroidered, or crocheted. These things could be used to make the place where she’d live be more like home whether or not she would marry, so they didn’t call it a hope chest.
Since their allowances increased as they got older, the parents encourage them to start buying things they’d need to have in order to live comfortably on their own. They took an inventory of things in the kitchen, dining room, bathroom, and bedroom, writing down things they used every day. Then they started looking at discount and thrift stores to buy the necessities.
Even though all of them had been told the consequences of not being prepared, a few of them spent their money on other frivolous things. So they had to do without the necessities when they moved into an apartment, and just buy them a little at a time as they could save enough money after paying for rent and food.
Dads on the farm taught the boys how to maintain the outsides of houses, and do basic car care including washing, waxing, cleaning the inside, checking the oil and tire pressure, changing oil and flat tires, so the flat could be taken in to be repaired.
The dads on the ranch taught the girls how to keep the car clean inside and how to check the oil level and tire pressure. Some girls who were strong enough even learned how to take off a flat tire and put on the spare one, so they could take the flat to be fixed.
All of these teenagers had learned a lot about how to live independently, and most of them were looking forward to getting out there to try their wings.
William and Karen encouraged the older boys and girls to seek the way of the LORD. On the farm William stated, “In 1 Samuel 12:23b,24, Moses said to the people of Israel, ‘I will teach you the good and right way: fear only the LORD and serve him in truth with all your heart, for consider how great things he has done for you.’ Remember, the fear of the Lord is to have deep respect and reverence for God’s power and authority. We talked about this in another lesson.”
“Yes,” said Sam, “I remember that lesson, and this is a good reminder. There are also other verses to remind us to love God with all our heart, so this statement is important.”
One boy mentioned, “There are also a lot of verses where the writer listed some of the great things the LORD had done.”
“Indeed there are,” Evan concurred. “and besides those, it would be a good idea to remember and be thankful for things he has done for each of us individually, like putting us into these caring families, and saving us, plus all his daily blessings.”
William commended them, “Those are good points, boys. Now please find and listen to 2 Samuel 22:31-33, As for God, his way is perfect. The word of the LORD is proven. He is a shield to all those who trust in him. For who is God, except the LORD? And who is a rock, except our God? God is my strength and power, and he makes my way perfect. These verses are part of a song David wrote after the LORD had delivered him from all his enemies including Saul who had tried for years to kill him. I don’t suppose any of us will ever have problems like David had, but I’m glad to know we have the same LORD as he did.”
“For sure,” Carlos agreed, “we can trust the LORD because we know about his trustworthiness from these and other verses in the Bible.”
Gary shared, “Precisely! It’s a huge benefit to be able to trust the LORD as we get ready to go out into the workplace and make our own living. If we had to do it on our own, it would seem impossible.”
“Definitely!” William emphasized, “This is the reason we can pray Psalm 25:4,5 together.”
He gave them time to find it and then they prayed it out loud. Show me your ways, O LORD, teach me your paths. Lead me in your truth and teach me, for you are the God of my salvation. …
William, concluded this lesson by saying, “We need to pray for his guidance and remember that it says in Isaiah 55:8,9, The LORD said, ‘My thoughts are not your thoughts, neither are your ways my ways. For as the heavens are higher than the earth, so are my ways and my thoughts higher than yours.’ Sometimes it might seem like what we think he tells us to do, doesn’t make any sense because his thoughts and ways are so much higher than ours. If you ever have a question about his leading, search in your Bible to see if it agrees with Bible truth. And if you get stuck, call your parents on the farm and talk it over with them. That’s what we parents are for!”
About five years after the children had arrived at the ranch and farm, it was time for some of them to leave and go make their way in the world as productive citizens who also knew how important it was for them to tell others the Good News.
There were four girls and four boys who, by social services rules, would have to leave their families because they’d soon be nineteen years old. Their parents got together for a meeting several months before it would happen.
Ian said, “It would be nice if we could have a going away party for the whole group.”
“Yes it definitely would be nice,” William agreed. “Choosing a time to have it might be tricky since they all turn nineteen at different times of the year.”
Yolanda asked, “Do all of you know when your children’s birthdays are, so we can figure out when to have the party?”
They nodded and then told the dates while Anna wrote them down.
“Oh, l see what you mean!” Anna exclaimed, “We could have the party just before the first of them becomes nineteen, so none of them would miss out. It might seem early to some of the others, but we could explain why and then the rest can just continue in their families until they leave after their birthdays.”
One of the other parents declared, “This is a great idea. What kinds of things shall we do at the party?”
They spent the rest of the meeting planning some things they could include in the party and decided where to have it.
The social workers had been coming to the ranch and farm on a regular basis to check on the children that had been assigned to the families. Many times they would arrive unannounced since they wanted to see how the families were doing even when no visit was expected.
They’d talk to each child and the parents separately asking questions to help them measure progress or problems. Not one problem was ever found in any of the families. The parents and the children were all happy and well adjusted, so the social workers were well satisfied.
They were especially pleased to be invited to the going away party for the children who had turned nineteen years old and were ready to go out into the world on their own.
One parent commented to a social worker, “We try to do as it says in Proverbs 22:6, Train up a child in the way he should go, and when he is old, he will not depart from it.”
The social worker replied, “Your training and their learning are obvious to me. Keep up the good work.”
During the days before the party, many people on the ranch and the farm were reminiscing, or talking about the party, or other topics. There were a variety of reactions to what turned out to be news to some of the children on the ranch.
When Ted and Julie told the quadruplets who were now ten years old about the party, they were shocked.
Rose asked, “But why do they have to leave? Did they do something wrong?”
“No, Rose,” answered Ted, “They’re all very good girls. The rule of the social services who assigns girls to foster homes, is that when they become nineteen years old, they have to leave and take care of themselves.”
“I don’t like that rule,” stated Iris. “They were nice girls and we had fun when they played games with us.”
Violet exclaimed, “I agree with Iris! Will they be able to come back here and visit once in a while?”
“Yes, Violet,” responded Julie, “and they might even take time to come see you girls too.”
Then Lily asked what was on all their minds, “Will we have to leave here too when we’re nineteen? I don’t want to!”
The others nodded and added things like, “Me neither!” “I like it here!” “How can we take care of ourselves?”
Ted calmed them down, “I understand, girls. It’s definitely a scary thought when you’re only ten years old. But you have nine more years to live here in our family, and by the time you are even eighteen, you will have learned a lot. Plus during that year, you’ll learn even more about how you can take care of yourselves.
“Right, girls,” concurred Julie, “don’t worry about something that is such a long time away. Let’s enjoy every day we have together until then, and you can learn all you’ll need to know by then.”
Rose questioned, “Did our birth father know about this rule when he agreed for us to come here to live?”
“Yes, Rose,” replied Ted, “he had to know and agree to all their rules, and even though it was hard for him to put you in a foster home, he decided it would be better for you to have a daddy and mommy who would love and take good care of you, than the way your grandparents treated you at that time or the way he couldn’t take good care of you on his own.”
Violet shared, “Oh, now I understand. We like the way you love and take care of us. This is a wonderful family.”
“Yes it is,” agreed Lily, “and if we hadn’t come here none of us would have learned about Jesus at the school so we could ask him to be our Savior.”
Iris continued, “Right, and our birth father and none of our four grandparents would have either.”
“Besides that,” went on Rose, “we wouldn't have learned how to be missionaries in the public school. We’ve gotten to pray with several of our classmates this year so far, when they accepted Jesus.”
Julie commended them, “You’re all correct, and we’ve all been cheered up to remember the good things that have happened since you came here to live.”
“Yes,” added Iris, “like all the times we’ve gotten to ride horses on this gorgeous ranch.”
“Plus,” tacked on Rose, “We even get to have our friends come from Pine City to ride with us.”
Violet continued, “And we’ve had many fantastic hikes to Lavender Falls with those same friends and Auntie Maria and other friends on this ranch.”
“Wow!” Rose exclaimed, “Besides all of those things, our whole family’s learning how to play the piano. We really have a lot to be happy about in this home! Now it’s your turn Mommy.”
Julie smiled and shared, “Jesus has made me so happy by having you four girls call me Mommy. You see, I wasn’t able to have any children myself, and I wanted some. Having social services assign all four of you girls to our family at once, made it possible for me to continue teaching at the church school and come here to the ranch to live.
“On top of that, I was able continue teaching the third grade when all of you reached it. No second grade teacher wanted to trade places with me for that year, so the principal waived the rule and let two sisters be in the same class, so one of you didn’t have to be in Mommy’s class. The tallest and smallest of you quadruplets were the most different from each other so you were chosen. I’m glad it worked out fine for you.” They nodded.
“Furthermore,” Julie continued, “I have kept writing miracles in new notebooks as the old ones got full and they have been a source of encouragement for the whole family. But I’ve talked too long, so now it’s Daddy’s turn.”
“It’s Okay, Honey,” responded Ted. “We love to listen to you talk. I’m glad to say that I have been just as happy as Mommy has been because you four beautiful girls call me Daddy. We’ve become a very real and loving family. Our prayer of having a large family has been answered in the best way.
“I also agree with you girls about how fun it has been to ride horses and hike to Lavender Falls. What’s more, I was totally happy to volunteer in each of your classrooms to help pay your tuition, until you got out of third grade at the church school.
“Along with all those things, I got to change jobs when we moved to the ranch. I no longer have to fix wrecked cars. Instead I can be a handyman here. When you girls finished third grade, I stopped volunteering and got a part-time job, two days a week in Pine City, being a handyman. So we are provided with a little extra money to give to God’s work, and to save so we can buy a van, so we can ride more comfortably. Thank you Jesus for all the blessings you have given to this terrific family!”
On the farm, Max, who was now ten years old, never got so he liked to fish. Instead he brought a book along to read. Cory and Oralie joined him in reading. Of course they’d bring books for themselves. The rest of the family fished, and it still was a fun family outing. Oralie always had enough fish she had bought at the grocery store to cook for a meal to go along with any fish the others caught.
When the five boys heard about the party, they weren’t very surprised since they’d heard others talking about some of the boys being old enough to go out and make their own livings.
Max observed, “We’ve grown a lot since we first came here to live in this family on the farm. I remember I was so little and so scared of the horses that Gary, who will be leaving this year, and his dad walked on either side of me to keep me from falling while Evan led Honey until I got used to riding.”
“Yes,” Levi added, “I remember the same thing as I learned to ride on Rusty with Carlos, who will also leave this year, and his mom walked nearby in order to catch me if I started to fall while Sam led the horse. It was nice of them to help us.”
Kevin agreed, “Yes, they’re a nice family, but I didn’t know any of them very well.”
Jack went on, “No, I didn’t either, so I guess I won’t miss them very much.”
“I won’t either, Cory remarked, “but I wonder what age boys will take their place.”
Greg concurred, “Yes, it will be interesting to find out their ages, when they get here.”
Yolanda shared, “I’m glad you boys have many years to be with us before you’re nineteen.”
Each one nodded emphatically and went to get and give hugs before going to finish homework.
At the ranch Nathan and Esther's girls are now eleven years old. Esther hasn’t been volunteering at the school for a couple years since the girls are now in fifth grade in the public school. Instead she continues the ranch bookkeeping and also does bookkeeping for others on the ranch who need it. She also has more time to exercise the horses, which she loves doing.
When the girls heard about the going away party they were mostly interested in what they should wear to the party, but one remembered some things about the girls who were leaving.
Holly asked, “Papa, do you remember when we saw you out in the pasture pulling weeds a few months after we all got here?”
“Yes, Holly,” he laughed, “I do remember. You said it looked like fun and Willow said it looked like hard work. Lucia said she’d like to try it and Val said that some of the weeds looked taller than she was.”
Willow stated, “Wow, Papa, you have a good memory, to be able to remember what each one of us said five years ago.”
Nathan nodded and laughed.
“Anyway,” continued Holly, “we started helping you pull weeds. And when the other girls on the ranch saw us and wanted to join in, you let them.”
Val remembered, “Yes, and Papa called us the Weed Brigade, and the name has stuck all these years.”
“Right, and it has been fun,” Lucia mentioned, “and I’m so glad it helped to cut down your hard work in the pastures, Papa.”
He smiled and thanked them for their help.
Willow added, “Plus, it helped to keep the horses safe because we pulled the poisonous weeds.”
“Anyway,” explained Holly, “the reason I brought it up was that one day I was late getting out there and I saw Sara on one side of my twin sister Willow and Kim on her other side, with Lucia and Val as non-matching bookends on the other sides of Sara and Kim. It made a very incongruous picture. But they were all busily pulling weeds as I ran to join them. I’ll miss Sara and Kim. They are nice girls. By the way, I just learned that big word in school yesterday.”
Esther complimented her and the others, “It was a good use of the word, Holly. All of you girls have made excellent progress in school every year since you came here to the ranch and just think how much you’ve all grown! Val, you especially are now as tall and strong as all your sisters. We’re so pleased with the way all of you are doing. Furthermore, I agree that all four girls who are leaving are nice girls. Papa and I will miss them too.”
Jeff and Karen and their girls got together with Oscar and Vera and their girls, as they often did, to go for a walk on the ranch looking at wildflowers.
Hanna mentioned, “We don’t even need to bring wildflower books with us any more, because we know all the names now.”
“You’re right, Hanna,” agreed Stella. “Thank you, Mom, for teaching us how to find their names in the books.”
The rest of the girls smiled at Vera and nodded emphatically.
“You’re all welcome,” responded Vera. “It was fun for Oscar and me also.”
Oscar continued, “Yes it was. I enjoyed looking at all your scrapbooks of pressed wildflowers that each of you completed a few years ago. One evening we had all ten of them spread out on the dining room table and it made quite a showing. All of you did a terrific job of displaying the pressed flowers and writing information about them.”
“Absolutely,” agreed Jeff, “and I was very impressed at the information each of you chose to write about them and how neat all the handwriting was.”
The two ladies and eight girls smiled their thanks to the men for the compliments and did a little curtsy just for fun. Then they all continued their walk, finding and naming all the wildflowers they saw. By now Oscar and Jeff had learned all the names and many facts about the flowers too.
Another evening when the two families got together, the ladies and girls brought whatever they were crocheting at the time, and worked on it as they visited.
Liz asked, “What shall we wear to the going away party for the four girls and four boys who are going to be nineteen this year?”
Karen answered, “Vera and I talked about that the other day while you girls were at school. We decided that one of the dresses we normally wear to church would be good.”
Liz and the other girls nodded.
Christi wanted to know, “What are they going to do at the party?”
Then Emma questioned, “When is the party going to be?”
“Where will it be, on the ranch or on the farm?” inquired Lisa.
Ellie remarked, “We already know why they’re having a party, we just don’t know the other details.”
Vera laughed, “We’re all in the same boat then, because none of us knows the answers to the What, When, and Where questions yet, but the planners will tell us eventually.”
The topic of discussion changed, and the girls and ladies showed each other what they were crocheting, while the men listened and watched with interest. Then the men discussed some things they were working on at the time while the others listened.
William and Anna had a family meeting on the farm and he began, “Gary and Carlos will be leaving this year, and Evan and Sam next year. We are going to miss all of you a lot when it’s your turn!”
“For sure!” Anna exclaimed, “Of course you’re all welcome to come back and visit. Plus we’ll always consider you four boys as part of our family. We just won’t have places for you to sleep here in this house any longer.”
“Also,” continued William, “We’ll need to be assigned a new boy every time one leaves so we can continue to live here on the farm. Therefore we’d like your input about what ages would be best.”
Gary responded, “Since I’ll be the first one to leave, it won’t really matter to me. I won’t be here. But I wish I had been younger when I came, so I could have been here longer. I really have liked living here in this family.”
Carlos continued, “I’ve really liked it too. I'll be leaving about a month after Gary, so their ages won’t impact me very much either. I’m glad you let us come to your family when we were already fourteen, but I agree with Gary that being able to live here longer would be an advantage. I think you did a remarkably good job of teaching us what we need to know in such a short time.”
“Thank you, Gary and Carlos,” said William, “for your kind words. We’ve enjoyed having you in our family and are thrilled with the progress you’ve made. You’ve both become exemplary Christian young men.”
They smiled and thanked him.
Sam remarked, “I agree with what Gary and Carlos said, and in fact, I wish I had several more years to live here. I wouldn't mind if you chose to ask for boys who are less than ten years old. It might be fun to have some young little brothers. I could help teach them a lot.”
Anna responded, “Thank you, Sam, for your input, also. Evan, what are your thoughts about this topic?”
“Well,” he answered, “I agree with the others about wishing I could be here longer, and I don’t really care what ages you’d ask for to take our places. But I had a different thought. If you had only wanted younger boys, we wouldn’t have been assigned here and who knows what would have become of us. I know older boys are harder to deal with, than younger ones. I’ve heard it’s harder to find foster homes for the older ones.”
William responded, “Yes, we’ve heard that too. Thank you, Evan for your comments. Another thing we need to consider is how much longer we will be able to do the required farm work to be able to stay here on the farm, since we aren’t getting any younger.
“True, Honey,” agreed Anna, “but I don’t like to think about it. I’d like for us to keep doing this ministry for Jesus as long as we can do a good job of it.”
“I’d like to also, Dear,” concurred William, “so lets pray about it. Gary would you start our prayer time?”
“I’d be honored, Dad,” replied Gary. “Father in heaven, thank you for bringing us boys into this loving family and for all we have learned here, especially that we needed to ask Jesus to be our Savior. You’ve heard everything we’ve said in this family meeting. Only you know the best ages for Dad and Mom to ask for when we leave. Please guide them.”
Carlos continued, “I also thank you, Father, for putting us in this wonderful home where we were saved, healed of past hurts, and restored to useful lives. Please show Dad and Mom the right ages for the next boys they ask for from social services. Keep them strong and healthy as they do this ministry for your glory.”
Sam went on to pray, “LORD, you know all things, and you’ve already guided Dad and Mom to this point in their lives, so we trust you to continue. Thank you that you are trustworthy!”
“Yes, LORD,” added Evan, “I agree with my brothers, and I’m immensely thankful that we all belong to your forever family, and this family on earth, even though we do have to leave here when we turn nineteen. Please guide Dad and Mom to ask for the ages that will work best with Sam and me being the big brothers here for a year before we go out into the world to make our own living and keep telling others about the Good News.”
Anna emphasized, “Our Father in heaven, thank you so much for these four boys and how far they’ve progressed since they first came to our family! Thank you that they are in your care and nobody can take them out of Jesus’ hand. Now please show their dad and mom the ages you desire for them to request next.”
“Yes,” concluded William, “I also thank you, LORD, for these four boys and the way we became a terrific, loving family in such a short time. Please continue to guide these boys and prosper them as they do your will and tell the Good News. All six of us are in unity as we agree together and pray all these things in Jesus name, Amen.”
A few days later, they had another family meeting.
William informed the boys, “We’ve talked and prayed with our pastor and the owners of the farm, and we think God wants us to ask for two boys who are eleven this year and then next year ask for two who are twelve, so all four of them will have more years in our family than you boys did, and all of them will be ready to ‘graduate’ from the farm the same year.”
“By that time,” continued Anna, “Dad and Mom will probably be ready to retire from farm work and move back into Pine City. But we might still have enough energy to ask for a couple more foster children. We’ll see how God leads us then.”
After supper one evening on the ranch Candy remarked, “I think it’s a super idea to have a going away party for the ones who will be leaving the ranch and farm when they turn nineteen.”
Sara agreed, “Yes, it will be very nice and also large, since all the families are invited! Our graduation party last year was fun and small. I enjoyed it.”
“So did I,” Kim concurred. “This will also be a nice memory to take with us to Pine City. I just wish we didn’t have to give a speech!”
“You’ll both do fine!” exclaimed Yolanda. “I’ve heard you practicing and your speeches sound perfect. Remember, many of the people at the party are your friends here at the ranch and will want to hear what you have to say.”
June suggested, “Just look at me and I’ll smile at you. I promise I won’t make funny faces to make you laugh!”
“Good,” stated Kim, “you and Candy can sit or stand together and I’ll talk right to both of you and not even think about the big audience.”
Sara declared, “I think your idea’s super, Kim. At least neither of us had to give a speech at our graduation ceremony to that huge audience. Maybe we can ask permission to give our speeches first. Then they’ll be over with and we can enjoy the others better.”
“Excellent idea!” Kim exclaimed. “Could you arrange it for us, Dad? We really would appreciate it.”
Ian responded, “I’ll certainly do my best, dear girls. What are you going to wear?”
Sara answered, “Our new dresses we just finished yesterday. Shall we bring them and show you?”
“Yes,” replied Yolanda, “and do one better, put them on so you can model them. Candy and June, go do the same. Dad will want to see all of you.”
The girls quickly ran to do as they were bidden so they could model their well made dresses. Candy and June had also been making their own new clothes the last couple years, since all of them had stopped growing so fast. Each of them had done an excellent job using the sewing machine the family had bought with money they continued to save from their good idea of remodeling clothes to fit the younger girls. The sewing machine had a place of honor in the living room.
When they returned in their pretty dresses, Ian exclaimed, “Wow! You all look lovely, as you always do! You’ve all become beautiful young ladies with charming personalities. Your mom and I are very pleased with the way you’ve developed, and we’re going to miss you a lot when you leave here. Remember, you can come home to visit often. Your beds will be taken by other girls, but you’ll always have a special place in our hearts!”
They all thanked and hugged him, then hurried to take their dresses off before they became emotional and got tears on their new dresses.
Felix and Sunny’s boys on the farm were fifteen and sixteen years old now and had known about the going away party since shortly after the planning session, because Ted had asked Anna if she knew of a boy who might like to accompany an octet on the piano for the party. She had told him to go ask Sunny.
When Sunny asked the boys, the other three of them pointed to Luis. “It would be an honor for me,” responded Luis. “Thank you my brothers, for pointing to me. I know you don’t like performing even though you could do just as well as I could. … But since it’ll be in the big indoor riding arena they’ll probably just use an SD card of my accompaniment anyway. It would be very difficult to move a piano in there just for the party. So if any of you wish to change your mind, now’s your chance.”
Pedro retorted, “No thanks, Luis! You’ll have an audience every time you go there to the Blake home to practice with Ted and the octet.”
“Exactly, Pedro,” agreed Jose. “You can have the honor, Luis, and I’m glad for you.”
Hugo added, “I’m glad too, Luis. And I’m even more glad for me, because I won’t have to get nervous every time I would go to practice with them!”
Everybody laughed, and Felix declared, “Well, I’m happy all four of you are still taking lessons from Mrs. Beckett, and that you are all making such good progress.”
Sunny mentioned, “It sounds like it’ll be a nice party, and I’m glad someone had such a good idea.”
“Same here,” concurred Felix. “I'm going to miss those boys who are turning nineteen. The four of them were on so many of our sports teams.”
Pedro suggested, “Maybe you can reorganize the teams like the high schools do when the seniors graduate.”
“Yes, I remember them doing that, Pedro,” said Felix. “Thanks for the reminder. We do have a lot of boys who will be glad to take their places.”
Jose remarked, “Plus there will be four new boys coming to those families soon after they leave.”
Hugo added, “I wonder what their ages will be.”
“Yeah,” Luis tacked on, “I’ve been wondering about that also, ever since we heard about all of the ones who are going to be nineteen this year.”
Sunny observed, “It sounds like we’ll have a lot of interesting things to watch for in the near future.”
“You're right, my love,” Felix concurred, “this farm has become a caring community of families, and our lives all impact each other.”
Karen asked all her classes of girls on the ranch to bring their Thankful Notebooks to their next class, to share with their classmates. Their homework was to, “Choose a verse or verses you’d like to read aloud and tell us why you like it or them.”
At the beginning of the nest class she instructed, “Show the person on each side of you a page or two in your notebook.
They busily followed her directions and it was a bit noisy for a few minutes. Then it got very quiet except for the one telling about and reading a chosen verse or two.
Nan shared, “I like 1 Thessalonians 5:18, because it helps me remember to be thankful instead of complaining. It says, In everything give thanks, for this is the will of God in Christ Jesus concerning you.”
Emma continued, “I chose to share Psalm 119:103,104a because honey’s my favorite sweetener. How sweet are your words to my taste! Yes, sweeter than honey to my mouth! I get understanding from your precepts.
Liz said, “I picked Psalm 92:1,2 because I like the way I can make it a personal prayer. It is a good thing to give thanks to you LORD and to sing praises to your name, O Most High, to show forth your loving kindness in the morning and your faithfulness every night.”
Stella went on, “The verse I chose tells me I can trust God’s promises. 2 Peter 3:9 says, The Lord is not slow concerning his promise, … but is patient with people, not wanting any to perish, but that everyone should come to repentance.”
Hanna shared, “My verse is about God’s promises also. I like promises that are kept. Joshua said to the people of Israel in Joshua 23;14b, ‘not one thing has failed of all the good things which the LORD your God promised you, all of them came to pass…’ God had a perfect record.”
Christi stated, “I like Galatians 6:9 because I can be thankful that it says, Let us not be weary in well doing, for in due season we shall reap, if we don’t faint. This verse reminds me to keep sharing the Good News so some of my classmates will eventually ask Jesus to be their Savior.”
Lisa continued, “I'm thankful for Acts 1:3, because I can use it to help convince some of my school friends that Jesus is alive. Jesus showed himself alive after his crucifixion to his disciples, by many infallible proofs for forty days, and spoke to them about things pertaining to the kingdom of God.”
Ellie said, “The verse I chose to share has helped me many times when some of my classmates have tried to get me to do something wrong. 1Corinthians 10:13, There has no temptation come to you, but those common to man. But God is faithful. He will not allow you to be tempted above what you can handle, but will with the temptation also make a way to escape, so you will be able to bear it.”
June shared, “I’m grateful that the LORD is perfect. I like Deuteronomy 32:4, because it was part of a song written by Moses, The LORD is our Rock, his work is perfect. All his ways are just, a God of truth and without iniquity. He is fair and right.”
Candy declared, “This was a fun homework assignment. I enjoyed reading many of the verses I had written. I’ll reread them more often now that I know how much I like it. I chose John 8:12 and I like it because Jesus said it. I am the light of the world. He who follows me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life.”
Sara smiled at Candy’s frankness and went on to say, “I like Romans 15:4, because it tells why the Bible was written. Everything that was written in the past was written for our learning, so that through patience and the comfort of the scriptures we might have hope.” I’m thankful I can take my Bible with me as I leave the ranch, and that I’ve learned so many things about how to study it and use it to guide my life.”
Kim agreed, “Same here! I’m grateful for all the things you’ve taught us, Karen. I chose Psalm 145:8,9, and I like it because it talks about many of the LORD’s wonderful qualities. The LORD is gracious and full of compassion, slow to anger, and of great mercy. The LORD is good to all, and his tender mercies are over all his works.”
At the end of each class session Karen said, “I have two verses that go very well together that I’d like to read to you from my Thankful Notebook. I like them because they tell about the hope we have all of our lives no matter whether we’re home with our families or out on our own. Titus 2:13, I’m grateful that we are looking for that blessed hope, and the glorious appearing of the great God and our Savior Jesus Christ, and Hebrews 6:18b,19a, I thank you, God, that, since we have fled for refuge to take hold of the hope set before us, we have much encouragement. We have this hope as an anchor for our souls, firm and unshakable. No matter what happens in our lives we can trust Jesus and look forward to his second coming.”
Jason and Ruth had been invited to the going away party for the first four girls and four boys who would be 19 years old this year, and would therefore be leaving the ranch or farm soon. Consequently Ruth wrote lyrics for a song that could be sung at the party. Maria knew about the occasion, because she also had been invited to come, so when Ruth asked her to read the lyrics, she declared that they were great and really told about what the ranch and farm had done for the girls and boys. With this good encouragement, Ruth gave them to Ted.
After reading them and getting Ruth’s permission to use them, Ted wrote music in four part harmony to go with the lyrics, and then helped the eight young people to practice the song so they could sing it at the party they’d have in the big indoor riding arena at the ranch. Luis came faithfully to practice with them on the piano. Later Ted recorded his accompaniment as Luis played it in the soundproofed room on the farm. He put it on an SD card to be used in a boom box when they sang at the party. They all did a very good job.
Rejoice as the Sun Shines on Restorations
We rejoice as the sun shines on restorations,
And thank God for his plan of salvation.
We were brought to Mercy Valley Ranch and Farm,
Where we soon learned we wouldn’t come to harm.
We came out of an abusive situation,
But you gave us much love and compassion.
We learned a lot from the Bible you taught us.
And that’s the way, to Jesus you brought us,
Since Jesus said, “Let the children come to me.”
Then he saved us, restored us, and set us free.
Jesus broke the painful cycle of abuse,
For which there is never any excuse.
We have forgiven and put the past behind.
And we will live only a life that is kind.
We are all very grateful for Mercy Valley;
People, views, horses, … just start the tally.
So rejoice as the sun shines on restorations,
And thank God for his plan of salvation.
After they sang it once, the people applauded and asked for an encore. The young people were all pleased to sing the song over again.
Candy nudged June’s arm and whispered, “Next year you and I will be 19 and we’ll get to sing that song with the others who turn 19. We’ve learned so much by living here on Mercy Valley Ranch!” June nodded and her smile showed her gratitude.
After the song, each of the young people gave a short speech.
Sara expressed, “I’m going to miss my family, friends, and the ranch. This has been the best home I’ve ever had! I’m very grateful for my dad and mom, Ian and Yolanda Hopkins,. I’m extra happy they told me that I’d be welcome to come and visit often.
“I would never have had a chance to go to a dude ranch for even a vacation, but I got to live on one, even though it’s no longer a dude ranch. In fact now it’s so much better. I asked my mom why she or anyone else would choose to make a home for abused girls. She told me, ‘because it’s a mission of mercy. We love Jesus and want to serve him and leave a legacy that will carry on after we’re gone.’ I’m so grateful my foster parents did that, and that Oscar and Vera Yardley changed their prosperous dude ranch into homes for forty abused girls and their families. I will be forever grateful.
“Furthermore, I’ve had outstanding parents and our family has lived according to the Bible. I learned so much from them and from Karen’s Bible Study group lessons and other things she taught us how to do on this ranch. I’m glad she and my parents taught us how to take care of, and never harm our bodies, which are the temple of the Holy Spirit.
“Last year I was able to attend the trade school in the city because I could still live at home. Mom and Dad helped to pay my way, along with money I made by working part-time at an office. My boss there gave me a good recommendation and I learned how to make a good resume at school, so I’ve already been hired as a secretary at an office in Pine City.”
When it was Kim’s turn, she said, “I’m also very thankful for my dad and mom, Ian and Yolanda Hopkins,, and all the things they’ve taught me. Instead of going to the trade school, I got a job at Discount Mart, and rode back and forth with Dad and Mom. I’ve been saving my money after tithing and have more than enough for the first and last months’ rent and a deposit on a nice little apartment in which Sara and I will share expenses. We’ve both already bought the things we need to make it into a nice home.
“We can ride to work on the bus, so we won’t need to buy cars. We’re looking forward to joining a small group through the church, since we won’t get to be in Karen’s classes any longer. She taught us so much and we’re very grateful.”
Ian and Yolanda were beaming with pleasure about their two girls’ accomplishments and their speeches.
The two girls from the other family talked about missing their friends and the horses on the ranch and thanked their foster parents for their love and care, and all the things they had learned. Then they told a little bit about their plans for the near future. One had learned how to be a receptionist at a doctor’s office, and the other one was being trained to be a checkout clerk at the Local Grocery.
The two boys from the other family went next, sharing how grateful they were to have lived with such godly parents and for all the things they and especially William had taught them in his Bible Study group lessons, including how to have victory over temptations to do evil. One of them had attended the trade school with monetary help from his foster parents and a part time job. He would be working in an auto body shop helping to repair minor vehicle damages. The other boy had gotten a job at Building and Home Supplies.
Gary said, “First I want to thank my dad and mom, William and Anna Beckett, for being such good parents and for teaching me about the Bible and Jesus. Because of them and Jason, I became a believer less than a year after moving here and since then, I’ve learned a lot about how to live for Jesus. I’ll miss getting to ride those wonderful horses on the ranch alternating weekends, but I’m glad for those good memories, along with so many others about this farm and the people who live here.
“All the boys on the farm have acquired a good work ethic here at the farm and have learned a lot about farming. I like farming, and now I know a lot about it, since I worked here after school hours like all the boys do, plus last year I got to work full-time and get paid for it. I listened carefully to the owner and Felix who patiently answered all my questions. So, I was able to get a job at a farm further down the valley because of their good recommendations. When I move there, I’ll get to share rent for a small house on that farm with another single man as I work and save enough money to buy a car. In the meantime, I’ll be able to ride to church and a small group and grocery shopping with some of the other workers.
Carlos went last, “Thank you so much Dad and Mom for being real parents to me and for being willing to give up your lifestyle in Pine City to move to this farm where you both have had to work so hard. You took me and the other three boys, and made us into a real family. We even have an older sister, Ruth, and older brother, Jason, who have spent a lot of time with us. I especially thank Jason for coming to the farm every Saturday all these years. After listening to his testimony, all four of us boys accepted Jesus as our Savior. Jesus healed all our bad memories and restored our lives to be useful in his service.
“Besides learning so much from godly parents who taught us the Bible, we also learned how to work hard and make good decisions. Last year I worked part-time, and Dad and Mom helped pay my way to the trade school where I learned how to be an auto mechanic. Since I got very good grades at the trade school, I was able to get a job at an independent mechanics shop in Pine City. I’ll be renting a room from a family who goes to our church and I’ll get to ride to church and small group with them. I’ll live close enough to walk to work while I save money to buy a good sturdy bicycle, which makes more sense to me than the expense of owning and maintaining a car.”
There were very few dry eyes, but everyone was so proud of the speakers. It was sad to see them leave, but they had learned enough to go make their way in the world and in the process tell the Good News every chance they would get. And of course they were all welcome to come back and visit.
After the speeches Ted Blake read 2 Corinthians 13:14, The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ and the love of God, and the communion of the Holy Spirit be with you all. Amen. Then he led everyone to sing “May the Grace of Christ our Savior” together.
After visiting and refreshments, they sang “The LORD Bless You and Keep You,” which is actually the words from Numbers 6:24-26, The LORD bless you and keep you. The LORD make his face shine upon you and be gracious unto you. The LORD lift up his countenance upon you and give you peace.
Epilogue
Psalm 118:29, O give thanks to the LORD, for he is good, for his mercy endures forever.
One to several months later
Candy and June told their parents at the ranch about their plans for the coming year and asked them to have a family meeting so they could tell Sara and Kim before it was time for them to leave.
“I’m going to miss you Sara and Kim,” Candy shared. “I hope you’ll come back often to visit us.”
Sara responded, “I’ll miss you and this extraordinary family also, so I’ll visit every chance I get.”
“I feel the same way,” agreed Kim. “I’m so thankful social services assigned me to this family. I feel very privileged.”
June exclaimed, “All four of us are! Now before we all start crying again, Candy and I want to tell you about our plans. We’re both taking business math like you two did. After we graduate from high school, during the year we still have at home, we plan to get a job at the Serving Joyfully Restaurant.”
“Right,” Candy continued, “It’ll be a job with somewhat shortened hours, since we’ll get to ride there and back with Dad and Mom and our new sisters, and their hours still coincide with the school hours.”
Kim remarked, “It sounds like a great plan.”
“Without a doubt,” concurred Sara, “it’ll give you a chance to learn how to be waitresses or cooks or both.”
Ian inserted, “Plus they can save most of the money they make there after tithing, to fund getting started on their own.”
“Yep,” continued June with a smile, “we should have enough for expenses and be able to rent a nice two bedroom apartment to share somewhere close enough to the restaurant that we’ll be able to walk to work.”
Candy tacked on, “Or, if there aren’t any close enough, we can find some place near a bus stop. Neither of us wants the expense or responsibility of owning a car.”
Yolanda declared, “We already told you both that Dad and I think your plans are excellent and well thought out. We pray God’s richest blessings for you both.”
“I think your plans are great too,” Sara agreed and then mentioned “I remember when we went to that restaurant. I liked it a lot. The waitresses wore nametags saying their name and ‘Ask me why I’m glad I believe in Jesus, if you want to know.’ It’s a perfect lead-in for them to tell the Good News,”
“Exactly,” said June, “the restaurant actually encourages the waitresses to witness to the customers. We looked up the restaurant on the web and saw their requirements for applicants. They must be believers who are willing and ready to give their testimony, answer customers’ questions, and lead them in prayer if they want to accept Jesus as their Savior.”
Candy went on to say, “The other waitresses will take over for the ones who are involved in that ministry so their other customers are served joyfully and quickly.”
Kim recalled, “I remember seeing a Tip jar at the check out area. It had a sign saying, ‘TIP is an acronym for: To Insure Promptness.’ The sign explained that no tips were to be left on the tables but be put into the jar. Every day the money would be divided evenly among all the waitresses.”
“I was impressed with that also,” stated Sara. “It’s such a fair way to reward all the waitresses for a job well done! Maybe when you’re working full-time there, Kim and I will get to come eat at that restaurant sometime and one of you will get to wait on us.”
Candy responded, “We’d like that and we’ll enjoy seeing you there.”
On the farm William and Anna had requested two more boys who were eleven years old, like they had informed their four boys at their last family meeting. The two boys came to the family a month apart and their “big brothers,” Evan and Sam, were tremendously helpful in getting them settled and included in the family.
One night after the boys were in bed, Anna commented, “It’s almost like moving back in time to have boys who are so young compared to the four we were working with here.”
“I agree,” William stated, “but it’s good for us. They’ll keep us young at heart.”
Anna smiled, “You’re right about that, my dear husband! These two boys are a lot of fun. I can tell we’ll be getting some good exercise also in order to keep up with them.”
He agreed, “Yes, Honey, It’s nice that we could acquire the two new ones while Sam and Evan are still here. They’ve been a big help.”
“Yes they have,” Anna concurred, “and I assume the two young ones will be good helpers when Sam and Evan leave and the other new boys come to us.”
William agreed, “Right, and we can be positive that the Lord will continue helping us every day just as he has been all along.”
Since the parents in the other couple were younger than William and Anna, they had requested two more boys who were eleven years old, planning to do the same the next year. They didn’t need to plan for them to all leave at the same time.
At another Hopkins family meeting on the ranch before the two older girls had left, Ian expressed, “Your Mom and I have requested social services to assign girls who are twelve years old to our family as Sara and Kim leave. Our friends, the other couple, also requested that twelve-year-old girls be assigned to their family when the older girls leave.”
Yolanda suggested, “Let’s talk about ways we can help the new girls when they arrive.”
Yes, let’s do.” agreed Ian. “We’d like ideas from all four of you. Our family has worked so well, because we have been in unity all these years.”
Candy exclaimed, “Do everything just like you did for us! It was very effective!”
“Thank you, Candy, for your compliment,” replied Yolanda, “but all of you also helped make this family what it has become, because all of us worked together. I have a notebook here and I’ll write down ideas. Just think about it and say what you think.”
Sara mentioned, “The horses will help by just being here on the ranch, ready to let the girls relate to them however they need to, plus always being eager to carry the family on horseback rides. I’ve always looked forward to our rides together.”
“So have I,” agreed Kim. “Plus family meetings have been super helpful.” She prolonged the first syllable of super. “They’ve made me feel like I really belong to this family.”
Candy mentioned, “Our daily journals might have some more ideas. We could each go through them and write down anything we think might help the new girls.”
Kim continued, “Agreed, and it was extremely helpful to have a roommate who already knew Jesus and the family routine.”
“Definitely!” exclaimed Candy. “Sara helped me when I first came to this family while we were still living in Pine City.”
June concurred, “The same applies for me, even though it took some time and some consequences to get through to me. I finally learned, and it was much easier then.”
Sara remarked, “It’s like it was planned that way.”
“Yes!” exclaimed Yolanda, “I realized just now, it was planned that way by the wisest of the wise – Jesus!”
A time of praise and thanksgiving followed this statement.
Then June suggested, “It might seem like a big age difference to the new girls, but maybe Candy and I could be roommates with the new girls until they get settled or as long as they need it.
“Yes,” Candy agreed, “I'd be willing to do that. If we don’t seem bossy, maybe we could help them.”
Kim tacked on, “Then when it’s time for you to leave, those girls who are acclimated and maybe even saved by then can be roommates for, and help the other new girls when they come.”
“Thank you so much girls!” Ian exclaimed, “Your ideas are excellent. We’ll adjourn this meeting, and we’d appreciate it if you’d do like Candy proposed: look through your journals and write any other ideas that you can give to Mom.”
All four of the girls wrote some more good ideas they thought of while reading their journals and gave them to their mom. Then the week before Sara moved, she had another proposal, so the family had another meeting.
She inquired, “How would it work if June would move into my side of the room right after I leave? She could be Kim’s roommate until Kim leaves, and be set up there to be ready for the next girl to come. In the meantime, Candy would be ready in the other room for the first girl to be assigned here.”
“I think it’s a great idea,” answered Ian. “What do the rest of you girls think about it.?”
Kim replied, “It’s fine with me. I’ll be leaving in another three weeks after Sara moves into the apartment we’ll rent together. She’ll have it all organized for us by then.” They all laughed.
Candy looked at June remembering her organization problem and suggested, “June, if you’d rather not have to move your things, you could stay in our room and I’d move in with Kim.”
“Thank you, Candy,” exclaimed a relieved June, “for being so thoughtful! I like Sara's idea, but I’m just lazy enough that I didn’t want to have to move before I leave here.”
Candy smiled at her and stated, “I understand, June, and I’ll be glad to move because I think it’s easier for me than it would be for you. You’ll just have to be ready to train the first girl who’s assigned to this family.”
“I’ll be ready for her,” June responded, “and would all of you please pray that I will be a truly good helper for her?”
Yolanda declared, “We’ll be sure to pray for you, and you can pray for us with the same request for her and the next girl.”
June nodded in agreement and Sara mentioned, “Since moving could be an issue for the new girls also, maybe you should consider staying roommates with them for the whole year, and then nobody else has to move.”
“Brilliant plan, Sara!” exclaimed Candy. “Then when June and I move out, the two experienced girls can be roommates for the incoming girls who replace us, and neither of them will have to move, either.”
Ian asked, “Now can you see what Mom meant when she said, ‘all of you also helped make this family what it has become because all of us worked together?’ When you have made suggestions we’ve listened and tried them, and most of the time they’ve worked well. When we make suggestions, you’ve agreed and tried them, and most of the time they’ve worked well also.”
“So,” concluded, Yolanda, “we’ll try this plan and if it works well we can share the idea with the rest of the families in case they’d like to try it when it’s time for their girls to leave and for new ones to come into their families.”
On the farm William and Anna were glad that Gary and Carlos came to visit often, but at separate times. Gary told about the other farm where he was working being a mission field and asked the family to pray that he would live an exemplary life and be able to share the Good News. Carlos told them about his small group and some of the ministries his four by four group had done.
Sometimes one of them would come on a Saturday, so he could visit with Ruth and Jason and join the family for a horseback ride. Other times one of them would ride home with them from church, and then catch a ride back to his home with someone going that direction.
At the ranch Ian and Yolanda always greeted Sara and Kim with delight when they arrived together for a visit by catching a ride with someone who lived at the ranch and worked in Pine City. They always made prior arrangements with Dad and Mom and brought some food to share at supper. They told the family how they enjoyed the small group they were in, plus some of the ministry their four by four group had done. Often they got to join the family for a horseback ride. At the close of the evening, Ian would drive them back to their apartment in Pine City.
Julie had requested that Sara and Kim come visit with the quadruplets once in a while if they had time. Sara and Kim were happy to do it, and the quadruplets enjoyed it. A couple times, Sara came on a Saturday so she could ask Maria about how she witnessed to fellow workers in the office or ask Ruth about how to become an office manager sometime in her future.
The new girls and boys who were assigned to the ranch and the farm to replace the ones who had “graduated,” soon felt at home in their new families. Not very many months passed before all of them became believers. All the parents on Mercy Valley Ranch and Mercy Valley Truck Farm kept on with the great adventure they had started. Since all the children now knew Jesus as their Savior, the parents were eager to see how Jesus would continue to heal their memories and restore their lives. They asked for his help to bring up their foster children to serve God and tell the Good News to others who needed to hear it.
Ephesians 6:4b, fathers bring up your children in
the nurture and admonition of the Lord.
2 Peter 3:18, … grow in grace and in
the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ.
To him be glory both now and forever. Amen.
Addendum
List of Characters for “Rejoice as the Sun Shines on Restorations”
William and Anna Beckett are in their 50’s. He is the founder and owner of Beckett CPA's. Anna is a homemaker. They have three children. Ruth Beckett, their eldest daughter, is 31 years old and has never been married. She is the boss at her father's second office. Jason Beckett, is 29 years old, not married, and is the boss at the third office. Esther Beckett their youngest daughter, is 27, not married, and is currently in the third office where Jason is the boss.
Oscar and Vera Yardley are in their mid 60’s. They own and operate the Yardley Dude Ranch in Mercy Valley, near Pine City. Their two children died when they were young.
Felix Lucero is 27 years old and lives in Pine City. He works at Valley Truck Farm, near Pine City.
Nathan Mendoza is 27 years old and lives in Pine City. He works at the Yardley Dude Ranch in Mercy Valley, near Pine City.
Jeff and Karen Spencer are in their 40’s and live in Pine City. They have no children. Jeff works with Matt at Evans Construction Company. Karen works at Subs are Great.
Pastor Don and Anita Ross are in their late 20’s and live in Pine City. Don is the pastor of Grace 'n' Faith Church #4, and earns most of their living by stocking shelves at the Local Grocery. Anita is the pastor's wife, homemaker, and does day care at her home. Most of the money she earns is saved to help pay for their children's tuition in the Grace ‘n’ Faith Christian Church School. Next year, when Mary is also in school, she’ll volunteer at the church school instead of doing day care. They have two children, Timmy, who is 5 years old and is in the church school, and his sister, Mary, who is 4 years old, is still at home.
Maria Gomez is 25 years old, and is Julie Blake's former college roommate. She lives in Pine City and isn’t married. She works as an accountant in the second Beckett CPA office.
Matt and Fiona Anderson live in Pine City. Matt is 27 years old and works for Evans Construction Company. Fiona is 25 years old. She is a homemaker and will soon be a mother. Their children will be Johnny, Pat, Faith and Grace. (See the epilogue in Book One.)
Sunny Sanchez is 27 years old and lives in Pine City. She works in the produce department of the Local Grocery and is Esther's best friend.
Ted and Julie Blake are both 25, and moved to Pine City last March. Ted works at Superior Auto Body Shop, and Julie teaches third graders at the Grace ‘n’ Faith Christian Church School where she uses Kippy, her koala puppet, with her class.
Walt and Betty Evans are in their 60’s and live in Pine City. They weren’t able to have children. Walt is the owner and boss of Evans Construction Company. Betty is a homemaker.
Roy and Sherry Foster are both 26 and live in Pine City. Roy works at Building and Home Supplies, and Sherry volunteers at the church school. Their identical twin girls are Hope and Joy who are 5 years old. They attend the church school.
Unice Logan is single and in her 30’s. She is the veterinarian and also a family nurse practitioner who lives and works full-time at the Yardley Dude Ranch.
Cory is 8 years old, used to be handicapped and in a wheelchair, but Jesus miraculously healed him. His parents are Greg and Oralie Iverson. They all live in Pine City.
Candy Smith is 13 years old and is in a Caring Foster Home with her foster parents, Ian and Yolanda Hopkins. They live in Pine City and both work at Discount Mart. They have an older foster child, whose name is Sara and she is 14 years old. She helped Candy to get settled when she was first placed in the family.
Ernest and Connie Clay are in their early 40’s and have lived in Pine City all their lives. They own and operate The Garden Shop. Their children are Ben who is 19, and Amelia who is 18 years old.
Patrick and Glenda O'Connor are in their 40’s and have lived in Pine City all their lives. They are the parents of Fiona, who is married to Matt and of Riley, a college graduate. Patrick works at the Garden Store. Glenda is a homemaker.
Vern and Lora Jones are in their 30’s, and were just married in September. Vern is a pediatric dentist at Happy Smiles for Kids. His daughter, Mindy is 13 years old, an only child whose mother died when she was eight. She is thrilled to have a mom again. Lora is the school nurse at the church school and also teaches Health and topics related to it. They live in Pine City.
Tomo and Ami Suehiro are in their early 50’s and live in Pine City. They own and operate Ami's Japanese Restaurant. Their grown children are Aneko, age 24 and Yoshi, age 23. They both live at home and work at the restaurant.
Afta and Hana Suehiro live in a different state. Afta is Tomo’s twin brother. Their son is Denji.
Larry and Jane Kelsey used to live in Pine City. They moved with others to a city in a southern area to help plant a church there.
Tony Valdez is 27 years old, and lives in Pine City. He has never been married and is the assistant manager at Fiesta Restaurante.
Miss Beth Davis is in her early 40’s and lives in Pine City. She is the principal of the Grace 'n' Faith Church Christian School. She also teaches History and Geography.
Miss Pamela (Pam) Green is 27 years old and has never been married. She lives in Pine City and teaches third graders at the church school
Clara and her husband are studying to be missionary nurses in the city’s university and church school of evangelism, so they can go serve Jesus in another town after they graduate.
The following are the names of foster parents with their foster children after they move to the ranch.
Ted and Julie Blake: Lily, Violet, Iris, and Rose, who are fraternal quadruplets. All are 5 years old.
Nathan and Esther Mendoza: Lucia, Val, and the twins: Holly and Willow. All of them are 6 years old.
Oscar and Vera Yardley: Emma and Nan are 8, Stella and Liz are 9 years old.
Jeff and Karen Spencer: Christi and Hanna are 9, Ellie and Lisa are 10 years old.
Ian and Yolanda Hopkins: Candy and June are 13, Sara and Kim are 14 years old.
The other five families and girls of varied ages are unnamed in order to keep it more simple.
The following are the names of foster parents with their foster children after they move to the farm.
Felix and Sunny Lucero: Jose and Hugo are 10, Pedro and Luis are 11 years old.
William and Anna Beckett: Evan and Sam are 13, Carlos and Gary are 14 years old.
Greg and Oralie Iverson and their son Cory who is 8: Max is 5, and his brother Levi is 6, Kevin and Jack are 7 years old.
The other nine families and boys of varied ages are unnamed in order to keep it more simple.
The farm owners don’t have any foster boys since they need to continue supervising the running of the truck farm.
Horse names, colors, sizes and breeds on Mercy Valley Ranch
Horses are measured in hands, and a hand equals four inches.
Two big buckskin colored horses are16.3 hands. One is tan and the other is a medium bronze. Both of them have black legs, manes, and tails. Their names are Bronze and Topaz and they are quarter horses. Cattle ranches often use quarter horses.
A dapple-gray horse is 15 hands, and is a gray horse with darker gray hairs dappled all over him. He has a black mane and tail and legs, they call him Dappled. He’s also a quarter horse and could be used by people trying to rope cattle from his back, but there are no cattle on this ranch.
Two matching bay horses are Morgans and are pretty tall, 15.2 hands. They are especially beautiful with their brown coats, and black manes, tails and legs. The only way to tell them apart is by facial markings. The one with the diamond on its forehead is named Diamond. The one with the comet shape is called Comet.
The first five horses have the usual gaits of horses: walk, trot, and canter. The trot is very bouncy,
The next group is gaited horses that walk, plus some have a running walk, others have a single-foot, sometimes called an amble. They don't trot, so they are very smooth and comfortable for the rider. They can also canter.
Two solid black horses are Tennessee Walking Horses. One is 17 hands and his is name is King. The other is 15 hands and her name is Queen.
Two big horses are 16 hands, with patches or spots of white and another color and are called pintos. In this case one has black and the other has brown. The mane and tail are colored with patches also that go with the color near them. These two horses are also Tennessee Walking Horses. Spots is black and white, and Patches is brown and white.
Two palominos are 15.2 hands and have golden colored bodies with white manes and tails, and white markings on their faces. One has a blaze, which is a white mark that goes from its forehead to its nose. The other has a star, which is a white spot on its forehead. So they named them Blaze and Star. These two are Tennessee Walking Horses.
A milk chocolate colored horse is 14.1 hands, has a flaxen or blond colored mane and tail and is called Coco. A dark chocolate one is also 14.1 hands, has a flaxen mane and tail, and is named Dark Coco. They are both Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses.
Two horses are different shades of brown with manes and tails of their same color. The dark one is Coffee and the light coppery colored one is called Tea. They are 14 hands high. They are both Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses.
A group of smaller horses, which are also Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses, vary in size from 10 to 13 hands, are just the right size for children.
One is a solid black horse is a lot smaller than the other black ones. Her name is Princess and she is 13 hands tall.
Two horses are light brown, also called chestnut color. One has short white markings above the front feet, and the other has longer ones on its back feet. The first one is Socks, and the other one is Boots. They are both 12.2 hands high.
One horse is all brown like a seal, and the other one is all reddish brown like rust. Their names are Brownie and Rusty. They are very small, only 11 hands, and the little kids really love them.
One horse is even smaller, only 10 hands high, and therefore can’t be registered, but she is still a Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horse. Her name is Honey because of her honey colored coat. She has an unusual brown mane and tail.